Docstoc

NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY

Document Sample
NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY ORGANIZATION NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY Powered By Docstoc
					                                                  AAP-6(2008)




NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY    ORGANISATION DU TRAITÉ
         ORGANIZATION    DE L'ATLANTIQUE NORD
 NATO STANDARDIZATION    AGENCE OTAN DE
              AGENCY     NORMALISATION
                 (NSA)   (AON)
                  2008   2008




                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2008)




NATO GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND                       GLOSSAIRE OTAN DE TERMES ET
DEFINITIONS (ENGLISH AND FRENCH)                 DÉFINITIONS (ANGLAIS ET FRANÇAIS)




Listing terms of military significance and       Liste de termes et définitions d'importance
their definitions for use in NATO.               militaire à l'usage de l'OTAN.




                                             I                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2008)




NORTH ATLANTIC TREATY                             ORGANISATION DU TRAITÉ DE
ORGANIZATION                                      L'ATLANTIQUE NORD
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGENCY                       AGENCE OTAN DE NORMALISATION
(NSA)                                             (AON)



1.      AAP-6(2008) is promulgated by             1.     L'AAP-6(2008) est promulguée par
the NATO Standardization Agency and is            l'Agence OTAN de normalisation et entre
effective NATO-wide upon receipt.                 en vigueur dans l'ensemble de l'OTAN
                                                  dès réception.

2.      This publication completes actions        2.    Cette publication met un terme aux
under NATO Agreed lists up to and                 mesures prises au titre des listes
including No 97.                                  agréées OTAN jusqu'à la liste No 97.

3.     All terms are followed by a date,          3.       Tous les termes sont suivis d’une
(day, month, year), indicating when they          date (jour, mois, année), indiquant quand
became NATO Agreed and inserted in                ils ont obtenu le statut Agréé OTAN et été
AAP-6 as terms or changed if they had             incorporés dans l'AAP-6 en tant que
already been included in AAP-6.                   termes ou modifiés s'ils figuraient déjà
                                                  dans cette publication.




                                             II                                    ORIGINAL
                                                             AAP-6(2008)




                        RECORD OF CHANGES
                    RÉPERTOIRE DES MISES À JOUR



No.    Reference and date of change        Date Entered      Signature
      Référence et date de mise à jour    Date d'exécution




                                     IV                         ORIGINAL
                                                                                AAP-6(2008)


DETAILED LIST OF CHANGES
LISTE DÉTAILLÉE DES MODIFICATIONS

1.   NEW ENTRIES / ARTICLES NOUVEAUX

1587-009   combat identification / identification au combat
1623-001   dummy ammunition / munition factice
1631-001   misfire / raté
1637-014   shipping risk area / zone de navigation à risque
1643-001   heavy replenishment at sea / ravitaillement lourd à la mer
1658-002   prevention of mutual interference / prévention des interférences mutuelles
1660-001   civilianization / civilarisation
1663-007   operational art / art opérationnel
1666-003   battlespace awareness / connaissance de l’espace de bataille
1666-005   joint fires / tirs interarmées

2.   DELETED ENTRIES / ARTICLES SUPPRIMÉS

1636-001   electro-explosive device / dispositif électropyrotechnique
1651-001   exercise programme / programme annuel d’exercises ou de manœuvre
1656-010   standard / norme
1656-012   standardization objective/ objectif de normalisation
1656-013   standardization requirement1+2/ besoin de normalisation – specification de
           normalisation
1656-014   supplement / supplément
1657-001   consular shipping advisor / conseiller consulaire pour la navigation commerciale
1657-002   final destination / destination finale
1657-003   merchant convoy / convoi marchand
1657-004   original destination / destination initiale
1657-005   wanted cargo / cargaison requise
1668-002   misfire1 / raté2
1668-003   misfire2 / raté3
1668-004   field of view2 / angle de champ2
1668-005   angle of view2 / angle de vue2

3.   MODIFIED ENTRIES / ARTICLES MODIFIÉS

1615-001   hypobaric chamber / caisson hypobare
1615-002   hyperbaric chamber / caisson hyperbare
1631-004   servicing / entretien courant
1656-001   administration / administration
1656-004   implementation / mise en application
1656-007   NATO standardization agreement / accord de normalisation OTAN
1656-008   ratification / ratification
1656-009   reservation / réserve1
1639-001   flight surgeon / médecin de l’air
1664-002   component command1 / commandement de composante1
1664-003   NATO assigned forces / forces affectées à l’OTAN
1664-004   NATO earmarked forces / forces réservées pour affectation à l'OTAN
1664-005   operational level / niveau opérationnel
1664-006   stategic level / niveau stratégique
1664-007   tactical level / niveau tactique
1666-007   targeting / choix des objectifs et des moyens de traitement
1668-001   decoy / leurre

4.   EDITORIAL CHANGES / CHANGEMENTS RÉDACTIONNELS
                                             V                                      ORIGINAL
                                                                                 AAP-6(2008)

Parts 2 and 3 / 2e et 3e parties

- advance force / force d'avant-garde
- charge2 / charge2
- commercial standard, this entry was in Part 3 and has been deleted.
- continuously computed release point / calcul continu du point de largage
- counter-terrorism / contre-terrorisme
- direct support / soutien direct
- fallout wind vector plot / graphique de vectorisation des vents pour le calcul des retombées
- fire-control radar / radar de conduite de tir
- fire direction centre / bureau de conduite de tir
- aeromedical staging unit / hôpital de transit "air"
- identification, friend or foe / identification ami/ennemi
- joint / interarmées
- low-level transit route / route de transit à basse altitude
- movement control / mouvements et transports
- peace support force / force de soutien de la paix
- radar countermeasures / contre-mesures radar
- real wander / dérive vraie
- recognized environmental picture / situation générale de l'environnement
- recognition / reconnaissance1
- rendezvous point / point de regroupement
- scheduled speed / vitesse type
- speed / vitesse
- task force1/ force opérationnelle1
- thermal radiation / rayonnement thermique
- tir de blocage, this entry was in Part 2 and has been deleted.

See Preface, paragraph 5 / voir le paragraphe 5 de la préface.




                                              VI                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2008)

TABLE OF CONTENTS                                             TABLE DES MATIÈRES

                                    Page

Title Pages                           I         Pages de titre

NATO Letter of Promulgation          III        Lettre de promulgation OTAN
(English-French)                                (anglais-français)

Record of Changes                    IV         Répertoire des mises à jour

Detailed list of changes             V          Liste détaillée des modifications

Table of contents                    VII        Table des matières

Preface                             VIII        Préface

Part I                              1-E-1       1re Partie
                                    1-F-1
Organization and Procedures                     Organisation et procédures


Chapter 1                           1-E-1       Chapitre 1
                                    1-F-1
Organization responsible for the                Organisation chargée de l’élaboration
development and maintenance of                  et de la mise à jour de l’AAP-6,
AAP-6, NATO Glossary of Terms and               Glossaire OTAN de termes et
Definitions (English and French)                définitions (anglais et français)


Chapter 2                           1-E-4       Chapitre 2
                                    1-F-4
Change procedures                               Procédures de mise à jour


Chapter 3                           1-E-6       Chapitre 3
                                    1-F-6
User Guide                                      Guide d’utilisation


Part 2                               2-1        2e Partie

English terms and definitions in                Termes et définitions en anglais
English alphabetical order                      dans l’ordre alphabétique anglais

Part 3                               3-1        3e Partie

French terms and definitions in                 Termes et définitions en français
French alphabetical order                       dans l’ordre alphabétique français

Part 4                               4-1        4e Partie

List of abbreviations                           Liste d’abréviations




                                          VII                                       ORIGINAL
                                                                                                AAP-6(2008)


                                                 PREFACE
                                                 PRÉFACE


1.      This glossary is compiled by the                       1.       Le présent glossaire est constitué
direction of the Military Committee and with                   sur les instructions du Comité militaire et
the approval of the NATO Council.                              avec l'approbation du Conseil de
                                                               l'Atlantique Nord.

Its purpose is to standardize (i) general                      Il a pour but de normaliser (i) la
terminology with a specific military meaning;                  terminologie d’ordre général utilisée avec
(ii) specialist terminology that needs to be                   un sens militaire spécifique, (ii) la
widely understood throughout NATO, as                          terminologie spécialisée dont la
well as (iii) terms that are not adequately                    compréhension doit être facile dans tout
defined in the NATO Terminology                                l’OTAN et (iii) les termes insuffisamment
Programme (NTP)’s reference dictionaries1,                     définis dans les dictionnaires de référence1
thus promoting mutual understanding and                        du Programme OTAN de terminologie
strengthening the Alliance’s defence                           (NTP) ; il vise ainsi à favoriser la
capabilities.                                                  compréhension mutuelle tout en renforçant
                                                               les capacités de défense de l’Alliance.

The definitions contained herein do not                        Les définitions qui figurent dans le présent
establish or modify NATO policy and                            glossaire n’établissent ni ne modifient les
doctrine, but help to express them more                        politiques et doctrines de l'OTAN, mais
clearly.                                                       elles permettent de les exprimer plus
                                                               clairement.

2.       The glossary is available in                         2.       Le glossaire est disponible en
electronic form in the two official languages                 version électronique dans les deux langues
of NATO, English and French. These                            officielles de l’OTAN, en anglais et en
versions are updated and made available                       français. Ces versions sont mises à jour et
annually through the Internet                                 publiées chaque année sur l’Internet
(http://www.nato.int/docu/stanag/aap006/aa                    (http://www.nato.int/docu/stanag/aap006/aa
p6.htm) and the intranet (MINERVA and                         p6.htm) et sur l'Intranet (MINERVA et
CRONOS): NATO HQ                                              CRONOS) : NATO HQ
Sites›NSA›Standardization›Policy &                            Sites›NSA›Standardization›Policy &
Coord›Terminology›AAP-6                                       Coord›Terminology›AAP-6.


3.     In accordance with STANAG 3680                         3.      Conformément au STANAG 3680 et
and C-M (2005)0023, Directive on the                          au C-M(2005)0023, intitulé Directive sur le
NATO Terminology Programme, the terms                         Programme OTAN de terminologie, les
and definitions contained herein have been                    termes et définitions figurant dans la
approved by all NATO nations.                                 présente publication ont été approuvés par
                                                              tous les pays de l’OTAN.

4.    The glossary is divided into four                        4.      Le glossaire est divisé en grandes
main parts:                                                    parties :

Part 1. Organization and Procedures.                           1re Partie. Organisation et procédures

Part 2. NATO Agreed terms and definitions                      2e Partie. Termes et définitions
of military significance in English. The                       d'importance militaire agréés OTAN en
corresponding French preferred terms are                       anglais. Les termes français privilégiés

1
  The reference dictionaries for the NTP are the Concise Oxford English Dictionary and Le Petit Robert. / Les
dictionnaires de référence pour le NTP sont le Concise Oxford English Dictionary et le Petit Robert.
                                                      VIII                                           ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2008)
shown immediately following the English             correspondants sont indiqués
entry term e.g., nominal weapon / arme de           immédiatement après l’entrée anglaise, par
puissance nominale.                                 exemple nominal weapon / arme de
                                                    puissance nominale.

Part 3. NATO Agreed terms and definitions           3e Partie. Termes et définitions
of military significance in French. The             d'importance militaire agréés OTAN en
corresponding English preferred terms are           français . Les termes anglais privilégiés
shown immediately following the French              correspondants sont indiqués
entry term e.g. arme de puissance                   immédiatement après l’entrée française,
nominale / nominal weapon                           par exemple arme de puissance
                                                    nominale / nominal weapon.

Part 4. List of Abbreviations                       4e Partie. Liste d’abréviations


5.     AAP-6(2008) is the first edition in          5.       L’AAP-6(2008) est la première
which entries include the abbreviations from        édition à inclure dans les articles les
AAP-15 NATO Glossary of Abbreviations               abréviations extraites de l’AAP-15, le
used in NATO Documents and Publications,            Glossaire OTAN des abréviations utilisées
where the terms in AAP-6 correspond with            dans les documents et publications OTAN ;
the abbreviations’ full forms listed in AAP-        les termes de l’AAP-6 correspondent aux
15.                                                 formes complètes des abréviations
                                                    énumérées dans l’AAP-15.

Thus another step has been made towards             Une étape supplémentaire a donc été
adopting the layout for NATO glossaries             franchie en vue de l’adoption de la
prescribed by C-M (2007)0023, Guidance              présentation préconisée pour les
for the Development and Publication of              glossaires de l’OTAN dans le
NATO Terminology, a transition that was             C-M(2007)0023, intitulé Guide pour
started in the 2007 edition.                        l’élaboration et la publication de la
                                                    terminologie de l’OTAN, une transition qui
                                                    a débuté avec l’édition 2007.

Since both AAP-6 and AAP-15 developed               L’AAP-6 et l’AAP-15 ayant cependant été
independently over the past years, however,         toutes deux élaborées de manière
proposals are being dealt with to harmonize         indépendante ces dernières années, des
the differences that currently exist between        propositions sont étudiées en vue d’
these two glossaries.                               harmoniser les différences qui existent
                                                    actuellement entre ces deux glossaires.

With the introduction of the new layout in          L’adoption de la nouvelle présentation
the 2007 edition of AAP-6, elements such            dans l’édition 2007 de l’AAP-6 a conduit à
as preferred terms and synonyms in many             séparer des éléments comme les termes
entries (uninotional and multinotional) had         privilégiés et les synonymes dans bon
to be separated. Where this would have              nombre d’articles (uninotionnels et
involved more than just editorial decisions,        plurinotionnels). Dans les cas où cette
a number of cross-references that do not            mesure aurait dépassé le cadre purement
conform with the Guidance were retained             rédactionnel, de nombreux renvois non
and in some instances even created. These           conformes au Guide ont été conservés,
issues will be taken care of in the next few        voire parfois même créés. Ces questions
years.                                              seront réglées au cours des prochaines
                                                    années.

6.       Proposals for new terms and                6.       Les propositions visant à insérer de
definitions or changes to or deletion of            nouveaux termes et définitions ou à
existing terms and definitions are to be            modifier ou supprimer des termes et
made in accordance with Chapter 3 of                définitions existants doivent être formulées

                                               IX                                     ORIGINAL
                                                                                 AAP-6(2008)
Part 1 and using the terminology tracking         conformément au chapitre 3 de la
form at Annex A to Part 1.                        1re Partie, à l’aide de la fiche de suivi
                                                  terminologique figurant à l’Annexe A à la
                                                  1re Partie.

7.      All suggestions and inquiries             7.     Toutes les suggestions et
concerning this glossary should be directed       demandes de renseignements concernant
to the:                                           le présent glossaire devront être adressées
                                                  au :

NATO Terminology Coordinator                      Coordonnateur de la terminologie OTAN

Office of NATO Terminology Coordination           Bureau de coordination de la
NATO Standardization Agency (NSA)                 terminologie OTAN
NATO Headquarters                                 Agence OTAN de normalisation (AON)
B - 1110 Brussels                                 Siège de l'OTAN
Belgium                                           B - 1110 Bruxelles
                                                  Belgique

Tel : +32 2 707-5530 or +32 2 707-5560            Tél. : +32 2 707-5530 ou +32 2 707-5560
Fax: +32 2 707-5718                               Fax : +32 2 707-5718
Email: terminology@nsa.nato.int                   Courriel : terminology@nsa.nato.int




                                              X                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)



                                           PART 1

                           ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURES


Chapter 1

ORGANIZATION RESPONSIBLE FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF
AAP-6, NATO GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND DEFINITIONS (ENGLISH AND FRENCH)

SECTION I - INTRODUCTION

GENERAL

1.     The Military Committee Terminology Standardization Programme (MCTSP)
was originally established as the NATO Military Terminology Standardization Programme by
the NATO Standing Group in February 1954 which:

       a.     assigned responsibility for the coordination of NATO military terminology to
              the Military Agency for Standardization (MAS) (predecessor of the NATO
              Standardization Agency (NSA));

       b.     outlined the initial steps for processing terminology;

       c.     provided general terms of reference (TOR).

The TOR have been periodically changed and updated to provide for the participation of all
NATO nations. In 1970 the Air Board, MAS, promulgated NATO Standardization Agreement
(STANAG) 3680 - NATO Glossary of Military Terms and Definitions (English and French)
(AAP-6) to assist Service Boards, working groups and panels of experts in considering
terminology within their purview.

The object of STANAG 3680 as stated in its 5th Edition (Amendment 1) "is to register
national acceptance of Allied Administrative Publication No 6 (AAP-6)". The details of the
agreement state that "participating nations agree to use AAP-6 and any subsequent
changes published periodically as the primary glossary for NATO terms of military
significance and their definitions".

In 2004, the Military Committee (MC) formalized the name change of the NATO Terminology
Conference to Military Committee Terminology Conference (MCTC). The NATO Military
Terminology Standardization Programme was also renamed MCTSP. The MCTC received
tasking authority from the MC to standardize terminology under the purview of the MC.

REGULATIONS

2.     The following is a list of regulations that govern the MCTSP:

       a.     MC 20/10,                   Military Committee (MC) Policy on Standardization
              27 May 2004

       b.     C-M(2003)37-AS1,            NATO Policy for Standardization of Terminology
              22 May 2003



                                            1-E-1
                                                                               ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

       c.    C-M(2005)0023,              Directive on the NATO Terminology Programme
             14 April 2005

       d.    STANAG 3680              Agreement of NATO nations to use AAP-6
             (Edition 5, Amendment 1)

       e.    NATO Standardization        Chapter 1 - outlines the responsibilities of the
             Agency Procedures           NATO Terminology Coordinator (TC) and the
             (NSAP)                      Service Boards towards the Terminology
             (September 2005)            Standardization Programme.

       f.                                Guidance for the Development and Publication of
                                         NATO Terminology.


SECTION II - POLICY

OBJECT

1.     The MCTSP is defined as that part of the NATO Terminology Programme through
which standardized terminology under the purview of the MC is developed, coordinated,
agreed, managed, documented and distributed.

2.     The purpose of the MCTSP is to promote mutual understanding throughout NATO by
the:

       a.    publication in the two official NATO languages of a glossary of NATO Agreed
             terms of military significance and their definitions entitled "NATO Glossary of
             Terms and Definitions (English and French)" (AAP-6);

       b.     regular updating of AAP-6 as a NATO Allied publication.

CRITERIA FOR INCLUSION OF ENTRIES IN AAP-6

3.     a.    Entries published in the "glossary" parts of AAP-6 are to be of a general
             application for NATO.

       b.    Specialized entries of narrow application or terms already adequately defined
             in English in The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED) and in French in
             Le Petit Robert de la langue française (le Petit Robert) will not normally be
             considered for inclusion in AAP-6.

       c.    Whenever appropriate, entries will be taken directly from publications of
             recognized international standardization bodies (e.g. ISO, IEC, ITU, etc.) and
             will be adapted in accordance with the Guidance for the Development and
             Publication of NATO Terminology and the lexicographic conventions of
             AAP-6. The source field will contain the publication number and date of such
             terms and definitions. For example, a definition taken from ISO could be
             identified by "[ISO 1087-2: 2002]" where "ISO 1087-2" is the source and
             "2002" the year of publication. If required, a request will be made to the
             appropriate organizations by the Chairman of the MCTC for permission to
             incorporate their terminology in AAP-6.

       d.    Only those entries which have been agreed by consensus of all NATO
             member nations through the Military Committee Terminology Conference, in


                                          1-E-2
                                                                              ORIGINAL
                                                                            AAP-6(2008)

     both English and French, and have been coordinated through the Office of
     NATO Terminology Coordination (ONTC) will be considered "NATO
     AGREED" and published in AAP-6.

e.   Entries for inclusion in AAP-6 shall not be classified, given that AAP-6
     is made available to the public through the Internet.




                                  1-E-3
                                                                      ORIGINAL
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)



Chapter 2

CHANGE PROCEDURES


PROPOSERS

1.     Proposals for additions to, changes in and deletions of entries in AAP-6 may be
submitted by:

       a.      A NATO member nation, a NATO tasking authority (TA) or one of its bodies, a
               strategic command (SC), a NATO agency or NATO staff.

       b.      An organization within NATO Commands, but the proposal must be
               coordinated through the appropriate SC.

SUBMISSION OF A PROPOSAL

2.     All proposals are to be submitted in English and/or in French to the ONTC in the
format prescribed at Annex A to Part 1.

MANAGEMENT OF A PROPOSAL

3.      On receipt of a proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC first ensures that it meets the
basic criteria for inclusion in AAP-6 and that there is no conflict with other definitions. Where
problems exist with the proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC returns the proposal to the
proposer with the necessary explanations. If and when the proposal meets the basic criteria
and there is no conflict with other definitions, the Chairman of the MCTC harmonizes the
English and French terms and definitions of the proposal and submits the proposal under a
silence procedure to all NATO member nations for approval and to the SCs for comments.
Only with the consensus of all NATO member nations and after coordination with and
through the ONTC is the proposal considered "NATO AGREED".

4.      If a NATO member nation breaks silence on the proposal, the Chairman of the MCTC
further staffs the proposal until consensus is achieved. If consensus still cannot be achieved,
the proposal is placed on the agenda of the next MCTC meeting for resolution.

5.      Terms and definitions of proposals agreed at MCTC meetings by NATO member
nations will be promulgated as "NATO AGREED" if no break of silence is received by the
Chairman of the MCTC within 60 days after the distribution of the meeting decision sheet.
Comments received by the Chairman of the MCTC from the SCs and other NATO bodies
during the 60-day grace period will be forwarded to all NATO member nations for
consideration.

6.     If a proposal is rejected by a NATO member nation and a compromise by
correspondence is unlikely, the proposal is placed automatically on the agenda of the next
MCTC meeting. If resolution cannot be achieved at the MCTC meeting, the proposal is
rejected and placed on a "Rejection / Withdrawal List".

COORDINATION

7.    The Chairman of the MCTC is responsible for the general coordination of the
proposals. He will provide a status report on a proposal in the MCTSP to the proposer, or


                                              1-E-4
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

whenever requested by a nation or SC. At any time, proposers can withdraw their proposals.
In this case the Chairman of the MCTC prepares a "Rejection / Withdrawal List" accordingly
and distributes it to the MCTC for information.

TIME LIMIT ON THE STAFFING OF A PROPOSAL

8.      A proposal that is more than three years old and for which no resolution is in sight
will be submitted to the next appropriate MCTC meeting for decision. The MCTC will either
reject the proposal or agree to extend the staffing for a given period. If the proposal does not
reach agreement within that additional given period, it will be automatically rejected and
placed on a "Rejection / Withdrawal List".

MCTC MEETINGS

9.       The MCTC holds two meetings a year, normally six months apart. The Chairman of
the MCTC prepares MCTC meeting convening orders including their meeting agenda and
supporting documents, and distributes them to all NATO member nations and SCs 90 days
prior to MCTC meetings. Updated convening orders including the comments of NATO
member nations and SCs on agenda items are distributed 14 days prior to MCTC meetings.

10.     MCTC meetings are organized alternately by the NSA and Allied Command
Transformation (ACT), or one of the member nations. MCTC meetings are conducted
alternately in one of the two official NATO languages, although discussions may be in either
language as required. Simultaneous interpretation is available at each MCTC meeting.

11.     The MCTC may hold special meetings when required. An MCTC special meeting
convening order will be published at least 30 days in advance of a special meeting. MCTC
special meetings are normally conducted at NATO HQ in one of the two official NATO
languages. Simultaneous interpretation may not be available at each MCTC special meeting.




                                             1-E-5
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)


Chapter 3

USER GUIDE


GENERAL

1.      English conventions used when developing terms and definitions are laid down in the
Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology (hereinafter called the
Guidance). The purpose of this section is to summarize these English conventions for easy
reference by users of AAP-6. The French conventions are laid down in the Guide pour
l’élaboration et la publication de la terminologie de l’OTAN, a summary of which can be
found under the same chapter in the French version of the present document. Proposals
shall conform to the grammatical rules of the language in which they are written.

REFERENCE SOURCES

2.     a.     Dictionaries (C-M(2003)37-AS1 dated 22 May 2003)

              (1)    The latest edition of The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED) is
                     the authorized reference source for the English language in NATO.

              (2)    The latest edition of Le Petit Robert de la langue française (Le Petit
                     Robert) is the authorized reference source for the French language in
                     NATO.

       b.     Other references. When these dictionaries do not suffice, other references
              may be used.

TERMINOLOGICAL ENTRIES IN AAP-6

3.     a.     Structure of the glossary
              This glossary is presented with an entry for each term, in the English
              alphabetical order in Part 2, and in the French alphabetical order in Part 3.

       b.     Uninotional entry
              Each concept (also known as the notion) is listed in a separate entry giving its
              designation(s), definition and any metadata and is therefore said to be
              “uninotional”.

       c.     Organization of an entry
              Each entry in Part 2 contains first the preferred term in English followed by a
              slash and the equivalent term in French on the same line, followed on the
              lines below by any synonyms and abbreviations, the definition, notes,
              examples, cross-references to related terms and figures, the source and the
              date on which the entry became NATO Agreed, i.e.:

              preferred term
              admitted synonym
              deprecated synonym
              obsolete synonym
              abbreviation
              Definition
              Notes


                                            1-E-6
                                                                               ORIGINAL
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

               Examples
               Related terms
               [source]
               date


GUIDELINES FOR THE PREPARATION OF TERMINOLOGY PROPOSALS (PL)

4.    Thorough research and documentation by the proposer in the preparation of a
proposal will enhance the probability of its approval. It will also facilitate its study by the
personnel involved in the approval process, thereby expediting that process. The
suggestions that follow will help originators to better prepare their terminology proposals:

       a.      Check with the ONTC to ensure that the subject matter is not already being
               addressed through another proposal.

       b.      Search the NATO Terminology Database for related terms or definitions to
               ensure that no duplication, contradiction or other anomaly will result after the
               approval of the proposal. The proposal should also indicate the impact that
               the approval may have on existing AAP-6 entries.

       c.      Search other NATO publications to ensure that the proposed definition is
               consistent with authoritative publications, e.g. ATPs, STANAGs.

       d.      If possible, ensure the proposal is not at variance with terms and definitions
               adopted and published by international organizations. If differences are
               inevitable, specify the reasons.

       e.      Ensure proposed definitions are written clearly and concisely.

       f.      When preparing a definition for a term, if a definition is already available, it
               should be retained unless it is ungrammatical, difficult to understand or too
               technical.

       g.      Use existing AAP-6 terms, English and French, in proposed definitions when
               applicable or when translating into the other language.

       h.      Provide a comprehensive justification clearly stating why the proposal should
               be adopted and provide all relevant references to support it.

       i.      Ensure that the proposal is agreed by all Services and relevant defence
               echelons in the case of a national proposal or a coordinated staff position
               when proposed by an agency or command.

       j.      A proposed term should be in the singular unless the term is normally used in
               the plural. This is necessary to ensure it is entered in the Glossary in correct
               alphabetical order, particularly when the term consists of more than one word.

       k.      Ensure that every definition which is proposed is written in accordance with
               chapter 3 of the Guidance and in particular that it:

               (1)     is suitably qualified when the corresponding term is or may be used to
                       designate a different concept.




                                              1-E-7
                                                                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

           (2)    correctly relates to its corresponding term, i.e., define a noun as a
                  noun, an adjective as an adjective and a verb as a verb;

           (3)     contains cross-references to other AAP-6 entries when applicable;

           (4)    does not contain abbreviations or acronyms, unless they are listed as
                  words in the COED or Le Petit Robert;

           (5)    does not constitute an official statement of doctrine or procedure
                  although it is to be expected that a definition will reflect established
                  doctrine or procedure; and

           (6)     does not contain examples unless considered essential for clarity.

CONVENTIONS (English)

5.   a.    Cross-references

           (1)     Preferred term(s) - is used after an undefined term to refer the user to
                  the synonym that is considered to be the best to use e.g., “materiel
                  control - Preferred term: inventory control ”.

           (2)     Related term(s) - is used after a definition to draw attention to terms of
                  the same family e.g., “inventory control / gestion et administration
                  du matériel - That phase of military logistics... Related term: stock
                  control”.

                  However, the related terms listed need not necessarily constitute an
                  exhaustive list.

           (3)    The following acceptability ratings of synonyms of the preferred term
                  will be introduced for new entries, and for existing entries that are
                  changed:
                  (admitted)      – is used for a synonymous term that is also
                                      acceptable;
                  (deprecated) -      is used for a term which may be in use but is
                                      considered to be unsuitable, for example it is
                                      misleading or incomplete;
                  (obsolete)      -   if appropriate, list as “obsolete” a term which is no
                                      longer in use either because it has been replaced
                                      by another term, or because the concept it refers to
                                      is no longer in use, but which still appears in the
                                      glossary.

           All cross-references are listed in alphabetical order in the original language,
           separated by semi-colons and printed in italics.

     b.    Qualifiers.

           A qualifier is not permitted in an AAP-6 term.

           Qualifiers may be used at the beginning of a definition. (MAS(TC)86-NATO/1 -
           1983 dated 20 July 1983 and the Guidance, paragraph 19.4.b). Example:

           Entry with incorrect qualifier:


                                             1-E-8
                                                                              ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2008)


     pass time (road) / durée d'écoulement
     The time that ...

     Entry with correct qualifier:

     pass time / durée d'écoulement
     In road transport, the time that ...

c.   Comma

     (1)    A comma is used to separate the qualifier at the beginning of a
            definition from the definition proper or a clause or phrase which is
            parenthetical. Examples:

            (a)      "In intelligence usage, a step in the processing phase of the
                    intelligence cycle in which information is subjected to review in
                    order to identify significant facts for subsequent interpretation."

            (b)     "An area, usually in the theatre of operations, where troops are
                    assembled before beginning active operations."

     (2)    A comma is used to separate items in a series but generally speaking
            commas are not placed before the conjunctions “and”, “or”. Examples:

            (a)      "A defined area on an aerodrome, intended for parking,
                    loading, unloading and/or servicing of aircraft."

            (b)      "The area of concern to a commander relative to the objectives
                    of current or planned operations, including his areas of
                    influence, operations and/or responsibility, and areas adjacent
                    thereto."

     (3)    Coordinate (equal-rank) adjectives modifying the same noun are
            separated by a comma. (If the word "and" can be placed between the
            adjectives without altering the meaning of the sentence, they are
            considered to be coordinate). Example:

            "Vigorous, aggressive troops are needed for the exploitation of enemy
            weakness in this area."

d.   Verbs. A verb shall be defined as a verb. When defining a term which is a
     verb or a verbal phrase, the definition should normally begin with an infinitive
     preceded by the particle "to".

e.   Hyphenation. Use the forms given in the COED for individual words or
     expressions. Note that recent editions of the COED have removed the hyphen
     previously found in many compound words or between prefixes and roots of
     words. When the COED lists two forms: one with, one without a hyphen, use
     the unhyphenated form. Some words must nevertheless be hyphenated, for
     example for phonological reasons or to distinguish them from other words.
     Compound words not shown in the COED are those of recent use, specialist
     terms or temporarily agglomerated words. In this case the rule of thumb
     suggests that hyphens are necessary if and when confusion is to be avoided.



                                     1-E-9
                                                                        ORIGINAL
                                                                              AAP-6(2008)

     See the introduction to the COED for more detailed explanations regarding
     hyphenation.

f.   Use of pronouns "that" and "which". When developing a definition containing
     these relative pronouns there is no specific rule. However, as a guide, the
     pronoun "that" should be used to restrict or define a clause and "which" for
     non-defining clauses when developing definitions in English for AAP-6.
     (MAS(TC)143-UK 27 August 1984).

g.   Use of and/or. In English, the conjunction “and” is used to indicate that both
     or all of the items listed are included. The conjunction “or” is used when only
     one of the items listed is concerned. To avoid ambiguity, the expression
     “and/or” will be used to show that one or more items in a list may be
     concerned.

h.   Use of numerals. Single-figure numbers should be written in letters. In other
     cases, numerals are to be used.

i.   Metric system. Measurements are normally given using metric (Système
     international) units. If necessary, show measurements in the English system
     in brackets after metric ones.

j.   Quotation marks. The rule is to follow the COED.

k.   Repetition. The term should not be included in the definition, as a term cannot
     be defined by itself. However, the use of a generic concept is permitted when
     a definition is based on this concept, e.g. "standing order - A promulgated
     order which remains in force until amended or cancelled". The repetition of a
     word in a definition should be avoided as far as possible.

l.   Capitalization. There is a tendency to make excessive use of capitals in
     English. As a general rule, capitals are to be avoided except where required
     by the grammar of the language, e.g. for proper nouns, nationalities or for
     official titles, e.g. North Atlantic Treaty Organization. See also Appendix 1 to
     Annex D to the Guidance.

m.   Notes. To avoid including unnecessary detail or extraneous elements in a
     definition, such indications may be shown after it, when required, preceded by
     the word "Note:". For example:

     image map / iconocarte
     In photogrammetry, a map made from an image or image mosaic, usually
     overlaid with a grid or graticule, and cartographically enhanced to aid
     interpretation.
     Note: it may be in hard or soft copy format and be capable of substituting a
     conventional map product.
     Related terms: graticule1,2; military grid; mosaic; photomap.
     14 Oct 2002

n.   Mathematical symbols. Mathematical symbols shall not be used in place of
     lexical expressions, e.g. "=" instead of "is the same as" or "+" instead of "plus"
     or "more".




                                  1-E-10
                                                                       ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

                                                                               ANNEX A TO
                                                                               PART I

TTF (serial number issued by ONTC)                                English term / French term

Terminology Tracking Form (TTF) / Fiche de suivi terminologique (TTF) (serial number
               issued by ONTC) TERM IN ENLISH / TERM IN FRENCH
                   (Preferably use the electronic form in the NTMS)

DATE:                day–month-year

PROPOSER/
AUTEUR:              The nation, strategic command, agency or other body making this
                     proposal, e.g. MOD UK, ACT, NHQC3 Staff, MCASB, NCSTP,
                     NACMA, ONTC.

REFERENCE/
RÉFÉRENCE:           Reference of the document, letter, report, etc. in which this proposal
                     was communicated to the ONTC.

PROPOSAL/
PROPOSITION:         Submit the proposal in English and French whenever possible. If not
                     provided in both languages, translation will be provided through the
                     ONTC. Include two paragraphs as follows:

                     (1) Nature of the proposal (i.e. add a new entry, modify an existing
                     entry, delete an existing entry). If an abbreviation, state whether it
                     needs to have NATO Agreed status.

                     (2) Terminology (i.e. write the term and definition and/or
                     abbreviation and full form plus all other data which are to be included
                     in the NTMS/NTDB and glossary). If the proposal is to detele an entry
                     write nothing here.

JUSTIFICATION:       State the reasons for the proposal in sufficient detail to enable the
                     approving TA or DTA to take an informed decision. If an abbreviation
                     needs to be NATO Agreed, state why.

EXISTING ENTRY/
ARTICLE EXISTANT: Include the complete English and French versions of the current entry to
                  be modified or deleted (if not a proposed new entry) as listed in the
                  NTDB or in the NATO Glossary it is proposed to amend.

TERMINOLOGY
SOURCE/ SOURCE
DE LA
TERMINOLOGIE:  Indicate any additional reference sources not indicated in the proposed
               entry, such as specialist glossaries, ISO standards, Allied publications,
               documents adopted by NATO committees, etc. on which the proposal is
               based and which may support staffing of the proposal.

TC COMMENTS / COMMENTAIRES DU TC (date):
As required.

Then all subsequent comments and decisions recorded chronologically.


                                          1-E-A-1
                                                                              ORIGINAL
                                                                                                             AAP-6(2008)

Lexicon
agreed list                                                      liste agréée
A list of proposals that have been agreed for                    Liste des propositions qui ont été adoptées en vue
addition to, modification in or deletion from AAP-6.             de leur ajout dans l'AAP-6, de leur modification ou
                                                                 de leur retrait de l'AAP-6.
Note: Agreed Lists are numbered sequentially.                    Note : les listes agréées sont numérotées suivant
                                                                 un ordre séquentiel.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

Military Committee Terminology Conference                        Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire
MCTC                                                             MCTC
An executive body in continuous session                          Organe exécutif, siégeant en continu, réunissant
embracing all NATO nations which makes                           tous les pays de l’OTAN, qui prend des décisions et
decisions, and provides recommendations and                      formule des recommandations et des avis sur des
advice on military operational terminology under                 questions de terminologie opérationnelle militaire
the purview of the Military Committee (MC), and in               relevant du Comité militaire et auquel participent les
which the Strategic Commands (SCs) participate                   commandements stratégiques (SC) de l'OTAN à
as official advisers.                                            titre de conseillers officiels.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

NATO Agreed Terminology                                          terminologie agréée OTAN
The terminology that has been approved in both                   Terminologie qui a été approuvée dans les deux
official languages of NATO by the consensus of                   langues officielles de l’OTAN par consensus des
the NATO member nations, through the NATO                        pays membres de l’Organisation dans le cadre du
Terminology Programme.                                           Programme OTAN de terminologie.
[AAP-42]                                                         [AAP-42]
NATO Agreed                                                      Agréé OTAN

terminology proposal                                             proposition de terminologie
PL                                                               PL
A formal request by an authorized proposer to                    Demande officielle formulée par une source
modify AAP-6 by adding, changing or deleting                     habilitée visant à proposer une modification à l'AAP-
entries.                                                         6 par l’ajout, la modification ou la suppression
                                                                 d'articles.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

rejection list                                                   liste des propositions rejetées
A list of proposals that have been rejected by the               Liste des propositions qui ont été rejetées par la
MCTC.                                                            MCTC.
Note: Rejection lists are numbered sequentially.                 Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre
                                                                 séquentiel.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

silence procedure                                                procédure d'accord tacite
A procedure by which concurrence is achieved                     Procédure par laquelle un accord tacite est acquis si
unless an objection is received by a given date.                 aucune objection n’est reçue d’ici à une date
                                                                 déterminée.
Note: Within NATO, only the member nations may                   Note : au sein de l’OTAN, seuls les pays membres
break silence.                                                   peuvent rompre la procédure d’accord tacite.
[AAP-42]                                                         [AAP-42]
NATO Agreed                                                      Agréé OTAN

status report                                                    rapport de situation
A list of proposals under active consideration by a              Liste des propositions en cours d'examen par un
nation, a tasking authority (TA) or another NATO                 pays, une autorité responsable (TA) ou un autre
body. It also includes proposals that have been                  organisme de l'OTAN ; on y retrouve également les
deferred for further study.                                      propositions renvoyées pour étude complémentaire.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN

withdrawal list                                                  liste des propositions retirées
A list of proposals that have been withdrawn by                  Liste des propositions qui ont été retirées par leurs
the proposer(s).                                                 auteurs.
Note: Withdrawal lists are numbered sequentially.                Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre
                                                                 séquentiel.
Not NATO Agreed                                                  Non agréé OTAN



                                                       1-E-A-2
                                                                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)



                                           1re PARTIE

                             ORGANISATION ET PROCÉDURES

Chapitre 1

ORGANISATION CHARGÉE DE L’ÉLABORATION ET DE LA MISE À JOUR DE L’AAP-6,
GLOSSAIRE OTAN DE TERMES ET DÉFINITIONS (ANGLAIS ET FRANÇAIS)


SECTION I - INTRODUCTION

GÉNÉRALITÉS

1.       Le Programme de normalisation de la terminologie du Comité militaire (MCTSP) était
à l'origine le Programme de normalisation de la terminologie militaire de l'OTAN établi par le
Groupe permanent de l'OTAN en février 1954, qui :

       a.      attribuait la responsabilité de la coordination de la terminologie militaire de
               l'OTAN au Bureau militaire de standardisation (BMS) (le prédécesseur de
               l’Agence OTAN de normalisation (AON)) ;

       b.      précisait les étapes préliminaires du traitement de la terminologie ;

       c.      définissait un mandat général.

Ce mandat a été périodiquement modifié et mis à jour pour permettre la participation de tous
les pays de l'OTAN. En 1970, le Bureau Air du BMS a promulgué l'Accord de
normalisation OTAN (STANAG) 3680 - Glossaire OTAN de termes et définitions à usage
militaire (anglais et français) (AAP-6), afin d'aider les Bureaux d'armée, groupes de travail et
commissions d'experts à tenir compte de la terminologie dans leurs domaines de compétence.

Tel que décrit dans sa 5e édition (Amendement 1), le STANAG 3680 a pour but d'enregistrer
l'engagement des pays à utiliser l'AAP-6. Les modalités de l'accord stipulent que "les pays
participants sont convenus d'utiliser l'AAP-6, y compris ses corrections ultérieures, comme
principal glossaire OTAN de termes d'importance militaire et leurs définitions".

En 2004, le Comité militaire a officialisé le changement de nom de la Conférence de
terminologie de l'OTAN qui est devenue la Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire
(MCTC). Le Programme de normalisation de la terminologie de l'OTAN fut également
rebaptisé le MCTSP et la MCTC fut habilitée par le Comité militaire à normaliser la
terminologie relevant de son domaine de compétence.

DIRECTIVES

2.     On trouvera ci-après la liste des directives qui régissent le MCTSP :

       a.      MC 20/10, 27 mai 2004          Politique du Comité militaire en matière de
                                              normalisation

       b.      C-M(2003)37-AS1,               Politique OTAN de normalisation de la
               22 mai 2003                    terminologie



                                              1-F-1
                                                                                    ORIGINAL
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

        c.    C-M(2005)0023,                Directive sur le Programme OTAN de
              14 April 2005                 terminologie

        d.    STANAG 3680 (Édition 5,       Accord relatif à l'emploi de l’AAP-6 par les
              Amendement 1)                 par les pays de l’OTAN

        e.    Procédures de l'Agence        Le Chapitre 1 définit les responsabilités
              OTAN de normalisation         du Coordonnateur de la terminologie OTAN
              (NSAP) (septembre 2005)       et des Bureaux d’armée en ce qui concerne le
                                            Programme de normalisation de la terminologie.

        f.                                  Guide pour l’élaboration et la publication de la
                                            terminologie de l’OTAN


SECTION II - POLITIQUE

BUT

1.     Le MCTSP est défini comme étant la partie du Programme OTAN de terminologie
par laquelle la terminologie normalisée relevant du Comité militaire est élaborée,
coordonnée, approuvée, traitée, documentée et diffusée.

2.      Le MCTSP a pour but de promouvoir la compréhension mutuelle au sein de l'OTAN
par :

        a.    la publication dans les deux langues officielles de l'OTAN d'un glossaire de
              termes et définitions d'importance militaire agréés OTAN, intitulé
              « Glossaire OTAN de termes et définitions (anglais et français) (AAP-6) » ;

        b.    la mise à jour régulière de l'AAP-6, qui est une publication interalliée de l’OTAN.

CRITÈRES D’INCLUSION DES ARTICLES DANS L’AAP-6

3.      a.    Les articles publiés dans les parties « glossaire » de l'AAP-6 doivent être
              d'application générale pour l'OTAN.

        b.    Les articles techniques d'application restreinte ou les termes définis de façon
              satisfaisante en anglais dans The Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED)
              et, en français, dans le Petit Robert de la langue française (le Petit Robert) ne
              seront généralement pas inclus dans l'AAP-6.

        c.    Dans la mesure où cela se justifie, les articles seront directement extraits de
              publications d'organismes de normalisation internationaux reconnus (par
              exemple l’ISO, la CEI, l’UIT, etc.) et seront adaptés conformément au Guide
              pour l’élaboration et la publication de la terminologie de l’OTAN et aux
              conventions lexicographiques applicables de l’AAP-6. Le champ source
              indiquera le numéro et la date de la publication dont seront repris ces termes et
              définitions. Par exemple, une définition empruntée à l'ISO pourrait être identifiée
              comme suit : « [ISO 1087-2(2002)] », « ISO 1087-2 » étant la source et
              « 2002 » l'année de publication. Si nécessaire, le président de la MCTC
              demandera aux organismes compétents l’autorisation d’incorporer leur
              terminologie dans l’AAP-6.




                                            1-F-2
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2008)

d.   Seuls les articles approuvés à l'unanimité par tous les pays membres de
     l'OTAN, en français et en anglais, dans le cadre de la Conférence de
     terminologie du Comité militaire et coordonnés par l’intermédiaire du Bureau de
     coordination de la terminologie OTAN (ONTC) seront considérés comme
     « AGRÉÉS OTAN » et publiés dans l’AAP-6.

e.   Les articles dont l’inclusion dans l'AAP-6 est envisagée ne feront l’objet
     d’aucune classification, l’AAP-6 étant accessible au public sur l’Internet.




                                    1-F-3
                                                                         ORIGINAL
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)



Chapitre 2

PROCÉDURES DE MISE À JOUR


AUTEURS

1.       Les propositions d’ajouts d’articles à l’AAP-6 ou de modifications ou suppressions
d’articles figurant dans la présente publication peuvent être soumises par :

       a.      un pays membre de l'OTAN, une autorité responsable (TA) de l’OTAN ou un de
               ses organes, un commandement stratégique (SC), une agence OTAN ou un
               état-major de l'OTAN ;

       b.      une organisation au sein des commandements de l'OTAN, mais les
               propositions doivent alors être coordonnées par le SC compétent.

SOUMISSION D'UNE PROPOSITION

2.     Toutes les propositions doivent être soumises à l'ONTC en anglais ou en français, ou
dans ces deux langues, selon le modèle prescrit à l'Annexe A de la 1re Partie.

GESTION D'UNE PROPOSITION

3.       Lorsqu'il reçoit une proposition, le président de la MCTC s'assure en premier lieu
qu'elle répond aux critères de base régissant son inclusion dans l'AAP-6 et qu'elle ne va pas à
l’encontre d'autres définitions. En cas de problèmes, le président de la MCTC renvoie la
proposition à son auteur avec les explications nécessaires. Si la proposition répond aux
critères de base et qu'elle ne va pas à l’encontre d'autres définitions, le président de la MCTC
harmonise les termes anglais et français proposés ainsi que leurs définitions et soumet la
proposition suivant une procédure d'accord tacite à tous les pays membres de l'OTAN pour
approbation et aux SC pour commentaires. Ce n'est qu'avec l’accord unanime de tous les pays
membres de l'OTAN et après coordination avec et par l’intermédiaire de l’ONTC que la
proposition est déclarée « AGRÉÉE OTAN ».

4.      Si un pays membre de l’OTAN interrompt la procédure d’accord tacite relative à la
proposition, le président de la MCTC étudie cette proposition jusqu'à l'obtention du consensus.
Si celui-ci ne peut toujours pas être obtenu, la proposition est inscrite à l'ordre du jour de la
réunion suivante de la MCTC pour qu’une solution puisse être trouvée.

5.     Les termes et définitions de propositions approuvées par les pays membres de l'OTAN
aux réunions de la MCTC seront promulgués « AGRÉÉS OTAN », si aucune interruption de la
procédure d’accord tacite n’est signalée au président de la MCTC dans un délai de 60 jours à
compter de la diffusion du compte rendu de décisions de la réunion. Les commentaires que le
président de la MCTC reçoit des SC et autres organismes de l’OTAN au cours du délai de
grâce de 60 jours seront transmis à tous les pays membres de l'OTAN pour examen.

6.      Si une proposition est rejetée par un pays membre de l'OTAN et qu'un compromis
par correspondance paraisse peu probable, la proposition est inscrite automatiquement à
l'ordre du jour de la réunion suivante de la MCTC. En l’absence de solution à la réunion en
question, la proposition est rejetée et placée sur une « liste des propositions rejetées /
retirées ».



                                             1-F-4
                                                                                  ORIGINAL
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

COORDINATION

7.       Le président de la MCTC est responsable de la coordination générale des propositions.
Il fournit un rapport de situation aux auteurs visant à les informer de l'évolution de leurs
propositions dans le cadre du MCTSP, ou bien aux pays ou SC chaque fois qu'ils en font la
demande. Les auteurs peuvent retirer leurs propositions à tout moment. Dans ce cas, le
président de la MCTC prépare une « liste des propositions rejetées / retirées » qu’il
communique à la MCTC pour information.

DÉLAI D’ÉTUDE D'UNE PROPOSITION

8.      Toute proposition datant de plus de trois ans et pour laquelle aucune solution n'est en
vue sera soumise pour décision à la prochaine réunion appropriée de la MCTC. Cette dernière
peut alors décider soit de la rejeter, soit de prolonger son étude pour une durée donnée. En
l’absence d'accord au cours de ce délai supplémentaire, la proposition est automatiquement
rejetée et placée sur une « liste des propositions rejetées / retirées ».

RÉUNIONS DE LA MCTC

9.      La MCTC tient deux réunions par an, normalement à intervalles de six mois. Le
président de la MCTC prépare les avis de convocation, qui comprennent l'ordre du jour de la
réunion et les documents d’information complémentaires, et il les envoie à tous les pays
membres de l'OTAN et aux SC 90 jours avant lesdites réunions. Les convocations mises à
jour, qui tiennent compte des commentaires des pays membres de l'OTAN et des SC sur des
points de l'ordre du jour, sont communiquées 14 jours avant les réunions.

10.     Les réunions de la MCTC sont organisées à tour de rôle par l’AON et le
Commandement allié Transformation (ACT) ou l’un des pays membres. Elles sont menées
tour à tour dans l'une des deux langues officielles de l'OTAN, bien que les débats puissent être
tenus dans l’une ou l’autre de ces deux langues, si nécessaire. Des services d’interprétation
simultanée sont fournis à chaque réunion.

11.       La MCTC peut tenir des réunions spéciales si nécessaire. Un avis de convocation à
une réunion spéciale de la MCTC sera publié au moins 30 jours avant ladite réunion. Ces
réunions spéciales ont normalement lieu au siège de l'OTAN dans l'une des deux langues
officielles de l'Organisation. Des services d’interprétation simultanée peuvent ne pas être
fournis à chaque réunion spéciale de la MCTC.




                                             1-F-5
                                                                                ORIGINAL
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)



Chapitre 3

GUIDE D’UTILISATION


GÉNÉRALITÉS

1.      Les conventions françaises suivies pour l’élaboration de termes et définitions sont
énoncées dans le Guide pour l’élaboration et la publication de la terminologie de l’OTAN
(ci-après dénommé le Guide). La présente section a pour but de les résumer en vue de
rendre la consultation de l’AAP-6 plus aisée pour ses utilisateurs. Les conventions anglaises
figurent dans le Guidance for the Development and Publication of NATO Terminology, dont
le lecteur trouvera un résumé dans le chapitre correspondant de la version anglaise du
présent document. Les propositions doivent être conformes aux règles grammaticales de la
langue dans laquelle elles sont rédigées.

SOURCES DE RÉFÉRENCE

2.     a.     Dictionnaires (C-M(2003)37-AS1, 22 mai 2003)

              (1)     L'ouvrage de référence officiel de la langue anglaise à l'OTAN est la
                      dernière édition du Concise Oxford English Dictionary (COED).

              (2)     L'ouvrage de référence officiel de la langue française à l'OTAN est la
                      dernière édition du Petit Robert de la langue française (le Petit Robert).

       b.     Autres références. Lorsque ces dictionnaires ne suffisent pas, d'autres
              références peuvent être employées.

ARTICLES TERMINOLOGIQUES DE L’AAP-6

3.     a.     Structure du glossaire
              Le présent glossaire comprend un article pour chaque terme, dans l'ordre
              alphabétique anglais dans la 2e Partie, et dans l'ordre alphabétique français
              dans la 3e Partie.

       b.     Article uninotionnel
              Pour chaque concept (aussi appelé notion), il existe un article distinct
              contenant sa ou ses désignations, sa définition et toutes les métadonnées
              éventuelles, et est ainsi dit « uninotionnel ».

       c.     Organisation d’un article
              Chaque article de la 2e Partie contient d'abord le terme privilégié en anglais,
              suivi par une barre oblique, ainsi que le terme équivalent en français sur la
              même ligne ; puis, sur les lignes suivantes, les éventuels synonymes et
              abréviations, la définition, les notes, les exemples, les renvois aux termes
              connexes et aux figures, la source et la date d'agrément OTAN, à savoir :

              terme privilégié
              synonyme toléré
              synonyme déconseillé
              synonyme désuet
              abréviation


                                             1-F-6
                                                                                 ORIGINAL
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

              Définition
              Notes
              Exemples
              Termes connexes
              [source]
              date

DIRECTIVES POUR L’ÉLABORATION DES PROPOSITIONS DE TERMINOLOGIE (PL)

4.     Une recherche et une documentation approfondies de la part de l’auteur lorsqu’il
élabore une proposition de terminologie augmenteront les chances de cette dernière d'être
approuvée. Cela facilitera également son étude par les personnes qui participent au processus
d’approbation et, par conséquent, accélèrera ce processus. Les suggestions qui suivent
aideront les auteurs à mieux préparer leurs propositions :

       a.     Vérifier auprès de l’ONTC que la question ne fait pas déjà l’objet d’un examen
              dans le cadre d'une autre proposition.

       b.     Vérifier que l'adoption de la proposition n'entraînera pas de doubles emplois, de
              contradictions ou d'autres anomalies par rapport à des termes de la même
              famille déjà définis dans la base de données terminologique de l'OTAN. La
              proposition devrait également indiquer l'incidence que son adoption pourrait
              avoir sur les articles déjà existants de l'AAP-6.

       c.     Consulter d'autres publications de l’OTAN faisant autorité (ATP et STANAG par
              exemple) afin de s'assurer que la définition proposée leur est conforme.

       d.     Si possible, s'assurer que la proposition n'est pas en contradiction avec des
              termes et définitions adoptés et publiés par des organismes internationaux.
              Lorsqu'une telle divergence est inévitable, les raisons doivent en être précisées.

       e.     S'assurer que les définitions proposées sont rédigées d'une façon claire et
              concise.

       f.     Lors de la rédaction de la définition d'un terme, conserver la définition qui existe
              déjà, à moins qu'elle ne soit incorrecte du point de vue grammatical, difficile à
              comprendre ou trop technique.

       g.     Employer les termes existants anglais et français de l'AAP-6 dans les
              définitions proposées, s’il y a lieu, ou lors de leur traduction dans l'autre langue.

       h.     Fournir une justification détaillée et complète expliquant les raisons pour
              lesquelles la proposition devrait être adoptée et fournir toutes les références
              utiles à son appui.

       i.     S'assurer que la proposition est approuvée par toutes les armées et par tous
              les autres organismes de défense concernés, dans le cas d'une proposition
              nationale, ou exprime une position commune lorsqu'elle émane d'une agence
              ou d'un commandement.

       j.     Proposer les termes au singulier, à moins qu'ils ne soient normalement utilisés
              au pluriel, de manière à ce qu’ils soient inscrits dans le glossaire dans l'ordre
              alphabétique correct, en particulier lorsqu'ils sont composés de plusieurs mots.




                                             1-F-7
                                                                                   ORIGINAL
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

      k.    S'assurer que la définition proposée est rédigée conformément au chapitre 3 du
            Guide et, en particulier, qu’elle :

            (1)    est convenablement décrite lorsque le terme correspondant est ou peut
                   être employé pour désigner un concept différent ;

            (2)    définit correctement le terme, c'est-à-dire définition d’un nom par un
                   nom, d’un adjectif par un adjectif et d’un verbe par un verbe ;

            (3)    renvoie à d'autres articles de l'AAP-6, selon qu’il convient ;

            (4)    ne contient ni abréviation ni acronyme, à moins que ceux-ci ne soient
                   employés comme mots dans le COED ou le Petit Robert ;

            (5)    ne constitue pas un énoncé officiel de doctrine ou de procédure, bien
                   qu'il faille s'attendre à ce qu'une définition reflète la doctrine ou la
                   procédure établies ; et

            (6)    ne contient pas d'exemples, sauf s'ils sont jugés indispensables pour
                   des raisons de clarté.

CONVENTIONS (français)

5.    a.    Renvois

            (1)    Terme(s) privilégié(s) – Employé(s) après un terme sans définition pour
                   renvoyer l’utilisateur à un synonyme dont l’emploi est jugé préférable,
                   par exemple « position d'attaque. Terme privilégié : zone de
                   démarrage ».

            (2)     Terme(s) connexe(s) – Employé(s) après une définition pour attirer
                   l'attention sur des termes de la même famille, par exemple
                   « acquisition d'objectif / target acquisition.- Opération consistant à …
                    Terme connexe : analyse d'objectifs ».

                   Les termes connexes énumérés ne constituent cependant pas une liste
                   exhaustive.

            (3)    Les cotes d’acceptabilité suivantes des synonymes du terme privilégié
                   seront utilisées pour les nouveaux articles ainsi que pour les articles
                   existants auxquels des modifications sont apportées :

                   (toléré)      – synonyme dont l’emploi peut également être accepté ;
                   (déconseillé) – terme éventuellement utilisé, mais jugé peu approprié
                                   du fait, par exemple, qu’il prête à confusion ou est
                                   incomplet ;
                   (désuet)      – le cas échéant, indiquer comme « désuet » un terme
                                   sorti de l’usage, soit parce qu’il a été remplacé par un
                                   autre terme, soit parce que le concept auquel il
                                   renvoie n’est plus utilisé, mais continue de figurer
                                   dans le glossaire.

            Tous les renvois sont énumérés dans l’ordre alphabétique de la langue source,
            séparés par un point-virgule et écrits en italique.



                                          1-F-8
                                                                               ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2008)

b.   Qualifiants.

     Les qualifiants ne doivent pas être utilisés dans un terme de l'AAP-6.

     Ils peuvent être employés au début de la définition. (MAS(TC)86-NATO/1 -
     1983 du 20 juillet 1983 et Guide, paragraphe 19.4.b). Par exemple :

     Article rédigé de manière incorrecte avec un qualifiant :

     durée d'écoulement (circulation routière) / pass time (road)
     Temps qui ...

     Article rédigé correctement avec un qualifiant :

     durée d'écoulement / pass time
     En circulation routière, temps ...

c.   Verbes. Un verbe sera défini par un verbe. Si le terme défini est un verbe ou un
     syntagme verbal, l’infinitif sera employé de manière générale. S’il s’agit d’un
     verbe pronominal, le pronom sera écrit entre parenthèses après le verbe de
     manière à conserver l’ordre alphabétique normal.

d.   Adjectifs et participes passés. Si le terme à définir est un adjectif, un syntagme
     adjectival ou un participe passé, il sera présenté au masculin singulier.

e.   Mots avec traits d'union. Les formes indiquées dans le Petit Robert seront
     employées, sauf si les règles grammaticales du français en disposent
     autrement. Le trait d’union pourra être omis dans les mots composés qui ne
     figurent pas dans ce dictionnaire, car il s’agit d’expressions récentes,
     spécialisées ou temporaires, sauf lorsque cette omission peut être source
     d’ambiguïté ou lorsque le trait d’union doit être placé avant et après le « t »
     entre la troisième personne du singulier d’un verbe et un pronom pour des
     raisons phonétiques.

f.   Emploi des chiffres. Les nombres à un chiffre seront écrits en toutes lettres.
     Dans les autres cas, les chiffres seront utilisés.

g.   Système de mesure. En règle générale, les mesures sont exprimées en unités
     du système métrique (Système international). Si nécessaire, les mesures du
     système anglais seront indiquées entre parenthèses après les unités métriques.

h.   Ponctuation. La ponctuation sera marquée conformément aux règles de la
     langue française. Pour cela, on consultera l’édition actuelle de l’ouvrage de
     Grevisse, « Le Bon Usage ». Les points suivants seront cependant
     particulièrement gardés à l’esprit :

     .       Les guillemets s'emploient, en langue française, comme suit :

             -       obligatoirement :

                    .        pour indiquer une expression, un tour ne faisant pas
                             partie du langage ordinaire (néologismes,
                             régionalismes, emprunts à une langue étrangère) ;

             -       facultativement :


                                    1-F-9
                                                                        ORIGINAL
                                                                                AAP-6(2008)


                     .       pour indiquer une citation ;

                     .       parfois au lieu de l’italique pour mettre en évidence un
                             élément d'une phrase ;

                    .        comme marque itérative (c'est-à-dire pour indiquer que
                            certains des mots sont virtuellement répétés).

     .      On utilisera de préférence les guillemets français (« … ») à la place
            des guillemets anglais (" "). L'apostrophe simple et la minute (' ') peuvent
            être utilisées pour guillemeter une citation à l'intérieur d'une autre
            citation.

     .       La barre oblique, dans l'AAP-6, est utilisée exclusivement pour séparer
            le terme anglais du terme français et vice-versa.

     Une ponctuation sera utilisée uniquement pour que la définition ou la note
     soient le plus claires possible. Il faudra toutefois éviter d’employer les signes de
     ponctuation suivants : parenthèses, tirets, guillemets, deux-points et
     points-virgules. Voir l’Annexe E du Guide pour de plus amples détails.

     .      La virgule est un signe de ponctuation faible, utilisé pour marquer une
            pause dans le discours sans changer d'idée. Elle précède les
            conjonctions de coordination, sauf les conjonctions « ou » et « et ». La
            virgule peut précéder « et » lorsque les éléments coordonnés sont longs
            ou nombreux. La virgule sera utilisée pour séparer le qualifiant, au début
            d’une définition, de la définition proprement dite. Elle le sera également
            pour séparer une proposition ou un membre de phrase qui sert de
            parenthèse.

i.   Temps. Dans la mesure du possible, la définition d'un terme est donnée à
     l'indicatif présent, sauf nécessités de concordance des temps.

j.   Emploi des articles. Conformément aux règles de lexicographie de la langue
     française, aucune définition ne doit débuter par un article, défini ou indéfini.

k.   Redites. Le terme ne doit pas être repris dans la définition, étant donné qu'un
     terme ne peut se définir par lui-même. Toutefois, l'emploi d'un concept
     générique est autorisé lorsque la définition repose sur ce concept, par exemple
     « Ordre permanent - Ordre diffusé qui demeure en vigueur jusqu'à ce qu'il ait
     été éventuellement modifié ou abrogé ».

l.   Et/ou. Cette double conjonction ne doit pas être employée en français, même
     lorsqu’elle est l’équivalent de « and/or » en anglais. L’équivalent français de
     « and/or » est le plus souvent « ou » ; lorsque l’on doit être plus précis, on
     utilise « …ou…, ou les deux », ou « soit… soit, ou les deux ».

m.   Emploi de la majuscule. N’employez pas de majuscules, sauf lorsque la
     grammaire de la langue l’exige, par exemple dans les noms propres, les
     nationalités ou les titres officiels. Voir l’Appendice 1 à l’Annexe E du Guide pour
     des explications détaillés sur l’emploi de la majuscule.

     Note : la majuscule initiale ne s'emploie après deux points que s'il s'agit d'une
     citation complète, avec ou sans guillemets ; les points de suspension sont


                                   1-F-10
                                                                         ORIGINAL
                                                                               AAP-6(2008)

     suivis d'une majuscule s'ils terminent une phrase, car ils équivalent à un point.
     Ils sont suivis d'une minuscule lorsqu'utilisés à l'intérieur d'une phrase.

n.   Note, nota, nota bene. Pour indiquer une remarque supplémentaire sur le texte
     d'une définition, il est convenu de faire précéder celle-ci du mot « Note : ».

o.   Signes mathématiques. L'emploi de signes mathématiques à la place
     d’expressions lexicales doit être évité (par exemple « = » au lieu de « égal à » ;
     « + » au lieu de « plus » ou « davantage »).




                                   1-F-11
                                                                        ORIGINAL
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

                                                                                       ANNEXE A À LA
                                                                                       1re PARTIE

TTF (numéro de série attribué par l’ONTC)                               Terme anglais / terme français

    Terminology tracking form (TTF) / Fiche de suivi terminologique (TTF) (numéro de série
             attribué par l’ONTC) – TERME EN ANGLAIS / TERME EN FRANÇAIS
             (Utiliser de préférence le formulaire électronique disponible dans le NTMS)

DATE :                   jour-mois-année

PROPOSER/
AUTEUR :                 Le pays, le commandement stratégique, l’agence ou tout autre organe
                         soumettant cette proposition, par exemple MDN UK, ACT, NHQC3S, MCASB,
                         NCSTP, NACMA, ONTC.

REFERENCE/
RÉFÉRENCE :              Référence du document, de la lettre, du rapport, etc., dans lequel cette
                         proposition a été transmise à l’ONTC.

PROPOSAL/
PROPOSITION :            Soumettre la proposition en anglais et en français chaque fois que possible.
                         Sinon, une traduction sera fournie par l’intermédiaire de l’ONTC. Inclure deux
                         paragraphes comme suit :

                         (1)      Nature de la proposition (par exemple ajouter un nouvel article,
                         modifier ou supprimer un article existant). S’il s’agit d’une abréviation, indiquer
                         s’il est nécessaire qu’elle ait le statut « Agréé OTAN ».

                         (2)     Terminologie (écrire le terme et sa définition ou l’abréviation et sa
                         forme complète, ainsi que tout autre élément à inclure dans le NTMS/la NTDB
                         et le glossaire). S’il s’agit d’une proposition visant à supprimer un article, ne
                         rien inscrire.

JUSTIFICATION :          Exposer les raisons pour lesquelles cette proposition est soumise, de façon
                         suffisamment détaillée afin que la TA ou la DTA chargée de l’approuver
                         puisse prendre une décision en connaissance de cause. S’il est nécessaire
                         qu’une abréviation soit « Agréée OTAN », en indiquer les raisons.

EXISTING ENTRY/
ARTICLE EXISTANT :       Indiquer les versions anglaise et française complètes de l’article existant
                         devant être modifié ou supprimé (s’il ne s’agit pas d’une proposition d’ajout
                         d’un nouvel article), telles qu’elles figurent dans la NTDB ou dans le glossaire
                         OTAN qu’il est proposé de modifier.

TERMINOLOGY
SOURCE/ SOURCE
DE LA
TERMINOLOGIE :           Indiquer toute autre source de référence qui n’est pas indiquée dans l’article
                         proposé (glossaires spécialisés, normes ISO, publications interalliées,
                         documents approuvés par des comités OTAN, etc.) sur laquelle la proposition
                         se fonde et qui est susceptible d’appuyer son étude.

TC COMMENTS / COMMENTAIRES DU TC (date) :
Si besoin est.

Observations et décisions dans l’ordre chronologique.




                                               1-F-A-1
                                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

   Lexique

Conférence de terminologie du Comité militaire                Military Committee Terminology Conference
MCTC                                                          MCTC
Organe exécutif, siégeant en continu, réunissant tous         An executive body in continuous session which
les pays de l’OTAN, qui prend des décisions et                makes decisions, and provides
formule des recommandations et des avis sur des               recommendations and advice on military
questions de terminologie opérationnelle militaire            operational terminology under the purview of the
relevant du Comité militaire et auquel participent les        Military Committee (MC), and in which the
commandements stratégiques (SC) de l'OTAN à titre             Strategic Commands (SCs) participate as
de conseillers officiels.                                     official advisers.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste agréée                                                  agreed list
Liste des propositions qui ont été adoptées en vue de         A list of proposals that have been agreed for
leur ajout dans l'AAP-6, de leur modification ou de           addition to, modification in or deletion from AAP-
leur retrait de l'AAP-6.                                      6.
Note : les listes agréées sont numérotées suivant un          Note: Agreed Lists are numbered sequentially.
ordre séquentiel.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste des propositions rejetées                               rejection list
Liste des propositions qui ont été rejetées par la            A list of proposals that have been rejected by
MCTC.                                                         the MCTC.
Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre            Note: Rejection lists are numbered sequentially.
séquentiel.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

liste des propositions retirées                               withdrawal list
Liste des propositions qui ont été retirées par leurs         A list of proposals that have been withdrawn by
auteurs.                                                      the proposer(s).
Note : ces listes sont numérotées suivant un ordre            Note: Withdrawal lists are numbered
séquentiel.                                                   sequentially.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

procédure d'accord tacite                                     silence procedure
Procédure par laquelle un accord est acquis si                A procedure by which concurrence is achieved
aucune objection n’est reçue d’ici à une date                 unless an objection is received by a given date.
déterminée.
Note : au sein de l’OTAN, seuls les pays membres              Note: Within NATO, only the member nations
peuvent rompre la procédure d’accord tacite.                  may break silence.
[AAP-42]                                                      [AAP-42]
Agréé OTAN                                                    NATO Agreed

proposition de terminologie                                   terminology proposal
PL                                                            PL
Demande officielle formulée par une source habilitée          A formal request by an authorized proposer to
visant à modifier l'AAP-6 par l’ajout, la modification ou     modify AAP-6 by adding, changing or deleting
la suppression d'articles.                                    entries.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

rapport de situation                                          status report
Liste des propositions en cours d'examen par un               A list of proposals under active consideration by
pays, une autorité responsable (TA) ou un autre               a nation, a tasking authority (TA) or another
organisme de l'OTAN ; on y retrouve également les             NATO body. It also includes proposals that have
propositions renvoyées pour étude complémentaire.             been deferred for further study.
Non agréé OTAN                                                Not NATO Agreed

terminologie agréée OTAN                                      NATO Agreed Terminology
Terminologie qui a été approuvée dans les deux                The terminology that has been approved in both
langues officielles de l’OTAN par consensus des               official languages of NATO by the consensus of
pays membres de l’Organisation dans le cadre du               the NATO member nations, through the NATO
Programme OTAN de terminologie.                               Terminology Programme.
[AAP-42]                                                      [AAP-42]
Agréé OTAN                                                    NATO Agreed




                                                            1-F-A-2
          AAP-6(2008)




1-F-A-3
                                                      AAP-6(2008)




                          PART 2

ENGLISH TERMS AND DEFINITIONS IN ENGLISH ALPHABETICAL ORDER




                            2-1
                                                                                             AAP-6(2008)

                                                           A

abac scale / abaque de                    by nuclear (or ionizing) radiation   A message from the addressee
conversion                                to unit mass of absorbing            informing the originator that his
A nomogram for obtaining the              material. The unit is the rad.       communication has been received
conversion angle to apply when            01 Feb 1973                          and is understood.
plotting great circle bearings on a                                            01 Jan 1974
Mercator projection.                      acceleration error / erreur
01 Jul 1973                               d'accélération                       acknowledgement signal /
                                          An error caused by the deflection    signal d'accusé de réception
abeam / par le travers                    of the vertical reference due to     A signal sent to indicate that a
Bearing approximately 090° or             any change in acceleration of the    message has been received
270° degrees relative; at right           aircraft.                            properly.
angles to the longitudinal axis of a      01 Feb 1973                          09 May 2000
vehicle.
18 Aug 1998                               acceptable product / produit de      aclinic line
                                          substitution                         Preferred term: magnetic equator.
abeam replenishment /                     One which may be used in place
ravitaillement à couple                   of another for extended periods      acoustic circuit / mise de feu
The transfer at sea of personnel          without technical advice.            acoustique
and/or supplies by rigs between           Related terms: emergency             A circuit which responds to the
two or more ships proceeding side         substitute; standardized product.    acoustic field of a target.
by side.                                  01 Feb 1973                          Related term: mine1.
01 Jul 1980                                                                    02 May1995
                                          acceptance trial / essai de
abort1 / avorter1                         recette                              acoustic intelligence /
To terminate a mission for any            A trial carried out by nominated     renseignement acoustique
reason other than enemy action. It        representatives of the eventual      ACINT
may occur at any point after the          military users of the weapon or      Intelligence derived from the
beginning of the mission and prior        equipment to determine if the        collection and processing of
to its completion.                        specified performance and            acoustic phenomena.
01 May 1973                               characteristics have been met.       01 Nov 1986
                                          Related terms: consumer
abort2 / avorter2                         logistics; production logistics.     acoustic mine / mine
To discontinue aircraft take-off or       04 Nov 2005                          acoustique
missile launch.                                                                A mine with an acoustic circuit
01 May 1973                               access procedure / procédure         which responds to the acoustic
                                          d'accès                              field of a ship or sweep.
abrasion / rayure                         Related term: explosive ordnance     Related term: mine1.
In photography, a scratch or mark         disposal procedures.                 01 Aug 1976
produced mechanically on an               09 Jan 1996
emulsion surface or film base.                                                 acoustic minehunting / chasse
01 Jan 1973                               accompaniment /                      aux mines acoustique
                                          accompagnement                       The use of a sonar to detect
absolute filter / filtre absolu           In naval cooperation and             mines or mine-like objects which
A filter capable of cutting off 100       guidance for shipping, the           may be on or protruding from the
% by weight of solid particles            coordinated passage through a        sea bed, or buried.
greater than a stated micron size.        specific area of increased risk by   01 Nov 1975
01 Jan 1980                               one or more merchant ships in
                                          company with military assets.        acoustic warfare / guerre
absolute height / hauteur                 Accompaniment takes place            acoustique
absolue                                   under a voluntary arrangement        In an underwater environment, the
The height of an aircraft directly        and does not imply direct            use of acoustic energy to provoke,
above the surface or terrain over         protection by military assets.       exploit, restrict or prevent hostile
which it is flying.                       Related terms: merchant ship;        use of the acoustic spectrum and
Related terms: altitude;altitude          merchant shipping; naval             the implementation of any
datum; barometric altitude;               cooperation and guidance for         measures taken to restrict its use
calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   shipping.                            to friendly forces.
cruising altitude; cruising level;        02 Mar 2007                          Related terms: acoustic warfare
datum level; drop altitude; drop                                               counter-countermeasures;
height elevation; height1; high           accuracy of fire / justesse de tir   acoustic warfare
altitude; minimum safe altitude;          The precision of fire expressed by   countermeasures; acoustic
pressure-altitude; transition             the closeness of a grouping of       warfare support measures.
altitude; transition level.               shots at and around the centre of    13 Dec 1999
13 Jul 1994                               the target.
                                          01 Oct 1984                          acoustic warfare counter-
absorbed dose / dose absorbée                                                  countermeasures / contre-
The amount of energy imparted             acknowledgement / aperçu             contre-mesures de guerre

                                                        2-A-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

acoustique                             de neutrons par activation
In an underwater environment,          A device used to determine              active mine / mine à dispositif
those actions taken to ensure          neutron flux or density by virtue of    actif
effective friendly use of the          the radioactivity induced in it as a    A mine actuated by the reflection
acoustic spectrum by countering        result of neutron capture.              from a target of a signal emitted
hostile acoustic warfare measures.     01 Feb 1973                             by the mine.
Acoustic warfare counter-                                                      Related term: passive mine1,2.
countermeasures involve                active / actif(ve)                      01 Nov 1994
antiacoustic warfare support           In surveillance, an adjective
measures and antiacoustic warfare      applied to actions or equipments        active public information policy
countermeasures, and may not           which emit energy capable of            / attitude active en matière
involve underwater acoustic            being detected.                         d'information publique
emissions.                             01 Nov 1975                             A policy which dictates that
Related terms: acoustic warfare;                                               attempts will be made to stimulate
acoustic warfare countermeasures;      active air defence / défense            media/public interest about an
acoustic warfare support               aérienne active                         issue or activity for the purpose of
measures.                              Active measures taken against           informing the public. Interest may
13 Dec 1999                            attacking enemy forces to destroy       be stimulated by press advisories,
                                       or nullify any form of air or missile   news releases, personal contacts,
acoustic warfare                       threat or to reduce the                 press conferences or other forms
countermeasures / contre-              effectiveness of any such attack.       of public presentation.
mesures de guerre acoustique           Related terms: air defence; air         Related term: passive public
In an underwater environment,          superiority; air supremacy;             information policy.
actions taken to prevent or reduce     counter-air operation; defensive        01 Nov 1990
the use of the acoustic spectrum       counter-air operation; offensive
by hostile forces. Acoustic warfare    counter-air operation; passive air      actual ground zero / point zéro
countermeasures involve                defence.                                réel
intentional underwater acoustic        20 Jun 2006                             AGZ
emissions for deception and                                                    The point on the surface of the
jamming.                               active defence / défense active         earth at, or vertically below or
Related terms: acoustic warfare;       Active measures taken against           above, the centre of an actual
acoustic warfare counter-              enemy forces to prevent, nullify or     nuclear detonation.
countermeasures; acoustic warfare      reduce the effectiveness of any         Related terms: desired ground
support measures.                      form of enemy attack.                   zero; ground zero.
13 Dec 1999                            Related term: passive defence.          01 Sep 1981
                                       25 Jan 2005
acoustic warfare support                                                       actuate / déclencher
measures / mesures de soutien          active electronic protective            To operate a firing mechanism by
de la guerre acoustique                measures / mesures de                   an influence or a series of
AWSM                                   protection électronique actives         influences in such a way that all
In an underwater environment,          Detectable measures, such as            the requirements of the
actions taken to search for,           altering transmitter parameters as      mechanism for firing or for
intercept, locate, record and          necessary, to ensure effective          registering a target count are met.
analyze radiated acoustic energy       friendly use of the electromagnetic     Related term : dormant state.
for the purpose of exploiting such     spectrum.                               09 Jan 1996
radiation. The use of acoustic         Related terms: electronic protective
warfare support measures involves      measures; passive electronic            actuator / servocommande
no intentional underwater acoustic     protective measures.                    A mechanism that furnishes the
emission and is generally not          20 Nov 1996                             force required to displace a
detectable by hostile forces.                                                  control surface or other control
Related terms: acoustic warfare;       active homing guidance /                element.
acoustic warfare counter-              guidage actif                           01 Jan 1980
countermeasures; acoustic warfare      A system of homing guidance
countermeasures.                       wherein both the source for             acute radiation dose / dose
13 Dec 1999                            illuminating the target, and the        d'irradiation aiguë
                                       receiver for detecting the energy       Total ionising radiation dose
action information centre              reflected from the target as the        received at one time and over a
Preferred term: combat                 result of illuminating the target,      period so short that biological
information centre.                    are carried within the missile.         recovery cannot occur.
                                       Related term: homing guidance.          Related term: chronic radiation
activate / activer                     01 Feb 1973                             dose.
In military administration, to make                                            01 Mar 1979
active by official order a             active material / matière fissile
previously established military        Material, such as plutonium and         add / plus loin
organization so that it can function   certain isotopes of uranium, which      In artillery and naval fire support,
in its assigned capacity.              is capable of supporting a fission      a correction used by an
13 Dec 1999                            chain reaction.                         observer/spotter to indicate that
                                       01 Feb 1973                             an increase in range along a
activation detector / détecteur

                                                 2-A-2
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

spotting line is desired.              01 Jun 1984                            administrative support of the
01 Sep 1974                                                                   operation.
                                       administrative control /               01 Sep 1981
additional military                    contrôle administratif
layer / couche militaire               ADCON                                  advanced aerodrome /
additionnelle                          Direction or exercise of authority     aérodrome avancé
AML                                    over subordinate or other              An aerodrome, usually having
A unified range of digital             organizations in respect to            minimum facilities, in or near an
geospatial data products               administrative matters such as         objective area.
designed to satisfy the totality of    personnel management, supply,          Related term: aerodrome.
NATO non-navigational maritime         services, and other matters not        20 Nov 1996
defence requirements.                  included in the operational
01 Oct 2003                            missions of the subordinate or         advanced base / base avancée
                                       other organizations.                   A base located in or near a
ad hoc movement / mouvement            Related terms: command1; control;      theatre of operations whose
improvisé                              full command; operational              primary mission is to support
A movement which may occur at          command; operational control.          military operations.
any time, for which necessary or       01 Apr 1971                            01 Mar 1981
appropriate planning data is not
yet available. This movement will      administrative escort /                advanced fleet anchorage /
be partially or fully planned as       escorteur administratif                mouillage avancé de flotte
soon as the required information       A warship or merchant ship under       A secure anchorage for a large
has been provided.                     naval control, carrying a convoy       number of naval vessels, mobile
Related terms: fully planned           commodore and his staff, serving       support units and auxiliaries
movement; partially planned            as a platform for simultaneous         located in or near a theatre of
movement.                              communication with an                  operations.
01 Nov 1990                            operational control authority and a    Related term: emergency
                                       coastal convoy.                        anchorage
adjust fire1 / prêt à régler           01 Oct 1978                            01 Feb 1973
In artillery and naval fire support,
a method of control transmitted in     administrative loading /               advanced guard / avant-garde
the call for fire by the observer or   chargement administratif               The leading element of an
spotter to indicate that he will       commercial loading                     advancing force. The primary
control the adjustment.                A loading system which gives           mission is to ensure the
01 Sep 1974                            primary consideration to achieving     uninterrupted advance of the main
                                       maximum utilization of troops and      body. It has the following
adjust fire2 / réglage                 cargo space without regard to          functions:
In artillery and naval fire support,   tactical considerations. Equipment     a. to find and exploit gaps in the
an order or request to initiate an     and supplies must be unloaded          enemy's defensive system;
adjustment of fire.                    and sorted before they can be          b. to prevent the main body of the
01 Sep 1974                            used.                                  advancing force running blindly
                                       01 Feb 1973                            into enemy opposition;
adjustment of fire / réglage                                                  c. to clear away minor opposition
observé de tir                         administrative movement /              or, if major opposition is met, to
Process used in artillery and naval    mouvement administratif                cover the deployment of the main
fire to obtain correct bearing,        A movement in which troops and         body.
range and height of burst (if time     vehicles are arranged to expedite      Related term: mainguard.
fuzes are used) when engaging a        their movement and conserve            01 Feb 1973
target by observed fire.               time and energy when no enemy
Related term: spot.                    interference, except by air, is        advance force / force d'avant-
01 Feb 1973                            anticipated.                           garde
                                       01 Feb 1973                            A temporary organization within
administration/administration                                                 the amphibious task force which
The provision and implementation       administrative order / ordre           precedes the main body to the
of regulations and procedures          administratif                          objective area. Its function is to
related to the management of an        An order covering traffic, supplies,   participate in preparing the
organization in support of the         maintenance, evacuation,               objective for the main assault by
accomplishment of its mission.         personnel and other                    conducting such operations as
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]        administrative details.                reconnaissance, seizure of
10 Mar 2004                            13 Dec 1999                            supporting positions,
                                                                              minesweeping, preliminary
administrative chain of                administrative plan / plan             bombardment, underwater
command / voie administrative          administratif et logistique            demolitions, and air support.
The normal chain of command for        A plan, normally relating to and       01 Jun 1981
administration.                        complementing the operation plan
Related terms: chain of                or order, which provides               advance to contact / marche à
command; operational chain of          information and instructions           l'ennemi
command.                               covering the logistic and              An offensive operation designed


                                                 2-A-3
                                                                                            AAP-6(2008)

to gain or re-establish contact with    recuperative work;                       transit, or destination medical
the enemy.                              b. explosive ordnance disposal;          facility/ establishment who
Related term: approach march.           c. restoration of minimum                coordinates aeromedical
01 Oct 1978                             operating surfaces, including            evacuation activities of the
                                        aircraft manoeuvring areas and           facility/establishment.
adversary / adversaire                  access tracks;                           10 Jun 2003
A party acknowledged as                 d. restoration of services and
potentially hostile to a friendly       facilities essential for the conduct     aeromedical evacuation
party and against which the use of      of air operations.                       operations officer / officier
force may be envisaged.                 03 Aug 1998                              responsable des opérations
14 Oct 2002                                                                      d'évacuations sanitaires
                                        aerodrome traffic1 / circulation         aériennes
                                                        1
advisory area / région à service        d'aérodrome                              An officer of the airlift force or
consultatif                             All traffic on the manoeuvring           command who is responsible for
A designated area within a flight       area of an aerodrome.                    activities relating to planning and
information region where air traffic    Related terms: aerodrome; air            directing aeromedical evacuation
advisory service is available.          traffic.                                 operations, maintaining liaison
01 Feb 1973                             01 Oct 2001                              with medical airlift activities
                                                                                 concerned, operating an
advisory control / contrôle             aerodrome traffic2 / circulation         aeromedical evacuation control
                                                         2
consultatif                             d'aérodrome                              centre, and otherwise
A mode of control under which the       All aircraft flying in the vicinity of   coordinating aircraft and patient
aircraft commander selects his          an aerodrome.                            movements.
own speed, altitude and heading,        Related terms: aerodrome; air            01 Feb 1973
and has freedom of action to            traffic.
accomplish the assigned task.           01 Oct 2001                              aeromedical evacuation system
The aircraft control unit will inform                                            / chaîne d'évacuations
the aircraft of the current tactical    aerodynamic missile / missile            sanitaires aériennes
picture and provide adequate            aérodynamique                            AES
warnings of hazards affecting           A missile which uses aerodynamic         A system which provides:
aircraft safety.                        forces to maintain its flight path.      a. control of patient movement by
01 Nov 1975                             Related terms: ballistic missile;        air transport;
                                        guided missile.                          b. specialized medical attendants
aerial picket                           01 Nov 1994                              and equipment for in-flight
Preferred term: air picket.                                                      medical care;
                                        aeromedical evacuation /                 c. facilities on, or in the vicinity of,
aerial reconnaissance                   évacuation sanitaire aérienne            air strips and airbases, for the
Preferred term: air                     The movement of patients to and          limited medical care of intransit
reconnaissance.                         between medical treatment                patients entering, en route via, or
                                        facilities by air transportation.        leaving the system;
aerodrome / aérodrome                   01 Feb 1973                              d. communication with destination
airfield                                                                         and en route medical facilities
AD                                      aeromedical evacuation control           concerning patient airlift
An area prepared for the                centre / centre de contrôle des          movements.
accommodation (including any            évacuations sanitaires                   01 Feb 1973
buildings, installations and            aériennes
equipment), landing and take-off        AECC                                     aeronautical chart / carte
of aircraft.                            The control facility established by      aéronautique
Related terms: advanced                 the commander of an air transport        A chart specifically designed to
aerodrome; aerodrome traffic1,2;        division, air force, or air              meet air navigation requirements.
air strip; air traffic; alternate       command. It operates in                  Related terms: aeronautical
                           4
aerodrome; diversion ; diversion        conjunction with the command             plotting chart; aeronautical
aerodrome; helipad; landing             movement control centre and              topographic chart; chart; map;
     2                 1
area ; landing site ; landing zone;     coordinates overall medical              special aeronautical chart.
main aerodrome; redeployment            requirements with airlift capability.    01 Nov 1991
                                  1,2
aerodrome; touchdown zone .             It also assigns medical missions
01 Feb 1973                             to the appropriate aeromedical           aeronautical information
                                        evacuation elements in the               overprint / surimpression
aerodrome damage repair /               system and monitors patient              d'informations aéronautiques
réparation des dégâts subis par         movement activities.                     Additional information which is
un aérodrome                            01 Feb 1973                              printed or stamped on a map or
ADR                                                                              chart for the specific purpose of
The range of activities required to     aeromedical evacuation                   air navigation.
restore the operational capability      coordinating officer / officier          01 Feb 1973
of an aerodrome after non-nuclear       régulateur des évacuations
attack, including:                      sanitaires aériennes                     aeronautical plotting chart /
a. reconnaissance to assess the         AECO                                     carte de tracé de route
damage and essential                    An officer of an originating, in-        aéronautique


                                                   2-A-4
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

A chart designed for the graphical    In intelligence usage, an               it becomes entirely sustained by air
processes of navigation.              organization or individual engaged      until it ceases to be so sustained.
Related terms: aeronautical chart;    in collecting and/or processing         01 Oct 2001
aeronautical topographic chart;       information.
chart; map; special aeronautical      Related terms: agent; intelligence      airborne alert / alerte en vol
chart.                                cycle; source.                          A state of aircraft readiness
01 Oct 1984                           01 Sep 1981                             wherein combat-equipped aircraft
                                                                              are airborne and ready for
aeronautical topographic chart        agent / agent                           immediate action.
/ carte topographique                 In intelligence usage, one who is       Related terms: alert1; fighter
aéronautique                          recruited, trained, controlled and      cover.
A representation of features of the   employed to obtain and report           01 Sep 2003
surface of the earth, designed        information.
primarily as an aid to visual or      Related terms: agency; source.          airborne assault
                                                                                                           2
radar navigation, which shows         01 Sep 1981                             Preferred term: assault phase .
selected terrain, cultural or
hydrographic features and             age of moon / âge de la lune            airborne command post / poste
supplementary aeronautical            The elapsed time, usually               de commandement volant
information.                          expressed in days, since the last       ACP
Related terms: aeronautical chart;    new moon.                               A suitably equipped aircraft used
aeronautical plotting chart; chart;   01 Feb 1973                             by the commander for the conduct
map; special aeronautical chart.                                              of his operations.
01 Feb 1973                           agonic line / ligne agonale             01 Oct 2003
                                      A line drawn on a map or chart
aeropause / aéropause                 joining points of zero magnetic         airborne early warning and
Region in which functional effects    declination for a specified year        control / alerte lointaine et
of the atmosphere on man and          date.                                   contrôle aérien par moyens
aircraft cease to exist.              01 Feb 1974                             aéroportés
01 Feb 1973                                                                   Air surveillance and control
                                      agreed point / repère convenu           provided by airborne early
afloat support / soutien              A predetermined point on the            warning aircraft which are
logistique à la mer                   ground, identifiable from the air,      equipped with search and height-
A form of logistic support outside    and used when aircraft assist in        finding radar and communication
the confines of a harbour in which    fire adjustment.                        equipment for controlling weapon
fuel, ammunition and supplies are     01 Feb 1973                             systems.
provided for operating forces                                                 Related term: air picket.
either underway or at anchor.         airborne1 / aéroporté1                  01 Feb 1973
01 Dec 1974                           Adjective used to describe troops
                                      specially trained to carry out          airborne force / force
afterburning1 / postcombustion1       operations, either by paradrop or       aéroportée
The characteristic of some rocket     air landing, following an air           A force composed primarily of
motors to burn irregularly for        movement.                               ground and air units organized,
some time after the main burning      Related terms: airborne force;          equipped and trained for airborne
and thrust has ceased.                airborne operation; air portable;       operations.
01 Feb 1973                           air-transportable; operation;           Related terms: airborne1; force(s).
                                      paradrop.                               01 Feb 1973
afterburning2 /                       01 Oct 2001
                  2
postcombustion                                                                airborne force liaison officer /
The process of fuel injection and     airborne2 / aéroporté2                  officier de liaison des forces
combustion in the exhaust jet of a    Adjective used to describe materiel     aéroportées
turbojet engine (aft or to the rear   specially designed for airborne         An officer who is the
of the turbine).                      troops.                                 representative of the airborne
01 Feb 1973                           01 Oct 2001                             units and who works with the air
                                                                              force on aerodromes being used
after-flight inspection /             airborne3 / aéroporté3                  for airborne operations.
vérification après le vol             Adjective used to describe              01 Feb 1973
post- flight inspection               aeronautical equipment used to
General examination after flight      accomplish a particular mission.        airborne interception
for obvious defects, correction of    01 Oct 2001                             equipment / centrale
defects reported by aircraft crews,                                           d'interception
replenishment of consumable or        airborne4 / de bord                     A fire control system, including
expendable stores, and securing       Adjective used to describe items        radar equipment, installed in
aircraft.                             forming an integral part of an          interceptor aircraft used to effect
01 Feb 1973                           aircraft.                               air interception.
                                      01 Oct 2001                             01 Aug 1973
agency / organisme de
renseignement                         airborne5 / en vol                      airborne operation / opération
collection agency                     Adjective used to describe the          aéroportée
                                      state of an aircraft from the instant

                                                2-A-5
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

An operation involving the             control (by use of radio, radar, or    system.
movement of combat forces and          other means) of such aircraft as       01 Jul 1994
their logistic support into an         may be allotted to him for
objective area by air.                 operation within his area.             aircraft arresting system /
Related terms: airborne1; air          Related terms: air control; tactical   système d'arrêt d'aéronef
transportable unit.                    air controller.                        A series of devices used to stop
01 Feb 1973                            01 Feb 1973                            an aircraft by absorbing its
                                                                              momentum in a routine or
airborne radio relay / relais          air corridor / corridor aérien         emergency landing or aborted
radio en vol                           A restricted air route of travel       take-off.
A technique employing aircraft         specified for use by friendly          Related terms: aircraft arresting
fitted with radio relay stations for   aircraft and established for the       barrier; aircraft arresting cable;
the purpose of increasing the          purpose of preventing friendly         aircraft arresting gear; aircraft
range, flexibility or physical         aircraft from being fired on by        arresting hook.
security of communication              friendly forces.                       01 Nov 1994
systems.                               01 Feb 1973
01 Feb 1973                                                                   aircraft arresting wire
                                       aircraft / aéronef                     Preferred term: aircraft arresting
airburst / explosion aérienne          Any machine that can derive            cable.
An explosion of a bomb or              support in the atmosphere from
projectile above the surface as        the reactions of the air other than    aircraft arrestment / arrêt d'un
distinguished from an explosion        the reactions of the air against the   aéronef
on contact with the surface or         earth’s surface.                       Controlled stopping of an aircraft
after penetration.                     [ICAO]                                 by external means.
Related term: type of burst.           20 Jun 2006                            01 Aug 1974
01 Feb 1973
                                       aircraft arresting barrier /           aircraft captain
air cargo / cargaison aérienne         barrière d'arrêt d'aéronef             Preferred term: aircraft
Stores, equipment or vehicles,         emergency barrier                      commander.
which do not form part of the          A device, not dependent on an
aircraft, and are either part or all   aircraft arresting hook, used to       aircraft climb corridor / couloir
of its payload.                        stop an aircraft by absorbing its      de montée pour aéronefs
Related term: cargo.                   forward momentum in an                 Controlled airspace of defined
01 Mar 1981                            emergency landing or aborted           vertical and horizontal dimensions
                                       take-off.                              extending from a controlled area
air cartographic camera /              Related term: aircraft arresting       that may include an aerodrome, in
chambre                                system.                                which an aircraft executes all or
aérophotogrammétrique                  01 Nov 1994                            part of a climb under positive
mapping camera                                                                control.
A camera having the accuracy           aircraft arresting cable / câble       04 Oct 2000
and other characteristics essential    d'arrêt d'aéronef
for air survey or cartographic         aircraft arresting wire                aircraft commander /
photography.                           That portion of an aircraft            commandant d'aéronef
01 May 1973                            arresting system which spans the       aircraft captain
                                       runway surface or flight deck          The aircrew member designated
air cartographic photography /         landing area and is engaged by         by a competent authority as being
photographie aérienne                  the aircraft arresting hook.           in command of an aircraft and
cartographique                         Related term: aircraft arresting       responsible for its safe operation.
air survey photography                 system.                                Note: The aircraft commander
The taking and processing of air       13 Jul 1994                            may also be the mission
photographs for mapping and                                                   commander.
charting purposes.                     aircraft arresting gear /              Related term: mission
01 Feb 1973                            dispositif d'arrêt d'aéronef           commander.
                                       A device used to engage hook           01 Oct 2001
air control / contrôle aérien          equipped aircraft to absorb the
Related terms: air controller; air     forward momentum of a routine or       aircraft control unit / unité de
traffic control centre; airway; area   emergency landing, or aborted          contrôle tactique air
control centre; control and            take-off.                              A unit with facilities and
reporting centre; control area;        Related term: aircraft arresting       personnel, including controllers,
control zone; controlled airspace;     system.                                for conducting aircraft control and
interceptor controller; tactical air   01 Jan 1983                            which exercises tactical control of
control centre; tactical air                                                  aircraft or a unit(s).
controller; terminal control area.     aircraft arresting hook / crosse       01 Nov 1975
01 Feb 1973                            d'arrêt d'aéronef
                                       tail hook                              aircraft cross-servicing /
air controller / contrôleur aérien     A device fitted to an aircraft to      services mutuels pour aéronefs
An individual especially trained for   engage arresting gear.                 ACS
and assigned the duty of the           Related term: aircraft arresting       Services performed on an aircraft


                                                 2-A-6
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

by an organization other than that    examining, checking and testing        01 Feb 1973
to which the aircraft is assigned,    aircraft structural members,
according to an established           components and systems, to             aircraft role equipment
operational aircraft cross-           detect actual or potential             Preferred term: aircraft mission
servicing requirement, and for        unserviceable conditions.              equipment.
which there may be a charge.          01 Feb 1973
Aircraft cross-servicing has been                                            aircraft scrambling / ordre de
divided into two categories:          aircraft loading table / tableau       décollage immédiat
a. Stage A cross-servicing - The      de fractionnement                      Directing the immediate take-off
servicing of an aircraft on an        A data sheet used by the force         of aircraft from a ground alert
aerodrome/ship, which enables         unit commander containing              condition of readiness.
the aircraft to be flown to another   information as to the load that        01 Feb 1973
aerodrome/ship.                       actually goes into each aircraft.
b. Stage B cross-servicing - The      01 Feb 1973                            aircraft servicing / entretien
servicing of an aircraft on an                                               courant pour aéronefs
aerodrome/ship, which enables         aircraft marshaller / signaleur        Activities and procedures related
the aircraft to be flown on an        aircraft guide                         to inspection, replenishment of
operational mission.                  A person trained to direct by          expendables and consumables,
Related terms: aircraft servicing,    visual or other means the              cleaning, lubrication, marshalling,
aircraft transient servicing;         movement of aircraft on the            parking and securing of aircraft.
operational aircraft cross-           ground into and out of landing,        Related terms: aircraft cross-
servicing requirement.                parking or hovering points.            servicing; aircraft servicing
01 Nov 1994                           01 Feb 1973                            connector; aircraft transient
                                                                             servicing; cross-servicing;
aircraft dispersal area / aire de     aircraft marshalling area / aire       servicing.
dispersion                            de manoeuvre des aéronefs              02 Mar 2007
An area on a military installation    An area in which aircraft may form
designed primarily for the            up before take-off or assemble         aircraft servicing connector /
dispersal of parked aircraft,         after landing.                         raccord de servitude pour
whereby such aircraft will be less    Related term: manoeuvring area.        aéronefs
vulnerable in the event of enemy      01 Feb 1973                            A device fitted to aircraft and/or
air raid.                                                                    ground equipment which enables
01 Feb 1973                           aircraft mission equipment /           replenishing and/or servicing to
                                      équipement particulier d'un            be carried out.
aircraft flat pallet / palette        aéronef                                Related terms: aircraft cross-
d'aéronef                             aircraft role equipment                servicing; aircraft servicing;
A stressed pallet capable of          Equipment that must be fitted to       aircraft transient servicing; cross-
supporting and restraining a          an aircraft to enable it to fulfil a   servicing; servicing.
specifically rated load. It is        particular mission or task.            01 Dec 1979
specifically designed for tie-down    01 Feb 1973
in an aircraft.                                                              aircraft store / charge emportée
Related term: palletized unit load.   aircraft modification /                par aéronef
01 Feb 1973                           modification d'un aéronef              Any device intended for internal or
                                      A change in the physical               external carriage and mounted on
aircraft ground support               characteristics of aircraft,           aircraft suspension and release
equipment / matériel de               accomplished either by a change        equipment, whether or not the
servitude au sol                      in production specifications or by     item is intended to be separated
Equipment needed to carry out         alteration of items already            in flight from the aircraft. Aircraft
servicing and maintenance of an       produced.                              stores are classified in two
aircraft and its associated mission   01 Feb 1973                            categories as follows:
systems.                                                                     a. Expendable store - An aircraft
25 Sep 1998                           aircraft picketing / saisie            store normally separated from the
                                      d'aéronef                              aircraft in flight such as a missile,
aircraft guide                        aircraft tie-down                      rocket, bomb, nuclear weapon,
Preferred term: aircraft              Securing aircraft when parked in       mine, torpedo, pyrotechnic
marshaller.                           the open to restrain movement          device, sonobuoy, signal
                                      due to the weather or condition of     underwater sound device, or other
aircraft handover / prise en          the parking area.                      similar items.
compte successive d'un                01 Dec 1974                            b. Non-expendable store - An
aéronef                                                                      aircraft store which is not normally
The process of transferring           aircraft replenishing /                separated from the aircraft in flight
control of aircraft from one          ravitaillement d'un aéronef            such as a tank (fuel and spray),
controlling authority to another.     The refilling of aircraft with         line-source disseminator, pod
01 Feb 1973                           consumables such as fuel, oil,         (refuelling, thrust augmentation,
                                      and compressed gasses to               gun, electronic-countermeasures,
aircraft inspection / vérification    predetermined levels, pressures,       data link, etc.), multiple rack,
d'aéronefs                            quantities or weights. Rearming is     target, cargo drop container,
The process of systematically         excluded.                              drone or other similar items.
                                                                             Related terms: cluster bomb unit;

                                                2-A-7
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

load.                                  Related term: air defence               operations area.
01 Sep 1981                            operations area.                        01 Feb 1973
                                       01 Jul 1993
aircraft tie-down                                                              air defence operations area /
Preferred term: aircraft picketing.    air defence area / zone de              zone d'opérations de défense
                                       défense aérienne                        aérienne
aircraft transient servicing /         A specifically defined airspace for     A geographical area within which
assistance aux aéronefs de             which air defence must be               procedures are established to
passage                                planned and provided.                   minimize interference between air
Services performed on an aircraft      Related term: combat air patrol.        defence operations and other
by an organization other than that     01 Jul 1993                             types of operations. It may include
to which the aircraft is assigned                                              one or more of the following:
and for which there may be a           air defence command /                   a. air defence action area;
financial charge. This activity is     commandement de la défense              b. air defence area;
separate from the established          aérienne                                c. air defence identification zone;
aircraft cross-servicing               ADC                                     d. firepower umbrella.
programme and requires that the        The authority and responsibility        Related terms: air defence action
transient aircrew supervise the        for the air defence of a designated     area; air defence identification
correct application of ground crew     area.                                   zone; fire-power umbrella.
procedures.                            01 Nov 1975                             04 Oct 2000
Related terms: aircraft cross-
servicing; aircraft servicing          air defence commander /                 air defence region / région de
01 Jul 1994                            commandant de la défense                défense aérienne
                                       aérienne                                ADR
aircraft vectoring / guidage des       A duly appointed commander              A geographical subdivision of an
appareils par transmission de          responsible for the air defence of      air defence area.
cap                                    a designated area                       01 Dec 1974
The directional control of in-flight   01 Nov 1975
aircraft through transmission of                                               air defence sector / secteur de
azimuth headings.                      air defence control centre /            défense aérienne
01 Feb 1973                            centre de contrôle de défense           A geographical subdivision of an
                                       aérienne                                air defence region.
air-cushion vehicle /                  ADCC                                    01 Feb 1973
aéroglisseur                           The principal information,
ACV                                    communication and operations            air defence ship / bâtiment de
A vehicle capable of being             centre from which all aircraft, anti-   défense aérienne
operated so that its weight,           aircraft operations, air defence        The ship detailed to assume
including its payload, is wholly or    artillery, guided missiles and air      responsibility for air defence.
significantly supported on a           warning functions of a specific area    01 Feb 1973
cushion of air generated               of air defence responsibility are
continuously at higher than            supervised and coordinated.             air draught / tirant d’air
ambient pressure.                      Related term: combat information        The vertical distance between the
Related term: ground-effect            centre.                                 waterline and the highest point of a
machine.                               09 Jul 1997                             ship’s structure.
09 Jan 1996                                                                    Related terms: draught; overhead
                                       air defence early warning               clearence.
air data computer                      Preferred term: early warning.          04 Oct 2000
Preferrred term: central air data
computer.                              air defence ground                      airdrop / largage1
01 Mar 1981                            environment / réseau de                 Delivery of personnel or cargo
                                       défense aérienne                        from aircraft in flight.
air defence / défense aérienne         The network of ground radar sites       Related terms: airdrop platform;
AD                                     and command and control centres         air movement; free drop; hill
All measures designed to nullify or    within a specific theatre of            shading; low velocity drop;
reduce the effectiveness of hostile    operations which are used for the       platform drop.
air action.                            tactical control of air defence         01 Feb 1973
Related terms: active air defence;     operations.
passive air defence.                   01 Jan 1983                             airdrop platform / plate-forme
01 Mar 1985                                                                    de largage
                                       air defence identification zone /       A base on which vehicles, cargo
air defence action area / zone         zone d'identification de défense        or equipment are loaded for
d'action de défense aérienne           aérienne                                airdrop or low altitude extraction.
An area and the airspace above it      ADIZ                                    Related terms: airdrop; platform
within which friendly aircraft or      Airspace of defined dimensions          drop.
surface-to-air weapons are             within which the ready                  01 Feb 1973
normally given precedence in           identification, location, and control
operations except under specified      of aircraft is required.                air evacuation / évacuation par
conditions.                            Related term: air defence               air


                                                 2-A-8
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

Evacuation by aircraft of              detailed integration of each air       and air vehicle units required to
personnel and cargo.                   mission with the fire and              conduct an airmobile operation.
01 Feb 1973                            movement of friendly forces is not     01 Mar 1979
                                       required.
airfield                               01 Feb 1973                            airmobile operation / opération
Preferred term: aerodrome.                                                    aéromobile
                                       air landed / posé1                     An operation in which combat
air freighting / aérotransport de      Moved by air and disembarked, or       forces and their equipment
matériel                               unloaded, after the aircraft has       manoeuvre about the battlefield
The non-tactical movement of           landed or while a helicopter is        by aircraft to engage in ground
cargo by air.                          hovering.                              combat.
01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: air movement;           Related term: helicopterborne
                                       landing area1,2                        operation.
air-ground operations system /         01 Dec 1974                            01 Nov 1992
système d'opérations air-sol
An Army and/or Air Force system        air liaison officer / officier de      airmobility / aéromobilité
providing the ground commander         liaison "air"                          A capability of airmobile forces
with the means for receiving,          A tactical air force or naval          which permits them to move by air
processing and forwarding the          aviation officer attached to a         while retaining the ability to
requests of subordinate ground         ground or naval unit or formation      engage in ground combat.
commanders for air support             as the advisor on tactical air         01 Dec 1977
missions and for the rapid             operation matters.
dissemination of information and       Related term: ground liaison           air movement / mouvement par
intelligence.                          officer.                               voie aérienne
01 Feb 1973                            01 Nov 1975                            Air transport of units, personnel,
                                                                              supplies, equipment and matériel.
airhead1 / tête de pont aérienne1      airlift capability / capacité          Related terms: air landed; airdrop;
A designated area in a hostile or      d'emport instantané                    air trooping; free drop; high
threatened territory which, when       The total capacity expressed in        velocity drop; low velocity drop;
seized and held, ensures the           terms of number of passengers          release.
continuous air landing of troops       and/or weight/cubic displacement       01 Nov 1994
and matériel and provides the          of cargo that can be carried at any
manoeuvre space necessary for          one time to a given destination by     air movement officer /
projected operations. Normally it      the available air transport service.   régulateur
is the area seized in the assault      Related terms: airlift requirement;    An officer trained for duties in air
phase of an airborne operation.        allowable load; load; loading.         movement/traffic sections.
Related terms: beachhead;              01 Feb 1973                            01 Feb 1973
bridgehead.
01 Feb 1973                            airlift requirement / capacité         air movement table / tableau
                                       d'enlèvement demandé                   d'enlèvement
airhead2 / tête de pont aérienne2      The total number of passengers         A table prepared by a ground
A designated location in an area       and/or weight/cubic displacement       force commander in coordination
of operations used as a base for       of cargo required to be carried by     with an air force commander. This
supply and evacuation by air.          air for a specific task.               form, issued as an annex to the
Related terms: beachhead;              Related terms: airlift capability;     operation order:
bridgehead.                            load; loading.                         a. indicates the allocation of
01 Feb 1973                            01 Feb 1973                            aircraft space to elements of the
                                                                              ground units to be airlifted;
air interception / interception        air logistic support operation /       b. designates the number and
aérienne                               opération aérienne de soutien          type of aircraft in each serial;
An operation by which aircraft         logistique                             c. specifies the departure area,
effect visual or electronic contact    An air operation, excluding an         time of loading and take-off.
with other aircraft.                   airborne operation, conducted          01 Feb 1973
Related terms: broadcast               within a theatre of operations to
controlled air interception; close     distribute and/or recover              air movement traffic section /
controlled air interception;           personnel, equipment and               section trafic des mouvements
controlled interception.               supplies.                              aériens
01 Dec 1974                            04 Oct 2000                            A section located on those
                                                                              aerodromes which serve transport
air interdiction / mission             airmiss                                aircraft. It is responsible for the
d'interdiction aérienne                Preferred term: near miss.             loading and unloading of aircraft,
AI                                                                            and for the handling of
Air operations conducted to            air mission                            passengers, mail and materiel.
destroy, neutralize, or delay the      Preferred term: mission2.              01 Feb 1973
enemy's military potential before it
can be brought to bear effectively     airmobile forces / force               air observation post
against friendly forces at such        aéromobile                             Preferred term: observation post.
distance from friendly forces that     The ground combat, supporting


                                                 2-A-9
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

air observer / observateur            preserving the integrity of a          The implementation and
aérien                                specified airspace.                    coordination of the procedures
An individual whose primary           01 Dec 1974                            governing airspace planning and
mission is to observe or take                                                organization in order to minimize
photographs from an aircraft in       air-portable / aéroportable            risk and allow for the efficient and
order to adjust artillery fire or     An adjective used to describe          flexible use of airspace.
obtain military information.          materiel or equipment which,           Related term: airspace control
01 Feb 1973                           loaded either internally or            authority.
                                      externally, can be transported by      22 Jun 2004
air photographic                      air with no more than minor
reconnaissance /                      dismantling and reassembling by        airspace control area / zone de
reconnaissance aérienne               the user unit.                         contrôle de l'espace aérien
photographique                        Note: The type of aircraft must be     Airspace which is laterally defined
The obtaining of information by air   specified to indicate the degree of    by the boundaries of the area of
photography, divided into three       air portability.                       operations. The airspace control
types:                                Related terms: airborne1; air-         area may be subdivided into
a. strategic photographic             transportable.                         airspace control sub-areas.
reconnaissance;                       01 Oct 2001                            01 Mar 1981
b. tactical photographic
reconnaissance;                       air position / position air            airspace control authority /
c. survey / cartographic              no-wind position                       autorité de contrôle de l’espace
photography - air photography         The calculated position of an          aérien
taken for survey/ cartographical      aircraft assuming no wind effect.      ACA
purposes and to                       01 Feb 1973                            The commander designated to
survey/cartographic standards of                                             assume overall responsibility for
accuracy. It may be strategic or      air priorities committee / comité      the operation of the airspace
tactical.                             de priorités aériennes                 control system in his or her
01 Feb 1973                           A committee set up to determine        assigned area.
                                      the priorities of passengers and       Related term: airspace control.
air picket / avion piquet-radar       cargo.                                 22 Jun 2004
aerial picket                         Related term: air transport
An airborne early warning aircraft    allocations board.                     airspace control boundary /
positioned primarily to detect,       01 Feb 1973                            limite de contrôle de l'espace
report and track approaching                                                 aérien
enemy aircraft or missiles and to     air raid reporting control ship /      The lateral limits of an airspace
control intercepts.                   bâtiment contrôleur des                control area, airspace control sub-
Related term: airborne early          renseignements de raids                area, high density airspace control
warning and control.                  aériens                                zone or airspace restricted area.
01 Aug 1976                           A ship to which the air defence        01 Mar 1981
                                      ship has delegated the duties of
air plot1 / graphique de              controlling air warning radar and      airspace control system /
navigation aérienne par rapport       air raid reporting.                    système de contrôle de
       1
à l'air                               01 Feb 1973                            l'espace aérien
A continuous plot used in air                                                ACS
navigation of a graphic               air reconnaissance /                   An arrangement of those
representation of true headings       reconnaissance aérienne                organizations, personnel, policies,
steered and air distances flown.      aerial reconnaissance                  procedures and facilities required
01 Feb 1973                           AR                                     to perform airspace control
                                      The collection of information of       functions.
air plot2 / graphique de              intelligence interest either by        01 Sep 1981
navigation aérienne par rapport       visual observation from the air or
       2
à l'air                               through the use of airborne            airspace restrictions /
A continuous plot of the position     sensors.                               restrictions de l'espace aérien
of an airborne object represented     Related term: reconnaissance.          Special restrictive measures
graphically to show true headings     01 Mar 1981                            applied to segments of airspace
steered and air distances.                                                   of defined dimensions.
01 Feb 1973                           air route / route aérienne             01 Jul 1980
                                      AR
air plot3 / plot air                  The navigable airspace between         airspace warning area
Within ships, a display which         two points, identified to the extent   Preferred term: danger area.
shows the positions and               necessary for the application of
movements of an airborne object       flight rules.                          airspeed indicator / indicateur
relative to the plotting ship.        01 Feb 1973                            de vitesse air
01 Feb 1973                                                                  An instrument which displays the
                                      airspace control / contrôle de         indicated airspeed of the aircraft
air policing / police aérienne        l'espace aérien                        derived from inputs of pitot and
The use of interceptor aircraft, in   AC                                     static pressures.
peacetime, for the purpose of         ASC                                    01 Mar 1981


                                               2-A-10
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                       centre.                                01 Aug 1982
air staging unit / service             01 Jan 1983
d'escale aérienne                                                             air traffic / circulation aérienne
A unit situated at an aerodrome        air supremacy / maîtrise de l'air      All aircraft in flight or operating on
and concerned with reception,          That degree of air superiority         the manoeuvring area of an
handling, servicing and                wherein the opposing air force is      aerodrome.
preparation for departure of           incapable of effective                 [ICAO]
aircraft and control of personnel      interference.                          Related terms: aerodrome;
and cargo.                             01 Feb 1973                            aerodrome traffic1,2.
01 Dec 1993                                                                   01 Oct 2001
                                       air surface zone / zone air-
air station / point de prise de        surface                                air traffic control centre / centre
vue                                    A restricted area established for      du contrôle de la circulation
exposure station                       the purpose of preventing friendly     aérienne
In photogrammetry, the point in        surface vessels and aircraft from      ATCC
space occupied by the camera           being fired upon by friendly forces    A unit combining the functions of
lens at the moment of exposure.        and for permitting antisubmarine       an area control centre and a flight
01 Sep 1974                            operations, unrestricted by the        information centre.
                                       operation of friendly submarines.      Related terms: air control; area
air strip / bande d'atterrissage       Related term: restricted area2.        control centre; flight information
An unimproved surface which has        25 Sep 1998                            centre; flight information region.
been adapted for take-off or                                                  13 Dec 1999
landing of aircraft, usually having    air surveillance / surveillance
minimum facilities.                    aérienne                               air traffic control clearance /
Related term: aerodrome.               The systematic observation of air      autorisation du contrôle de la
01 Feb 1973                            space by electronic, visual or         circulation aérienne
                                       other means, primarily for the         Authorization by an air traffic
air superiority / supériorité          purpose of identifying and             control authority for an aircraft to
aérienne                               determining the movements of           proceed under specified
AS                                     aircraft and missiles, friendly and    conditions.
That degree of dominance in the        enemy, in the air space under          01 Feb 1973
air battle of one force over           observation.
another which permits the conduct      Related term: surveillance.            air traffic control service /
of operations by the former and its    01 Feb 1973                            service du contrôle de la
related land, sea and air forces at                                           circulation aérienne
a given time and place without         air surveillance officer / officier    A service provided for the
prohibitive interference by the        de surveillance aérienne               purpose of:
opposing force.                        An individual responsible for          a. preventing collisions:
01 Feb 1973                            coordinating and maintaining an        (1) between aircraft; and
                                       accurate, current picture of the air   (2) on the manoeuvring area
air supply / ravitaillement par        situation within an assigned           between aircraft and obstructions;
air                                    airspace area.                         and
The delivery of cargo by airdrop or    01 Jan 1983                            b. expediting and maintaining an
air landing.                                                                  orderly flow of air traffic.
01 Feb 1973                            air survey photography                 01 Nov 1980
                                       Preferred term: air cartographic
air support / appui aérien             photography.                           air-transportable /
All forms of support given by air                                             aérotransportable
forces on land or sea.                 air terminal / aérogare                An adjective used to describe
Related terms: close air support;      An installation on an aerodrome        materiel or equipment which can
immediate air support; indirect air    with facilities for loading and        be transported by air, but which
support; on call mission;              unloading aircraft and processing      requires dismantling and
preplanned air support; tactical air   traffic (passengers, baggage,          reassembling beyond the
support.                               cargo and mail).                       capabilities of the user unit.
01 Feb 1973                            01 Jul 1987                            Related terms: airborne1; air
                                                                              portable.
air support operations centre /        air-to-air guided missile /            01 Oct 2001
centre d'opérations d'appui            missile air-air
aérien                                 An air-launched guided missile for     air transportable unit / unité
ASOC                                   use against air targets.               aérotransportable
An agency of a tactical air control    Related term: guided missile.          A unit, other than airborne, whose
system collocated with a corps         01 Aug 1982                            equipment is adapted for air
headquarters or an appropriate                                                movement.
land force headquarters, which         air-to-surface guided missile /        Related terms: airborne5; airborne
coordinates and directs close air      missile air-surface                    operation.
support and other tactical air         An air-launched guided missile for     01 Feb 1973
support.                               use against surface targets.
Related term: tactical air control     Related term: guided missile.          air transport allocations board /


                                                2-A-11
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

bureau d'allocations de               A warning signal of a real or          to provide other support, advice
transports aériens                    threatened danger, such as an air      and assistance.
The joint agency responsible          attack.                                Related term: press information
within the theatre for the            01 Feb 1973                            centre.
establishment of airlift priorities                                          01 Nov 1991
and for space allocation of           alert3 / alerte3
available aircraft capabilities       The period of time during which        allocation1 / allocation
allotted to the theatre.              troops stand by in response to an      In nuclear warfare planning, the
Related term: air priorities          alarm.                                 specific numbers and types of
committee.                            01 Feb 1973                            nuclear weapons allocated to a
01 Feb 1973                                                                  commander for a stated time
                                      alert4 / alerter                       period as a planning factor only.
air transported force / force         To forewarn; to prepare for action.    16 Jul 1999
transportée par air                   01 Feb 1973
A force which is moved by air.                                               allocation2 / attribution des
Related term: force(s).               alerting service / service             ressources
01 Feb 1973                           d'alerte                               The translation of the
                                      A service provided to notify           apportionment into total numbers
air transport liaison officer /       appropriate organizations              of sorties by aircraft type available
officier de liaison de transport      regarding aircraft in need of          for each operation or mission.
par air                               search and rescue aid, and assist      Related terms: apportionment;
An officer attached for air           such organizations as required.        mission2; sortie.
transport liaison duties to a         01 Feb 1973                            16 Jul 1999
headquarters or unit.
01 Feb 1973                           alighting area / aire                  allotment / détachement pour
                                      d'amerrissage                          emploi
air transport liaison section /       A specified surface, reserved for      The temporary change of
section de liaison de transport       vehicles that depend upon water        assignment of tactical air forces
aérien                                surfaces for their landing.            between subordinate commands.
A sub-unit of the movement            01 Feb 1973                            The authority to allot is vested in
control organization deployed to                                             the commander having
aerodromes and responsible for        alignment1 / alignement1               operational command.
the control of service movement       The bearing of two or more             01 Jun 1981
at the aerodrome in connection        conspicuous objects (such as
with air movement operations and      lights, beacons, etc.) as seen by      allowable load / charge offerte
exercises.                            an observer.                           The total load that an aircraft can
01 Feb 1973                           01 Feb 1973                            transport over a given distance
                                                                             taking into account weight and
air transport operations /            alignment2 / alignement2               volume.
opérations de transport aérien        Representation of a road, railway,     Related terms: airlift capability;
Related terms: strategic air          etc., on a map or chart in relation    embarkation; loading.
transport operations; tactical air    to surrounding topographic detail.     01 Jun 1984
transport operations.                 01 Feb 1973
01 Feb 1973                                                                  all-source intelligence /
                                      Allied commander                       renseignement de toutes
air trooping / aérotransport de       Preferred term: NATO                   sources
personnel                             commander.                             Intelligence produced using all
The non-tactical air movement of                                             available sources and agencies.
personnel.                            Allied joint operation / opération     Related term: intelligence.
Related term: air movement.           interarmées interalliée                01 Dec 1990
01 Feb 1973                           An operation carried out by forces
                                      of two or more NATO nations, in        all weather air defence fighter /
airway / voie aérienne                which elements of more than one        chasseur de défense aérienne
A control area or portion thereof     service participate.                   tout temps
established in the form of a          Related term: joint.                   A fighter aircraft with equipment
corridor marked with radio            16 Jul 1999                            and weapons which enable it to
navigational aids.                                                           engage airborne targets in all
Related terms: air control; control   Allied press information centre        weather conditions, day and night.
area; control zone; terminal          / centre interallié d'information      Related term: fighter.
control area.                         de la presse                           17 Oct 1984
01 Feb 1973                           APIC
                                      A facility established by the public   alternate aerodrome /
     1         1                                                             aérodrome de dégagement
alert / alerte                        information staff of an Allied
Readiness for action, defence or      military headquarters to provide       An aerodrome specified in the
protection.                           the media with timely and              flight plan to which a flight may
01 Feb 1973                           accurate information on Allied         proceed when it becomes
                                      issues, events and operations          inadvisable to land at the
alert2 / alerte2                      occurring within the command and       aerodrome of intended landing.


                                               2-A-12
                                                                                              AAP-6(2008)

An alternate aerodrome may be                                                       01 Feb 1973
the aerodrome of departure.               altitude datum / référence
[ICAO Lexicon, Doc 9294/5 Vol II:         d'altitude                                ammunition lot / lot de
1985]                                     The arbitrary level from which            munitions
Related terms: aerodrome;                 vertical displacement is                  A quantity of homogeneous
diversion4; main aerodrome.               measured. The datum for height            ammunition, identified by a unique
01 Jul 1993                               measurement is the terrain                lot number, which is
                                          directly below the aircraft or some       manufactured, assembled or
alternate escort operating base           specified datum; for pressure             renovated by one producer under
/ base de remplacement pour               altitude, the level at which the          uniform conditions and which is
escorteurs                                atmospheric pressure is 29.92             expected to function in a uniform
A base providing the facilities and       inches of mercury (1013.2 m.bs);          manner.
activities required for the support       and for true altitude, mean sea           Related term: munition.
of escort units for short periods of      level.                                    01 Feb 1988
time.                                     Related terms: absolute height;
01 Feb 1973                               altitude; barometric altitude;            amphibious assault / assaut
                                          calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   amphibie
alternate water terminal /                cruising altitude; cruising level;        The principal type of amphibious
terminus maritime auxiliaire              datum level; drop altitude; drop          operation which involves
A water terminal with facilities for      height; elevation; height1; high          establishing a force on a hostile or
berthing from two to five ships           altitude; minimum safe altitude;          potentially hostile shore.
simultaneously at wharves and/or          pressure-altitude; transition             Related terms: assault2;
working anchorages, located               altitude; transition level.               amphibious operation.
within sheltered coastal waters,          01 Feb 1973                               01 Oct 2001
adjacent to reliable highway
and/or rail transportation nets. It       altitude delay / retard de                amphibious assault area
                                                                                                                1
covers a relatively small area and        suppression d'écho proche                 Preferred term: landing area .
is located away from population           Synchronization delay introduced
centres. The scope of operation is        between the time of transmission          amphibious chart / carte pour
such that it is not designated a          of the radar pulse and the start of       opérations amphibies
probable nuclear target.                  the trace on the indicator, for the       A special naval chart designed to
Related term: water terminal.             purpose of eliminating the altitude       meet special requirements for
01 Feb 1973                               hole on the plan position                 landing operations and passive
                                          indicator-type display.                   coastal defence, at a scale of
altimeter / altimètre                     01 Feb 1973                               1:25,000 or larger, and showing
An instrument which measures                                                        foreshore and coastal information
vertical distance with respect to a       altitude hole / cône mort                 in greater detail than a combat
reference level.                          The blank area at the origin of a         chart.
01 Nov 1992                               radial display, on a radar tube           Related terms: combat chart;
                                          presentation, the centre of the           chart.
altitude / altitude                       periphery of which represents the         13 Dec 1999
Alt.                                      point on the ground immediately
The vertical distance of a level, a       below the aircraft. In side-looking       amphibious command ship /
point or an object considered as a        airborne radar, this is known as          navire de commandement
point, measured from mean sea             the altitude slot.                        amphibie
level.                                    01 Dec 1974                               A naval ship from which a
Related terms: absolute height;                                                     commander exercises control in
altitude datum; barometric                altitude tint                             amphibious operations.
altitude; calibrated altitude; critical   Preferred term: hypsometric               01 Feb 1973
altitude; cruising altitude; cruising     tinting.
level; datum level; drop altitude;                                                  amphibious control group /
drop height; elevation; height1;          ammunition                                groupe de contrôle amphibie
high altitude; minimum safe               Ammo                                      Personnel, ships and craft
altitude; pressure-altitude;              Preferred term: munition.                 designated to control the
transition altitude; transition level.                                              waterborne ship-to-shore
01 Feb 1973                               ammunition and toxic material             movement in an amphibious
                                          open space / parc en plein air            operation.
altitude acclimatization /                pour munitions et matières                01 Feb 1973
accoutumance à l'altitude                 toxiques
A slow physiological adaptation           An area especially prepared for           amphibious demonstration /
from prolonged exposure to                storage of explosive ammunition           démonstration amphibie
significantly reduced atmospheric         and toxic material. For reporting         A type of amphibious operation
pressure.                                 purposes, it does not include the         conducted for the purpose of
01 Feb 1973                               surrounding area restricted for           deceiving the enemy by a show of
                                          storage because of safety                 force with the expectation of
altitude chamber                          distance factors. It includes             deluding the enemy into a course
Preferred term: hypobaric                 barricades and improvised                 of action unfavourable to him.
chamber.                                  coverings.                                Related terms: amphibious


                                                    2-A-13
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

operation; demonstration.            ashore tactically into an             amphibie
01 Jul 1983                          environment ranging from              A type of amphibious operation
                                     permissive to hostile.                involving the extraction of forces
                    1
amphibious force / force             Related terms: amphibious             by sea in naval ships or craft from
           1
amphibie                             assault; amphibious                   a hostile or potentially hostile
A naval force and landing force,     demonstration; amphibious raid;       shore.
together with supporting forces      amphibious withdrawal.                Related term: amphibious
that are trained, organized and      14 Oct 2002                           operation.
equipped for amphibious                                                    01 Jul 1987
operations.                          amphibious raid / raid amphibie
Related terms: amphibious task       A type of amphibious operation        amplifying report
force; landing area1; task force3.   involving swift incursion into or     Preferred term: contact report.
01 Feb 1973                          temporary occupation of an
                                     objective followed by a planned       analysis1 / analyse1
                    2
amphibious force / force             withdrawal.                           The study of a whole by
            2
amphibie                             Related term: amphibious              examining its parts and their
In naval usage, the administrative   operation.                            interactions.
title of the amphibious type         01 Jul 1987                           Note: In the context of military
command of a fleet.                                                        forces, the hierarchical
Related term: landing force.         amphibious reconnaissance /           relationship in logical sequence is:
01 Feb 1973                          reconnaissance amphibie               assessment, analysis, evaluation,
                                     An amphibious landing conducted       validation and certification.
amphibious group /                   by minor elements, normally           Related terms: assessment;
groupement amphibie                  involving stealth rather than force   certification; evaluation1;
A command within the amphibious      of arms, for the purpose of           validation.
force, consisting of the             securing information, and usually     02 Mar 2007
commander and his staff,             followed by a planned withdrawal.
                                                                                    2            2
designed to exercise operational     01 Oct 1980                           analysis / analyse
command of assigned units in                                               In intelligence usage, a step in the
executing all phases of division-    amphibious task force / force         processing phase of the
size amphibious operation.           operationnelle amphibie               intelligence cycle in which
13 Dec 1999                          ATF                                   information is subjected to review
                                     A task organization of naval          in order to identify significant facts
amphibious lift / capacité de        forces and a landing force, with      for subsequent interpretation.
transport amphibie                   their organic aviation and other      Related term: intelligence cycle.
The total capacity of assault        supporting forces, formed for the     01 Sep 1991
shipping utilized in an amphibious   purpose of conducting an
operation, expressed in terms of     amphibious operation.                 analysis staff
personnel, vehicles, and             Related terms: amphibious force1;     Preferred term: central analysis
                                               1,3
measurement or weight tons of        task force .                          team.
supplies.                            01 Oct 1980
01 Feb 1973                                                                anchor
                                     amphibious transport group /          Preferred term: sinker.
amphibious objective area /          groupe de transport amphibie
zone des objectifs d'une             A subdivision of an amphibious        anchor cable / câble de
opération amphibie                   task force, composed primarily of     parachutage
AOA                                  transport ships.                      In air transport, a cable in an
A geographical area, delineated in   01 Jan 1983                           aircraft to which the parachute
the initiating directive, for                                              static lines or strops are attached.
purposes of command and control      amphibious vehicle / véhicule         01 Mar 1982
within which is located the          amphibie
objective(s) to be secured by the    A wheeled or tracked vehicle          anchor line extension kit /
amphibious task force. This area     capable of operating on both land     prolongateur de câble de
must be of sufficient size to        and water.                            largage
ensure accomplishment of the         Related terms: landing craft;         A device fitted to an aircraft
amphibious task force's mission      vehicle.                              equipped with removable
and must provide sufficient area     01 Feb 1973                           clamshell doors to enable
for conducting necessary sea, air                                          paratroopers to exit from the rear.
and land operations.                 amphibious vehicle launching          01 Feb 1973
01 Jul 1983                          area / zone de mise à l'eau des
                                     véhicules amphibies                   ancillary facilities / moyens
amphibious operation /               An area, in the vicinity of and to    d’appoint
opération amphibie                   seaward of the line of departure,     Those facilities required to
A military operation launched from   to which landing ships proceed        supplement existing facilities at
the sea by a naval and landing       and launch amphibious vehicles.       any particular location to provide
force embarked in ships or craft,    01 Feb 1973                           specific minimum requirements
with the principal purpose of                                              for support of the reinforcing
projecting the landing force         amphibious withdrawal / repli         forces.


                                              2-A-14
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

20 Nov 1996                            01 Dec 1976                            01 Feb 1973

angle of convergence /                 annotated print / épreuve              anticrop operation / opération
convergence oculaire                   renseignée                             anticultures
The angle subtended by the             A photograph on which                  The employment of anticrop
eyebase of an observer at the          interpretation details are indicated   agents in military operations to
point of focus.                        by words or symbols.                   destroy the enemy's source of
01 Nov 1991                            01 Feb 1973                            selected food or industrial crops.
                                                                              01 Feb 1973
angle of depression1 / angle de        annotation / annotation
            1
dépression                             A marking placed on imagery or         antihandling device / dispositif
depression angle                       drawings for explanatory               antimanipulation
The angle in a vertical plane          purposes or to indicate items or       A device intended to protect a
between the horizontal and a           areas of special importance.           mine and which is part of, linked
descending line.                       01 Feb 1973                            to, attached to or placed under
Related term: tilt angle.                                                     the mine and which activates the
01 Mar 1979                            antenna mine / mine à antennes         mine when an attempt is made to
                                       In naval mine warfare, a contact       tamper with or otherwise
angle of depression2 / angle de        mine fitted with antennae which,       intentionally disturb the mine.
             2
dépression                             when touched by a steel ship, set      14 Oct 2002
depression angle                       up galvanic action to fire the mine.
In air photography, the angle          Related term: mine2.                   antimateriel agent / agent
between the optical axis of an         01 Aug 1976                            antimatériel
obliquely mounted air camera and                                              A living organism or chemical
the horizontal                         anti-aircraft operations centre /      used to cause deterioration of, or
Related term: tilt angle.              centre d'opérations                    damage to, selected materiel.
01 Mar 1979                            antiaériennes                          01 Feb 1973
                                       The tactical headquarters of an
angle of safety / angle de             anti-aircraft commander. The           antimateriel operation /
sécurité                               agency provided to collect and         opération antimatériel
safety angle                           evaluate information; and              The employment of antimateriel
The minimum permissible angular        disseminate intelligence for the       weapons or agents in military
clearance, at the gun, of the path     anti-aircraft defence, and through     operations.
of a projectile above the friendly     which operational control over         01 Feb 1973
troops. It is the angle of clearance   subordinate units is exercised.
corrected to insure the safety of      01 Feb 1973                            antiradiation missile / missile
the troops.                                                                   antiradiations
Related term: elevation of             anti-air warfare / lutte               ARM
security.                              antiaérienne                           A missile which homes passively
01 Feb 1973                            AAW                                    on a radiation source.
                                       Measures taken to defend a             Related term: guided missile.
angle of view / angle de vue           maritime force against attacks by      01 Feb 1973
The angle between two rays             airborne weapons launched from
passing through the perspective        aircraft, ships, submarines and        antirecovery device / dispositif
centre (rear nodal point) of a         land-based sites.                      antirécupération
camera lens to two opposite            13 Dec 1999                            prevention of stripping
corners of the format.                                                        equipment
Related term: field of view.           antiarmour helicopter /                In naval mine warfare, any device
01 Feb 1973                            hélicoptère antichar                   in a mine designed to prevent an
                                       antitank helicopter                    enemy discovering details of the
angle T / angle d'observation          A helicopter armed primarily for       working of the mine mechanism.
In artillery and naval fire support,   use in the destruction of armoured     01 Nov 1975
the angle formed by the                targets.
intersection of the gun-target line    01 Nov 1986                            antisubmarine action / action de
and the observer-target line.                                                 lutte anti-sous-marine
01 Feb 1973                            anticountermining device /             An operation by one or more
                                       dispositif anti-contre-minage          antisubmarine ships, submarines
angular velocity sights / viseur       A device fitted in an influence        or aircraft, or a combination
à déplacement angulaire                mine designed to prevent its           thereof, against a particular enemy
A sighting system in which the         actuation by shock.                    submarine.
correct release point is               01 Aug 1976                            Related term: antisubmarine
determined when the angular                                                   warfare.
velocity of the target relative to     anticrop agent / agent                 16 Jul 1996
the bomb aimer reaches a               anticultures
precomputed value.                     A living organism or chemical          antisubmarine barrier / barrage
Related terms: bomb sighting           used to cause disease or damage        anti-sous-marin2
system; tachometric sights; vector     to selected food or industrial         The line formed by a series of
sights.                                crops.                                 static devices or mobile units


                                                2-A-15
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

arranged for the purpose of            through which the force or convoy    or in the mine circuits to make the
detecting, denying passage to, or      is passing, or in defence of         sweeping of the mine more
destroying hostile submarines.         geographic areas. Support            difficult.
Related term: barrier.                 operations may be completely         01 Nov 1975
01 Feb 1973                            coordinated with those of the
                                       force or convoy, or they may be      antisweeper mine / mine
antisubmarine carrier group /          independent operations               antidragueur
groupe anti-sous-marin avec            coordinated only to the extent of    A mine which is laid or whose
porte-avions                           providing operational intelligence   mechanism is designed or
hunter-killer group                    and information.                     adjusted with the specific object of
A formed group of ships                01 Feb 1973                          damaging mine countermeasures
consisting of one or more                                                   vessels.
antisubmarine carriers and a           antisubmarine warfare / guerre       Related term: mine2.
number of escort vessels whose         anti-sous-marine                     01 Nov 1975
primary mission is to detect and       Operations conducted with the
destroy submarines. Such groups        intention of denying the enemy       antitank helicopter
may be employed in convoy              the effective use of his             Preferred term: antiarmour
support or hunter/killer roles.        submarines.                          helicopter.
01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: antisubmarine
                                       action; submarine action area;       antitank mine / mine antichar
antisubmarine minefield /              submarine haven.                     A mine designed to immobilize or
champ de mines anti-sous-              01 Feb 1973                          destroy a tank.
marins                                                                      Related term: mine1.
A field laid specifically against      antisubmarine warfare free area
submarines. It may be laid             / zone libre de lutte anti-sous-     antiterrorism / antiterrorisme
shallow and be unsafe for all craft,   marine                               AT
including submarines, or laid deep     In naval warfare, a waterspace       All defensive and preventive
with the aim of being safe for a       management area in which no          measures taken to reduce the
surface ships.                         friendly submarines are operating    vulnerability of forces, individuals
Related term: minefield2.              and in which there are no            and property to terrorism.
01 Mar 1977                            restrictions on the use of           Note: Such measures include
                                       antisubmarine weapons.               protective and deterrent
antisubmarine patrol / barrage         Related terms: submarine action      measures aimed at preventing an
                   1                                                        attack or reducing its effect(s).
anti-sous-marin                        area; submarine haven;
The systematic and continuing          waterspace management.               Related term: counterterrorism.
investigation of an area or along a    16 Jul 1996                          01 Oct 2003
line to detect or hamper
submarines, used when the              antisubmarine warfare pouncer        antivignetting filter / filtre
direction of submarine movement        operation / opération de             compensateur
can be established.                    renforcement de l'écran anti-        A filter bearing a deposit which is
Related term: barrier.                 sous-marin                           graduated in density to correct for
01 Feb 1973                            pouncer operation                    the uneven illumination given by
                                       The stationing of a screening ship   certain lenses, particularly wide-
antisubmarine screen / écran           or antisubmarine warfare aircraft    angle types.
anti-sous-marin                        between the screen and main          01 Feb 1973
An arrangement of ships and/or         body to strengthen the
aircraft for the protection of a       antisubmarine defence in the         antiwatching device / dispositif
screened unit against attack by a      direction of advance of the          antirepérage
submarine.                             formation.                           A device fitted in a moored mine
01 Feb 1973                            Note: That ship or aircraft is       which causes it to sink should it
                                       considered part of the               watch, so as to prevent the
antisubmarine search /                 antisubmarine screen.                position of the mine or minefield
recherche anti-sous-marine             Related term: mine                   being disclosed.
Systematic investigation of a          countermeasures pouncer              Related term: watching mine.
particular area for the purpose of     procedure.                           01 Nov 1975
locating a submarine known or          04 Oct 2000
suspected to be somewhere in the                                            apparent horizon / horizon
area. Some types of search are         antisurface air operation /          apparent
also used in locating the position     opération aérienne antisurface       The visible line of demarcation
of a distress incident.                An air operation conducted in an     between land/sea and sky.
01 Feb 1973                            air/sea environment against          01 Feb 1973
                                       enemy surface forces.
antisubmarine support                  01 Mar 1982                          apparent precession /
operation / opération de                                                    précession apparente
soutien anti-sous-marin                antisweep device / dispositif        apparent wander
An operation conducted by an           antidrague                           The apparent deflection of the
antisubmarine force in the area        Any device incorporated in the       gyro axis, relative to the earth,
around a force or convoy, in areas     mooring of a mine or obstructor,     due to the rotating effect of the


                                               2-A-16
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

earth and not due to any applied      points are expected to be crossed;      man-made disasters, to reduce
force.                                d. the estimated time of arrival at     the probability of damage and
Related term: precession.             the beach.                              minimize its effects.
01 Aug 1974                           04 Oct 2000                             Related term: damage control.
                                                                              01 Feb 1973
apparent wander                       approach sequence / séquence
Preferred term: apparent              d'approche                              area interdiction operation /
precession.                           The order in which two or more          opération d'interdiction
                                      aircraft are cleared for an             An operation aimed at preventing
apportionment / répartition           approach.                               or hindering enemy operations in
The quantification and distribution   01 Sep 1981                             a specified area.
by percentage of the total                                                    01 Jun 1978
expected effort, in relation to the   approach time / heure
priorities which are to be given to   d'approche                              area of influence / zone
the various air operations in         The time at which an aircraft           d'influence
geographic areas for a given          commences its final approach            A geographical area wherein a
period of time.                       preparatory to landing.                 commander is directly capable of
Related term: allocation2.            01 Feb 1973                             influencing operations, by
09 May 2000                                                                   manoeuvre or fire support
                                      apron / aire de trafic                  systems normally under his
appreciation of the situation         A defined area on an aerodrome,         command or control.
Preferred term: estimate of the       intended for parking, loading,          Related terms: area of interest;
situation.                            unloading and/or servicing of           sector.
                                      aircraft.                               01 Mar 1977
approach end of runway /              01 Nov 1992
entrée de piste                                                               area of intelligence
That end of the runway nearest to     area bombing / bombardement             responsibility / zone de
the direction from which the final    de zone                                 responsabilité de
approach is made.                     Bombing of a group of targets           renseignement
18 Dec 1997                           constituting an area rather than a      An area allocated to a
                                      pinpoint target.                        commander, in which he is
approach lane / couloir               04 Oct 2000                             responsible for the provision of
d'approche                                                                    intelligence, within the means at
An extension of a boat lane from      area clearance / dépollution de         his disposal.
the line of departure toward the      zone                                    Related terms: area of interest;
transport area. It may be             In land operations, the detection       area of responsibility1.
terminated by marker ships, boats     and if found, the identification,       01 Mar 1982
or buoys.                             marking and neutralization,
01 Feb 1973                           destruction or removal of mines or      area of interest / zone d’intérêt
                                      other explosive ordnance,               AOI
approach march / marche               improvised explosive devices and        The area of concern to a
d'approche                            booby traps in a defined area to        commander relative to the
Advance of a combat unit when         allow a military operation to           objectives of current or planned
direct contact with the enemy is      continue with reduced risk.             operations, including his areas of
imminent. Troops are fully or         Note: Area clearance is normally        influence, operations and/or
partially deployed. The approach      conducted by military units.            responsibility, and areas adjacent
march ends when ground contact        Related terms: explosive                thereto.
with the enemy is made or when        ordnance; improvised explosive          Related terms: area of intelligence
the attack position is occupied.      device; proofing.                       responsibility; area of influence;
Related term: advance to contact.     14 Oct 2002                             area of operations; area of
01 Aug 1974                                                                   responsibility1.
                                      area control centre / centre de         13 Dec 1999
approach route / route                contrôle régional
d'approche                            ACC                                     area of militarily significant
A route which joins a port to a       A unit established to provide air       fallout / zone de retombées
coastal or transit route.             traffic control service to controlled   radioactives d'importance
01 Nov 1975                           flights in control areas under its      militaire
                                      jurisdiction.                           Area in which radioactive fallout
approach schedule / horaire           Related terms: air control; air         affects the ability of military units
d'approche                            traffic control centre; flight          to carry out their normal mission.
In amphibious operations, the plan    information region.                     01 Nov 1992
indicating, for each scheduled        01 Feb 1973
wave:                                                                         area of operational interest /
a. the time of departure from the     area damage control /                   zone d'intérêt opérationnel
rendezvous area;                      organisation de sécurité d'une          AOOI
b. the time when the line of          zone                                    In air defence, an area in which
departure is to be crossed;           Measures taken before, during or        automatic cross-telling of tracks of
c. the times when other control       after hostile action or natural or      interest is provided to an adjacent


                                               2-A-17
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

site based on established criteria,      specific situations and/or            arming wire / fil d'armement
such as identity and location.           activities.                           arming lanyard
01 Sep 1974                              01 Sep 1981                           A cable, wire or lanyard routed
                                                                               from the aircraft to an expendable
area of operations / zone                area target / objectif non            aircraft store in order to initiate the
d'opérations                             ponctuel                              arming sequence for the store
AOO                                      A target consisting of an area        upon release from the aircraft,
An operational area defined by a         rather than a single point.           when the armed release condition
joint commander for land or              01 Feb 1973                           has been selected; it also
maritime forces to conduct military                                            prevents arming initiation prior to
activities. Normally, an area of         armed                                 store release and during safe
operations does not encompass            Preferred term: state of              jettison.
the entire joint operations area of      readiness2.                           Related term: safety wire.
the joint commander, but is                                                    01 Jul 1993
sufficient in size for the joint force   armed helicopter / hélicoptère
component commander to                   armé                                  army1 / armée1
accomplish assigned missions and         A helicopter fitted with weapons or   A formation larger than an army
protect forces.                          weapon systems.                       corps but smaller than an army
Related terms: area of interest;         01 Nov 1975                           group. It usually consists of two or
area of responsibility1,2;                                                     more army corps.
                          1,2
component command ; joint                armed mine / mine armée               01 Jul 1983
operations area.                         A mine from which all safety
14 Oct 2002                              devices have been withdrawn           army2 / armée2
                                         and, after laying, all automatic      In certain nations "army" is the
                        1
area of responsibility / zone de         safety features and/or arming         land component of the armed
                1
responsabilité                           delay devices have operated.          forces.
AOR                                      Such a mine is ready to be            01 Jul 1983
The geographical area assigned to        actuated after receipt of a target
the Supreme Allied Commander             signal, influence or contact.         army3 / armée3
Europe.                                  Related term: mine2.                  In certain nations "armée" covers
Related terms: area of intelligence      01 Feb 1973                           all the armed forces.
responsibility; area of interest;                                              01 Jul 1983
area of operations; joint                armed sweep / drague armée
operations area; NATO strategic          A sweep fitted with cutters or        army corps / corps d'armée
commander; operational level;            other devices to increase its         corps
strategic command.                       ability to cut mine moorings.         AC
01 Oct 1980                              01 Nov 1975                           A formation larger than a division
                                                                               but smaller than an army or army
                        2
area of responsibility / zone de         arming / armement                     group. It usually consists of two or
                2
responsabilité                           As applied to explosives,             more divisions together with
AOR                                      weapons or weapon systems, the        supporting arms and services.
In naval operations, a predefined        changing from a safe to an armed      01 Jul 1983
area of enemy terrain for which          state of readiness.
supporting ships are responsible         02 May1995                            army group / groupe d'armées
for covering by fire on known                                                  AG
targets or targets of opportunity        arming delay device / dispositif      The largest formation of land
and by observation.                      de retard d'armement                  forces, normally comprising two or
Related terms: area of intelligence      A device fitted to a mine or any      more armies or army corps under
responsibility; area of interest;        autonomous munition designed to       a designated commander.
area of operations; joint                prevent it from being armed for a     01 Jul 1983
operations area; operational level;      pre-set time after laying or
strategic command.                       delivery.                             artificial daylight / jour artificiel
01 Oct 1980                              Related term: standby state.          Illumination of an intensity greater
                                         16 Jul 1999                           than the light of a full moon on a
area operations / opérations de                                                clear night (The optimum
zone                                     arming lanyard                        illumination is the equivalent of
In maritime usage, operations            Preferred term: arming wire.          daylight.)
conducted in a geographical area                                               Related term: battlefield
and not related to the protection        arming pin / goupille de              illumination.
of a specific force.                     sécurité                              01 Feb 1973
01 Aug 1979                              safety pin
                                         A safety device inserted in a         artificial horizon
area search / recherche sur              munition, which until its removal,    Preferred term: attitude indicator.
zone                                     prevents the unintentional action
A/S                                      of the arming cycle.                  artificial moonlight / clair de
Reconnaissance or search of a            Related term: safety device.          lune artificiel
specific area to provide new or          02 May1995                            Illumination of an intensity
updated information on general or                                              between that of starlight and that


                                                  2-A-18
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

of a full moon on a clear night.       attack against a local objective,       In logistics, an item forming a
Related term: battlefield              such as a gun emplacement, a            portion of an equipment, that can
illumination.                          fort or a machine-gun nest.             be provisioned and replaced as
01 Feb 1973                            Related terms: amphibious               an entity and which normally
                                       assault; assault phase1,2; follow-      incorporates replaceable parts or
artillery fire plan table / plan de    on echelon; follow-up.                  groups of parts.
feux d'artillerie                      01 Mar 1981                             Related terms: component;
A presentation of planned targets                                              equipment; part; sub-assembly.
giving data for engagement.            assault aircraft / aéronef de           01 Mar 1992
Scheduled targets are fired in a       transport d'assaut
definite time sequence. The            A powered aircraft that moves           assembly anchorage /
starting time may be on call, at a     assault troops and/or cargo into        mouillage de rassemblement
prearranged time or at the             an objective area.                      An anchorage intended for the
occurrence of a specific event.        01 Mar 1992                             assembly and onward routing of
01 Feb 1973                                                                    ships.
                                       assault craft / engin d'assaut          Related terms: emergency
artillery manoeuvre area / zone        A landing craft or amphibious           anchorage; holding anchorage.
de manoeuvre d'artillerie              vehicle primarily employed for          01 Jun 1978
AMA                                    landing troops and equipment in
An area within which artillery is      the assault waves of an                 assembly area1 / aire de
authorized to deploy but which is      amphibious operation.                   montage
not reserved for its exclusive use.    01 Jul 1980                             In a supply installation, the gross
Related term: artillery reserved                                               area used for collection and
area.                                  assault echelon / échelon               combining components into
03 Aug 1998                            d'assaut                                complete units, kits, or
                                       The element of a force which is         assemblies.
artillery preparation /                scheduled for initial assault on the    Related terms: rendezvous point.
préparation d'artillerie               objective area.                         01 Feb 1973
Artillery fire delivered before an     Related term: objective area.
attack to disrupt communications       01 Aug 1982                             assembly area2 / zone de
and disorganize the enemy's                                                    rassemblement
defence.                               assault phase1 / phase                  An area in which a command is
                                                1
01 Feb 1973                            d'assaut                                assembled preparatory to further
                                       In an amphibious operation, the         action.
artillery reserved area / zone         period of time between the arrival      Related terms: join up;
réservée à l’artillerie                of the major assault forces of the      rendezvous point.
ARA                                    amphibious task force in the            01 Feb 1973
An area reserved exclusively for       objective area and the
the positioning of artillery assets.   accomplishment of their mission.        assessment / appréciation
16 Jul 1999                            Related term: assault2.                 The process of estimating the
                                       01 Sep 1991                             capabilities and performance of
artillery survey control point /                                               organizations, individuals,
point topographique d'artillerie       assault phase2/ phase d'assaut2         materiel or systems.
A point at which the coordinates       airborne assault                        Note: In the context of military
and the altitude are known and         In an airborne operation, a phase       forces, the hierarchical
from which the bearings/azimuths       beginning with delivery by air of       relationship in logical sequence is:
to a number of reference               the assault echelon of the force        assessment, analysis, evaluation,
objectives are also known.             into the objective area and             validation and certification.
01 Aug 1982                            extending through attack of             Related terms: analysis1;
                                                                                                        1
                                       assault objectives and                  certification; evaluation ;
aspect change / fluctuation            consolidation of the initial airhead.   validation.
d'écho                                 Related term: assault2.                 02 Mar 2007
The different appearance of a          01 Sep 1991
                                                                                      1           1
reflecting object viewed by radar                                              assign / affecter
from varying directions. It is         assault shipping / bâtiments            To place units or personnel in an
caused by the change in the            d'assaut                                organization where such
effective reflecting area of the       Shipping assigned to the                placement is relatively permanent,
target.                                amphibious task force and utilized      and/or where such organization
01 Feb 1973                            for transporting assault troops,        controls and administers the units
                                       vehicles, equipment and supplies        or personnel for the primary
assault1 / assaut1                     to the objective area.                  function, or greater portion of the
The climax of an attack; closing       01 Feb 1973                             functions, of the unit or personnel.
with the enemy in hand-to-hand                                                 Related term: attach1,2.
fighting.                              assault wave / vague d'assaut           01 Jul 1980
01 Mar 1981                            Related term: wave.
                                       01 Feb 1973                             assign2 / affecter2
        2           2                                                          To detail individuals to specific
assault / assaut
A short, violent, but well-ordered     assembly / ensemble                     duties or functions where such
                                                                               duties or functions are primary

                                                2-A-19
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

and/or relatively permanent.           A person who invokes the
Related term: attach1,2.               protection of the 1951 United                 2
                                                                              attach / détachement pour
                                                                                                 2
01 Jul 1980                            Nations Convention relating to the     mise aux ordres
                                       Status of Refugees before the          To detail individuals to specific
associated product / produit           national authorities of a State and    functions where such functions
connexe                                claims persecution to gain official    are secondary or relatively
In the context of fuels and            refugee status in that country.        temporary, i.e., attach for quarters
lubricants, a petroleum or             Related terms: evacuee; internally     and rations, attach for flying duty.
chemical product used as a             displaced person; refugee.             Related term: assign1,2.
hydraulic fluid, corrosion             04 Oct 2000                            01 Mar 1981
preventive, liquid propellant or
specialized product, required for      asymmetrical sweep / drague            attack group / groupe d'assaut
the operation, maintenance or          dissymétrique                          A subordinate task organization of
storage of military equipment.         A sweep whose swept path under         the navy forces of an amphibious
01 Oct 1992                            conditions of no wind or cross-tide    task force. It is composed of
                                       is not equally spaced either side      assault shipping and supporting
associated support / soutien           of the sweeper's track.                naval units designated to
associé                                01 Nov 1975                            transport, protect, land and
AS                                                                            initially support a landing group.
In naval usage, operations in which    asymmetric threat / menace             01 Feb 1973
a designated unit operates             asymétrique
independently of a specified force     A threat emanating from the            attack helicopter / hélicoptère
or group, but is tasked to provide     potential use of dissimilar means      d'attaque
contact information to, receive        or methods to circumvent or            AH
intelligence from and,if authorized,   negate an opponent’s strengths         A helicopter specifically designed
to cooperate and coordinate            while exploiting his weaknesses to     to employ various weapons to
operations with the supported          obtain a disproportionate result.      attack and destroy enemy targets.
force. Tactical control of the unit    01 Oct 2003                            01 Nov 1985
remains with the assigning
authority who coordinates tasking      at my command / à mon                  attack position
and movement of the unit in            commandement                           Preferred term: forming-up place.
response to the requirements of        In artillery and naval fire support,
the supported force commander.         the command used when it is            attenuation1 / atténuation1
Related term: direct support2          desired to control the exact time      Decrease in intensity of a signal,
25 Sep 1998                            of delivery of fire.                   beam, or wave as a result of
                                       01 Nov 1975                            absorption of energy and of
astern refuelling / ravitaillement                                            scattering out of the path of a
en combustible en flèche               atomic demolition munition /           detector, but not including the
The transfer of fuel at sea during     charge nucléaire statique              reduction due to geometric
which the receiving ship(s)            ADM                                    spreading, i.e. the inverse square
keep(s) station astern of the          A nuclear device designed or           of distance effect.
delivering ship.                       adapted for use as a demolition        01 Nov 1991
01 Mar 1981                            munition.
                                       01 Mar 1982                            attenuation2 / atténuation2
astro altitude / hauteur                                                      In mine warfare, the reduction in
astronomique                           atomic weapon                          intensity of an influence as
The arc of the vertical circle         Preferred term: nuclear weapon.        distance from the source
measured from the celestial                                                   increases.
horizon to the body.                   attach1 / détachement pour             01 Nov 1991
01 Nov 1975                                                1
                                       mise aux ordres
                                       To place units or personnel in an      attenuation3 / atténuation3
astro compass / astrocompas            organization where such                tone down
An instrument used primarily to        placement is relatively temporary.     In camouflage and concealment,
obtain true heading or true            Subject to limitations imposed in      the process of making an object
bearing by reference to celestial      the attachment order, the              of surface less conspicuous by
bodies.                                commander of the formation, unit,      reducing its contrast to the
01 Feb 1975                            or organization receiving the          surroundings and/or background.
                                       attachment will exercise the same      01 Nov 1991
astro-tracker / astro-                 degree of command and control
poursuiveur                            thereover as he does over the          attenuation factor / facteur
A navigation equipment which           units and persons organic to his       d'atténuation
automatically acquires and             command. However, the                  The ratio of the incident radiation
continuously tracks a celestial        responsibility for transfer and        dose or dose rate to the radiation
body in azimuth and altitude.          promotion of personnel will            dose or dose rate transmitted
01 Jan 1973                            normally be retained by the parent     through a shielding material. This
                                       formation, unit, or organization.      is the reciprocal of the
asylum seeker / demandeur              Related term: assign1,2.               transmission factor.
d’asile                                01 Mar 1981                            01 Feb 1973


                                                2-A-20
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

                                        A document bearing a signature          opération autonome
attitude1 / orientation1                or seal attesting that it is genuine    One mode of operation of a unit in
The position of a body as               and official. If it is an enemy         which the unit commander
determined by the inclination of        document, it may have been              assumes full responsibility for
the axes to some frame of               prepared for purposes of                control of weapons and
reference. If not otherwise             deception and the accuracy of           engagement of hostile targets.
specified, this frame of reference      such document, even though              This mode may be either directed
is fixed to the earth.                  authenticated, must be confirmed        by higher authority or result from a
01 Jan 1983                             by other information, such as           loss of all means of
                                        conditions of capture.                  communication.
attitude2 / orientation2                01 Feb 1973                             01 Feb 1973
The grid bearing of the long axis
of a target area.                       authentication1 /                       auxiliary contours / courbe
                                                         1
01 Jan 1983                             authentification                        auxiliaire
                                        Evidence by proper signature or         Additional contours used to
attitude indicator / indicateur         seal that a document is genuine         portray unique ground forms not
d'assiette                              and official.                           adequately portrayed by the
artificial horizon                      01 Feb 1973                             selected contour interval.
An instrument which displays the                                                01 Feb 1973
attitude of the aircraft by             authentication2 /
                                                         2
reference to sources of                 authentification                        available supply rate / taux de
information which may be                A security measure designed to          ravitaillement consenti
contained within the instrument or      protect a communication system          ASR
be external to it. When the             against fraudulent transmissions.       The rate of consumption that can
sources of information are self-        01 Feb 1973                             be allocated considering the
contained, the instrument may be                                                supplies and facilities available for
referred to as an artificial horizon.   authenticator / signe                   a planned operation or a given
01 Mar 1979                             d'authentification                      period.
                                        A letter, number or group of            01 Oct 1984
attrition / attrition                   letters and/or numbers, attesting
The reduction of the effectiveness      to the authenticity of a                average heading / cap moyen
of a force caused by loss of            transmission, a message or data,        The arithmetic mean of the
personnel and materiel.                 or to the identity of a net, station    different values of the headings
01 Feb 1973                             or user.                                maintained over a certain period
                                        09 May 2000                             of time.
attrition minefield / champ de                                                  01 Jan 1973
mines d'attrition                       automatic flight control system
In naval mine warfare, a field          / système de contrôle                   average speed / vitesse
intended primarily to cause             automatique de vol                      moyenne
damage to enemy ships.                  AFCS                                    The average distance travelled
Related term: minefield2.               A system which includes all             per hour calculated over the
01 Nov 1975                             equipment to control automatically      whole journey excluding
                                        the flight of an aircraft or missile    specifically ordered halts.
attrition rate / taux d'attrition       to a path or attitude described by      01 Jan 1970
A factor, normally expressed as a       references internal or external to
percentage, reflecting the degree       the aircraft or missile.                aviation medicine / médecine
of losses of personnel or materiel      01 Feb 1973                             aéronautique
due to various causes within a                                                  The special field of medicine
specified period of time.               automatic search jammer /               which is related to the biological
01 Feb 1973                             brouilleur à poursuite                  and psychological problems of
                                        automatique                             flight.
attrition sweeping / dragage            search jammer                           01 Feb 1973
d'attrition                             An intercept receiver and jamming
The continuous sweeping of              transmitter system which                axial route / pénétrante
minefields to keep the risk of          searches for and jams signals           A route running through the rear
mines to all ships as low as            automatically which have specific       area and into the forward area.
possible.                               radiation characteristics.              Related term: route.
01 Aug 1976                             01 Feb 1973                             01 Feb 1973

augmentation force / force              automatic toss / lancement              axis / axe
d'appoint                               automatique en cabré                    In land warfare, the general
Any force designated by a nation        In a flight control system, a control   direction of movement, planned or
to strengthen its national forces.      mode in which the toss bombing          achieved, usually between
Related term: reinforcing force.        manoeuvre of an aircraft is             assigned boundaries.
01 Jul 1987                             controlled automatically.               01 Feb 1989
                                        01 Jan 1973
authentic document / document                                                   azimuth angle / angle d'azimut
authentique                             autonomous operation /                  An angle measured clockwise in


                                                 2-A-21
                                                AAP-6(2008)

the horizontal plane between a
reference direction and any other
line.
01 Feb 1973

azimuth guidance / guidage
directionnel
Information which will enable the
pilot or autopilot of an aircraft to
follow the required track.
01 Oct 1980

azimuth resolution / pouvoir
séparateur en azimut
The ability of radar equipment to
separate two reflectors at similar
ranges but different bearings from
a reference point. Normally the
minimum separation distance
between the reflectors is quoted
and expressed as the angle
subtended by the reflectors at the
reference point.
01 Mar 1981




                                       2-A-22
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

                                                   B

backfilling / recomplètement          ballistic missile / missile             barrage fire / tir de barrage
The use of reserves, individually     balistique                              Fire which is designed to fill a
or collectively, to undertake the     BM                                      volume of space or area rather
duties of regulars deployed           A missile which does not rely upon      than aimed specifically at a given
forward to a theatre of operations.   aerodynamic surfaces to produce         target.
01 Oct 2001                           lift and consequently follows a         01 Feb 1973
                                      ballistic trajectory when thrust is
background count / effet              terminated.                             barrage jamming / brouillage en
parasite de fond                      Related terms: aerodynamic              barrage
The evidence or effect on a           missile; guided missile.                Simultaneous electronic jamming
detector of radiation, other than     04 Oct 2000                             over a broad band of frequencies.
that which it is desired to detect,                                           Related term: jamming.
caused by any agency. In              ballistics / balistique                 01 Mar 1973
connection with health protection,    The science or art that deals with
the background count usually          the motion, behaviour,                  barrier / système d'obstacles
includes radiations produced by       appearance, or modification of          A coordinated series of obstacles
naturally occurring radioactivity     missiles or other vehicles acted        designed or employed to detect,
and cosmic rays.                      upon by propellants, wind, gravity,     channel, direct, restrict, delay or
01 Feb 1973                           temperature, or any other               stop the movement of an
                                      modifying substance, condition, or      opposing force, and to impose
background radiation /                force.                                  additional losses in personnel,
radioactivité naturelle               01 Dec 1974                             time and equipment on the
Nuclear (or ionizing) radiations                                              opposing force.
arising from within the body and      ballistic trajectory / trajectoire      Related term: antisubmarine
from the surrounding to which         balistique                              barrier.
individuals are always exposed.       The trajectory traced after the         01 Nov 1991
01 Feb 1973                           propulsive force is terminated and
                                      the body is acted upon only by          barrier gap / couloir à travers un
back tell / transfert descendant      gravity and aerodynamic drag.           système d'obstacles
Related term: track telling.          01 Feb 1973                             In land operations, an area within
01 Feb 1973                                                                   a barrier, free of obstacles and
                                      balloon reflector / réflecteur-         not exposed to the effects of
back-up / renvoi au verso             ballon                                  mines, whose width and direction
In cartography, an image printed      In electronic warfare, a balloon-       allow a friendly force to pass
on the reverse side of a map          supported confusion reflector to        through in tactical formation.
sheet already printed on one side.    produce fraudulent echoes.              Related term: phoney minefield.
Also the printing of such images.     01 Dec 1974                             31 Jan 2005
01 Feb 1973
                                      bank angle / angle                      barrier restricted area / zone
balance station zero                  d'inclinaison1                          d'obstacles réglementée
Preferred term: reference datum.      The angle between the aircraft's        An area declared by an
                                      normal axis and the earth's             authorized commander where
bale cubic capacity / capacité        vertical plane containing the           manoeuvre of friendly forces must
volumétrique en balles                aircraft's longitudinal axis.           not be hindered by barriers.
The space available for cargo         Related term: angle of                  Restrictions imposed may include
measured in cubic feet to the         depression1.                            a complete ban on the
inside of the cargo battens, on the   01 Jan 1980                             emplacement of obstacles in
frames, and to the underside of                                               certain areas for specified
the beams. In a general cargo of      barometric altitude / altitude          periods.
mixed commodities, the bale           barométrique                            09 Jan 1996
cubic applies. The stowage of the     The altitude determined by a
mixed cargo comes in contact          barometric altimeter by reference       bar scale
with the cargo battens and as a       to a pressure level and calculated      Preferred term: graphic scale.
general rule does not extend to       according to the standard
the skin of the ship.                 atmosphere laws.                        base1 / base
01 Feb 1973                           Related terms: absolute height;         An area or locality containing
                                      altitude; altitude datum; calibrated    installations which provide logistic
balisage / balisage de                altitude; critical altitude; cruising   or other support.
circulation routière                  altitude; cruising level; datum         Related terms: emergency fleet
The marking of a route by a           level; drop altitude; drop height;      operating base; deployment
system of dim beacon lights           elevation; height1; high altitude;      operating base; establishment1.
enabling vehicles to be driven at     minimum safe altitude; pressure-        01 Mar 1973
near day-time speed, under            altitude; transition altitude;
blackout conditions.                  transition level.                       base2 / base de départ
01 Feb 1973                           01 Nov 1994                             A locality from which operations
                                                                              are projected or supported.


                                                2-B-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

01 Mar 1973                             Related term: chart base.             01 Feb 1988
                                        01 Mar 1974
base development /                                                            basic stopping power / pouvoir
aménagement d'une base                  base map symbol / symbole de          d'arrêt élémentaire
The improvement or expansion of         carte de base                         The probability, expressed as a
the resources and facilities of an      base symbol                           percentage, of a single vehicle
area or a location to support           A symbol used on a base map or        being stopped by mines while
military operations.                    chart as opposed to one used on       attempting to cross a minefield.
01 Mar 1973                             an overprint to the base map or       01 Dec 1979
                                        chart.
base ejection shell / obus à            01 Mar 1973                           bathymetric contour
éjection par le culot                                                         Preferred term: depth contour.
A type of shell which ejects its        base surge / nuage de base
load from its base.                     A cloud which rolls out from the      battery1 / batterie1
01 Mar 1973                             bottom of the column produced by      Bty
                                        a subsurface burst of a nuclear       Tactical and administrative
base fuze / fusée de culot              weapon. For underwater bursts         artillery unit or subunit
Fuze located in the base of a           the surge is, in effect, a cloud of   corresponding to a company or
projectile or bomb.                     liquid droplets which has the         similar unit in other branches of
Related term: fuze.                     property of flowing almost as if it   the Army.
01 Mar 1973                             were a homogeneous fluid. For         01 Mar 1973
                                        subsurface land bursts the surge
baseline1 / base géodésique1            is made up of small solid particles   battery2 / batterie2
In topography, a surveyed line          but still behaves like a fluid.       Bty
established with more than usual        01 Mar 1973                           All guns, torpedo tubes,
care, to which surveys are                                                    searchlights or missile launchers
referred for coordination and           base symbol                           of the same size or calibre or
correlation.                            Preferred term: base map symbol.      used for the same purpose, either
01 Nov 1994                                                                   installed in one ship or otherwise
                                        basic intelligence /                  operating as an entity.
baseline2 / base géodésique2            renseignement de base                 01 Mar 1973
In photogrammetry, the line             Intelligence, on any subject, which
between the principal points of         may be used as reference              battery control centre / central
two consecutive vertical air            material for planning and as a        de conduite de tir de batterie
photographs. It is usually              basis for processing subsequent       The operations centre from which
measured on one photograph              information or intelligence.          Hawk missiles are controlled at
after the principal point of the        Related terms: current                battery level.
other has been transferred.             intelligence; information;            01 Nov 1975
01 Nov 1994                             intelligence.
                                        01 Nov 1994                           battle casualty / perte au
baseline3 / base de                                                           combat
radionavigation                         basic load / dotation initiale        BC
In radio navigation, the shorter arc    The quantity of supplies required     Any casualty incurred as the
of the great circle joining two radio   to be on hand within, and which       direct result of hostile action,
transmitting stations of a              can be moved by, a unit or            sustained in combat or relating
navigation system.                      formation. It is expressed            thereto or sustained going to or
01 Nov 1994                             according to the wartime              returning from a combat mission.
                                        organization of the unit or           Related terms: casualty; died of
baseline4 / base de                     formation and maintained at the       wounds received in action; killed
triangulation                           prescribed levels.                    in action; non-battle casualty;
In triangulation, the side of one of    01 Mar 1981                           wounded in action.
a series of coordinated triangles                                             01 Jun 1989
the length of which is measured         basic military route network /
with prescribed accuracy and            réseau routier militaire de base      battle damage assessment /
precision and from which lengths        Axial, lateral, and connecting        évaluation des dommages de
of the other triangle sides are         routes designated in peacetime by     combat
obtained by computation.                the host nation to meet the           BDA
01 Nov 1994                             anticipated military movements        The assessment of effects
                                        and transport requirements, both      resulting from the application of
base map / carte de base1               Allied and national.                  military action, either lethal or
A map or chart showing certain          01 Mar 1979                           non-lethal, against a military
fundamental information, used as                                              objective.
a base upon which additional data       basic stocks / stocks initiaux        17 Jan 2005
of specialized nature are compiled      Stocks to support the execution of
or overprinted. Also a map              approved operational plans for an     battle damage repair /
containing all the information from     initial predetermined period.         réparation au combat
which maps showing specialized          Related terms: sustaining stocks;     Essential repair, which may be
information can be prepared.            stocks.                               improvised, carried out rapidly in a


                                                  2-B-2
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

battle environment in order to         Related term: port capacity.          equipment, etc., are correctly
return damaged or disabled             01 Mar 1973                           adjusted for the particular
equipment to temporary service.                                              operation or sortie.
01 Jun 1989                            beach group                           01 Apr 1990
                                       Preferred term: shore party.
battlefield illumination /                                                   belligerent / belligérant
éclairement du champ de                beachhead / tête de plage             In time of crisis or war, an
bataille                               A designated area on a hostile or     individual, entity, military force or
The lighting of the battle area by     potentially hostile shore which,      state engaged in conflict.
artificial light either visible or     when seized and held, provides        01 Oct 2003
invisible to the naked eye.            for the continuous landing of
Related terms: artificial daylight;    troops and matériel, and provides     bilateral infrastructure /
artificial moonlight; indirect         manoeuvring space required for        infrastructure bilatérale
illumination.                          subsequent projected operations       Infrastructure which concerns only
01 Mar 1982                            ashore.                               two NATO members and is
                                       Related terms: airhead1,2;            financed by mutual agreement
battlefield psychological              bridgehead.                           between them (e.g., facilities
activities / activités                 01 Dec 1993                           required for the use of forces of
psychologiques du champ de                                                   one NATO member in the territory
bataille                               beach minefield / champ de            of another).
BPA                                    mines antidébarquement                Related terms: common
Planned psychological activities       A minefield in the shallow water      infrastructure; infrastructure;
conducted as an integral part of       approaches to a possible              national infrastructure.
combat operations and designed to      amphibious landing beach.             01 Mar 1973
bring psychological pressure to        Related term: minefield1,2
bear on enemy forces and civilians     01 Nov 1977                           bi-margin format / carte à deux
under enemy control in the battle                                            marges
area, to assist in achievement of      beach reserves / réserves de          The format of a map or chart on
operational and tactical objectives.   plage                                 which the cartographic detail is
Related terms: peace support           In an amphibious operation, an        extended to two edges of the
psychological activities;              accumulation of supplies of all       sheet, normally north and east,
psychological operation;               classes established in dumps in       thus leaving two margins only.
psychological consolidation            beachhead areas.                      01 Mar 1973
activities; strategic psychological    01 Mar 1992
activities.                                                                  binary chemical munition /
16 Jul 1999                            beacon / balise                       munition chimique binaire
                                       Related terms: crash locator          A munition in which chemical
battlefield surveillance /             beacon; emergency locator             substances, held in separate
surveillance du champ de               beacon; fan marker beacon;            containers, react when mixed or
bataille                               localizer; meaconing; personal        combined as a result of being
Systematic observation of the          locator beacon; radio beacon;         fired, launched or otherwise
battle area for the purpose of         submarine locator acoustic            initiated to produce a chemical
providing timely information and       beacon; Z marker beacon.              agent.
combat intelligence.                   01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: chemical
Related terms: air surveillance;                                             ammunition; multi-agent munition;
camouflage; countersurveillance;       beam rider / guidé sur faisceau       munition.
sea surveillance.                      A missile guided by radar or radio    01 Nov 1991
01 Aug 1979                            beam.
                                       01 Mar 1973                           binding / chargement sur
battlespace awareness /                                                      palette
                                               1
connaissance de l’espace de            bearing / azimut                      The fastening or securing of items
bataille                               The horizontal angle measured         to a movable platform called a
Knowledge and understanding of         clockwise from a reference            pallet.
the battlespace that enable timely,    direction to a specified direction.   Related term: palletized unit load.
relevant, comprehensive and            Related terms: grid bearing;          01 Mar 1973
accurate assessments in order to       magnetic bearing; relative
successfully apply combat power,       bearing; true bearing.                biological agent / agent
protect the force and/or complete      09 Jan 1996                           biologique
the mission.                                                                 A micro-organism which causes
15 Jan 2008                            bearing2                              disease in man, plants, or animals
                                       Preferred term: true bearing.         or causes the deterioration of
beach capacity / capacité de                                                 materiel.
plage                                  before-flight inspection /            Related terms: biological
An estimate, expressed in terms        préparation pour le vol               environment; biological operation;
of measurement tons, or weight         preflight inspection                  biological weapon;chemical agent.
tons, of cargo that may be             Preflight check to ensure general     01 Mar 1973
unloaded over a designated strip       aircraft safety and that disposable
of shore per day.                      loads, e.g., fuel and armament        biological ammunition /


                                                   2-B-3
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

munition biologique                   explosion. The blast wave is            cargo for a specific destination is
A type of ammunition, the filler of   initially a shock wave which            stowed together. The purpose is
which is primarily a biological       subsequently decays into a sound        to facilitate rapid offloading at the
agent.                                wave.                                   destination, with the least possible
01 Mar 1992                           Related terms: blast wave               disturbance of cargo intended for
                                      diffraction; shock wave.                other points.
biological defence / défense          01 Oct 1992                             Related terms: embarkation;
biologique                                                                    loading.
The methods, plans and                blast wave diffraction /                01 Mar 1973
procedures involved in                diffraction de l'onde de souffle
establishing and executing            The passage around and                  block time / temps bloc à bloc
defensive measures against            envelopment of a structure by the       The period from the moment the
attack utilizing biological agents.   nuclear blast wave.                     chocks are withdrawn and brakes
01 Oct 1992                           Related terms: blast wave; shock        released, or moorings dropped, to
                                      wave.                                   the return to rest or take-up of
biological environment /              16 Jul 1999                             moorings after the flight.
environnement biologique                                                      01 Mar 1973
Conditions found in an area           bleeding edge / champ vif
resulting from direct or persisting   That edge of a map or chart on          blood agent / hémotoxique
effects of biological weapons.        which cartographic detail is            A chemical compound, including
Related term: biological agent.       extended to the edge of the sheet.      the cyanide group, that affects
01 Nov 1990                           01 Aug 1979                             bodily functions by preventing the
                                                                              normal utilization of oxygen by
biological operation / opération      blind bombing zone / zone de            body tissues.
biologique                            bombardement sans restriction           01 Nov 1991
biological warfare                    A restricted area (air, land, or sea)
BW                                    established for the purpose of          blowback1 / fuite de gaz vers
Employment of biological agents       permitting air operations,              l'arrière
to produce casualties in man or       unrestricted by the operations or       Escape, to the rear and under
animals and damage to plants or       possible attack of friendly forces.     pressure, of gases formed during
materiel; or defence against such     01 Mar 1973                             the firing of the weapon. Blowback
employment.                                                                   may be caused by a defective
Related term: biological agent.       blip / spot                             breech mechanism, a ruptured
01 Mar 1973                           The luminous image of an object         cartridge case or a faulty primer.
                                      on a visual display.                    01 Mar 1973
biological warfare                    02 May1995
BW                                                                            blowback2 / pression des gaz
Preferred term: biological            blister agent / agent vésicant          vers l'arrière
operation.                            vesicant agent                          Type of weapon operation in
                                      A chemical agent which injures          which the force of expanding
biological weapon / arme              the eyes and lungs, and burns or        gases acting to the rear against
biologique                            blisters the skin.                      the face of the bolt furnishes all
An item of materiel which             01 Aug 1976                             the energy required to initiate the
projects, disperses, or                                                       complete cycle of operation. A
disseminates a biological agent       blocking and chocking / calage          weapon which employs this
including arthropod vectors.          The use of wedges or chocks to          method of operation is
Related term: biological agent.       prevent the inadvertent shifting of     characterized by the absence of
01 Mar 1973                           cargo in transit.                       any breech-lock or bolt-lock-
                                      01 Mar 1973                             mechanism.
blast1 / souffle1                                                             01 Mar 1973
The brief and rapid movement of       blocking fire / tir de blocage
air, vapour or fluid away from a      A concentration of fire intended to     blue commander / commandant
centre of outward pressure, as in     deny the enemy access to a given        bleu
an explosion or in the combustion     area or to prevent their advance        The officer designated to exercise
of rocket fuel; the pressure          in a given direction.                   operational control over blue
accompanying this movement.           17 Jan 2005                             forces for a specific period during
This term is commonly used for                                                an exercise.
"explosion", but the two terms        blocking position / position            01 Jul 1985
may be distinguished.                 d'arrêt
01 Mar 1973                           A defensive position so sited as to     blue forces / forces bleues
                                      deny the enemy access to a given        Those forces used in a friendly
blast2/ souffle2                      area or to prevent his advance in       role during NATO exercises.
Related term: blast2.                 a given direction.                      Related term: force(s).
                                      01 Jun 1978                             01 Oct 1980
blast wave / onde de souffle
Wave created by the rapid             block stowage loading /                 blue key / fond bleu actinique
expansion of hot gases in the         chargement par destination              A blue image on any medium
atmosphere which results from an      A method of loading whereby all         which is not reproduced when the


                                                2-B-4
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

superimposed work is                   50 % Range Error - Half the            direct current and lower frequency
reproduced, used as a guide for        distance between two lines drawn       alternating currents.
scribing or drawing.                   perpendicular to the aircraft's        Related terms: earthing;
Related terms: drawing key; key.       track equidistant from the desired     grounding.
01 Mar 1973                            mean point of impact, which            01 Oct 1980
                                       contains half the missiles
boat lane / couloir de                 independently aimed to hit the         booby trap / piège
débarquement                           desired mean point of impact.          A device designed, constructed or
A lane for amphibious assault          Note: Above errors should imply        adapted to kill or injure, which
landing craft, which extends           overall errors unless otherwise        functions when a person disturbs
seaward from the landing               stipulated by inclusion of the word    or approaches an apparently
beaches to the line of departure.      "Random" or "Systematic" as            harmless object or performs an
The width of a boat lane is            necessary.                             apparently safe act.
determined by the length of the        01 Mar 1973                            Related term: proofing.
corresponding beach.                                                          01 Oct 2001
01 Mar 1973                            bombing height / hauteur de
                                       bombardement                           booster1 / propulseur d'appoint
boattail / tronçon de queue            In air operations, the height above    An auxiliary or initial propulsion
The conical section of a ballistic     ground level at which the aircraft     system which travels with a
body that progressively decreases      is flying at the moment of             missile or aircraft and which may
in diameter toward the tail to         ordnance release. Bombing              or may not separate from the
reduce overall aerodynamic drag.       heights are classified as follows:     parent craft when its impulse has
01 Mar 1973                            very low: below 100 feet;              been delivered. A booster system
                                       low: from 100 to 2,000 feet;           may contain, or consist of, one or
boat wave / vague                      medium: from 2,000 to 10,000           more units.
d'embarcations                         feet;                                  01 Jan 1991
Related term: wave.                    high: from 10,000 to 50,000 feet;
01 Mar 1973                            very high: 50,000 feet and above.      booster2 / renforçateur
                                       01 Jan 1983                            d’amorçage
body of a map or chart / corps                                                A high-explosive element
d'une carte                            bombing run / passage de               sufficiently sensitive so as to be
That area of a map or chart            bombardement                           actuated by small explosive
contained within the neatlines.        In air bombing, that part of the       elements in a fuze or primer and
01 Mar 1973                            flight that begins, normally from      powerful enough to cause
                                       an initial point, with the approach    detonation of the main explosive
bombing angle / angle de               to the target, includes target         filling.
bombardement                           acquisition, and ends normally at      Related terms: booster1;
                                                                                       1,2
The angle between the vertical         the weapon release point.              charge .
and a line joining the aircraft to     01 Nov 1983                            01 Jan 1991
what would be the point of impact
of a bomb released from it at that     bomb release line / ligne de           border / marge intérieure
instant.                               largage de bombes                      In cartography, the area of a map
01 Mar 1973                            An imaginary line around a             or chart lying between the neatline
                                       defended area or objective over        and the surrounding framework.
bombing errors1 / écarts de            which an aircraft should release       01 Mar 1973
                   1                   its bomb in order to obtain a hit or
bombardement
50 % Circular Error - The radius       hits on an area or objective.          border break / crevé
of a circle, with the centre at a      01 Mar 1973                            A cartographic technique used
desired mean point of impact,                                                 when it is required to extend a
which contains half the missiles       bomb release point / point de          portion of the cartographic detail
independently aimed to hit the         largage de bombes                      of a map or chart beyond the
desired mean point of impact.          The point in space at which            sheetlines into the margin.
01 Mar 1973                            bombs must be released to reach        01 Mar 1973
                                       the desired point of detonation.
bombing errors2 / écarts de            01 Mar 1973                            border crosser / frontalier
                   2                                                          An individual, living close to a
bombardement
50 % Deflection Error - Half the       bomb sighting system / viseur          frontier, who normally has to cross
distance between two lines, drawn      de bombardement                        the frontier frequently for
parallel to the aircraft's track and   Related terms: angular velocity        legitimate purposes.
equidistant from the desired mean      sights; tachometric sights; vector     01 Mar 1973
point of impact, which contains        sights.
half the missiles independently        01 Dec 1976                            boresafe fuze / fusée à sûreté
aimed to hit the desired mean                                                 de trajet dans l'âme
point of impact.                       bonding / métallisation                Type of fuze having an interrupter
01 Mar 1973                            In electrical engineering, the         in the explosive train that prevents
                                       process of connecting together         a projectile from exploding until
bombing errors3 / écarts de            metal parts so that they make low      after it has cleared the muzzle of
              3                                                               a weapon.
bombardement                           resistance electrical contact for
                                                                              Related term: fuze.

                                                 2-B-5
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

01 Mar 1973                             section.                              The limit of the objective area in
                                        01 Jul 1988                           the development of the
bottom mine / mine de fond                                                    bridgehead.
ground mine                             breakaway / séparation de             Related term: objective area.
A mine with negative buoyancy           l'onde de choc                        01 Mar 1973
which remains on the seabed.            The onset of a condition in which
Related term: mine2.                    the shock front moves away from       briefing / exposé
01 Dec 1976                             the exterior of the expanding         The act of giving in advance
                                        fireball produced by the explosion    specific instructions or
bottom sweep / drague de fond           of a nuclear weapon.                  information.
A sweep, either wire or chain,          01 Mar 1973                           04 Oct 2000
used either to sweep mines close
to the bottom or to remove mines        break-off position / point de         broadcast-controlled air
from a channel by dragging.             séparation                            interception / interception
01 Dec 1976                             The position at which a leaver or     aérienne basée sur émission en
                                        leaver section breaks off from the    l'air
bound / bond                            main convoy to proceed to a           An interception in which the
In land warfare, a single               different destination.                interceptor is given a continuous
movement, usually from cover to         01 Mar 1979                           broadcast of information
cover, made by troops often                                                   concerning an enemy raid and
under enemy fire.                       break-up1 / éclatement1               effects interception without further
01 Sep 1991                             In detection by radar, the            control.
                                        separation of one solid return into   Related terms: air interception;
boundary / limite                       a number of individual returns        close-controlled air interception.
In land warfare, a line by which        which correspond to the various       01 Mar 1973
areas of responsibility between         objects or structure groupings.
adjacent units/formations are           This separation is contingent         buffer distance / marge de
defined.                                upon a number of factors              sécurité
01 Jun 1978                             including range, beam width, gain     In nuclear warfare:
                                        setting, object size and distance     a. the horizontal distance which,
boundary disclaimer / non-              between objects.                      when added to the radius of
reconnaissance de frontière             01 Dec 1974                           safety will give the desired
A statement on a map or chart                                                 assurance that the specified
that the status and/or alignment of     break-up2 / éclatement2               degree of risk will not be
international or administrative         split-up                              exceeded. The buffer distance is
boundaries is not necessarily           In imagery interpretation, the        normally expressed quantitatively
recognized by the government of         result of magnification or            in multiples of the delivery error;
the publishing nation.                  enlargement which causes the          b. the vertical distance which is
01 Mar 1973                             imaged item to lose its identity      added to the fallout safe-height of
                                        and the resultant presentation to     burst in order to determine a
bouquet mine / mine bouquet             become a random series of tonal       desired height of burst which will
In naval mine warfare, a mine in        impressions.                          provide the desired assurance
which a number of buoyant mine          01 Dec 1974                           that militarily significant fallout will
cases are attached to the same                                                not occur. It is normally expressed
sinker, so that when the mooring        brevity code / code abrégé            quantitatively in multiples of the
of one mine case is cut, another        A code which provides no security     vertical error.
mine rises from the sinker to its       but which has as its sole purpose     01 Mar 1973
set depth.                              the shortening of messages rather
Related term: mine2.                    than the concealment of their         build-up / alignement sur le
01 Nov 1975                             content.                              tableau d'effectifs
                                        01 Mar 1973                           The process of attaining
bracketing / réglage percutant                                                prescribed strength of units and
par encadrement sur la ligne            bridgehead / tête de pont             prescribed levels of vehicles,
d'observation                           An area of ground, in a territory     equipment, stores and supplies.
A method of adjusting fire in which     occupied or threatened by the         Also may be applied to the means
a bracket is established by             enemy, which must be held or at       of accomplishing this process.
obtaining an over and a short           least controlled, so as to permit     01 Mar 1973
along the spotting line, and then       the continuous embarkation,
successively splitting the bracket      landing or crossing of troops and     bulk petroleum product /
in half until a target hit or desired   material, and/or to provide           produit pétrolier en vrac
bracket is obtained.                    manoeuvre space requisite for         A liquid petroleum product
01 Mar 1973                             subsequent operations.                transported by various means and
                                        Related terms: airhead1;              stored in tanks or containers
branch / branche                        beachhead.                            having an individual fill capacity
Part of a NATO headquarters             01 Mar 1982                           greater than 250 litres.
division responsible for a major                                              01 Aug 1982
functional area.                        bridgehead line / limite de tête
Related terms: cell; division2;         de pont                               burial


                                                  2-B-6
                                              AAP-6(2008)

Preferred term: emergency burial.

burn-out / fin de combustion
The point in time or in the missile
trajectory when combustion of
fuels in the rocket engine is
terminated by other than
programmed cut-off.
01 Mar 1973

burn-out velocity / vitesse de
fin de combustion
The velocity attained by a missile
at the point of burn-out.
20 Nov 1996




                                      2-B-7
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

                                                         C

calibrated airspeed / vitesse            camera axis direction /
corrigée                                 direction de prise de vue              camouflet / camouflet
rectified airspeed                       Direction on the horizontal plane      The resulting cavity in a deep
Indicated airspeed corrected for         of the optical axis of the camera      underground burst when there is
instrument and installation errors.      at the time of exposure. This          no rupture of the surface.
01 Mar 1973                              direction is defined by its azimuth    01 Mar 1973
                                         expressed in degrees in relation
calibrated altitude / altitude           to true/magnetic north.                campaign / campagne
corrigée                                 01 Mar 1973                            A set of military operations
Indicated altitude corrected for                                                planned and conducted to achieve
instrument and installation errors.      camera calibration / étalonnage        a strategic objective within a given
Related terms: absolute                  d'un appareil photographique           time and geographical area, which
height;altitude; altitude datum;         The determination of the               normally involve maritime, land
barometric altitude; critical            calibrated focal length, the           and air forces.
altitude; cruising altitude; cruising    location of the principal point with   16 Jul 1999
level; datum level; drop altitude;       respect to the fiducial marks and
                                 1
drop height; elevation; height ;         the lens distortion effective in the   cancel / annulé
high altitude; minimum safe              focal plane of the camera referred     In artillery and naval fire support,
altitude; pressure-altitude;             to the particular calibrated focal     the term cancel, when coupled
transition altitude; transition level.   length.                                with a previous order, other than
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973                            an order for a quantity or type of
                                                                                ammunition, rescinds that order.
calibrated focal length /                camera cycling rate / vitesse de       01 Dec 1974
distance focale mesurée                  prises de vues
An adjusted value of the                 The frequency with which camera        cannibalize / cannibaliser
equivalent focal length, so              frames are exposed, expressed          To remove serviceable
computed as to equalize the              as cycles per second.                  assemblies, sub-assemblies or
positive and negative values of          01 Nov 1975                            components from a repairable or
distortion over the entire field                                                serviceable item of equipment in
used in a camera.                        camera magazine / magasin              order to install them on another.
Related terms: equivalent focal          A removable part of a camera in        Related term: salvage2.
length; focal lenght; nominal focal      which the unexposed and                04 Oct 2000
length.                                  exposed portions of film are
01 Mar 1973                              contained.                             cannot observe / ne suis pas
                                         Related term: cassette.                en mesure d'observer
call for fire / demande de tir           01 Mar 1973                            A type of fire control which
A request for fire containing data                                              indicates that the observer or
necessary for obtaining the              camera nadir                           spotter will be unable to adjust
required fire on a target.               Preferred term: photo nadir.           fire, but believes a target exists at
Related terms: on call; on call                                                 the given location and is of
mission.                                 camera window / hublot de              sufficient importance to justify
01 Mar 1973                              prise de vue                           firing upon it without adjustment
                                         A window in the camera                 or observation.
call sign / indicatif d'appel            compartment through which              01 Mar 1977
C/S                                      photographs are taken.
Any combination of characters or         01 Mar 1973                            capsule1 / capsule1
pronounceable words, which                                                      A sealed pressurized cabin for
identifies a communication               camouflage / camouflage                extremely high altitude or space
facility, a command, an authority,       The use of natural or artificial       flight which provides an
an activity, or a unit; used             material on personnel, objects or      acceptable environment for man,
primarily for establishing and           tactical positions with the aim of     animal or equipment.
maintaining communications.              confusing, misleading or evading       01 Mar 1973
Related terms: collective call           the enemy.
sign; indefinite call sign;              Related term:                          capsule2 / capsule2
international call sign; net call        countersurveillance.                   An ejectable sealed cabin having
sign; tactical call sign; visual call    01 Dec 1977                            automatic devices for safe return
sign; voice call sign.                                                          of the occupants to the surface.
01 Mar 1973                              camouflage detection                   01 Mar 1973
                                         photography / photographie
camera axis / axe focal                  anticamouflage                         captive firing / essai au banc
An imaginary line through the            Photography utilizing a special        A firing test of short duration,
optical centre of the lens               type of film (usually infrared)        conducted with the missile
perpendicular to the negative            designed for the detection of          propulsion system operating while
photo plane.                             camouflage.                            secured to a test stand.
01 Mar 1973                              Related term: false colour film.       01 Mar 1973
                                         01 Dec 1974

                                                   2-C-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

cardinal point effect / effet de      expressed by reference to three          01 Mar 1973
renforcement d'échos                  mutually perpendicular planes,
normal impact effect                  called coordinate planes. The            caveat / restriction
The increased intensity of a line     three planes intersect in three          In NATO operations, any
or group of returns on the            straight lines called coordinate         limitation, restriction or constraint
radarscope occurring when the         axes.                                    by a nation on its military forces
radar beam is perpendicular to        Related term: coordinates.               or civilian elements under NATO
the rectangular surface of a line     01 Mar 1973                              command and control or
or group of similarly aligned                                                  otherwise available to NATO, that
features in the ground pattern.       cascade image intensifier /              does not permit NATO
01 Mar 1973                           amplificateur d'images à                 commanders to deploy and
                                      plusieurs étages                         employ these assets fully in line
cargo / cargaison                     An optoelectronic amplifier              with the approved operation plan.
Commodities and supplies in           capable of increasing the                Note: A caveat may apply inter
transit.                              intensity of a radiant image by          alia to freedom of movement
Related terms: air cargo;             two or more stages.                      within the joint operations area
controlled dangerous air cargo;       01 Nov 1975                              and/or to compliance with the
dangerous cargo; essential                                                     approved rules of engagement.
supply; general air cargo;            cassette / chargeur                      20 Jun 2006
immediately vital cargo; restricted   In photography, a reloadable
dangerous air cargo; unwanted         container for either unexposed or        cease engagement / cessez
cargo; valuable cargo.                exposed sensitized materials             l'engagement
01 Mar 1981                           which may be removed from the            In air defence, a fire control order
                                      camera or darkroom equipment             used to direct units to stop the
cargo sling / élingue de              under lightened conditions.              firing sequence against a
suspension                            Related term: camera magazine.           designated target. Guided
A strap, chain, or other material     01 Mar 1973                              missiles already in flight will
used to hold cargo items securely                                              continue to intercept.
which are to be hoisted, lowered,     casualty / perte                         Related terms: engage; hold fire.
or suspended.                         In relation to personnel, any            01 Jul 1983
01 Mar 1973                           person who is lost to his
                                      organization by reason of having         cease loading / ne pas
carpet bombing /                      been declared dead, wounded,             recharger
bombardement en tapis                 diseased, detained, captured or          In artillery and naval fire support,
The progressive distribution of a     missing.                                 the command used during firing
mass bomb load upon an area           Related terms: battle casualty;          of two or more rounds to indicate
defined by designated boundaries,     died of wounds received in               the suspension of inserting
in such manner as to inflict          action; killed in action; non-battle     rounds into the weapon.
damage to all portions thereof.       casualty; wounded in action.             01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                           01 Jun 1989
                                                                               celestial sphere / sphère
carriage                              casualty staging unit / unité de         céleste
Preferred term: gun carriage.         transit des malades et blessés           An imaginary sphere of infinite
                                      CSU                                      radius concentric with the earth,
carrier air group / groupe            A medical unit caring for in-transit     on which all celestial bodies
aérien embarqué                       patients under medical personnel         except the earth are imagined to
CAG                                   supervision.                             be projected.
A group of aircraft squadrons         Related term: in-transit                 01 Mar 1973
placed under a single command         evacuation facility.
for administrative and tactical       22 Jun 2004                              cell / cellule
control of operations from an                                                  Part of a NATO headquarters
aircraft carrier.                     catapult / catapulte                     section which produces work of a
04 Oct 2000                           A structure which provides an            specific nature within a major
                                      auxiliary source of thrust to a          functional area.
carrier striking force / force        missile or aircraft; must combine        Related terms: branch; division2;
d'attaque de porte-avions             the functions of directing and           section.
CARSTRIKFOR                           accelerating the missile during its      01 Jul 1988
A naval task force composed of        travel on the catapult; serves the
one or more aircraft carriers,        same functions for a missile as          centigray / centigray
supporting combatant ships and        does a gun tube for a shell.             A unit of absorbed dose of
submarines, capable of conducting     01 Mar 1973                              radiation (one centigray equals
offensive operations.                                                          one rad).
18 Dec 1997                           caution area / zone à                    01 Jul 1987
                                      restrictions
cartesian coordinates /               An air space of defined                  central air data computer /
coordonnées cartésiennes              dimensions within which                  centrale de bord
A coordinate system in which          restrictions to the flight of aircraft   air data computer
locations of points in space are      may exist at specified times.            A device which computes


                                                 2-C-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

altitude, vertical speed, air speed    The limits within which an
and Mach number from inputs of         aircraft's centre of gravity must lie   chalk troops / troupe
pitot and static pressure and          to ensure safe flight. The centre       numérotée
temperature.                           of gravity of the loaded aircraft       A load of troops defined by a
01 Mar 1981                            must be within these limits at          particular chalk number.
                                       take-off, in the air, and on            Related terms: chalk commander;
central analysis team / groupe         landing. In some cases, take-off        chalk number.
d'analyse de la direction              and landing limits may also be          01 Mar 1973
d'exercice                             specified.
analysis staff                         01 Mar 1973                             challenge / procédé
A team composed of                                                             d'identification
representatives from two or more       certification / certification           Any process carried out by one
Major NATO Commanders,                 The process of officially               unit or person with the object of
responsible jointly to their           recognizing that organizations,         ascertaining the friendly or hostile
superiors for the detailed analysis    individuals, materiel or systems        character or identity of another.
and reporting of a large-scale         meet defined standards or               Related terms: countersign;
NATO exercise.                         criteria.                               password; reply.
01 Mar 1973                            Note: In the context of military        01 Mar 1973
                                       forces, the hierarchical
centralized control1 / contrôle        relationship in logical sequence        change of operational control /
           1
centralisé                             is: assessment, analysis,               changement de contrôle
The retention of authority by a        evaluation, validation and              opérationnel
commander to direct actions to         certification.                          CHOP
achieve his objectives.                Related terms: analysis1;               The date and time (Greenwich
                                                                 1
Related term: decentralized            assessment; evaluation ;                Mean Time/Greenwich Civil
execution.                             validation.                             Time) at which the responsibility
22 Jun 2004                            02 Mar 2007                             for operational control of a force
                                                                               or unit passes from one
centralized control2 / contrôle        certificate of security clearance       operational control authority to
           2                           Preferred term: security certificate.
centralisé                                                                     another.
In air defence, the control mode                                               01 Mar 1973
whereby a higher echelon makes         chaff / paillettes
direct target assignments to fire      Strips of frequency-cut metal foil,     characteristic actuation
units.                                 wire, or metallized glass fibre         probability / probabilité
Related term: decentralized            used to reflect electromagnetic         caractéristique d'interception
control.                               energy, usually dropped from            The average probability of a mine
22 Jun 2004                            aircraft or expelled from shells or     of a given type being actuated by
                                       rockets as a radar                      one run of the sweep within the
central planning team / groupe         countermeasure.                         characteristic actuation width.
central de planification               01 Mar 1981                             01 Nov 1975
planning staff
A team composed of                     chain of command / chaîne de            characteristic actuation width /
representatives of two or more         commandement                            intercept caractéristique
NATO or national commands,             command channel                         The width of path over which
responsible for the production of      The succession of commanding            mines can be actuated by a
an exercise operation order in         officers from a superior to a           single run of the sweep gear.
accordance with the exercise           subordinate through which               01 Nov 1975
specification and/or exercise          command is exercised.
planning directive.                    Related terms: administrative           characteristic detection
01 Mar 1981                            chain of command; operational           probability / probabilité
                                       chain of command.                       caractéristique de détection
centre of burst                        01 Mar 1973                             The ratio of the number of mines
Preferred term: mean point of                                                  detected on a single run to the
impact.                                chalk commander / chef de               number of mines which could
                                       transport                               have been detected within the
centre of gravity / centre de          The commander of all troops             characteristic detection width.
gravité                                embarked under one chalk                01 Nov 1975
COG                                    number.
Characteristics, capabilities or       Related terms: chalk number;            characteristic detection width /
localities from which a nation, an     chalk troops.                           intercept caractéristique de
alliance, a military force or other    01 Mar 1973                             détection
grouping derives its freedom of                                                The width of path over which
action, physical strength or will to   chalk number / numéro-repère            mines can be detected on a
fight.                                 The number given to a complete          single run.
25 Sep 1998                            load and to the transporting            01 Nov 1975
                                       carrier.
centre of gravity limits / limites     Related terms: chalk commander;         charge1 / charge1
de centrage                            chalk troops.                           A given quantity of explosive,
                                       01 Mar 1973

                                                 2-C-3
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

either in bulk or contained in a       capabilities chart; hydrographic       to check that no moored mines
bomb, a projectile, a mine or          chart; map; map index; map             are left after a previous clearing
similar device, or used as a           series; map sheet; mine warfare        operation.
propellant.                            chart; nautical plotting chart; non-   01 Dec 1976
Related terms: primed charge;          submarine contact chart.
priming charge; shaped charge.         01 Mar 1973                            chemical agent / agent
22 Jun 2004                                                                   chimique
                                       chart index                            A chemical substance which is
charge2 / charge2                      Preferred term: map index.             intended for use in military
A quantity of explosives prepared                                             operations to kill, seriously injure,
for demolition purposes.               chart series                           or incapacitate personnel through
Related terms: booster2; cutting       Preferred term: map series.            its physiological effects. The term
charge; cratering charge; inert                                               excludes riot control agents,
filling.                               chart sheet                            herbicides and substances
22 Jun 2004                            Preferred term: map sheet.             generating smoke and flame.
                                                                              Related terms: biological agent;
charged demolition target /            check firing / halte au tir            biological environment; biological
ouvrage miné                           In artillery and naval fire support,   operation; biological warefare;
A demolition target on which all       a command to cause a temporary         biological weapon; chemical
charges have been placed and           halt in firing.                        defence; chemical dose; chemical
which is in the state of readiness,    01 Jul 1987                            environment; incapacitating
either state 1 - safe, or state 2 -                                           agent; riot control agent.
armed.                                 checkout / vérification                01 Dec 1993
Related terms: state of                systématique
readiness1; state of readiness2.       A sequence of functional,              chemical ammunition /
01 Oct 1992                            operational, and calibrational         munition chimique
                                       tests to determine the condition       A type of ammunition, the filler of
charged weapon / arme chargée          and status of a weapon system or       which is primarily a chemical
A loaded weapon, ready to fire         element thereof.                       agent.
except for the operation of the        01 Mar 1973                            Related terms: binary chemical
safety catch, when fitted.                                                    munition; multi-agent munition;
Related terms: loaded weapon;          checkpoint1 / point de                 munition.
                                                  1
uncharged weapon; unloaded             référence                              01 Mar 1973
weapon.                                A predetermined point on the
01 Oct 2001                            surface of the earth used as a         chemical, biological and
                                       means of controlling movement, a       radiological operation /
charging point / prise de              registration target for fire           opération chimique, biologique
ravitaillement                         adjustment, or reference for           et nucléaire
filler point                           location.                              A collective term used only when
A connection on an aircraft, or        Related term: contact point1.          referring to a combined chemical,
aircraft component, through            01 Mar 1973                            biological, and radiological
which the aircraft or aircraft                                                operation.
                                                    2
component can be replenished           checkpoint / point de                  01 Mar 1973
                                                  2
with a specific commodity, e.g.,       référence
oxygen, air or hydraulic fluid, etc.   Geographical location on land or       chemical defence / défense
01 Mar 1973                            water above which the position of      contre agents chimiques
                                       an aircraft in flight may be           The methods, plans and
chart / carte spécialisée              determined by observation or by        procedures involved in
A special purpose map, generally       electrical means.                      establishing and executing
designed for navigation or other       01 Mar 1973                            defensive measures against
particular purposes, in which                                                 attacks utilizing chemical agents.
essential map information is           checkpoint3 / centre d'impact          Related term: chemical agent.
combined with various other data       Centre of impact; a burst centre.      01 Nov 1991
critical to the intended use.          01 Mar 1973
Related terms: aeronautical chart;                                            chemical dose / dose chimique
aeronautical plotting chart;           checkpoint4 / poste de contrôle        The amount of chemical agent,
aeronautical topographic chart;        de la circulation                      expressed in milligrams, that is
map; special aeronautical chart.       A place where military police          taken or absorbed by the body.
16 Jul 1996                            check vehicular or pedestrian          Related terms: biological agent;
                                       traffic in order to enforce            biological environment; biological
chart base / carte de base2            circulation control measures and       operation; biological warefare;
topographic base                       other laws, orders and                 biological weapon; chemical
A chart used as a primary source       regulations.                           agent; chemical defence;
for compilation or as a framework      01 Mar 1973                            chemical environment;
on which new detail is printed.                                               incapacitating agent; riot control
Related terms: aeronautical            check sweeping / dragage de            agent.
plotting chart; aeronautical           vérification                           01 Feb 1988
topographic chart; amphibious          In naval mine warfare, sweeping
chart; chart; combat chart; fire                                              chemical environment /

                                                 2-C-4
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

environnement chimique                   received either continuously or        15 Jan 2008
Conditions found in an area              intermittently over a prolonged
resulting from direct or persisting      period of time. A chronic radiation    civilian preparedness for war /
effects of chemical weapons.             dose may be high enough to             préparation civile pour le
Related term: chemical agent.            cause radiation sickness and           temps de guerre
01 Nov 1990                              death but if received at a low         All measures and means taken in
                                         dose rate a significant portion of     peacetime, by national and Allied
chemical horn / corne                    the acute cellular damage will be      agencies, to enable a nation to
chimique                                 repaired.                              survive an enemy attack and to
Hertz-Horn                               Related terms: acute radiation         contribute more effectively to the
In naval mine warfare, a mine            dose; radiation dose; radiation        common war effort.
horn containing an electric              dose rate.                             01 Mar 1973
battery, the electrolyte for which       01 Aug 1982
is in a glass tube protected by a                                               civil-military cooperation /
thin metal sheet.                        chuffing / toux d'une fusée            coopération civilo-militaire
01 Nov 1975                              The characteristic of some             CIMIC
                                         rockets to burn intermittently and     The coordination and cooperation,
chemical mine / mine chimique            with an irregular noise.               in support of the mission, between
A mine containing a chemical             01 Mar 1973                            the NATO Commander and civil
agent designed to kill, injure, or                                              actors, including the national
incapacitate personnel or to             circling approach / approche           population and local authorities, as
contaminate materiel or terrain.         indirecte                              well as international, national and
Related term: mine1.                     An extension of an instrument          non-governmental organizations
01 Aug 1976                              approach procedure which               and agencies.
                                         provides for visual circling of the    14 Oct 2002
chemical monitoring / veille             aerodrome prior to landing.
chimique                                 [ICAO]                                 clandestine operation /
The continued or periodic                Related term: minimum descent          opération clandestine
process of determining whether           height.                                Operation related to intelligence,
or not a chemical agent is               04 Oct 2000                            counter-intelligence and other
present.                                                                        similar activities, sponsored or
Related term: chemical survey.           circular error probable / écart        conducted in such a way as to
01 Feb 1988                              circulaire probable                    assure secrecy or concealment.
                                         CEP                                    04 Oct 2000
chemical operation / opération           An indicator of the accuracy of a
chimique                                 missile/projectile, used as a factor   classification of bridges and
chemical warfare                         in determining probable damage         vehicles
Employment of chemical agents            to a target. It is the radius of a     Preferred term: military load
to kill, injure, or incapacitate for a   circle within which half of the        classification.
significant period of time, man or       missiles/projectiles are expected
animals, and deny or hinder the          to fall.                               classified matter / sujet
use of areas, facilities or materiel;    Related terms: convoy dispersal        classifié
or defence against such                  point; delivery error; deviation2;     Official information or matter in
                                                     6
employment.                              dispersion ; dispersion error;         any form or of any nature which
01 Aug 1979                              horizontal error.                      requires protection in the
                                         01 Mar 1973                            interests of national security.
chemical survey /                                                               Related term: unclassified matter
reconnaissance chimique                  civil defence / protection civile      01 Mar 1973
The directed effort to determine         CD
the nature and degree of                 Mobilization, organization, and        cleansing station
chemical hazard in an area and           direction of the civil population,     Preferred term: decontamination
to delineate the perimeter of the        designed to minimize by passive        station.
hazard area.                             measures the effects of enemy
Related term: chemical                   action against all aspects of civil    clearance diving / déminage
monitoring.                              life.                                  par plongeur
01 Sep 1981                              01 Mar 1973                            The process involving the use of
                                                                                divers for locating, identifying and
chemical warfare                         civil disturbance / troubles           disposing of mines.
Preferred term: chemical                 publics                                01 Aug 1976
operation.                               Group acts of violence and
                                         disorder prejudicial to public law     clearance rate / vitesse de
chop                                     and order.                             déblaiement
Preferred term: change of                01 Mar 1973                            The area which would be cleared
operational control.                                                            per unit time with a stated
                                         civilianization / civilarisation       minimum percentage clearance,
chronic radiation dose / dose            The transfer of responsibilities,      using specific minehunting and/or
d'irradiation chronique                  functions or posts from military       minesweeping procedures.
A dose of ionising radiation             personnel to civilian staff.           01 Aug 1976


                                                   2-C-5
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                         interceptor is continuously           of stars burns at the same time.
clearway / prolongement                  controlled to a position from         01 Mar 1981
dégagé                                   which the target is within visual
A defined rectangular area on the        range or radar contact.               cluster2 / grappe2
ground or water at the end of a          Related terms: air interception;      Group of bombs released
runway in the direction of take-off      broadcast-controlled air              together. A cluster usually
and under control of the                 interception; close control.          consists of fragmentation or
competent authority, selected or         01 Mar 1973                           incendiary bombs.
prepared as a suitable area over                                               01 Mar 1981
which an aircraft may make a             closed area / zone fermée
portion of its initial climb to a        A designated area in or over          cluster3 / grappe3
specified height.                        which passage of any kind is          Two or more parachutes for
01 Jul 1980                              prohibited.                           dropping light or heavy loads.
                                         Related terms: air surface zone;      01 Mar 1981
clear weather air defence                closed area; danger area;
fighter / chasseur de défense            prohibited area; restricted           cluster4 / grappe4
aérienne temps clair                     area1,2,3.                            In land mine warfare, a
A fighter aircraft with equipment        01 Mar 1973                           component of a pattern-laid
and weapons which enable it to                                                 minefield. It may be antitank, anti-
engage airborne targets by day           close support / appui                 personnel or mixed. It consists of
and by night, but in clear weather       rapproché                             one to five mines and no more
conditions only.                         CS                                    than one antitank mine.
Related terms: all weather air           That action of the supporting         01 Mar 1981
defence fighter; day air defence         force against targets or objectives
fighter; interceptor; fighter; fighter   which are sufficiently near the       cluster5 / grappe5
interceptor.                             supported force as to require         In minehunting, designates a
01 Oct 1984                              detailed integration or               group of mine-like contacts.
                                         coordination of the supporting        01 Mar 1981
climb mode / montée                      action with the fire, movement, or
automatique                              other actions of the supported        cluster6 / grappe6
In a flight control system, a            force.                                In naval mine warfare, a number
control mode in which aircraft           Related terms: cross-servicing;       of mines laid in close proximity to
climb is automatically controlled        mutual support; support.              each other as a pattern or
to a predetermined programme.            01 Mar 1973                           coherent unit. They may be of
01 Mar 1973                                                                    mixed types.
                                         close supporting fire / tir           01 Mar 1981
close air support / appui aérien         d'appui rapproché
rapproché                                Fire placed on enemy troops,          cluster7 / groupe énergétique
CAS                                      weapons, or positions which,          Two or more engines coupled
Air action against hostile targets       because of their proximity present    together so as to function as one
which are in close proximity to          the most immediate and serious        power unit.
friendly forces and which require        threat to the supported unit.         01 Mar 1981
detailed integration of each air          Related terms: fire3; supporting
mission with the fire and                fire.                                 cluster bomb unit / arme à
movement of those forces.                01 Mar 1973                           dispersion
Related terms: immediate air                                                   CBU
support; indirect air support; on        closure minefield / champ de          An expendable aircraft store
call mission; preplanned air             mines d'interdiction                  composed of a dispenser and
support; tactical air support.           In naval mine warfare, a minefield    submunitions.
01 Mar 1973                              which is planned to present such      Related terms: dispenser;
                                         a threat that water-borne shipping    submunition.
close control / contrôle serré           is prevented from moving.             04 Oct 2000
A form of aircraft mission control       Related term: minefield2.
in which the aircraft is                 01 Aug 1976                           coarse mine / mine coriace
continuously controlled for                                                    In naval mine warfare, a relatively
altitude, speed and heading, to a        cloud amount / couverture             insensitive influence mine.
position from which the mission          nuageuse                              Related term: mine2.
can be accomplished.                     cloud cover                           01 Nov 1975
Related terms: air interception;         The proportion of sky obscured
broadcast-controlled air                 by cloud, expressed as a fraction     coastal convoy / convoi côtier
interception; close-controlled air       of sky covered.                       A convoy whose voyage lies in
interception.                            01 Jul 1980                           general on the continental shelf
01 Nov 1990                                                                    and in coastal waters.
                                         cloud cover                           Related term: convoy1.
close-controlled air                     Preferred term: cloud amount.         01 Dec 1977
interception / interception
                                                1           1
aérienne en contrôle serré               cluster / grappe                      coastal refraction / réfraction
An interception in which the             Fireworks signal in which a group     côtière


                                                    2-C-6
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

land effect                           of converting intelligence             specifically defined location.
shore line effect                     requirements into collection           01 Jul 1980
The change of the direction of        requirements, establishing,
travel of a radio ground wave as it   tasking or coordinating with           column cover / couverture de
passes from land to sea or from       appropriate collection sources or      colonne
sea to land.                          agencies, monitoring results and       Cover of a column by aircraft in
Related term: shore line effect.      retasking, as required.                radio contact therewith, providing
01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: intelligence;           for its protection by
                                      intelligence cycle.                    reconnaissance and/or attack of
cocooning / coconisation              01 Nov 1990                            air or ground targets which
plastic spray packaging                                                      threaten the column.
An operation consisting in            collection plan / plan de              Related terms: airborne alert;
covering equipment with a             recherche                              alert2; concealment; coverage;
wrapping to protect it against the    CP                                     fighter cover; screen.
action of atmospheric factors.        A plan for collecting information      01 Mar 1973
01 Oct 2001                           from all available sources to meet
                                      intelligence requirements and for      column formation / formation
code word1 / mot-code1                transforming those requirements        en ligne de file
A word which has been assigned        into orders and requests to            A formation in which elements
a classification and a classified     appropriate agencies.                  are placed one behind the other.
meaning to safeguard intentions       Related terms: information;            Related terms: trail formation;
and information regarding a           information requirements;              transport stream.
classified plan or operation.         intelligence cycle.                    01 Mar 1973
01 Aug 1976                           01 Jul 1993
                                                                             column gap / créneau
code word2 / mot-code2                collective call sign / indicatif       The space between two
A cryptonym used to identify          d'appel collectif                      consecutive elements proceeding
sensitive intelligence data.          Any call sign which represents         on the same route. It can be
01 Aug 1976                           two or more facilities, commands,      calculated in units of length or in
                                      authorities, or units. The             units of time measured from the
collapse depth / immersion            collective call sign for any of        rear of one element to the front of
d'écrasement                          these includes the commander           the following element.
The design depth, referenced to       thereof and all subordinate            01 Dec 1979
the axis of the pressure hull,        commanders therein.
beyond which the hull structure or    Related terms: call sign; indefinite   column length / longueur
hull penetrations are presumed to     call sign; international call sign;    d'encombrement
suffer catastrophic failure to the    net call sign; tactical call sign;     The length of the roadway
point of total collapse.              visual call sign; voice call sign.     occupied by a column or a
01 Mar 1981                           01 Mar 1973                            convoy in movement.
                                                                             Related term: road space.
collateral damage / dommages          collective nuclear, biological         01 Oct 1980
collatéraux                           and chemical protection /
Inadvertent casualties and            protection nucléaire,                  combat air patrol / patrouille
destruction in civilian areas         biologique et chimique                 aérienne de combat
caused by military operations.        collective                             CAP
17 Jan 2005                           Protection provided to a group of      An aircraft patrol provided over an
                                      individuals in a nuclear, biological   objective area, the force protected,
collation / regroupement              and chemical environment which         the critical area of a combat zone,
In intelligence usage, a step in      permits relaxation of individual       or in an air defence area, for the
the processing phase of the           nuclear, biological and chemical       purpose of intercepting and
intelligence cycle in which the       protection.                            destroying hostile aircraft before
grouping together of related items    01 Apr 1982                            they reach their targets.
of information provides a record                                             Related terms: air defence area;
of events and facilitates further     collimating mark / repère de           bridgehead line; combat patrol;
processing.                           fond de chambre                        objective; objective area; offshore
Related term: intelligence cycle.     fiducial mark                          patrol; patrol; reconnaissance
01 Feb 1988                           An index mark, rigidly connected       patrol; standing patrol; target.
                                      with the camera body, which            04 Oct 2000
collection / recherche                forms an image on the negative.
Related term: intelligence cycle.     This image is used to determine        combat available aircraft /
01 Mar 1973                           the position of the optical centre     aéronef disponible pour le
                                      or principal point of the imagery.     combat
collection agency                     01 Mar 1973                            An aircraft capable of fulfilling its
Preferred term: agency.                                                      normally assigned mission. It will
                                      collocation / co-implantation          have its primary weapon system
collection management /               The physical placement of two or       serviceable but may require to be
gestion de la recherche               more detachments, units,               fuelled, armed or have combat
In intelligence usage, the process    organizations, or facilities at a      ready crews.


                                                2-C-7
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

Related term: combat ready             disseminate tactical information         and/or disruptive force which a
aircraft.                              for the use of the embarked flag         military unit/formation can apply
01 Dec 1993                            officer, commanding officer, and         against the opponent at a given
                                       certain control agencies. Certain        time.
combat chart / carte de combat         control, assistance and                  01 Aug 1974
A special naval chart, at a scale      coordination functions may be
of 1:50.000, designed for naval        delegated by command to the              combat readiness
fire support and close air support     combat information centre.               Preferred term: combat ready1,2.
during coastal or amphibious           Related term: air defence control
                                                                                               1
operations and showing detailed        centre.                                  combat ready / prêt au
                                                                                        1
hydrography and topography in          01 Mar 1973                              combat
the coastal belt.                                                               As applied to organizations or
Related terms: amphibious chart;       combat intelligence /                    equipment: available for combat
chart.                                 renseignement de combat                  operations.
01 Oct 1980                            That intelligence concerning the         09 Jan 1996
                                       enemy, weather, and
combat control team / équipe           geographical features required by        combat ready2 / prêt au
                                                                                         2
de guidage                             a commander in the planning and          combat
In air transport operations, a team    conduct of combat operations.            As applied to personnel: qualified
of specially trained personnel who     Related terms: combat                    to carry out combat operations in
can be airdropped to provide           information; intelligence; tactical      the unit to which they are
local air traffic control and to       intelligence.                            assigned.
advise on all aspects of landing,      01 Sep 1981                              09 Jan 1996
airdrop, and/or extraction zone
requirements.                          combat load / charge de                  combat ready aircraft / aéronef
01 Nov 1983                            combat                                   prêt au combat
                                       CL                                       A combat available aircraft which
combat day of supply /                 The total warlike stores carried by      is fuelled, armed and has a
approvisionnement d'un jour            an aircraft.                             combat ready aircrew available.
de combat                              Related terms: aircraft store; airlift   Related term: combat available
The total amount of supplies           capability; airlift requirement;         aircraft.
required to support one day of         load; payload1; transport                01 Dec 1993
combat, calculated by applying         capacity.
the intensity factor to a standard     22 Jun 2004                              combat search and rescue /
day of supply.                                                                  recherche et sauvetage de
Related terms: one day’s supply;       combat loading / chargement              combat
standard day of supply.                de combat                                CSAR
01 Mar 1973                            The arrangement of personnel             The detection, location,
                                       and the stowage of equipment             identification and rescue of
combat identification /                and supplies in a manner                 downed aircrew in hostile territory
identification au combat               designed to conform to the               in time of crisis or war and, when
The use of identification measures     anticipated tactical operation of        appropriate, isolated military
to reduce friendly fire and increase   the organization embarked. Each          personnel in distress, who are
the operational effectiveness of       individual item is stowed so that it     trained and equipped to receive
forces and weapon systems.             can be unloaded at the required          combat search and rescue
Related term: identification.          time.                                    support.
05 Sep 2007                            Related terms: embarkation;              Related term: search and rescue.
                                       loading; selective loading.              01 Oct 2003
combat information /
renseignement brut de combat           combat patrol / patrouille de            combat service support /
That frequently perishable data        combat                                   soutien logistique du combat
gathered in combat by, or              fighting patrol                          CSS
reported directly to, units which      For ground forces, a tactical unit       The support provided to combat
may be immediately used in             sent out from the main body to           forces, primarily in the fields of
battle or in assessing the             engage in independent fighting;          administration and logistics.
situation. Relevant data will          detachment assigned to protect           01 Dec 1974
simultaneously enter intelligence      the front, flank, or rear of the
reporting channels.                    main body by fighting if                 combat support / appui
Related term: combat intelligence.     necessary.                               tactique
01 Aug 1982                            Related terms: air defence area;         CS
                                       bridgehead line; combat air patrol;      Fire support and operational
combat information centre /            objective; objective area; offshore      assistance provided to combat
centre d'information de combat         patrol; patrol; reconnaissance           elements.
action information centre              patrol; standing patrol; target.         01 Nov 1994
CIC                                    01 Mar 1982
The agency in a ship or aircraft                                                combat survival / mesure de
manned and equipped to collect,        combat power / puissance de              survie en zone de combat
display, evaluate, and                 combat                                   Those measures to be taken by
                                       The total means of destructive

                                                 2-C-8
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

service personnel when                  activities, operations and             The authority vested in an
involuntarily separated from            organizations, in which elements       individual of the armed forces for
friendly forces in combat,              of more than one nation                the direction, coordination, and
including procedures relating to        participate.                           control of military forces.
individual survival, evasion,           Related terms: Allied joint            29 May 2002
escape, and conduct after               operation; combined joint
capture.                                operation; joint; multinational.       command2 / commandement2
01 Mar 1973                             16 Jul 1999                            An order given by a commander;
                                                                               that is, the will of the commander
combat zone1 / zone de                  combined airspeed indicator /          expressed for the purpose of
        1
combat                                  badin combiné                          bringing about a particular action.
CZ                                      An instrument which displays           29 May 2002
That area required by combat            both indicated airspeed and Mach
forces for the conduct of               number.                                command3 / commandement3
operations.                             01 Mar 1981                            A unit, group of units,
Related term: communication                                                    organization or area under the
zone.                                   combined force / force                 authority of a single individual.
01 Jul 1983                             multinationale                         29 May 2002
                                        A force composed of elements of
combat zone2 / zone de                  two or more nations.                   command4 / commander2
        2
combat                                  25 Sep 1998                            To dominate an area of situation.
CZ                                                                             29 May 2002
The territory forward of the army       combined influence mine
group rear boundary. It is divided      Preferred term: combination            command5 / commander1
into:                                   influence mine.                        To exercise command.
a. The forward combat zone,                                                    Related terms: administrative
comprising the territory forward of     combined joint operation /             control; full command; functional
the corps rear boundary.                opération interarmées                  command; national command;
b. The rear combat zone, usually        multinationale                         operational command.
comprising the territory between        An operation carried out by forces     29 May 2002
the corps rear boundary and the         of two or more nations, in which
army group rear boundary.               elements of at least two services      command and control
Related term: communication             participate.                           communication system /
zone.                                   Related terms: joint; multinational.   système de communication de
01 Jul 1983                             16 Jul 1999                            commandement et de contrôle
                                                                               C2CS
combination circuit / mise de           combined logistic support /            A communication system which
feu combinée                            soutien logistique                     conveys information between
Firing circuit actuated by two or       multinational                          military authorities for command
more influences received either         The pooling of specified               and control purposes.
simultaneously or at a                  resources by member nations for        29 May 2002
predetermined interval.                 use by NATO nations as decided
Related term: firing circuit.           by a coordinating authority.           command and control
25 Sep 1998                             Related terms: logistic                protection / protection du
                                        assistance; mutual aid;                commandement et du contrôle
combination firing circuit /            reallocation of resources;             The defensive aspect of
circuit combiné de mise de feu          reallocation authority.                command and control warfare
An assembly comprising two              01 Nov 1994                            aimed at preventing an adversary
independent firing systems, one                                                from influencing, degrading or
non-electric and one electric, so       combined operation / opération         destroying friendly command and
that the firing of either system will   interalliée                            control capabilities.
detonate all charges.                   An operation conducted by forces       Related terms: command and
Related term: dual firing circuit.      of two or more Allied nations          control warfare; counter-
01 Mar 1981                             acting together for the                command and control.
                                        accomplishment of a single             29 May 2002
combination influence mine /            mission.
mine à influences combinées             01 Mar 1973                            command and control system /
combined influence mine                                                        système de commandement et
A mine designed to actuate only         combustor / dispositif                 de contrôle
when two or more different              combustor                              C2S
influences are received either          A name generally assigned to the       An assembly of equipment,
simultaneously or in a                  combination of flame holder or         methods and procedures and, if
predetermined order.                    stabilizer, igniter, combustion        necessary, personnel, that
01 Nov 1994                             chamber, and injection system of       enables commanders and their
                                        a ramjet or gas turbine.               staffs to exercise command and
combined / multinational                01 Mar 1973                            control.
multinational                                                                  Related terms: communication and
Adjective used to describe              command1 / commandement1               information system;


                                                  2-C-9
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

communication system;                   01 Oct 2003                           staff perform their activities. In
information system; NATO                                                      combat, a unit's or subunit's
consultation.                           command ejection system /             headquarters is often divided into
14 Oct 2002                             système d'éjection                    echelons; the echelon in which the
                                        commandée                             unit or subunit commander is
command and control warfare /           Related terms: ejection system;       located or from which he operates
guerre du commandement et du            independent ejection system;          is called a command post.
contrôle                                sequenced ejection system.            01 Mar 1973
C2W                                     01 Mar 1981
The integrated use of all military                                            command post exercise /
capabilities including operations       commander / commandant                exercice de poste de
security, deception, psychological      COM                                   commandement
operations, electronic warfare and      Related terms: executing              CPX
physical destruction, supported by      commander; exercise                   An exercise in which the forces
all-source intelligence and             commander; national command;          are simulated, involving the
communication and information           national force commander;             commander, his staff, and
systems, to deny information to,        national territorial commander;       communications within and
influence, degrade or destroy an        releasing commander.                  between headquarters.
adversary’s command and control         01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: exercise; field
capabilities while protecting                                                 exercise.
friendly command and control            commander’s required date /           01 Nov 1983
capabilities against similar actions.   date exigée par le commandant
Related terms: command and              The latest date, calculated from G-   command select ejection
control protection; counter-            day, established by the theatre       system / système d'éjection à
command and control.                    commander, on which forces are        commande sélective
04 Oct 2000                             required to be complete in their      Related term: ejection systems.
                                        final destination and organized to    01 Mar 1981
command axis / axe de                   meet the commander’s operational
déplacement des postes de               requirement.                          commercial loading
commandement                            Related terms: designation of         Preferred term: administrative
A line along which a                    days and hours; D-day; E-day; G-      loading.
headquarters will move.                 day; H-hour; K-day; latest arrival
01 Mar 1973                             date.                                 commercial off-the-shelf /
                                        29 May 2002                           commercial sur étagère
command channel                                                               COTS
Preferred term: chain of                command guidance / guidage            Pertaining to a commercially
command.                                télécommandé                          marketed product which is readily
                                        A guidance system wherein             available for procurement and
command controlled stocks /             intelligence transmitted to the       normally used without
stocks contrôlés par un                 missile from an outside source        modification.
commandement                            causes the missile to traverse a      Related terms: government off-
Stocks which are placed at the          directed flight path.                 the-shelf; NATO off-the-shelf.
disposal of a designated NATO           01 Mar 1973                           01 Oct 2001
commander in order to provide
him with a flexibility with which to    command net / réseau de               commodity loading /
influence the battle logistically.      commandement                          chargement séparé par produit
"Placed at the disposal of" implies     A communication network which         A method of loading in which
responsibility for storage,             connects an echelon of command        various types of cargoes are
maintenance, accounting, rotation       with some or all of its subordinate   loaded together, such as
or turnover, physical security and      echelons for the purpose of           ammunition, rations, or boxed
subsequent transportation to a          command control.                      vehicles, in order that each
particular battle area.                 01 Mar 1973                           commodity can be discharged
01 Mar 1984                                                                   without disturbing the others.
                                        command of the sea / maîtrise         Related terms: allowable load;
command destruct signal /               de l’espace maritime                  block stowage loading; combat
signal de destruction                   The freedom to use the sea and to     loading; convoy loading;
télécommandé                            deny its use to an adversary in the   embarkation; horizontal loading;
A signal used to operate                sub-surface, surface and above-       loading; selective loading;
intentionally the destruction signal    water environments.                   selective unloading; unit loading;
in a missile.                           Related terms: sea control; sea       vertical loading.
01 Mar 1973                             denial.
                                        13 Dec 1999                           commonality / communité
command-detonated munition /                                                  The state achieved when the
munition télécommandée                  command post / poste de               same doctrine, procedures or
A munition that is deliberately         commandement                          equipment are used.
and remotely detonated by the           CP                                    Related terms: common user item;
person in control of that               A unit's or subunit's headquarters    compatibility; force
munition.                               where the commander and the           interoperability, interchangeability;


                                                 2-C-10
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

interoperability; military              A geographical reference point or
interoperability; standardization.      line at which merchant ships are      compartment marking /
[Approving authority(ies): NCS]         required to call the naval            marquage de soute
04 Oct 2000                             cooperation and guidance for          In an aircraft, a system of
                                        shipping organization in order to     marking a cabin into
common infrastructure /                 establish initial contact or to       compartments for the positioning
infrastructure commune                  update previous information.          of loads in accordance with the
Infrastructure essential to the         Related terms: merchant ship;         weight and balance requirements.
training of NATO forces or to the       naval cooperation and guidance        01 Mar 1973
implementation of NATO                  for shipping.
operational plans which, owing to       02 Mar 2007                           compass direction / direction
its degree of common use or                                                   de compas
interest and its compliance with        communications intelligence /         The horizontal direction
criteria laid down from time to         renseignement transmissions           expressed as an angular distance
time by the North Atlantic              COMINT                                measured clockwise from
Council, is commonly financed by        Intelligence derived from             compass north.
NATO members.                           electromagnetic communications        01 Mar 1973
Related terms: bilateral                and communication systems by
infrastructure; infrastructure;         other than intended recipients or     compass north / nord du
national infrastructure.                users.                                compas
01 Mar 1973                             01 Oct 2001                           The uncorrected direction
                                                                              indicated by the north seeking
common user item / article              communication system /                end of a compass needle.
d'usage commun                          système de communication              Related term: magnetic north.
An item of an interchangeable           An assembly of equipment,             01 Mar 1973
nature which is in common use           methods and procedures and, if
by two or more nations or               necessary, personnel, organized       compass rose / rose du
services of a nation.                   to accomplish information transfer    compas
Related terms: commonality;             functions.                            A graduated circle, usually
compatibility; force                    Notes:                                marked in degrees, indicating
interoperability, interchangeability;   1. A communication system             directions and printed or inscribed
interoperability; military              provides communication between        on an appropriate medium.
interoperability; standardization.      its users and may embrace             01 Mar 1973
01 Jul 1982                             transmission systems, switching
                                        systems and user systems.             compatibility / compatibilité
communication and                       2. A communication system may         The suitability of products,
information systems /                   also include storage or               processes or services for use
systèmes d'information et de            processing functions in support of    together under specific conditions
communication                           information transfer.                 to fulfil relevant requirements
CIS                                     Related terms: command and            without causing unacceptable
Collective term for communication       control systems; communication        interactions.
systems and information systems.        and information system;               Related terms: commonality;
Related terms: command and              information system; NATO              common user item; force
control systems; communication          consultation.                         interoperability; interchangeability;
system; information system;             29 May 2002                           interoperability; military
NATO consultation.                                                            interoperability; standardization.
29 May 2002                             communication zone / zone             [ISO/IEC Guide 2:1996]
                                        des communications                    [Approving authority(ies): NCS]
communication centre / centre           Rear part of a theatre of             04 Oct 2000
de communication                        operations (behind but
signal centre                           contiguous to the combat zone)        compilation / compilation
An organization responsible for         which contains the lines of           Selection, assembly, and graphic
handling and controlling                communications, establishments        presentation of all relevant
communications traffic, normally        for supply and evacuation, and        information required for the
comprising a message centre, a          other agencies required for the       preparation of a map or chart.
cryptographic centre, and               immediate support and                 Such information may be derived
transmitting and receiving              maintenance of the field forces.      from other maps or charts or from
stations.                               Related term: combat zone1,2.         other sources.
Note: Transmitting and receiving        01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973
stations are not normally located
in the communication centre but         comparative cover / couverture        compilation diagram / carton
the remote controls for these           de comparaison                        des références
facilities are located there.           Coverage of the same area or          A diagram giving details of the
01 Oct 2003                             object taken at different times, to   source material from which the
                                        show any changes in details.          map or chart has been compiled;
communication reporting gate /          Related terms: airborne alert;        this does not necessarily include
seuil de compte rendu                   column cover; concealment;            reliability information.
CRG                                     fighter cover; screen.                Related terms: information box;
                                        13 Dec 1999

                                                 2-C-11
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

reference box; reliability diagram.   commandant de composante2              informatique
01 Mar 1973                           CC                                     CNE
                                      A designated commander                 Action taken to make use of a
complete round / coup complet         responsible for the planning and       computer or computer network,
Ammunition which contains all         conduct of a maritime, land, air,      as well as the information hosted
the components necessary for it       special or other operation as part     therein, in order to gain
to function.                          of a joint force.                      advantage.
01 Sep 1981                           29 May 2002                            17 Jan 2005

component / composant                 component life / durée de vie          concealment / dissimulation
In logistics, a part or combination   d'un composant                         The protection from observation
of parts, having a specific           The period of normal usage of a        or surveillance.
function, which can be installed or   component after which the              Related terms: airborne alert;
replaced only as an entity.           likelihood of failure sharply          column cover; coverage; fighter
Related terms: assembly; base;        increases.                             cover; screen.
deployment operating base;            04 Oct 2000                            01 Nov 1975
emergency fleet operating base;
equipment; establishment1; part;      compound helicopter /                  concentrated fire1 / tir de
                                                                                             1
sub-assembly; supplies; unit          hélicoptère hybride                    concentration
equipment.                            A helicopter with an auxiliary         The fire of the batteries of two or
01 Mar 1992                           propulsion system which provides       more ships directed against a
                                      thrust in excess of that which the     single target.
                         1
component command /                   rotor alone could produce,             01 Mar 1973
commandement de                       thereby permitting increased
               1
composante                            forward speeds; wings may or           concentrated fire2 / tir de
                                                                                             2
CC                                    may not be provided to reduce          concentration
In the NATO military command          the lift required from the rotor       Fire from a number of weapons
structure, a third-level command      system.                                directed at a single point or small
organization with specific air,       01 Dec 1976                            area.
maritime or land capabilities that                                           01 Mar 1973
is responsible for operational        compression chamber
planning and conduct of               CC                                     concentration area1 / zone de
                                                                                            1
subordinate operations as             Preferred term: hyperbaric             concentration
directed by the NATO                  chamber.                               An area, usually in the theatre of
commander.                                                                   operations, where troops are
Related terms: component              compromised / compromis                assembled before beginning
             1
commander ; NATO strategic            A term applied to classified           active operations.
commander.                            matter, knowledge of which has,        01 Mar 1973
15 Jan 2008                           in whole or in part, passed to an
                         2
                                      unauthorized person or persons,        concentration area2 / zone de
component command /                                                                           2
                                      or which has been subject to risk      concentration
commandement de                       of such passing.                       A limited area on which a volume
              2
composante                            01 Mar 1973                            of gunfire is placed within a
CC                                                                           limited time.
A functional component                computed air release point /           01 Mar 1973
command or service component          point de largage calculé
command responsible for the           CARP                                   concept / concept
planning and conduct of a             A computed air position where          A notion or statement of an idea,
maritime, land, air, special or       the first paratroop or cargo item is   expressing how something might
other operation as part of a joint    released to land on a specified        be done or accomplished, that
force.                                impact point.                          may lead to an accepted
Related term: component               Related term: release point.           procedure.
commander2.                           01 Mar 1973                            01 Nov 1983
14 Oct 2002
                                      computer network attack /              concept of operations /
component commander1 /                attaque de réseau informatique         concept de l'opération
                                 1
commandant de composante              Action taken to disrupt, deny,         A clear and concise statement of
CC                                    degrade or destroy information         the line of action chosen by a
A single-service or functional        resident in a computer and/or          commander in order to
component commander at the            computer network, or the               accomplish his mission.
third level of the NATO military      computer and/or computer               01 Mar 1982
command structure.                    network itself.
Related terms: component              Note: A computer network attack        conduct of operations /
command1; NATO strategic              is a type of cyber attack.             conduite des opérations
commander.                            17 Jan 2005                            The art of directing, coordinating,
29 May 2002                                                                  controlling and adjusting the
                   2
                                      computer network exploitation /        actions of forces to achieve
component commander /                 exploitation de réseau                 specific objectives.


                                               2-C-12
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

14 Oct 2002                            monitor readiness of, and/or
                                       control specific functions of, a      contact lost / contact perdu
cone of silence / cône de              system, such as missiles check-       A target tracking term used to
silence                                out, countdown, or launch             signify that a target believed to be
An inverted cone-shaped space          operations.                           still within sensor coverage is
directly over the aerial towers of     01 Mar 1973                           temporarily lost but the
some forms of radio beacons in                                               termination of track plotting is not
which signals are unheard or           consolidation of position /           warranted.
greatly reduced in volume.             organisation d'une position           09 Jan 1996
Related terms: beacon; fan             conquise
marker beacon; radio beacon; Z-        Organizing and strengthening a        contact mine / mine à contact
marker beacon.                         newly captured position so that it    A mine detonated by physical
01 Mar 1973                            can be used against the enemy.        contact.
                                       01 Mar 1973                           Related term: mine.
conflict prevention / prévention                                             01 Mar 1977
des conflits                           constant of the cone /
A peace support operation              constante du cône                     contact point1 / point de
                                                                                       1
employing complementary                For Lambert Conical                   jonction
diplomatic, civil, and - when          Orthomorphic projection.              In land warfare, a point on the
necessary - military means, to         01 Mar 1973                           terrain, easily identifiable, where
monitor and identify the causes of                                           two or more units are required to
conflict, and take timely action to    consultation / consultation           make contact.
prevent the occurrence,                The exchange of views and the         Related terms: checkpoint1;
                                                                                           3
escalation, or resumption of           conduct of deliberations amongst      control point ; coordinating point.
hostilities.                           the highest authorities of the        01 Dec 1976
Related terms: peacebuilding;          Alliance and member nations
peace enforcement;                     aiming at harmonizing positions       contact point2 / point de
                                                                                       2
peacekeeping; peacemaking;             and formulating recommendations       jonction
peace support operation; peace         on issues of common concern.          In air operations, the position at
support force.                         Note: Consultation may involve        which a mission leader makes
14 Oct 2002                            international organizations,          radio contact with an air control
                                       Partner nations and, as required,     agency.
confusion reflector / réflecteur       other non-NATO nations.               Related terms: control point2;
A reflector of electromagnetic         01 Oct 2001                           coordinating point; pull-up point;
radiations used to create echoes                                             turn-in point.
for confusion purposes. Radar          consultation, command and             01 Dec 1976
confusion reflectors include such      control systems
devices as chaff, rope and corner      Preferred term: NATO                  contact print / tirage contact
reflectors.                            consultation, command and             A print made from a negative or a
01 Mar 1973                            control systems.                      diapositive in direct contact with
                                                                             sensitized material.
connecting route / itinéraire de       consumer logistics / logistique       01 Mar 1973
raccordement                           de consommation
A route connecting axial and/or        That part of logistics concerning     contact report / compte rendu
lateral routes.                        the reception, storage, transport,    de contact
Related terms: axial route;            maintenance and disposal of           amplifying report
controlled route; despatch route;      materiel, as well as the provision    initial contact report
diversion; double flow route;          of support and services.              A report indicating any detection
lateral route; limited access route;   Related terms: acceptance trial;      of the enemy.
main supply route; open route;         production logistics.                 01 Dec 1979
reserved route; route; route           22 Jun 2004
classification; single flow route;                                           contain / contenir
supervised route.                      consumption rate / taux de            To stop, hold, or surround the
01 Jun 1978                            consommation                          forces of the enemy or to cause
                                       The average quantity of an item       the enemy to centre his activity
console1 / console                     consumed or expended during a         on a given front and to prevent
A long-range radio aid to              given time interval, expressed in     his withdrawing any part of his
navigation, the emissions of           quantities by the most                forces for use elsewhere.
which, by means of their radio         appropriate unit of measurement       01 Mar 1973
frequency modulation                   per applicable stated basis.
characteristics, enable bearings       01 Mar 1973                           container anchorage terminal /
to be determinate.                                                           terminal de mouillage pour
01 Mar 1973                            contact / contact                     conteneurs
         2
                                       Any discrete airborne, surface or     A sheltered anchorage (not a
console / pupitre de                   subsurface object detected by         port) with the appropriate facilities
commande                               electronic, acoustic, and/or visual   for the transshipment of
A grouping of controls, indicators,    sensors.                              containerized cargo from
and similar electronic or              16 Jul 1996                           containerships to other vessels.
mechanical equipment, used to

                                                2-C-13
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

01 Jun 1978                              rapidly as possible consistent         A line on a map or chart
                                         with accuracy within the               connecting points of equal
contamination / contamination            prescribed maximum rate of fire        elevation.
The deposit, absorption or               for the weapon.                        01 Mar 1973
adsorption of radioactive material       09 Jan 1996
or of biological or chemical                                                    control1 / contrôle
agents on or by structures, areas,       continuous illumination fire / tir     That authority exercised by a
personnel or objects.                    éclairant continu                      commander over part of the
Related terms: induced radiation;        A type of fire in which illuminating   activities of subordinate
initial radiation; residual radiation.   projectiles are fired at specified     organizations, or other
01 Nov 1994                              time intervals to provide              organizations not normally under
                                         uninterrupted lighting on the          his command, which
contamination control /                  target or specified area.              encompasses the responsibility
contrôle de contamination                Related term: coordinated              for implementing orders or
Procedures to avoid, reduce,             illumination fire.                     directives. All or part of this
remove or render harmless,               01 Mar 1973                            authority may be transferred or
temporarily or permanently,                                                     delegated.
nuclear, biological and chemical         continuously-computed                  01 Sep 1981
contamination for the purpose of         release point / calcul continu
maintaining or enhancing the             du point de largage                    control2 / réseau de points de
efficient conduct of military            CCRP                                   contrôle
operations.                              Solution of the weapon delivery        In mapping, charting and
01 Mar 1981                              release point by continuous            photogrammetry, a collective
                                         prediction of the release point for    term for a system of marks or
contamination control line /             a given set of ballistics, altitudes   objects on the earth or on a map
ligne de contrôle de                     and airspeeds.                         or a photograph, whose positions
contamination                            01 Nov 1975                            or elevations, or both, have been
A line established by competent                                                 or will be determined.
authority identifying the area           continuous processor /                 Related terms: administrative
contaminated to a specific level of      machine à traitement continu           control; command; full command;
the contaminant of interest.             Equipment which processes film         operational comman; operational
01 Mar 1973                              or paper in continuous strips.         control; operational control;
                                         01 Mar 1973                            tactical control.
contamination control point /                                                   01 Sep 1981
point de contrôle de                     continuous strip camera /
contamination                            appareil photographique à              control and reporting centre /
That portion of the contamination        défilement continu                     centre de détection et de
control line used by personnel to        A camera in which the film moves       contrôle
control entry to and exit from the       continuously past a slit in the        CRC
contaminated area.                       focal plane, producing a               A subordinate air control element
01 Mar 1973                              photograph in one unbroken             of the tactical air control centre
                                         length by virtue of the continuous     from which radar control and
contingency plan / plan de               forward motion of the aircraft.        warning operations are
circonstance                             01 Mar 1973                            conducted within its area of
CONPLAN                                                                         responsibility.
A plan which is developed for            continuous strip imagery /             Related term: air control.
possible operations where the            bande d'image continue                 01 Mar 1973
planning factors have been               Imagery of a strip of terrain in
identified or can be assumed.            which the image remains                control and reporting system /
This plan is produced in as much         unbroken throughout its length,        réseau de détection et de
detail as possible, including the        along the line of flight.              contrôle
resources needed and                     01 Aug 1976                            CRS
deployment options, as a basis                                                  An organization set up for:
for subsequent planning.                 continuous strip photography /         a. early warning, tracking, and
25 Sep 1998                              photographie en défilement             recognition of aircraft and
                                         continu                                tracking of surface craft, and
continuous fire1 / tir continu1          Photography of a strip of terrain      b. control of all active air
Fire conducted at a normal rate          in which the image remains             defences. It consists primarily of
without interruption for application     unbroken throughout its length,        a chain of radar reporting stations
of adjustment corrections or for         along the line of flight.              and control centres and an
other reasons.                           01 Mar 1973                            observer organization, together
09 Jan 1996                                                                     with the necessary
                                         contour interval / équidistance        communication network.
continuous fire2 / tir continu2          Difference in elevation between        01 Mar 1973
In artillery and naval fire support,     two adjacent contour lines.
the procedural term used to order        01 Mar 1973                            control area / région de
the guns to load and to fire at a                                               contrôle
specified time interval or as            contour line / courbe de niveau        A controlled airspace extending


                                                  2-C-14
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

upwards from a specified limit          01 Mar 1973                             at which men are stationed to
above the earth.                                                                give information and instructions
Related terms: air control; air         controlled item                         for the regulation of supply or
controller; air traffic control         Preferred term: regulated item.         traffic.
centre; airway; area control                                                    Related terms: contact point1;
centre; control and reporting           controlled mosaic / mosaïque            field control.
centre; control zone; controlled        contrôlée                               01 Mar 1973
airspace; interceptor controller;       A mosaic corrected for scale,
tactical air controller; tactical air   rectified and laid to ground            control zone / zone de contrôle
control centre; terminal control        control to provide an accurate          CTZ
area.                                   representation of distances and         A controlled airspace extending
01 Jul 1980                             direction.                              upwards from the surface of the
                                        Related terms: mosaic;                  earth to a specified upper limit.
controllable mine / mine                rectification.                          Related terms: air control; airway;
contrôlable                             01 Mar 1973                             control area; controlled airspace;
A mine which after laying can be                                                terminal control area.
controlled by the user, to the          controlled passing /                    01 Jul 1980
extent of making the mine safe or       croisement contrôlé
live, or to fire the mine.              A traffic movement procedure            conventional weapon / arme
Related term: mine.                     whereby two lines of traffic            classique
01 Nov 1991                             travelling in opposite directions       A weapon which is neither
                                        are enabled to traverse                 nuclear, biological nor chemical.
controlled airspace / espace            alternately a point or section of       01 Mar 1979
aérien contrôlé                         route which can take only one
An airspace of defined                  line of traffic at a time.              converge / en convergence
dimensions within which air traffic     01 Mar 1973                             In artillery and naval fire support,
control service is provided to                                                  a command or request used in a
controlled flights.                     controlled port / port contrôlé         call for fire to indicate that the
Related terms: air control; control     A harbour or anchorage at which         observer/spotter desires the
area; control zone; terminal            entry and departure, assignment         planes of fire to intersect at a
control area.                           of berths, and traffic within the       point.
01 Mar 1973                             harbour or anchorage are                01 Mar 1982
                                        controlled by military authorities.
controlled dangerous air cargo          01 Mar 1973                             convergence / convergence
/ cargaison aérienne                                                            Related terms: convergence
dangereuse contrôlée                    controlled route / itinéraire           factor; grid convergence; grid
Cargo which is regarded as highly       réglementé                              convergence factor; map
dangerous and which may only            A route, the use of which is            convergence; true convergence.
be carried by cargo aircraft            subject to traffic or movement          01 Mar 1973
operating within specific safety        restrictions, which may be
regulations.                            supervised.                             convergence factor / facteur de
Related terms: cargo; dangerous         Related term: route.                    convergence
cargo; essential supply; general        01 Jun 1984                             The ratio of the angle between
air cargo; immediately vital cargo;                                             any two meridians on the chart to
restricted dangerous air cargo;         control point1 / point de               their actual change of longitude.
unwanted cargo; valuable cargo.                    3
                                        référence                               Related terms: convergence; grid
01 Jul 1982                             A point located by ground survey        convergence; grid convergence
                                        with which a corresponding point        factor; map convergence; true
controlled exercise / exercice          on a photograph is matched as a         convergence.
dirigé                                  check, in marking mosaics.              01 Mar 1973
An exercise characterized by the        Related terms: contact point1;
imposition of constraints on some       field control; ground control.          conversion angle / angle de
or all of the participating units by    01 Mar 1973                             conversion
planning authorities with the                                                   The angle between a great circle
                                                        2
principal intention of provoking        control point / point repère            (orthodromic) bearing and a
types of interaction.                   A position marked by a buoy,            rhumb line (loxodromic) bearing
Related term: free play exercise.       boat, aircraft, electronic device,      of a point, measured at a
01 Aug 1976                             conspicuous terrain feature, or         common origin.
                                        other identifiable object which is      01 Mar 1973
controlled interception /               given a name or number and
interception aérienne contrôlée         used as an aid to navigation or         conversion scale / échelle de
An aircraft intercept action            control of ships, boats, or aircraft.   conversion
wherein the friendly aircraft are       Related term: contact point2.           A scale indicating the relationship
controlled from a ground, ship, or      01 Mar 1973                             between two different units of
airborne station.                                                               measurement.
                                                       3
Related terms: air interception;        control point / poste de                Related terms: bar scale; graphic
broadcast controlled air                contrôle                                scale; photographic scale;
interception; close controlled air      A position along a route of march       principal scale.
interception.                                                                   01 Mar 1973

                                                 2-C-15
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

                                                                           Those ships of the close escort
convoy1 / convoi1                     convoy joiner                        which normally remain with the
A number of merchant ships or         Preferred term: joiner.              convoy from its port of assembly
naval auxiliaries, or both, usually                                        to its port of arrival.
escorted by warships and/or           convoy leaver                        Related term: naval augmentation
aircraft, or a single merchant ship   Preferred term: leaver.              group.
or naval auxiliary under surface                                           01 Mar 1973
escort, assembled and organized       convoy loading / chargement
for the purpose of passage            par convoi                           convoy title / baptême de
together.                             The loading of troop units with      convoi
Related terms: coastal convoy;        their equipment and supplies in      A combination of letters and
evacuation convoy; naval              vessels of the same movement         numbers that gives the port of
supervision of merchant ships;        group, but not necessarily in the    departure and arrival, speed, and
ocean convoy.                         same vessel.                         serial number of each convoy.
01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: allowable load;       01 Oct 1978
                                      block stowage loading; combat
convoy2 / convoi2                     loading; commodity loading;          coordinated attack / attaque
A group of vehicles organized for     embarkation; horizontal loading;     coordonnée
the purpose of control and orderly    loading; selective loading;          A carefully, planned and
movement with or without escort       selective unloading; unit loading;   executed offensive action in
protection.                           vertical loading.                    which the various elements of a
01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973                          command are employed in such a
                                                                           manner as to utilize their powers
convoy assembly port / port de        convoy route / route de convoi       to the greatest advantage to the
rassemblement de convois              The specific route assigned to       command as a whole.
A port from which convoys,            each convoy by the appropriate       01 Mar 1973
whether ocean going or coastal,       routing authority.
sail.                                 01 Mar 1973                          coordinated draft plan / projet
01 Mar 1973                                                                de plan coordonné
                                      convoy schedule / plan de            A plan for which a draft plan has
convoy commodore /                    convois                              been coordinated with the nations
commodore de convoi                   Planned convoy sailings showing      involved. It may be used for
A naval officer, or master of one     the shipping lanes, assembly,        future planning and exercises and
of the ships in a convoy,             and terminal areas, scheduled        may be implemented during an
designated to command the             speed, and sailing interval.         emergency.
convoy, subject to the orders of      01 Mar 1979                          Related terms: draft plan; final
the officer in tactical command. If                                        plan; initial draft plan; operation
no surface escort is present, he      convoy speed / vitesse de            plan.
takes entire command.                 convoi                               01 Mar 1979
01 Dec 1974                           For ships, the speed which the
                                      convoy commodore orders the          coordinated illumination fire /
convoy dispersal point / point        guide of the convoy to make good     tir éclairant coordonné
de dislocation d'un convoi            through the water.                   A type of fire in which the firing of
The position at sea where a           Related terms: critical speed;       illuminating and high-explosive
convoy breaks up, each ship           declared speed; endurance            projectiles is coordinated to
proceeding independently              speed; hypersonic; maximum           provide illumination of the target
thereafter.                           sustained; pace; pace setter; rate   and surrounding area only at the
Related terms: circular error         of march; scheduled speed;           time required for spotting and
probable; delivery error;             speed of advance; speed of           adjusting the fire.
dispersion error; disposition2;       sound; transonic.                    Related term: continuous
horizontal error.                     01 Mar 1973                          illumination fire.
01 Jun 1978                                                                04 Oct 2000
                                      convoy terminal area / zone
                1
convoy escort / escorte de            terminale de convoi                  coordinates / coordonnées
       1
convoi                                A geographical area, designated      Linear or angular quantities which
A naval ship(s) or aircraft in        by the name of a port or             designate the position that a point
company with a convoy and             anchorage on which it is centred,    occupies in a given reference
responsible for its protection.       at which convoys or sections of      frame or system. Also used as a
Related term: escort1,2.              convoys arrive and from which        general term to designate the
01 Mar 1979                           they will be dispersed to coastal    particular kind of reference frame
                                      convoy systems or as                 or system such as plane
convoy escort2/ escorte de            independents to their final          rectangular coordinates or
       2
convoi                                destination.                         spherical coordinates.
An escort to protect a convoy of      01 Dec 1979                          Related terms: cartesian
vehicles from being scattered,                                             coordinates; geographic
destroyed or captured.                convoy through escort /              coordinates; georef; grid
Related term: escort1,3.              escorte de bout en bout de           coordinates; grid coordinate
01 Mar 1979                           convoi                               system.
                                                                           01 Mar 1973

                                               2-C-16
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

                                      produces a radar return of greater     An air operation directed against
coordinating authority /              magnitude than might be                the enemy's air offensive and
autorité de coordination              expected from the physical size        defensive capability in order to
CA                                    of the object.                         attain and maintain a desired
The authority granted to a            01 Jul 1980                            degree of air superiority.
commander or individual                                                      01 Aug 1979
assigned responsibility for           corps
coordinating specific functions or    Preferred term: army corps.            counter-attack / contre-attaque
activities involving forces of two                                           Attack by a part or all of a
or more countries or commands,        corps troops / élément                 defending force against an
or two or more services or two or     organique de corps d'armée             enemy attacking force, for such
more forces of the same service.      Troops assigned or attached to a       specific purposes as regaining
He has the authority to require       corps, but not a part of one of the    ground lost or cutting off or
consultation between the              divisions that make up the corps.      destroying enemy advance units,
agencies involved or their            01 Mar 1973                            and with the general objective of
representatives, but does not                                                denying to the enemy the
have the authority to compel          corrective maintenance /               attainment of his purpose in
agreement. In case of                 maintenance corrective                 attacking. In sustained defensive
disagreement between the              Maintenance carried out after          operations, it is undertaken to
agencies involved, he should          fault recognition and intended to      restore the battle position and is
attempt to obtain essential           restore equipment to a state in        directed at limited objectives.
agreement by discussion. In the       which it can perform a required        Related term: countermove.
event he is unable to obtain          function.                              01 Jan 1960
essential agreement he shall          Related terms: examination;
refer the matter to the appropriate   maintenance1; planned                  counterbattery fire / tir de
authority.                            maintenance; prevenntive               contrebatterie
01 Jul 1985                           maintenance.                           Fire delivered for the purpose of
                                      01 Oct 2001                            destroying or neutralizing the
coordinating commander /                                                     enemy's fire support system.
commandant coordonnateur              correlation / corrélation              Note: Counterbattery fire can be
In nuclear warfare, the regional      In air defence, the determination      either proactive or reactive.
commander who coordinates the         that an aircraft appearing on a        29 May 2002
activities of nuclear delivery and    detection or display device or
supporting units.                     visually, is the same as that on       counter-command and control
Related terms: commander(s);          which information is being             / contre commandement et
executing commander.                  received from another source.          contrôle
09 Jan 1996                           02 May 1995                            The offensive aspect of
                                                                             command and control warfare
coordinating point / point de         correlation factor / facteur de        aimed at denying an adversary
coordination                          corrélation                            the effective use of his command
Designated point at which, in all     restitution factor                     and control capabilities by
types of combat, adjacent             The ratio of a ground dose rate        influencing, degrading or
units/formations must make            reading to a reading taken at          destroying them.
contact for purposes of control       approximately the same time at         Related terms: command and
and coordination.                     survey height over the same point      control protection; command and
Related term: contact point1,2.       on the ground.                         control warfare.
01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973                            29 May 2002

copy negative / copie négative1       counter-aggression / contre-           counter-espionage / contre-
A negative produced from an           agression                              espionnage
original not necessarily at the       CA                                     Action designed to detect and
same scale.                           A stage of the NATO                    counteract espionage.
01 Dec 1974                           Precautionary System marking the       Related term: counter-
                                      transition from a condition of         intelligence.
corner reflector1 / réflecteur        preparation and development of         01 Mar 1981
polyédrique                           readiness to one of authorization
A device, normally consisting of      for the employment of NATO             counterfire / tir contre armes à
three metallic surfaces or screens    forces against a nation, or nations,   feu
perpendicular to one another,         and against forces which are           Fire intended to destroy or
designed to act as a radar target     conducting or actively supporting      neutralize enemy weapons.
or marker.                            aggression against NATO territory      Related term: fire.
01 Jul 1980                           and/or forces.                         01 Mar 1973
                                      01 Oct 2001
corner reflector2 / réflecteur à                                             counter-guerrilla warfare / lutte
écho renforcé                         counter-air operation /                antiguérilla
In radar interpretation, an object    opération de supériorité               Operations and activities
which, by means of multiple           aérienne                               conducted by armed forces,
reflections from smooth surfaces,     CAO                                    paramilitary forces, or non-military


                                               2-C-17
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

agencies against guerrillas.          01 Mar 1982
01 Nov 1990                                                                 course of action / mode d'action
                                      counterpreparation fire / tir de      COA
counter-insurgency / mesure           contre-préparation                    In the estimate process, an option
anti-insurrectionnelle                Intensive prearranged fire            that will accomplish or contribute
Those military, paramilitary,         delivered when the imminence of       to the accomplishment of a
political, economic, psychological,   the enemy attack is discovered.       mission or task, and from which a
and civic actions taken to defeat     01 Mar 1973                           detailed plan is developed.
insurgency.                                                                 Related term: estimate of the
01 Mar 1973                           counter-sabotage / contre-            situation.
                                      sabotage                              29 May 2002
counter-intelligence / contre-        Action designed to detect and
ingérence                             counteract sabotage.                  cover1 / couverture1
CI                                    Related term: counter-                The action by land, air, or sea
Those activities which are            intelligence.                         forces to protect by offence,
concerned with identifying and        01 Mar 1981                           defence, or threat of either or
counteracting the threat to                                                 both.
security posed by hostile             countersign / signal                  Related terms: airborne alert;
intelligence services or              d'identification convenu              column cover; comparative cover;
organizations or by individuals       A secret challenge and its reply.     concealment; fighter cover.
engaged in espionage, sabotage,       Related terms: challenge;
subversion or terrorism.              password; reply.                      cover2 / couverture2
Related terms: clandestine            01 Mar 1973                           Those measures necessary to
operation; counter-espionage;                                               give protection to a person, plan,
counter-sabotage; counter-            counter-subversion / contre-          operation, formation or
subversion; operations security;      subversion                            installation from the enemy
protective security; security1,2,3;   Action designed to detect and         intelligence effort and leakage of
security intelligence; tactical       counteract subversion.                information.
security.                             Related terms: counter-               01 Mar 1981
01 Jul 1980                           intelligence; subversion.
                                      01 Mar 1981                           cover3 / veille radio
countermarker / bâtiment en                                                 The act of maintaining a
contre-marquage                       countersurveillance / contre-         continuous receiver watch with
In naval operations, a unit           surveillance                          transmitter calibrated and
maintaining contact on a marker       All measures, active or passive,      available, but not necessarily
from a position which enables it      taken to counteract hostile           available for immediate use.
to counter the threat presented by    surveillance.                         01 Mar 1981
the marker.                           Related term: air surveillance.
01 Oct 2001                           01 Sep 1981                           cover4 / abri
                                                                            Shelter or protection, either
countermine / contre-miner            counterterrorism / contre-            natural or artificial.
To explode the main charge in a       terrorisme                            01 Mar 1981
mine by the shock of a nearby         CT
explosion of another mine or          All offensive measures taken to       coverage / couverture3
independent explosive charge.         neutralize terrorism before and       The ground area represented on
The explosion of the main charge      after hostile acts are carried out.   imagery, photomaps, mosaics,
may be caused either by               Note: Such measures include           maps, and other geographical
sympathetic detonation or             those counterforce activities         presentation systems.
through the explosive train and/or    justified for the defence of          Related terms: airborne alert;
firing mechanism of the mine.         individuals as well as                column cover; concealment;
Related term: mine.                   containment measures                  fighter cover; screen.
01 Sep 2003                           implemented by military forces or     01 Mar 1981
                                      civilian organizations.
countermine operation /               Related term: anti-terrorism.         covering fire1 / tir de
                                                                                       1
opération de contreminage             01 Oct 2003                           protection
In land mine warfare, an                                                    Fire used to protect troops when
operation to reduce or eliminate      country cover diagram /               they are within range of enemy
the effects of mines or minefields.   schéma de surface couverte1           small arms.
Related terms: demining;              A small scale index, by country,      01 Mar 1973
proofing.                             depicting the existence of air
14 Oct 2002                           photography for planning              covering fire2 / tir de
                                                                                       2
                                      purposes only.                        protection
countermove / contre-                 01 Dec 1974                           In amphibious usage, fire
mouvement                                                                   delivered prior to the landing to
An operation undertaken in            course / route à suivre               cover preparatory operations
reaction to or in anticipation of a   The intended direction of             such as underwater demolition or
move by the enemy.                    movement in the horizontal plane.     minesweeping.
Related term: counter-attack.         01 Oct 1978                           01 Mar 1973


                                               2-C-18
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

                                      locator beacon; fan marker              altitude; altitude datum;
covering force1 / force de            beacon; localizer; meaconing;           barometric altitude; calibrated
couverture                            personal locator beacon; radio          altitude; cruising altitude; cruising
A force operating apart from the      beacon; submarine locator               level; datum level; drop altitude;
main force for the purpose of         acoustic beacon; Z marker               drop height; elevation; height1;
intercepting, engaging, delaying,     beacon.                                 high altitude; minimum safe
disorganizing and deceiving the       01 Jul 1987                             altitude; pressure-altitude;
enemy before he can attack the                                                transition altitude; transition level.
force covered.                        cratering charge / charge               01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                           enterrée
                                      A charge placed at an adequate          critical item / article critique
covering force2 / force de            depth to produce a crater.              An item, the lack or failure of
sécurité                              Related term: charge2.                  which would cause the loss of a
covering troops                       01 Mar 1979                             mission-essential operational
Any body or detachment of troops                                              capability.
which provides security for a         creeping mine / mine rampante           Related terms: controlled item;
larger force by observation,          In naval mine warfare, a buoyant        critical supplies and matériel;
reconnaissance, attack, or            mine held below the surface by a        regulated item.
defence, or by any combination of     weight, usually in the form of a        01 Jul 1993
these methods.                        chain, which is free to creep
01 Mar 1973                           along the seabed under the              critical speed / allure vibratoire
                                      influence of stream or current.         A speed or range of speeds
covering force area / zone des        Related term: mine.                     which a ship cannot sustain due
forces de couverture                                                          to vibration or other similar
The area forward of the forward       crest / masque                          phenomena.
edge of the battle area out to the    A terrain feature of such altitude      Related terms: convoy speed;
forward positions initially           that it restricts fire or observation   declared speed; endurance
assigned to the covering forces. It   in an area beyond, resulting in         speed; hypersonic; maximum
is here that the covering forces      dead space, or limiting the             sustained; pace; pace setter; rate
execute assigned tasks.               minimum elevation, or both.             of march; scheduled speed;
01 Jul 1983                           01 Aug 1976                             speed of advance; speed of
                                                                              sound; transonic.
covering troops                       crested / masqué                        01 Jun 1978
Preferred term: covering force.       In artillery and naval fire support,
                                      a report which indicates that           critical supplies and matériel /
cover search / recherche de           engagement of a target or               approvisionnement critique
couverture                            observation of an area is not           Those supplies vital to the
In air photographic                   possible because of an obstacle         support of operations, which
reconnaissance, the process of        or intervening crest.                   owing to various causes are in
selection of the most suitable        01 Mar 1977                             short supply or are expected to
existing cover for a specific                                                 be in short supply.
requirement.                          crisis management / gestion             Related terms: controlled item;
01 Mar 1973                           des crises                              critical item; regulated item.
                                      CM                                      01 Oct 1992
covertrace / calque de surface        The coordinated actions taken to
couverte                              defuse crises, prevent their            crossing area / zone de
One of a series of overlays           escalation into an armed conflict       franchissement
showing all air reconnaissance        and contain hostilities if they         A number of adjacent crossing
sorties covering the map sheet to     should result.                          sites under the control of one
which the overlays refer.             02 May1995                              commander.
01 Feb 1974                                                                   01 Dec 1977
                                      crisis response shipping /
crab angle / angle de dérive          transport maritime de crise             cross-servicing / services
The angle between the aircraft        All shipping employed in support        mutuels
track or flight line and the fore     of allied military operations,          That servicing performed by one
and aft axis of a vertical camera,    including ships taken up from           service or national element for
which is in line with the             trade, chartered shipping and,          other services or national
longitudinal axis of the aircraft.    when appropriate, national              elements and for which the other
01 Dec 1974                           prepositioned ships.                    services or national elements
                                      03 Aug 1998                             may be charged.
crash locator beacon /                                                        Related terms: aircraft servicing,
radiobalise de repérage               critical altitude / altitude            close support; mutual support;
d'aéronef accidenté                   critique                                support.
An automatic emergency radio          The altitude beyond which an            01 Oct 1978
locator beacon to help searching      aircraft or air-breathing guided
forces locate a crashed aircraft.     missile ceases to perform               cross tell / transfert latéral
Related terms: beacon; crash          satisfactorily.                         Related term: track telling.
locator beacon; emergency             Related terms: absolute height;         01 Mar 1973



                                               2-C-19
                                                                                 AAP-6(2008)

cruising altitude / altitude de          01 Mar 1973
croisière
A level determined by vertical           current intelligence /
measurement from mean sea                renseignement de situation
level, maintained during a flight or     Intelligence which reflects the
portion thereof.                         current situation at either
Related terms: absolute height;          strategic or tactical level.
altitude; altitude datum;                Related terms: basic intelligence;
barometric altitude; calibrated          intelligence.
altitude; critical altitude; cruising    01 Sep 1981
level; datum level; drop altitude;
                                  1
drop height; elevation; height ;         curve of pursuit / courbe de
high altitude; minimum safe              poursuite
altitude; pressure-altitude;             The curved path described by a
transition altitude; transition level.   fighter plane making an attack on
01 Mar 1973                              a moving target while holding the
                                         proper aiming allowance.
cruising level / niveau de               01 Mar 1973
croisière
A level maintained during a              customer ship / bâtiment
significant portion of a flight.         ravitaillé
Related terms: absolute height;          The ship in a replenishment unit
altitude; altitude datum;                that receives the transferred
barometric altitude; calibrated          personnel and/or supplies.
altitude; critical altitude; cruising    01 Jun 1980
altitude; datum level; drop
altitude; drop height; elevation;        cut-off / arrêt du réacteur
       1
height ; high altitude; minimum          The deliberate shutting off of a
safe altitude; pressure-altitude;        reaction engine.
transition altitude; transition level.   01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973
                                         cut-off velocity / vitesse à
cryptanalysis / analyse                  l'arrêt de propulsion
cryptographique                          The velocity attained by a missile
The study of encrypted texts. The        at the point of cut-off.
steps or processes involved in           01 Mar 1973
converting encrypted text into
plain text without initial knowledge     cutter / cisailles
of the key employed in the               In naval mine warfare, a device
encryption.                              fitted to a sweep wire to cut or
01 Mar 1973                              part the moorings of mines or
                                         obstructors; it may also be fitted
cryptomaterial / matériel de             in the mooring of a mine or
cryptographie                            obstructors to part a sweep.
All material, including documents,       01 Dec 1976
devices or equipment that
contains crypto information and is       cutting charge / charge
essential to the encryption,             coupante
decryption or authentification of        A charge which produces a
telecommunications.                      cutting effect in line with its plane
01 Mar 1973                              of symmetry.
                                         Related term: charge2.
culture / caractéristique                01 Nov 1990
artificielle
A feature of the terrain that has
been constructed by man.
Included are such items as roads,
buildings, and canals; boundary
lines, and in a broad sense, all
names and legends on a map.
01 Mar 1973

currency / fiabilité
The up-to-dateness of a map or
chart as determined by
comparison with the best
available information at a given
time.


                                                  2-C-20
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)


                                                          D

damage area / zone de choc               danger close / amis à proximité
In naval mine warfare, the plan          In artillery and naval fire support,   datum dan buoy / bouée dan
area around a minesweeper                information in a call for fire to      repère
inside which a mine explosion is         indicate that friendly forces are      In naval mine warfare, a dan buoy
likely to interrupt operations.          within 600 metres of the target.       intended as a geographical
01 Nov 1975                              01 Mar 1973                            reference or check, which needs
                                                                                to be more visible and more
damage assessment /                      dangerous cargo / cargaison            securely moored than a normal
évaluation des dommages                  dangereuse                             dan buoy.
DA                                       Cargo which, because of its            01 Dec 1976
The determination of the effect of       dangerous properties, is subject
attacks on targets.                      to special regulations for its         datum level / niveau de
01 Mar 1973                              transport.                             référence
                                         Related term: cargo.                   A surface to which elevations,
damage control / organisation            01 Mar 1973                            heights or depths on a map or
sécurité                                                                        chart are related.
DAMCON                                   dangerously exposed waters /           Related terms: altitude; altitude
In naval usage, measures                 zone maritime menacée                  datum; barometric altitude;
necessary aboard ship to                 The sea area adjacent to a             calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
preserve and re-establish water-         severely threatened coastline.         cruising altitude; cruising level;
tight integrity, stability,              Related terms: evacuation of           drop altitude; drop height;
manoeuvrability and offensive            dangerously exposed waters;            elevation; height1; high altitude;
power; to control list and trim; to      ocean convoy severely                  minimum safe altitude; pressure-
effect rapid repairs of materiel; to     threatened coastline.                  altitude; transition altitude;
limit the spread of, and provide         01 Feb 1989                            transition level.
adequate protection from, fire; to                                              01 Mar 1973
limit the spread of, remove the          dan runner / bâtiment longe-
contamination by, and provide            bouées dan                             datum point / datum
adequate protection from, toxic          A ship running a line of dan           Any reference point of known or
agents; and to provide for care of       buoys.                                 assumed coordinates from which
wounded personnel.                       01 Dec 1976                            calculation or measurements may
Related term: area damage                                                       be taken.
control.                                 data block / légende2                  Related term: pinpoint1.
01 Mar 1973                              Additional data displayed on a         01 Mar 1973
                                         photographic, electro-optical or
damage radius / rayon de choc            radar image with the aim of            day air defence fighter /
In naval mine warfare, the               improving its exploitation.            chasseur de défense aérienne
average distance from a ship             01 Dec 1993                            de jour
within which a mine containing a                                                A fighter aircraft with equipment
given weight and type of explosive       date line                              and weapons which enable it to
must detonate if it is to inflict a      Preferred term: international date     engage airborne targets, but in
specified amount of damage.              line.                                  clear weather conditions and by
01 Nov 1975                                                                     day only.
                                         date-time group / groupe date-         Related terms: all weather air
damage threat / probabilité              heure                                  defence fighter; clear weather air
d'avarie                                 DTG                                    defence fighter; interceptor;
The probability that a target ship       A group of six digits with a zone      fighter; fighter interceptor.
passing once through a minefield         time suffix and the standardized       01 Oct 1984
will explode one or more mines           abbreviation for the month. The
and sustain a specified amount of        first pair of digits represents the    D-day / jour J
damage.                                  day; the second pair the hour; the     Related terms:designation of days
01 Aug 1976                              third pair the minutes. After the      and hours; commander's required
                                         month may be added the last two        date; E-day; G-day; H-hour; K-
danger area / zone dangereuse            digits of the year.                    day; latest arrival date.
airspace warning area                    01 Mar 1981                            01 Aug 1982
In air traffic control, an airspace of
defined dimensions within which          datum / donnée                         deadly force / force létale
activities dangerous to the flight of    Any numerical or geometrical           Force intended or likely to cause
aircraft may exist at specified          quantity or set of such quantities     death, or serious injury resulting in
times.                                   which may serve as reference or        death.
Related terms: closed area;              base for other quantities. Where       Related term: non-deadly force.
prohibited area1; restricted area1.      the concept is geometric, the          01 Oct 2001
01 Feb 1973                              plural form is "datums" in contrast                                1
                                         to the normal plural "data".           dead mine / mine inerte
                                         01 Mar 1973                            A mine which has been


                                                   2-D-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

neutralized, sterilized or rendered     01 Dec 1974                           de décision
safe.                                                                         A point in space and time,
Related terms: disarmed mine;           decentralized control / contrôle      identified during the planning
drill mine; instructional mine;         décentralisé                          process, where it is anticipated
mine2; practice mine1,2.                In air defence, the normal mode       that the commander must make a
01 Aug 1976                             whereby a higher echelon              decision concerning a specific
                                        monitors unit actions, making         course of action.
             1
dead space / zone en angle              direct target assignments to units    06 Jan 2006
      1
mort                                    only when necessary to insure
dead zone                               proper fire distribution or to        decisive point / point décisif
An area within the maximum              prevent engagement of friendly        A point from which a hostile or
range of a weapon, radar, or            aircraft.                             friendly centre of gravity can be
observer, which cannot be               Related term: centralized control2.   threatened. This point may exist
covered by fire or observation          01 Mar 1973                           in time, space or the information
from a particular position because                                            environment.
of intervening obstacles, the           decentralized                         13 Dec 1999
nature of the ground, or the            execution / exécution
characteristics of the trajectory, or   décentralisée                         declared speed / vitesse
the limitations of the pointing         Delegation of the appropriate         déclarée
capabilities of the weapon.             authority to subordinate              The continuous speed which a
01 Mar 1982                             commanders to execute their           master declares his ship can
                                        assigned tasks and missions.          maintain on a forthcoming voyage
dead space2 / zone en angle             Related terms: centralized            under moderate weather
mort
     3
                                        control1; delegation of authority;    conditions having due regard to
The volume of space above and           transfer of authority.                her present condition.
around a gun or guided missile          22 Jun 2004                           Related terms: scheduled speed.
system into which it cannot fire                                              01 Dec 1977
because of mechanical or                deception / déception
electronic limitations.                 Those measures designed to            declassify / déclassifier
01 Mar 1982                             mislead the enemy by                  To cancel the security
                                        manipulation, distortion, or          classification of an item of
dead space3 / zone en angle             falsification of evidence to induce   classified matter.
     2
mort                                    him to react in a manner              Related term: downgrade.
An area or zone which is within         prejudicial to his interests.         01 Mar 1973
range of a radio transmitter, but in    01 Mar 1973
which a signal is not received.                                               declination / déclinaison
01 Mar 1982                             decision altitude / altitude de       astronomique
                                        décision                              The angular distance to a body on
dead zone                               An altitude related to the highest    the celestial sphere measured
Preferred term: dead space1.            elevation in the touchdown zone,      north or south through 90 from the
                                        specified for a glide slope           celestial equator along the hour
debarkation / débarquement              approach, at which a missed-          circle of the body. Comparable to
The unloading of troops with their      approach procedure must be            latitude on the terrestrial sphere.
supplies and equipment from a           initiated if the required visual      01 Mar 1973
ship.                                   reference has not been
Related terms: embarkation; port        established.                          decompression chamber
of debarkation; port of                 Related terms: decision altitude,     Preferred term: hypobaric
embarkation.                            decision height; minimum descent      chamber.
01 Mar 1973                             altitude; minimum descent height;
                                        missed approach procedure.            decontamination /
debarkation schedule / horaire          01 Aug 1976                           décontamination
de débarquement                                                               The process of making any
disembarkation schedule                 decision height / hauteur de          person, object, or area safe by
A schedule which provides for the       décision                              absorbing, destroying,
timely and orderly debarkation of       A height above the highest            neutralizing, making harmless, or
troops and equipment and                elevation in the touchdown zone,      removing, chemical or biological
emergency supplies for the water-       specified for a glide slope           agents, or by removing
borne ship-to-shore movement.           approach, at which a missed-          radioactive material clinging to or
01 Mar 1973                             approach procedure must be            around it.
                                        initiated if the required visual      Related terms: immediate
decca / decca                           reference has not been                decontamination; operational
A radio phase-comparison system         established.                          decontamination; thorough
which uses a master and slave           Related terms: decision altitude,     decontamination.
stations to establish a hyperbolic      minimum descent altitude;             01 Mar 1973
lattice and provide accurate            minimum descent height; missed
ground position-fixing facilities.      approach procedure.                   decontamination station /
Related term: hyperbolic                01 Jun 1978                           station de décontamination
navigation system.                                                            cleansing station
                                        decision point / point de prise

                                                  2-D-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

A building or location suitably       fire.                                  01 Oct 1978
equipped and organized where          01 Mar 1973
personnel and materiel are                                                   defensive coastal area / zone
cleansed of chemical, biological      deep water / grands fonds              côtière de défense
or radiological contaminants.         Water having a depth greater than      A part of a coastal area and of the
01 Nov 1975                           200 metres.                            air, land, and water area adjacent
                                      14 Oct 2002                            to the coast line within which
decoy / leurre                                                               defence operations may involve
dummy                                 de facto boundary / frontière de       land, sea, and air forces.
An imitation of a person, object or   fait                                   01 Feb 1973
phenomenon, which is intended to      An international or administrative
deceive hostile surveillance or       boundary whose existence and           defensive counter-air
detection systems or mislead the      legality is not recognized but         operation / opération défensive
adversary.                            which is a practical division          contre le potentiel aérien
15 Jan 2008                           between separate national and          Active and passive defensive
                                      provincial administrating              measures designed to detect,
decoy ship / navire-piège             authorities.                           identify, intercept, and destroy or
Q-ship                                01 Sep 1981                            make ineffective forces attempting
A ship camouflaged as a non-                                                 to attack or to penetrate friendly
combatant ship with its armament      defector / transfuge                   airspace.
and other fighting equipment          A person who repudiates his or         Related terms: active air defence;
hidden and with special provisions    her country when beyond its            air defence; air superiority; air
for unmasking its weapons             jurisdiction or control.               supremacy; counter-air operation;
quickly.                              01 Sep 1981                            offensive counter-air operation;
01 Mar 1982                                                                  passive air defence
                                      defence area / zone de défense         20 Jun 2006
dedicated mine                        For any particular command, the
countermeasures asset /               area extending from the forward        defensive fire / tir défensif
moyens spécialisés de lutte           edge of the battle area to its rear    DF
contre les mines                      boundary. It is here that the          Fire delivered by supporting units
In naval mine warfare, a platform,    decisive defensive battle is           to assist and protect a unit
unit or system designed               fought.                                engaged in a defensive action.
exclusively or primarily for mine     01 Jul 1983                            01 Nov 1975
countermeasures.
Related term: mine warfare group.     defence in depth / défense en          defensive mine
06 Jan 2006                           profondeur                             countermeasures / mesures de
                                      The siting of mutually supporting      protection contre les mines
deep fording capability /             defence positions designed to          Countermeasures intended to
aptitude à franchir un gué            absorb and progressively weaken        reduce the effect of enemy
profond                               attack, prevent initial observations   minelaying.
The characteristic of a self-         of the whole position by the           01 Aug 1976
propelled gun or ground vehicle       enemy, and to allow the
equipped with built-in                commander to manoeuvre his             defensive minefield / champ de
waterproofing and/or a special        reserve.                               mines défensif
waterproofing kit, to negotiate a     01 Mar 1983                            In naval mine warfare, a minefield
water obstacle with its wheels or                                            laid in international waters or
tracks in contact with the ground.    defence readiness condition /          international straits with the
Related terms: shallow fording        état de préparation1                   declared intention of controlling
                                                          3
capabilit; wading crossing.           state of readiness                     shipping in defence of sea
01 Aug 1973                           A number or code word indicating       communications.
                                      the readiness posture of a unit for    Related term: minefield2.
deep minefield / champ de             actual operations or exercises.        01 Dec 1976
mines profond                         Related terms: evaluation2;
                                                                                      1             1
An antisubmarine minefield which      operational readiness; readiness;      defilade / défilement
is safe for surface ships to cross.   readiness time.                        Protection from hostile
Related term: minefield2.             01 Feb 1973                            observation and fire provided by
                                                                             an obstacle such as a hill, ridge,
deep supporting fire / tir            defence shipping authority /           or bank.
d'appui en profondeur                 autorité des transports                01 Mar 1973
Fire directed on objectives not in    maritimes
the immediate vicinity of our         The NATO civil wartime agency          defilade2 / défilement2
forces, for neutralizing and          activated in time of crisis or war     A vertical distance by which a
destroying enemy reserves and         responsible for the allocation of      position is concealed from enemy
weapons, and interfering with         merchant ships assigned to the         observation.
enemy command, supply,                Allied ocean shipping pool to          01 Mar 1973
communications and                    achieve the greatest possible
observations.                         efficiency in support of the           defilade3 / défilement3
Related terms: fire; supporting       common effort.                         To shield from enemy fire or


                                                2-D-3
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

observation by using natural or                                             establishment of military
artificial obstacles.                deliberate attack / attaque            installations of any description, is
01 Mar 1973                          délibérée                              prohibited.
                                     A type of offensive action             01 Mar 1973
defoliant operation / opération      characterized by preplanned
de défoliation                       coordinated employment of fire         demining / dépollution à des fins
The employment of defoliating        power and manoeuvre to close           civiles
agents on vegetated areas in         with and destroy or capture the        The removal of all unexploded
support of military operations.      enemy.                                 mines, explosive ordnance,
01 Mar 1973                          Related term: hasty attack.            improvised explosive devices and
                                     01 Jun 1978                            booby traps from a defined area to
defoliating agent / agent                                                   make the area safe for civilians.
défoliant                            deliberate breaching /                 Note: Demining is not normally
A chemical which causes trees,       ouverture de brèche préparée           conducted by military units.
shrubs, and other plants to shed     The creation of a lane through a       Related terms: countermine
their leaves prematurely.            minefield or a clear route through     operation; improvised explosive
01 Mar 1973                          a barrier or fortification, which is   device; unexploded explosive
                                     systematically planned and             ordnance.
degree of nuclear risk / risque      carried out.                           29 May 2002
nucléaire                            01 Jan 1991
As specified by the commander,                                              demolition / destruction
the risk to which friendly forces    deliberate crossing /                  The destruction of structures,
may be subjected from the effects    franchissement préparé                 facilities or materiel by use of fire,
of the detonation of a nuclear       The crossing of an inland water        water, explosives, mechanical, or
weapon used in the attack of a       obstacle that requires extensive       other means.
close-in enemy target; acceptable    planning and detailed                  Related terms: technical
degrees of risk under differing      preparations.                          neutralization; uncharged
tactical conditions are emergency,   Related term: hasty crossing.          demolition target.
moderate, and negligible.            01 Jul 1987                            01 Jul 1993
Related terms: emergency
nuclear risk; moderate nuclear       deliberate defence / défense           demolition chamber / chambre
risk; negligible nuclear risk.       préparée                               de destruction
01 Aug 1976                          A defence normally organized           Space intentionally provided in a
                                     when out of contact with the           structure for the emplacement of
de jure boundary / frontière de      enemy or when contact with the         explosive charges.
droit                                enemy is not imminent and time         01 Nov 1994
An international or administrative   for organization is available. It
boundary whose existence and         normally includes an extensive         demolition firing party / équipe
legality is recognized.              fortified zone incorporating           de mise a feu du dispositif de
01 Sep 1981                          pillboxes, forts, and                  destruction
                                     communication systems.                 The party at the site which is
delaying operation / manoeuvre       Related term: hasty defence.           technically responsible for the
retardatrice                         01 Mar 1973                            demolition.
An operation in which a force                                               Related term: demolition guard.
under pressure trades space for      delivering ship / bâtiment             01 Mar 1973
time by slowing down the enemy's     ravitailleur
momentum and inflicting              In replenishment at sea, the ship      demolition guard / détachement
maximum damage on the enemy          that delivers the rig(s).              de protection d'un dispositif de
without, in principle, becoming      Related term: receiving ship.          destruction
decisively engaged.                  04 Oct 2000                            A local force positioned to ensure
01 Jul 1983                                                                 that a target is not captured by an
                                     delivery error / dispersion            enemy before orders are given for
delay release sinker / crapaud à     globale                                its demolition and before the
prise d'immersion différée           The inaccuracy associated with a       demolition has been successfully
A sinker which holds a moored        given weapon system resulting in       fired. The commander of the
mine on the seabed for a             a dispersion of shots about the        demolition guard is responsible
predetermined time after laying.     aiming point.                          for the operational command of all
01 Aug 1976                          Related terms: circular error          troops at the demolition site,
                                     probable; deviation2; dispersion1,2;   including the demolition firing
delegation of authority /            dispersion error; horizontal error.    party. He is responsible for
délégation de pouvoirs               01 Oct 1984                            transmitting the order to fire to the
An action by which a commander                                              demolition firing party.
assigns to a subordinate             demilitarized zone / zone              Related term: demolition firing
commander a clearly stated part of   démilitarisée                          party.
his authority.                       DMZ                                    01 Mar 1973
Related terms: decentralized         A defined area in which the
execution; transfer of authority.    stationing, or concentrating of        demolition kit / lot de
22 Jun 2004                          military forces, or the retention or   destruction


                                               2-D-4
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

The demolition tool kit complete      control point at the seaward end         bathymetric contour
with explosives.                      of the helicopter approach lane          depth curve
01 Jan 1991                           system from which helicopter             A line connecting points of equal
                                      waves are dispatched along the           depth below the hydrographic
demolition target / ouvrage à         selected helicopter approach lane        datum.
détruire                              to the initial point.                    01 Mar 1973
A target of known military interest   01 Jul 1980
identified for possible future                                                 depth curve
demolition.                           deployment1 / déploiement1               Preferred term: depth contour.
01 Nov 1992                           In naval usage, the change from a
                                      cruising approach or contact             derived information /
demolition tool kit / lot             disposition to a disposition for         information dérivée
d'artificier                          battle.                                  A parameter such as angle,
The tools, materials and              Related term: disposition2.              range, position, velocity, etc. is
accessories of a non-explosive        01 Feb 1988                              said to be derived in the first
nature necessary for preparing                                                 receiver or other sensor in which
                                                    2                 2
demolition charges.                   deployment / déploiement                 that parameter exists or is
Related term: demolition kit.         The movement of forces within            capable of existing without
01 Jan 1991                           areas of operations.                     reference to further information.
                                      Related terms: deployment4;              01 Nov 1977
                                                1,2,3
demonstration / démonstration         diposition .
An attack or show of force on a       01 Feb 1988                              description of target /
front where a decision is not                                                  description de l'objectif
                                                    3                3
sought, made with the aim of          deployment / déploiement                 target description
deceiving the enemy.                  The positioning of forces into a         In artillery and naval fire support,
Related terms: amphibious             formation for battle.                    an element in the call for fire in
demonstration; amphibious             Related terms: deployment4;              which the observer or spotter
                                                 1,2,3
operation; amphibious raid;           disposition .                            describes the installation,
amphibious withdrawal; diversion;     01 Feb 1988                              personnel, equipment or activity
diversionary attack.                                                           to be taken under fire.
01 Mar 1973                           deployment4 / redéploiement              01 Aug 1973
                                      The relocation of forces to desired
denial measure / mesure               areas of operations.                     descriptive name / terme
d'interdiction                        Related terms: deployment2,3;            descriptif
                                                 1
An action to hinder or deny the       disposition .                            Written indication on maps and
enemy the use of space,               01 Feb 1988                              charts, used to specify the nature
personnel, or facilities. It may                                               of a feature (natural or artificial)
include destruction, removal,         deployment operating base /              shown by a general symbol.
contamination, or erection of         base de redéploiement                    01 Mar 1973
obstructions.                         A base, other than the peacetime
Related term: secure.                 base, having minimum essential           designated merchant ship /
01 Mar 1973                           operational and support facilities,      navire marchand désigné
                                      to which a unit or part of a unit will   A merchant ship with a special
density altitude / densité-           deploy to operate from in time of        status that may give it priority over
altitude                              tension or war.                          other ships for higher level naval
An atmospheric density                Related terms: base; emergency           cooperation and guidance for
expressed in terms of the altitude    fleet operating base.                    shipping activities and, when it is
which corresponds with that           01 Sep 1975                              placed under the naval
density in the standard                                                        supervision of merchant ships,
atmosphere.                           depression angle / angle de              compels it to comply with military
01 Mar 1973                           dépression                               orders.
                                      Preferred term: angle of                 Related terms: merchant ship;
departure end / fin de bande          depression2.                             naval cooperation and guidance
That end of a runway nearest to       01 Aug 1979                              for shipping; naval supervision of
the direction in which initial                                                 merchant ships.
departure is made.                    depth / profondeur                       02 Mar 2007
01 Aug 1979                           In maritime/hydrographic use, the
                                      vertical distance from the plane of      designation of days and hours /
departure point1 / point              the hydrographic datum to the            désignation des jours et des
          1
d'origine                             bed of the sea, lake, or river.          heures
A navigational check point used       01 Mar 1973                              The following designations have
by aircraft as a marker for setting                                            the meaning shown:
course.                               depth contour / ligne                    D-day - The day on which an
01 Jul 1980                           bathymétrique                            operation commences or is due to
                                                                               commence. This may be the
departure point2 / point                                                       commencement of hostilities or
         2
d'origine                                                                      any other operation.
In amphibious operations, an air                                               E-day - The day on which a NATO


                                                2-D-5
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

exercise commences.                    elsewhere.                               retain its NATO code number.
G-day - The day on which an            01 Mar 1973                              01 Aug 1979
order, normally national, is given
to deploy a unit.                      detachment2/ détachement2                deterrence / dissuasion
K-day - The day on which a             A temporary military or naval unit       The convincing of a potential
convoy system is introduced or is      formed from other units or parts of      aggressor that the consequences
due to be introduced on any            units.                                   of coercion or armed conflict
particular convoy lane.                01 Mar 1973                              would outweigh the potential
M-day - The day on which                                                        gains. This requires the
mobilization commences or is due       detail / détail                          maintenance of a credible military
to commence.                           The basic graphic representation         capability and strategy with the
H-hour - The specific time at          of features.                             clear political will to act.
which an operation or exercise         01 Mar 1973                              09 Jan 1996
commences, or is due to
commence (this term is used also       detailed photographic report /           detonating cord / cordeau
as a reference for the designation     compte rendu détaillé                    détonant
of days/hours before or after the      d'interprétation                         A waterproof flexible fabric tube
event).                                photographique                           containing a high explosive
Related terms: commander's             A comprehensive, analytical,             designed to transmit the
required date; latest arrival date.    intelligence report written as a         detonation wave.
01 Oct 2001                            result of the interpretation of          01 Nov 1994
                                       photography usually covering a
desired ground zero / point            single subject, a target, target         detonating cord amplifier /
zéro désiré                            complex, and of a detailed nature.       relais d'amorçage
DGZ                                    01 Mar 1973                              A device attached to a detonating
The point on the surface of the                                                 cord which allows for the ignition
earth at, or vertically below or       detecting circuit / détecteur            of a charge and the simultaneous
above, the centre of a planned         The part of a mine firing circuit        transmission of a detonating wave
nuclear detonation.                    which responds to the influence of       to another charge.
Related terms: actual ground           a target.                                01 Dec 1977
zero; ground zero.                     01 Mar 1977
01 Sep 1981                                                                     detonator / détonateur
                                       detection / détection                    A device containing a sensitive
despatch route / itinéraire            The discovery by any means of            explosive intended to produce a
gardé                                  the presence of a person, object         detonation wave.
In road traffic, a roadway over        or phenomenon of potential               01 Jul 1980
which full control, both as to         military significance.
priorities of use and the regulation   Related terms: friend; hostile;          detour / détour
of movement of traffic in time and     identification2; identification friend   Deviation from those parts of a
space is exercised. Movement           or foe; neutral; recognition;            route, where movement has
credit is required for its use, even   unknown.                                 become difficult or impossible, to
by a single vehicle.                   01 Dec 1976                              ensure continuity of movement to
Related term: route.                                                            the destination. The modified part
09 May 2000                            detection and tactical control           of the route is known as a detour.
                                       system/système de détection et           01 Aug 1973
destruction fire mission /             de contrôle tactique
mission de destruction                 In air usage, a complete, mobile         deviation1 / déviation1
In artillery, fire delivered for the   and autonomous system                    The angular difference between
purpose of destroying a point          (equipment and personnel)                magnetic and compass headings.
target.                                permitting the coordination of all       01 Mar 1973
Related term: fire1.                   assets used in a given airspace
01 Aug 1982                            above the battlefield.                   deviation2 / écart
                                       20 Nov 1996                              The distance by which a point of
destruction radius / rayon de                                                   impact or burst misses the target.
destruction                            detention / détention                    Related terms: circular error
In mine warfare, the maximum           The act of holding in custody for        probable; delivery error;
distance from an exploding             lawful purposes such as                  dispersion1,2; dispersion error;
charge of stated size and type at      prosecution, maintenance of              horizontal error.
which a mine will be destroyed by      public safety, or pursuant to legal      01 Mar 1973
sympathetic detonation of the          order.
main charge, with a stated             22 Jun 2004                              diaphragm / diaphragme
probability of destruction,                                                     The physical element of an optical
regardless of orientation.             deterioration limit / limite de          system which regulates the
01 Nov 1975                            détérioration                            quantity of light traversing the
                                       A limit placed on a particular           system. The quantity of light
detachment1 / détachement1             product characteristic to define         determines the brightness of the
A part of a unit separated from its    the minimum acceptable quality           image without affecting the size of
main organization for duty             requirement for the product to           the image.


                                                  2-D-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

01 Mar 1973                           special operations forces or special   procedure.
                                      operations-capable units to seize,     01 Mar 1973
diapositive / diapositive             destroy, capture, recover or inflict
A positive photograph on a            damage to achieve specific, well-      direct laying / pointage à vue
transparent medium.                   defined and often time-sensitive       Laying in which the sights of
Related terms: plate2;                results.                               weapons are aligned directly on
transparency.                         01 Oct 2001                            the target.
01 Mar 1973                                                                  01 Aug 1974
                                      direct action fuze
died of wounds received in            Preferred term: impact action          direct support1 / appui direct
action / décédé des suites de         fuze.                                  DS
blessures de guerre                                                          The support provided by a unit not
A battle casualty who dies of         direct damage assessment /             attached to or under the
wounds or other injuries received     évaluation directe des                 command of the supported unit or
in action, after having reached a     dommages                               formation, but required to give
medical treatment facility.           A direct examination of an actual      priority to the support required by
Related terms: battle casualty;       strike area by air observation, air    that unit or formation.
casualty; killed in action; non-      photography, or by direct              Related term: in support of.
battle casualty; wounded in           observation.                           22 Jun 2004
action.                               01 Mar 1973
01 Dec 1979                                                                  direct support2 / soutien direct1
                                      direct fire / tir direct               DS
differential ballistic wind / vent    Fire directed at a target which is     In maritime usage, operations
balistique différentiel               visible to the aimer.                  related to the protection of a
In bombing, a hypothetical wind       Related term: fire3.                   specific force by other units,
equal to the difference in velocity   01 Mar 1973                            normally under the tactical control
between the ballistic wind and the                                           of that force.
actual wind at a release altitude.    direct illumination / éclairage        Related term: associated support.
01 Mar 1973                           direct                                 22 Jun 2004
                                      Illumination provided by direct
diffraction loading / force de        light from pyrotechnics or             direct support3 / soutien direct2
diffraction                           searchlights.                          DS
The total force which is exerted      01 Mar 1973                            In land operations, a primary
on the sides of a structure by the                                           tactical task given to an artillery
advancing shock front of a            directing staff                        unit to provide fire requested by a
nuclear explosion.                    DISTAFF                                supported unit other than an
01 Apr 1990                           Preferred term: exercise directing     artillery unit, without specifying the
                                      staff.                                 command relationship.
dip / surimmersion                                                           Related term: general support
                                                1
In naval mine warfare, the amount     direction / gisement                   reinforcing.
by which a moored mine is carried     d'observation                          22 Jun 2004
beneath its set depth by a current    In artillery and naval fire support,
or tidal stream acting on the mine    a term used by a spotter/observer      direct supporting fire / tir
casing and mooring.                   in a call for fire to indicate the     d'appui direct
01 Nov 1975                           bearing of the spotting line.          Fire delivered in support of part of
                                      01 Jan 1983                            a force, as opposed to general
diplomatic authorization /                                                   supporting fire which is delivered
autorisation obtenue par voie         direction2 / orientation3              in support of the force as a whole.
diplomatique                          Related term: intelligence cycle.      Related terms: fire3; supporting
Authority for overflight or landing   01 Jan 1983                            fire.
obtained at government-to-                                                   01 Mar 1973
government level through              directive1 / directive1
diplomatic channels.                  A military communication in which      disabled submarine / sous-
01 Mar 1973                           policy is established or a specific    marin desemparé
                                      action is ordered.                     A submarine that has lost all or
dip needle circuit / mise de feu      01 Mar 1973                            part of its means of propulsion,
à aiguille aimantée                                                          steering or buoyancy control.
In naval mine warfare, a              directive2 / directive2                16 Jul 1999
mechanism which responds to a         A plan issued with a view to
change in the magnitude of the        putting it into effect when so         disabling fire / tir désemparant
vertical component of the total       directed, or in the event that a       Fire directed at a vessel so as to
magnetic field.                       stated contingency arises.             impair its manoeuvrability but not
01 Jun 1978                           01 Mar 1973                            its seaworthiness.
                                                                             14 Oct 2002
direct action / action directe        directive3 / directive3
DA                                    Broadly speaking, any                  disarmed mine / mine désarmée
A short-duration strike or other      communication which initiates or       A previously armed mine which
small-scale offensive action by       governs action, conduct, or            has been returned to a safe state.


                                                2-D-7
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

Related terms: dead mine; inert       deflection about the mean point of   dispersal.
mine.                                 explosion.                           01 Mar 1973
09 May 2000                           01 Sep 1981
                                                                                         3              3
                                                                           disposition / dispositif
discriminating circuit / circuit      dispersion3 / dispersion3            A prescribed arrangement of all
d'analyse                             The spreading or separating of       the tactical units composing a
That part of the operating circuit    troops, materiel, establishments,    flight or group of aircraft.
of a sea mine which distinguishes     or activities which are usually      Related term: deployment2,3.
between the response of the           concentrated in limited areas to     01 Mar 1973
detecting circuit to the passage of   reduce vulnerability.
a ship and the response to other      01 Sep 1981                          disruptive pattern / dessin de
disturbances (e.g. influence                                               camouflage
sweep, countermining, etc.).          dispersion4 / dispersion4            In surveillance, an arrangement of
01 Aug 1976                           In chemical and biological           suitably coloured irregular shapes
                                      operations, the dissemination of     which, when applied to the
disembarkation schedule               agents in liquid or aerosol form.    surface of an object, is intended
Preferred term: debarkation           01 Sep 1981                          to enhance its camouflage.
schedule.                                                                  01 Dec 1974
                                      dispersion5 / dispersion5
dispenser / distributeur              In airdrop operations, the scatter   dissemination / diffusion
In air armament, a container or       of personnel and/or cargo on the     Related term: intelligence cycle.
device which is used to carry and     drop zone.                           01 Mar 1973
release submunitions.                 01 Sep 1981
Related terms: cluster bomb unit;                                          distressed submarine / sous-
submunition.                          dispersion6                          marin en détresse
01 Jul 1980                           Preferred term: dispersal.           A disabled submarine on the
                                                                           seabed unable to surface.
dispersal / dispersion6               dispersion error / écart de          16 Jul 1999
            6
dispersion (admitted)                 dispersion
In maritime operations, the           The distance from the point of       distressed submarine
reduction of the concentration of     impact or burst of a round to the    personnel / personnel d’un
ships by reberthing within a port     mean point of impact or burst.       sous-marin en détresse
area or at working or holding         Related terms: circular error        DISSUB personnel
anchorages in the vicinity.           probable; convoy dispersal point;    Survivors of a distressed
                                                               2
Related terms: holding                delivery error; deviation ;          submarine who have not escaped
anchorage; naval cooperation and      horizontal error.                    or been rescued.
guidance for shipping; working        01 Mar 1973                          18 Dec 1997
anchorage.
02 Mar 2007                           dispersion pattern / schéma de       distributed fire / tir sur zone
                                      dispersion                           Fire so dispersed as to engage
dispersed movement pattern /          The distribution of a series of      most effectively an area target.
dispositif dispersé                   rounds fired from one weapon or      Related term: fire3.
A pattern for ship-to-shore           a group of weapons under             01 Mar 1973
movement which provides               conditions as nearly identical as
additional separation of landing      possible; the points of burst or     distribution point / point de
craft both laterally and in depth.    impact being dispersed about a       distribution
This pattern is used when nuclear     point called the mean point of       DP
weapon threat is a factor.            impact.                              A point at which supplies and/or
01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973                          ammunition, obtained from
                                                                           supporting supply points by a
dispersed site / site isolé           disposition1 / dispositif1           division or other unit, are broken
A site selected to reduce             Distribution of the elements of a    down for distribution to
concentration and vulnerability by    command within an area, usually      subordinate units. Distribution
its separation from other military    the exact location of each unit      points usually carry no stocks;
targets or a recognized threat        headquarters and the deployment      items drawn are issued
area.                                 of the forces subordinate to it.     completely as soon as possible.
01 Jul 1987                           Related term: deployment2,3.         01 Mar 1973
                                      01 Mar 1973
dispersion1 / dispersion1                                                  diversion1 / diversion1
                                                  2            2
A scattered pattern of hits around    disposition / dispositif             The act of drawing the attention
the mean point of impact of           A prescribed arrangement of the      and forces of an enemy from the
bombs and projectiles dropped or      stations to be occupied by the       point of the principal operation.
fired under identical conditions.     several formations and single        01 Jul 1980
01 Sep 1981                           ships of a fleet, or major
                                      subdivisions of a fleet, for any     diversion2 / diversion2
dispersion2 / dispersion2             purpose, such as cruising,           An attack, or alarm, or feint which
In anti-aircraft gunnery, the         approach, maintaining contact, or    diverts attention.
scattering of shots in range and      battle.                              Related term: demonstration.
                                      Related terms: deployment1;

                                                2-D-8
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

01 Jul 1980                            Preferred term: hypobaric              wave caused by a time rate of
                                       chamber.                               change in the effective length of
diversion3 / déroutement1                                                     the path of travel between the
                                                 1            1
A change made in a prescribed          division / division                    source and the point of
route for operational or tactical      A tactical unit/formation as           observation.
reasons. Except in the case of         follows:                               01 Mar 1973
aircraft, a diversion order will not   a. a major administrative and
constitute a change of destination.    tactical unit/ formation which         Doppler radar / radar Doppler
Related term: emergency                combines in itself the necessary       Any form of radar which detects
movement.                              arms and services required for         motion relative to a reflecting
01 Jul 1980                            sustained combat, larger than a        surface by measuring the
                                       regiment/brigade and smaller than      frequency shift of reflected radio
diversion4 / déroutement2              a corps;                               energy due to the motion of the
In air traffic control, the act of     b. a number of naval vessels of        observer or of the reflecting
proceeding to an aerodrome other       similar type grouped together for      surface.
than one at which a landing was        operational and administrative         01 Dec 1976
intended.                              command, or a tactical unit of a
Related terms: aerodrome;              naval aircraft squadron, consisting    dormant / insensible
alternate aerodrome; diversion         of two or more sections;               In mine warfare, the state of a
aerodrome.                             c. an air division is an air combat    mine with an arming delay device
01 Jul 1980                            organization normally consisting       functioning, thus preventing it
                                       of two or more wings with              from being actuated.
diversion5 / déroutement3              appropriate service units. The         02 May 1995
The act of deflecting or turning       combat wings of an air division
persons or objects from their          will normally contain similar type     dormant state / état dormant
planned route.                         units.                                 In mine warfare, the transitory state
Related term: emergency                01 Mar 1973                            of a mine during which design
movement.                                                                     features prevent it from being
01 Oct 2001                            division2 / division2                  actuated.
                                       An organizational part of a            Related term: actuate.
diversion6 / déviation2                headquarters that handles military     04 Oct 2000
In naval mine warfare, a route or      matters of a particular nature,
channel bypassing a dangerous          such as personnel, intelligence,       dose rate contour line /
area. A diversion may connect          plans, and training, or supply and     courbe(s) d'isointensité1
one channel to another or it may       evacuation.                            isodose rate line
branch from a channel and rejoin       Related terms: branch; cell;           A line on a map, diagram, or
it on the other side of the danger.    section.                               overlay joining all points at which
Related term: route.                   01 Mar 1973                            the radiation dose rate at a given
14 Oct 2002                                                                   time is the same.
                                       division3 / division3                  01 Mar 1973
diversion aerodrome /                  A number of personnel of a ship's
aérodrome de déroutement               complement grouped together for        dosimetry / dosimétrie
An aerodrome with at least             operational and administrative         The measurement of radiation
minimum essential facilities, which    command.                               doses. It applies to both the
may be used as an emergency            01 Mar 1973                            devices used (dosimeters) and to
aerodrome or when the main or                                                 the techniques.
deployment aerodrome is not            doctrine / doctrine                    01 Mar 1973
usable or as required to facilitate    Fundamental principles by which
tactical operations.                   the military forces guide their        double flow route / itinéraire à
Related terms: aerodrome;              actions in support of objectives. It   double courant
alternate aerodrome; diversion4.       is authoritative but requires          A route of at least two lanes
01 Nov 1994                            judgement in application.              allowing two columns of vehicles
                                       01 Mar 1973                            to proceed simultaneously, either
diversionary attack / attaque de                                              in the same direction or in
diversion                              dome / dôme                            opposite directions.
An attack wherein a force attacks,     Preferred term: spray dome.            Related terms: double flow route;
or threatens to attack, a target                                              route; single flow route.
other than the main target for the     door bundle / colis                    01 Nov 1980
purpose of drawing enemy               d'accompagnement
defences away from the main            A bundle for manual ejection in        down1 / plus bas1
effort.                                flight normally followed by            In artillery and naval fire support,
Related terms: amphibious              parachutists.                          a term used in a call for fire to
demonstration; amphibious              01 Mar 1973                            indicate that the target is at a
operation; amphibious raid;                                                   lower altitude than the reference
amphibious withdrawal; diversion;      Doppler effect / effet Doppler         point used in identifying the
demostration.                          The phenomenon evidenced by            target.
01 Mar 1973                            the change in the observed             01 Sep 1974
                                       frequency of a sound or radio
diving chamber

                                                 2-D-9
                                                                                             AAP-6(2008)

down2 / plus bas2                                                                 datum level; drop height;
In artillery and naval fire support,    drawing key / fond provisoire             elevation; height1; high altitude;
a correction used by an                 An image or preliminary drawing           minimum safe altitude; pressure-
observer/spotter in time fire to        used as a guide for scribing or           altitude; transition altitude;
indicate that a decrease in height      drawing.                                  transition level.
of burst is desired.                    Related terms: blue key; key.             01 Mar 1973
01 Sep 1974                             01 Mar 1973
                                                                                  drop height / hauteur de
downgrade / déclasser                   drift / dérive                            largage
To reduce the security                  In ballistics, a shift in projectile      The vertical distance between the
classification of a classified          direction due to gyroscopic action        drop zone and the aircraft.
document or an item of classified       which results from gravitational          Related terms: altitude; altitude
matter or material.                     and atmospheric induced torques           datum; barometric altitude;
Related term: declassify.               on the spinning projectile.               calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
01 Mar 1973                             01 Apr 1974                               cruising altitude; cruising level;
                                                                                  datum level; drop altitude;
                                                                                                     1
down lock / verrou train sorti          drift angle / angle de dérive             elevation; height ; high altitude;
A device for locking retractable        The angle measured in degrees             minimum safe altitude; pressure-
landing gear in the down or             between the heading of an aircraft        altitude; transition altitude;
extended position.                      or ship and the track made good.          transition level.
01 Jul 1980                             01 Mar 1973                               01 Mar 1973

draftee                                 drifting mine / mine dérivante1           drop message / message lesté
Preferred term: transient.              A buoyant or neutrally buoyant            A message dropped from an
                                        mine free to move under the               aircraft to a ground or surface
draft plan / projet de plan             influence of waves, wind, current         unit.
A plan for which a draft plan has       or tide.                                  01 Mar 1973
been coordinated and agreed with        Related term: floating mine.
the other military headquarters         01 Mar 1973                               drop zone / zone de largage
and is ready for coordination with                                                DZ
the nations involved, that is those     drill mine / mine                         A specified area upon which
nations who would be required to        d'entraînement1                           airborne troops, equipment, or
take national action to support the     An inert-filled mine, or mine-like        supplies are airdropped.
plan. It may be used for future         body, used in loading, laying or          01 Mar 1973
planning and exercises and may          discharge practice and trials.
form the basis for an operation         Related term: practice mine1,2.           dry gap bridge / pont sur
order to be implemented in time of      01 Jan 1991                               brèche sèche
emergency.                                                                        A bridge, fixed or portable, which
Related terms: coordinated draft        drone / drone                             is used to span a gap that does
plan; final plan; initial draft plan;   An unmanned vehicle which                 not normally contain water, e.g.,
operation plan.                         conducts its mission without              antitank ditches, road craters, etc.
01 Mar 1979                             guidance from an external source.         01 Mar 1973
                                        Related terms: remotely piloted
drag loading / pression                 vehicle; unmanned aerial vehicle.         dual capable unit / unité à
résultante                              01 Feb 1988                               double capacité
The force on an object or                                                         A nuclear certified delivery unit
structure due to transient winds        droop stop / butées centrifuges           capable of executing both
accompanying the passage of a           A device to limit downward                conventional and nuclear
blast wave. It is the product of the    vertical motion of helicopter rotor       missions.
dynamic pressure and the drag           blades upon rotor shutdown.               01 Oct 1984
coefficient, which is dependent         01 Mar 1981
upon the shape or geometry of                                                     dual firing circuit / circuit
the object or structure.                drop / plus près                          double de mise de feu
Related term: dynamic pressure.         In artillery and naval fire support,      An assembly comprising two
03 Aug 1998                             a correction used by an                   independent firing systems, both
                                        observer/spotter to indicate that a       electric or both non-electric, so
drainage system / réseau                decrease in range along a                 that the firing of either system will
hydrographique                          spotting line is desired.                 detonate all charges.
Rivers, streams, and other inland       01 Sep 1974                               Related term: combination firing
water features.                                                                   circuit.
01 Mar 1973                             drop altitude / altitude de               01 Mar 1981
                                        largage
draught / tirant d’eau                  The altitude above mean sea               dud / raté1
The vertical distance between the       level at which airdrop is executed.       Explosive munition which has not
waterline and the lowest point of a     Related terms: altitude; altitude         been armed as intended or which
ship.                                   datum; barometric altitude;               has failed to explode after being
Related term: air draught.              calibrated altitude; critical altitude;   armed.
04 Oct 2000                             cruising altitude; cruising level;        01 Mar 1983


                                                  2-D-10
                                                                              AAP-6(2008)

                                       dynamique
dummy                                  Pressure resulting from some
Preferred term: decoy.                 medium in motion, such as the air
                                       following the shock front of a blast
dummy ammunition / munition            wave.
factice                                Related term: drag loading.
dummy munition (admitted)              01 Mar 1973
A completely inert ammunition
that resembles an operational or
practice item but is designed not
to incorporate or be used in
combination with energetic
material nor to be delivered in or
by a weapon system.
Notes:
1. It is used in activities such as
assembly, handling, instruction,
training, gauging or maintenance.
2. A colour scheme is used to
differentiate this ammunition from
other types of ammunition.
05 Sep 2007

dummy message / message de
volume
A message sent for some
purpose other than its content,
which may consist of dummy
groups or may have a
meaningless text.
01 Mar 1973

dummy minefield / champ de
mines factice
In naval mine warfare, a minefield
containing no live mines and
presenting only a psychological
threat.
Related term: minefield2.
01 Nov 1975

dump / dépôt temporaire
A temporary storage area, usually
in the open, for bombs,
ammunition, equipment, or
supplies.
01 Mar 1973

duplicate negative / copie
négative2
A negative reproduced from a
negative or diapositive.
01 Aug 1973

durable materiel
Preferred term: non-expendable
supplies and materiel.

dwell at/on / restez sur les
éléments
In artillery and naval fire support,
this term is used when fire is to
continue for an indefinite period at
specified time or on a particular
target or targets.
01 Aug 1974

dynamic pressure / pression


                                                2-D-11
                                                                                    AAP-6(2008)

                                                  E

early resupply / premiers             A subdivision of a headquarters,    days and hours; commander's
ravitaillements                       i.e., forward echelon, rear         required date; D-day; G-day; H-
The shipping of supplies during       echelon.                            hour; K-day; latest arrival date.
the period between D-day and          01 Mar 1973                         01 Aug 1982
the beginning of planned
resupply.                             echelon2 / échelon2                 edition / édition
Related terms: element of             Separate level of command. As       In cartography, a particular issue
resupply; improvised early            compared to a regiment, a           of a map or chart which is
resupply; initial early resupply;     division is a higher echelon, a     different from other issues.
planned resupply; resupply of         battalion is a lower echelon.       01 Mar 1973
Europe.                               01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                                                               edition designation /
                                      echelon3 / échelon3                 désignation d'édition
early warning / alerte lointaine      A fraction of a command in the      The number, letter, date, or
air defence early warning             direction of depth, to which a      symbol distinguishing one
EW                                    principal combat mission is         edition from another.
Early notification of the launch or   assigned; i.e., attack echelon,     01 Mar 1973
approach of unknown weapons           support echelon, reserve
or weapons carriers.                  echelon.                            ejection1 / éjection1
01 Mar 1981                           01 Mar 1973                         Escape from an aircraft by
                                                                          means of an independently
earmarked for assignment /            echelon4 / en échelon               propelled seat or capsule.
forces prévues pour                   A formation in which its            01 Jul 1983
affectation                           subdivisions are placed one
The status of forces which            behind another, with a lateral      ejection2 / éjection2
nations have agreed to assign to      and even spacing to the same        In air armament, the process of
the operational command or            side.                               forcefully separating an aircraft
operational control of a NATO         01 Mar 1973                         store from an aircraft to achieve
commander at some future date.                                            satisfactory separation.
In designating such forces,           echeloned displacement /            01 Jul 1983
nations should specify when           déplacement par échelons
these forces will be available in     Movement of a unit from one         ejection systems / systèmes
terms currently agreed by the         position to another without         d'éjection
Military Committee.                   discontinuing performance of its    a. Command ejection system - A
01 Dec 1974                           primary function.                   system in which the pilot of an
                                      01 Mar 1973                         aircraft or the occupant of the
earmarking of stocks /                                                    other ejection seat(s) initiates
désignation de stocks                 economic mobilization /             ejection resulting in the
The arrangement whereby               mobilisation économique             automatic ejection of all
nations agree, normally in            The process of preparing for and    occupants.
peacetime, to identify a              carrying out such changes in the    b. Command select ejection
proportion of selected items of       organization and functioning of     system - A system permitting the
their war reserve stocks to be        the national economy as are         optional transfer from one crew
called for by specified NATO          necessary to provide for the        station to another of the control
commanders.                           most effective use of resources     of a command ejection system
01 Mar 1984                           in a national emergency.            for automatic ejection of all
                                      01 Mar 1973                         occupants.
earthing / mise à la terre                                                c. Independent ejection system -
The process of making a               economic potential / potentiel      An ejection system which
satisfactory electrical connection    économique                          operates independently of other
between the structure, including      The total capacity of a nation to   ejection systems installed in one
the metal skin, of an object or       produce goods and services.         aircraft.
vehicle, and the mass of the          Related terms: strength; unit       d. Sequenced ejection system -
earth, to ensure a common             strenght.                           A system which ejects the
potential with the earth.             01 Mar 1973                         aircraft crew in sequence to
Related terms: bonding;                                                   ensure a safe minimum total
grounding.                            economic shipping /                 time of escape without collision.
01 Jul 1980                           transports maritimes à but          01 Mar 1981
                                      économique
easting / vers l'est                  Civil shipping operating            electrode sweep / drague à
Eastward (that is from left to        commercially not in support of      électrode
right) reading of grid values on a    the military.                       In naval mine warfare, a
map.                                  03 Aug 1998                         magnetic cable sweep in which
01 Mar 1973                                                               the salt water and the seabed
                                      E-day / jour E                      form part of the electric circuit.
echelon1 / échelon1                   Related terms: designation of       04 Oct 2000


                                               2-E-1
                                                                                   AAP-6(2008)

                                   electromagnetic energy. There         electromagnetic energy to either
electromagnetic compatibility      are three subdivisions of             temporarily or permanently
/ compatibilité                    electronic countermeasures:           damage enemy devices which
électromagnétique                  electronic jamming, electronic        rely exclusively on the
EMC                                deception and electronic              electromagnetic spectrum.
The ability of equipment or a      neutralization.                       20 Nov 1996
system to function in its          Related terms: barrage jamming;
electromagnetic environment        electronic jamming; jamming;          electronic order of battle /
without causing intolerable        spot jamming; sweep jamming.          ordre de bataille électronique
electromagnetic disturbances to    09 Jan 1996                           EOB
anything in that environment.                                            A list of emitters used by a force
Related term: electromagnetic      electronic deception /                or in a scenario with specific
vulnerability.                     déception électronique                information on the
09 May 2000                        ED                                    electromagnetic characteristics,
                                   In electronic countermeasures,        parameters, locations and
electromagnetic environment /      the deliberate radiation, re-         platforms of these emitters.
environnement                      radiation, alteration, absorption     01 Oct 2003
électromagnétique                  or reflection of electromagnetic
The totality of electromagnetic    energy in a manner intented to        electronic protective
phenomena existing at a given      confuse, distract or seduce an        measures/ mesures de
location.                          enemy or his electronic systems.      protection électronique
01 Jul 1993                        09 Jan 1996                           EPM
                                                                         That division of electronic warfare
electromagnetic interference /     electronic intelligence /             involving actions taken to ensure
interférence                       renseignement électronique            effective friendly use of the
électromagnétique                  ELINT                                 electromagnetic spectrum despite
EMI                                Intelligence derived from             the enemy's use of
Any electromagnetic                electromagnetic non-                  electromagnetic energy. There
disturbance, whether intentional   communications transmissions          are two subdivisions of electronic
or not, which interrupts,          by other than intended recipients     protective measures: active
obstructs, or otherwise degrades   or users.                             electronic protective measures
or limits the effective            09 Jan 1996                           and passive electronic protective
performance of electronic or                                             measures.
electrical equipment.              electronic jamming /                  Related terms: active electronic
01 Jul 1987                        brouillage électronique               protective measures; passive
                                   EJ                                    electronic protective measures.
electromagnetic radiation          The deliberate radiation,             20 Nov 1996
hazard / risque lié au             reradiation or reflection of
rayonnement                        electromagnetic energy with the       electronic warfare / guerre
électromagnétique                  object of impairing the               électronique
A condition which would expose     effectiveness of hostile electronic   EW
personnel, equipment, munitions    devices, equipment or systems.        Military action to exploit the
or fuel to a dangerous level of    Related terms: barrage jamming;       electromagnetic spectrum
electromagnetic radiation.         electronic countermeasures;           encompassing: the search for,
01 Nov 1990                        jamming; spot jamming; sweep          interception and identification of
                                   jamming.                              electromagnetic emissions, the
electromagnetic vulnerability /    13 Dec 1999                           employment of electromagnetic
vulnérabilité                                                            energy, including directed
électromagnétique                  electronic masking /                  energy, to reduce or prevent
The characteristics of a system    camouflage électronique               hostile use of the
that cause it to suffer            The controlled radiation of           electromagnetic spectrum, and
degradation in performance of,     electromagnetic energy on             actions to ensure its effective
or inability to perform, its       friendly frequencies in a manner      use by friendly forces.
specified task as a result of      to protect the emissions of           Related terms: electronic
electromagnetic interference.      friendly communications and           countermeasures; electronic
Related term: electromagnetic      electronic systems against            protective measures; electronic
compatibility.                     enemy electronic warfare              warfare support measures;
01 Jul 1987                        support measures/signals              operations security.
                                   intelligence, without significantly   09 Jan 1996
electronic countermeasures /       degrading the operation of
contre-mesures électroniques       friendly systems.                     electronic warfare support
ECM                                01 Nov 1991                           measures / mesures de
That division of electronic                                              soutien de guerre
warfare involving actions taken    electronic neutralization /           électronique
to prevent or reduce an enemy's    neutralisation électronique           ESM
effective use of the               EN                                    That division of electronic
electromagnetic spectrum           In electronic countermeasures,        warfare involving actions taken
through the use of                 the deliberate use of                 to search for, intercept and


                                             2-E-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

identify electromagnetic                                                        battlefield, when conditions do
emissions and to locate their           embarkation / embarquement              not permit either evacuation for
sources for the purpose of              The process of putting personnel        interment in a cemetery or burial
immediate threat recognition. It        and/or vehicles and their               according to national or
provides a source of information        associated stores and                   international legal regulations.
required for immediate decisions        equipment into ships or aircraft.       01 Oct 1980
involving electronic                    Note: In French, the word
countermeasures, electronic             "embarquement" applies to rail          emergency complement
protective measures and other           and road transport in addition to       Preferred term: emergency
tactical actions.                       ships and aircraft.                     establishment.
09 Jan 1996                             Related terms: allowable load;
                                        block stowage loading; combat           emergency destruction of
electro-optics /                        loading; commodity loading;             nuclear weapons / destruction
optoélectronique                        convoy loading; horizontal              d'urgence d'armes nucléaires
EO                                      loading; loading; selective             The destruction of nuclear
The technology associated with          loading; selective unloading; unit      munitions, components, and
those components, devices and           loading; vertical loading.              associated classified material,
systems which are designed to                                                   without significant nuclear yield,
interact between the                    embarkation area / zone                 to render the weapon tactically
electromagnetic (optical) and the       d'embarquement                          useless, to prevent the
electric (electronic) state.            An area ashore, including a             disclosure of classified design
01 Nov 1986                             group of embarkation points, in         information, and to prevent
                                        which final preparations for            salvage of the weapon for
element of resupply / élément           embarkation are completed and           reprocessing.
de réapprovisionnement                  through which assigned                  01 Nov 1975
Related terms: early resupply;          personnel and loads for craft
improvised early resupply; initial      and ships are called forward to         emergency establishment /
early resupply; planned                 embark.                                 tableau d'effectifs en temps de
resupply; resupply of Europe.           01 Mar 1973                             crise
01 Mar 1973                                                                     emergency complement
                                        embarkation order / ordre               A table setting out the
elevation / élévation                   d'embarquement                          authorized redistribution of
The vertical distance of a point        An order specifying dates, times,       manpower for a unit, formation
or level, on, or affixed to, the        routes, loading diagrams and            or headquarters under
surface of the earth, measured          methods of movement to                  emergency conditions.
from mean sea level.                    shipside or aircraft for troops         01 Nov 1975
Related terms: altitude; altitude       and their equipment.
datum; barometric altitude;             Related terms: coordinated draft        emergency fleet operating
calibrated altitude; critical           plan; draft plan; final plan; initial   base / base logistique de
altitude; cruising altitude;            draft plan; movement order;             secours pour une flotte
cruising level; datum level; drop       notice to move; operational             A base providing logistic support
altitude; drop height; height1;         readines; operation                     for fleet units operating in an
high altitude; minimum safe             order;operation plan; order to          area for limited periods.
altitude; pressure-altitude;            move; readiness; readiness state;       Related terms: base;
transition altitude; transition         readiness time; warning order.          deployment operating base.
level.                                  01 Mar 1979                             01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973
                                        emergency anchorage /                   emergency in war / état de
elevation guidance / guidage            mouillage auxiliaire                    crise en temps de guerre
en altitude                             An anchorage, which may have            An operational contingency in a
Information which will enable the       a limited defence organization,         limited area caused by a critical
pilot or auto-pilot of an aircraft to   for naval vessels, mobile support       aggravation of combat
follow the required glide path.         units, auxiliaries, or merchant         operations and requiring special
01 Oct 1980                             ships.                                  and immediate action by
                                        Related terms: advanced fleet           National and Allied
elevation of security / hausse          anchorage; assembly                     Commanders. The existence of
de sécurité                             anchorage; holding hanchorage;          such an emergency shall be
Minimum elevation permissible           laying up position ;waiting             determined by the Allied
for firing above friendly troops        position; working anchorage             Commander responsible for the
without endangering their safety.       01 Mar 1973                             limited area involved, in
This concept can only be applied                                                consultation with the National
to certain equipment having a           emergency barrier                       Commander concerned.
flat trajectory.                        Preferred term: aircraft arresting      01 Mar 1973
Related term: angle of safety.          barrier.
01 Mar 1973
                                        emergency burial / inhumation
elevation tint                          d'urgence
Preferred term: hypsometric             burial
tinting.                                A burial, usually on the

                                                  2-E-3
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

emergency locator beacon /           gained;                                wartime readiness. Endurance
radiobalise de repérage de           b. to reduce electromagnetic           speeds in each case will
détresse                             interference thereby improving         correspond with specific engine
A generic term for all radio         friendly sensor performance.           speeds.
beacons used for emergency           01 Nov 1994                            01 Mar 1973
locating purposes.
Related terms: beacon; crash         emplacement1 / emplacement             endurance time / endurance
locator beacon; emergency             A prepared position for one or        The total time for which any
locator beacon; fan marker           more weapons or pieces of              specified endurance speed of a
beacon; localizer; meaconing;        equipment, for protection against      ship can be maintained. If this
personal locator beacon; radio       hostile fire or bombardment, and       value is dependent on factors
beacon; submarine locator            from which they can execute            other than fuel, it shall be so
acoustic beacon; Z marker            their tasks.                           indicated.
beacon.                              01 Jun 1981                            01 Mar 1973
01 Jun 1987
                                                    2
                                     emplacement / mise en                  engage / engagez
emergency movement /                 batterie                               In air defence, a fire control
mouvement d’urgence                   The act of fixing a gun in a          order used to direct or authorize
In naval cooperation and             prepared position from which it        units and/or weapon systems to
guidance for shipping, the           may be fired.                          fire on a designated target.
execution of diversion, port         01 Jun 1981                            Related terms: cease
evacuation, area evacuation and                                             engagement; hold fire.
subsequent movements in order        end item / matériel complet            01 Nov 1980
to preserve ships and cargoes        In logistics, a final combination
when attack is imminent.             of assemblies, components              engagement1 / engagement1
                         3,5
Related terms: diversion ;           and/or parts ready for its             In the context of rules of
naval cooperation and guidance       intended use.                          engagement, action taken against
for shipping; port evacuation of     01 Nov 1994                            a hostile force with intent to deter,
cargoes; port evacuation of                                                 damage or neutralize it.
shipping.                            end of mission / cessez le feu!        29 May 2002
02 Mar 2007                          In artillery and naval fire support,
                                     an order given to terminate firing     engagement2 / engagement2
emergency nuclear risk /             on a specific target.                  In the context of rules of
risque nucléaire exceptionnel        01 Sep 2003                            engagement, action taken against
A degree of nuclear risk where                                              an aircraft with intent to destroy it.
anticipated effects may cause        end state / état final                 29 May 2002
some temporary shock,                The political and/or military
casualties, or both and may          situation to be attained at the        engagement control / contrôle
significantly reduce the unit's      end of an operation, which             d'interception
combat efficiency.                   indicates that the objective has       In air defence, that degree of
Related terms: degree of nuclear     been achieved.                         control exercised over the
risk; moderate nuclear risk;         04 Oct 2000                            operational functions of an air
negligible nuclear risk.                                                    defence unit that are related to
01 Mar 1973                          endurance / autonomie                  detection, identification,
                                     The time an aircraft can continue      engagement, and destruction of
emergency substitute /               flying, or a ground vehicle or         hostile targets.
produit de remplacement              ship can continue operating,           01 Mar 1973
d'urgence                            under specified conditions e.g.,
A product which may be used, in      without refuelling.                    engineer commander /
an emergency only, in place of       Related term: endurance                commandant du génie
another product, but only on the     distance.                              militaire
advice of technically qualified      01 Mar 1973                            In land warfare, a combat
personnel of the nation using the                                           engineer officer who advises an
product, who will specify the        endurance distance / distance          appropriate commander on
limitations.                         franchissable d'endurance              engineer matters, proposes
Related terms: acceptable            Total distance that a ground           engineer operations, commands
product; standardized product.       vehicle or ship can be self-           engineer operations as directed,
01 Mar 1973                          propelled at any specified             and supervises engineer
                                     endurance speed.                       operations by troops not directly
emission control / contrôle          Related term: endurance.               under his command. In some
d'émission                           01 Mar 1973                            armies, these responsibilities
EMCON                                                                       may be divided between two
Selective control of emitted         endurance speed / vitesse              individuals.
electromagnetic or acoustic          d'endurance                            01 Dec 1993
energy. The aim may be twofold:      The nautical miles per hour a
a. to minimize the enemy's           ship will travel through the water
detection of emissions and           under average conditions of hull,
exploitation of the information so   sea in temperate weather, and


                                               2-E-4
                                                                                   AAP-6(2008)

envelopment / enveloppement          01 Dec 1979                          d'évacuation sanitaire
An offensive manoeuvre in                                                 In an amphibious operation, a
                                            3           3
which the main attacking force       escort / escorte                     ship designated as a control
passes around or over the            An armed guard that                  point for landing craft,
enemy's principal defensive          accompanies a convoy, a train,       amphibious vehicles, and
positions to secure objectives to    prisoners, etc.                      helicopters evacuating
the enemy's rear.                    Related term: convoy escort2.        casualties from the beaches.
Related term: turning movement.      01 Dec 1979                          Medical personnel embarked in
01 Oct 1978                                                               the evacuation control ship
                                     escort4 / escorte4                   effect distribution of casualties
environment/ environnement           An armed guard accompanying          throughout the attack force in
The surroundings in which an         persons as a mark of honour.         accordance with ship's casualty
organization operates, including     01 Dec 1979                          capacities and specialized
air, water, land, natural                                                 medical facilities available, and
resources, flora, fauna, humans,     essential cargo                      also perform emergency
and their interrelation.             Preferred term: essential supply.    surgery.
14 Oct 2002                                                               01 Mar 1973
                                     essential supply /
equal area projection /              approvisionnement essentiel          evacuation convoy / convoi
projection équivalente               essential cargo                      d'évacuation
One in which equal areas on the      A commodity which is essential       A convoy which is used for
ground are represented by equal      for the prosecution of the war in    evacuation of dangerously
areas on the map.                    the survival period, or for          exposed waters.
01 Mar 1973                          national survival in that period,    Related terms: convoy1;
                                     and which should be discharged       evacuation of dangerously
equipment / équipement               as soon as circumstances             exposed waters.
All non-expendable items             permit. This will comprise such      01 Dec 1977
needed to outfit/equip an            things as food, refined
individual or organization.          petroleum, oils, and lubricants,     evacuation of dangerously
Related terms: assembly; base;       and medical stores.                  exposed waters / évacuation
component; deployment                Related term: cargo.                 d'une zone maritime menacée
operating base; emergency fleet      01 Mar 1973                          The movement of merchant
operating base; establishment1;                                           ships under naval control from
part; sub-assembly; supplies;        establishment1 / organisme           severely threatened coastlines
unit equipment.                      An installation, together with its   and dangerously exposed
01 Oct 1992                          personnel and equipment,             waters to safer localities.
                                     organized as an operating entity.    Related terms: dangerously
equipment casualty                   01 Mar 1973                          exposed waters; evacuation
evacuation / évacuation du                                                convoy; severely threatened
matériel endommagé                   establishment2 / tableau             coastline.
The movement within the logistic     d'effectifs et de dotation           01 Feb 1989
system of an equipment               table of organization
requiring maintenance.               table of organization and            evacuation of port equipment /
04 Oct 2000                          equipment                            évacuation de l'équipement
                                     The table setting out the            portuaire
equivalent focal length /            authorized numbers of men and        The transfer of mobile/movable
distance focale équivalente          major equipment in a                 equipment from a threatened
The distance measured along          unit/formation.                      port to another port or to a
the optical axis of the lens from    Related terms: base; equipment;      working anchorage.
the rear nodal point to the plane    unit equipment.                      01 Nov 1994
of best average definition over      01 Mar 1973
the entire field used in a camera.                                        evacuee / évacué
Related terms: calibrated focal      estimate of the situation /          A person who has been ordered
length; focal lenght; nominal        appréciation de la situation         or authorized to move from a
focal length.                        appreciation of the situation        place of danger by competent
01 Mar 1973                          A logical process of reasoning       authorities, and whose
                                     by which a commander                 movements and accommodation
       1          1
escort / escorte                     considers all the circumstances      are planned, organized and
A combatant unit(s) assigned to      affecting the military situation     controlled by such authorities.
accompany and protect another        and arrives at a decision as to      Related terms: asylum seeker;
force or convoy.                     the course of action to be taken     internally displaced person;
Related term: convoy escort1,2..     in order to accomplish his           refugee.
01 Dec 1979                          mission.                             04 Oct 2000
                                     Related term: course of action.
escort2 / escorte2                   29 May 2002                          evaluation1 / évaluation1
Aircraft assigned to protect other                                        The structured process of
aircraft during a mission.           evacuation control ship /            examining activities, capabilities
Related term: convoy escort1.        bâtiment contrôleur                  and performance against defined


                                                2-E-5
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

standards or criteria.                  nuclear weapons are released          exercise incident / incident en
Note: In the context of military        for delivery against specific         cours d'exercice
forces, the hierarchical                targets or in accordance with         An occurrence injected by
relationship in logical sequence        approved plans.                       directing staffs into the exercise
is: assessment, analysis,               Related terms: commander;             which will have an effect on the
evaluation, validation and              coordinating commander.               forces being exercised, or their
certification.                          09 Jan 1996                           facilities, and which will require
Related terms: analysis1;                                                     action by the appropriate
assessment; certification;              exercise / exercice                   commander and/or staff being
validation.                             EX                                    exercised.
02 Mar 2007                             A military manoeuvre or               01 Jun 1981
                                        simulated wartime operation
            2               2
evaluation / évaluation                 involving planning, preparation,      exercise mine / mine
In intelligence usage, a step in        and execution. It is carried out      d'exercice
the processing phase of the             for the purpose of training and       In naval mine warfare, a mine
intelligence cycle constituting         evaluation. It may be a               suitable for use in mine warfare
appraisal of a item of information      combined, joint, or single service    exercises, fitted with visible or
in respect of the reliability of the    exercise, depending on                audible indicating devices to
source, and the credibility of the      participating organizations.          show where and when it would
information.                            Related terms: command post;          normally fire.
Related term: intelligence cycle.       field exercise.                       Related terms: mine; practice
01 Sep 1981                             01 Mar 1981                           mine2.
                                                                              01 Oct 1978
evasion / évasion2                      exercise area / zone d'exercice
Measures taken either to avoid          A geographical area specifically      exercise planning directive /
or escape detection, or to break        delineated in time and space for      directive pour la planification
contact with a hostile or               the conduct of training activities.   de l'exercice
potentially hostile unit.               Note: An exercise area is             The exercise specification as
01 Oct 2001                             delineated in coordination with       developed by the officer
                                        the host nations.                     scheduling the exercise,
evasion and escape / évasion1           01 Oct 2001                           designed to provide further
The procedures and operations                                                 guidance to the planners of a
whereby military personnel and          exercise commander /                  particular exercise.
other selected individuals are          commandant participant                01 Nov 1975
enabled to emerge from an               A commander taking part in the
enemy-held or hostile area to           exercise who will issue               exercise specifications /
areas under friendly control.           appropriate operation orders to       spécifications d'un exercice
09 Jan 1996                             forces placed under his control.      The fundamental requirements
                                        He may be allocated                   for an exercise, providing in
exaggerated stereoscopy                 responsibilities regarding            advance an outline of the
Preferred term:                         controlling, conducting, and/or       concept, form, scope, setting,
hyperstereoscopy.                       directing the exercise in addition    aim, objectives, force
                                        to that of command.                   requirements, political
examination / inspection                Related term: commander.              implications, analysis
In maintenance, a                       01 Jun 1984                           arrangements and costs.
comprehensive scrutiny                                                        01 Jun 1984
supplemented by measurement             exercise directing staff / état-
and physical testing in order to        major de direction d'exercice         exercise sponsor / officier
determine the condition of an           directing staff                       prescrivant l'exercice
item.                                   A group of officers who by virtue     The commander who conceives
Related term: maintenance1,3.           of experience, qualifications, and    a particular exercise and orders
01 Nov 1990                             a thorough knowledge of the           that it be planned and executed
                                        exercise instructions, are            either by his staff or by a
exceptional transport /                 selected to direct or control an      subordinate headquarters.
transport exceptionnel                  exercise.                             01 Sep 1981
In railway terminology, transport       01 Mar 1981
of a load whose size, weight, or                                              exercise study / étude
preparation entails special             exercise filled mine / mine           théorique
difficulties vis-à-vis the facilities   d'exercice à compteur                 An activity which may take the
or equipment of even one of the         d'influences                          form of a map exercise, a war
railway systems to be used.             In naval mine warfare, a mine         game, a series of lectures, a
Related term: ordinary transport.       containing an inert filling and an    discussion group, or an
01 Nov 1994                             indicating device.                    operational analysis.
                                        Related terms: dead mine;             01 Nov 1983
executing commander /                   explosive filled mine; fitted mine;
commandant utilisateur                  inert mine; mine.                     expeditionary operation
In nuclear warfare, the NATO            01 Aug 1976                           / opération expéditionnaire
strategic commander to whom                                                   The projection of military power


                                                  2-E-6
                                                                                    AAP-6(2008)

over extended lines of               containing an explosive charge        explosive material, technical
communications into a distant        but not necessarily the firing        service assembly operations or
operational area to accomplish a     train needed to detonate it.          the laying of mines and
specific objective.                  Related terms: exercise filled        demolition charges.
7 Jul 2003                           mine; fitted mine.                    01 Dec 1974
                                     01 Dec 1976
expendable supplies and                                                    explosive ordnance disposal
materials / approvisionnement        explosive ordnance / explosifs        procedures / procédures
consommable                          et munitions                          d'élimination des explosifs
Items which are consumed in          All munitions containing              recovery procedure
use, such as ammunition, or          explosives, nuclear fission or        Those particular courses or
which lose their identity such as    fusion materials and biological       modes of action taken by
certain repair parts, or which are   and chemical agents. This             explosive ordnance disposal
of low intrinsic value, unworthy     includes bombs and warheads;          personnel for access to,
of full accounting procedures.       guided and ballistic missiles;        diagnosis, rendering safe,
01 Mar 1973                          artillery, mortar, rocket and small   recovery and final disposal of
                                     arms ammunition; all mines,           explosive ordnance or any
exploder / exploseur                 torpedoes and depth charges,          hazardous material associated
A device assigned to generate        demolition charges;                   with an explosive ordnance
an electric current in a firing      pyrotechnics; clusters and            disposal incident.
circuit after deliberate action by   dispensers; cartridge and             a. Access procedures - Those
the user in order to initiate an     propellant actuated devices;          actions taken to locate exactly
explosive charge or charges.         electro-explosive devices;            and to gain access to
01 Jul 1980                          clandestine and improvised            unexploded explosive ordnance.
                                     explosive devices; and all similar    b. Diagnostic procedures -
exploitation1 / exploitation1        or related items or components        Those actions taken to identify
Taking full advantage of success     explosive in nature.                  and evaluate unexploded
in battle and following up initial   Related terms: area clearance;        explosive ordnance.
gains.                               binary chemical munition; fixed       c. Render-safe procedures - The
01 Mar 1981                          ammunition; multi-agent               portion of the explosive
                                     munition improvised explosive         ordnance disposal procedures
exploitation2 / exploitation2        device; semi-fixed ammunition;        involving the application of
             2                       munition; proofing; separate
processing                                                                 special explosive ordnance
Taking full advantage of any         loading ammunition.                   disposal methods and tools to
information that has come to         14 Oct 2002                           provide for the interruption of
hand for tactical or strategic                                             functions or separation of
purposes.                            explosive ordnance disposal /         essential components of
Related term: intelligence cycle.    neutralisation des explosifs et       unexploded explosive ordnance
01 Mar 1981                          munitions                             to prevent an unacceptable
                                     EOD                                   detonation.
exploitation3 / exploitation3        The detection, identification, on-    d. Recovery procedures - Those
An offensive operation that          site evaluation, rendering safe,      actions taken to recover
usually follows a successful         recovery and final disposal of        unexploded explosive ordnance.
attack and is designed to            unexploded explosives                 e. Final disposal procedures -
disorganize the enemy in depth.      ordnance. It may also include         The final disposal of explosive
01 Mar 1981                          explosives ordnance which has         ordnance which may include
                                     become hazardous by damage            demolition or burning in place,
exploratory hunting / chasse         or deterioration.                     removal to a disposal area or
d'exploration                        Related terms: antisubmarine          other appropriate means.
In naval mine warfare, a parallel    warfare pouncer operation; mine       Related terms: final disposal
operation to search sweeping, in     countermeasures pounce                procedures; recovery procedure.
which a sample of the route or       procedure.                            01 Oct 1980
area is subjected to minehunting     01 Jun 1989
procedures to determine the                                                explosive ordnance
presence or absence of mines.        explosive ordnance disposal           reconnaissance /
01 Nov 1975                          incident / incident de                reconnaissance de munition
                                     neutralisation de munition            explosive
explosive / explosif                 explosive                             EOR
A substance or mixture of            The suspected or detected             Reconnaissance involving the
substances which, under              presence of unexploded                investigation, detection, location,
external influences, is capable of   explosive ordnance, or damaged        marking, initial identification and
rapidly releasing energy in the      explosive ordnance, which             reporting of suspected
form of gases and heat.              constitutes a hazard to               unexploded explosive ordnance,
01 Jun 1989                          operations, installations,            by explosive ordnance
                                     personnel or material. Not            reconnaissance agents, in order
explosive filled mine / mine         included in this definition are the   to determine further action.
chargée                              accidental arming or other            01 Mar 1973
In mine warfare, a mine              conditions that develop during
                                     the manufacture of high

                                              2-E-7
                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

explosive train / chaîne de            aircraft flying very close to the
mise à feu                             ground.
A succession of initiating and         01 Jul 1980
igniting elements arranged to
cause a charge to function.
01 Dec 1979

exposure dose / dose
d'exposition
The exposure dose at a given
point is a measurement of
radiation in relation to its ability
to produce ionization. The unit of
measurement of the exposure
dose is the roentgen.
01 Mar 1973

exposure station
Preferred term: air station.

extent of a military exercise /
importance d'un exercice
militaire
The scope of an exercise in
relation to the involvement of
NATO and/or national
commands.
Related terms: inter-command
exercise; intra-command
exercise; NATO-wide exercise;
scale of an exercise.
01 Nov 1985

external reinforcing force /
force de renfort extérieure
A reinforcing force which is
principally stationed in
peacetime outside its intended
Major NATO Command area of
operations.
01 Jun 1984

extraction drop / largage par
extraction
The dropping of loads by means
of one or more extraction
parachutes.
Related terms: extraction
parachute; gravity extraction;
platform drop.
15 Jul 2000

extraction parachute /
parachute extracteur
An auxiliary parachute used to
release lashings, pull cargo out of
an aircraft or deploy one or more
cargo parachutes.
Related term: extraction drop.
04 Oct 2000

extraction zone / zone de
largage à faible hauteur
EZ
A specified drop zone used for
the delivery of supplies and/or
equipment by means of an
extraction technique from an


                                                 2-E-8
        AAP-6(2008)




2-E-1
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

                                                   F

face of a map or chart / recto                                               survey methods, and are
d'une carte                            fan camera photography /              sometimes referred to as trig
The side on which the printed          faisceau de photographies             control or trigonometrical
image of the map or chart              Photography taken                     net(work).
appears.                               simultaneously by an assembly of      Related terms: control point1;
01 Mar 1973                            three or more cameras,                ground control.
                                       systematically installed at fixed     01 Aug 1979
fair drawing / dessin final            angles relative to each other so
A drawing complete in all respects     as to provide wide lateral            field exercise / exercice de
in the style and form specified for    coverage with overlapping             combat à simple action
reproduction.                          images.                               An exercise conducted in the field
01 Mar 1973                            Related terms: fan cameras; tri-      under simulated war conditions in
                                       camera photography.                   which troops and armament of
fallout contours / courbe(s)           01 Mar 1973                           one side are actually present,
d'isointensité2                                                              while those of the other side may
Lines joining points which have        fan cameras / faisceau                be imaginary or in outline.
the same radiation intensity that      d'appareils photo                     Related terms: command post
define a fallout pattern,              An assembly of three or more          exercise; exercise.
represented in terms of roentgens      cameras systematically disposed       01 Mar 1973
per hour.                              at fixed angles relative to each
01 Mar 1973                            other so as to provide wide lateral   field fortification / fortification
                                       coverage with overlapping             de campagne
fallout pattern / diagramme des        images.                               An emplacement or shelter of a
retombées radioactives                 Related terms: fan camera             temporary nature which can be
The distribution of fallout as         photography; tri-camera               constructed with reasonable
portrayed by fallout contours.         photography.                          facility by units requiring no more
01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973                           than minor engineer supervisory
                                                                             and equipment participation.
fallout wind vector plot /             fan marker beacon / radioborne        01 Mar 1973
graphique de vectorisation des         en éventail
vents pour le calcul des               A type of radio beacon, the           field of fire / champ de tir
retombées                              emissions of which radiate in a       The area which a weapon or a
A wind vector diagram based on         vertical, fan-shaped pattern. The     group of weapons may cover
the wind structure from the            signal can be keyed for               effectively with fire from a given
surface of the earth to the highest    identification purposes.              position.
altitude of interest.                  Related terms: beacon; radio          01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                            beacon; Z-marker beacon.
                                       01 Mar 1973                           field of view / angle de champ
false colour film / film à spectre                                           In photography, the angle
décalé                                 feature / détail cartographique       between two rays passing through
A colour film with at least one        In cartography, any object or         the perspective centre (rear nodal
emulsion layer sensitive to            configuration of ground or water      point) of a camera lens to the two
radiation outside the visible region   represented on the face of the        opposite sides of the format. Not
of the spectrum (e.g. infrared), in    map or chart.                         to be confused with angle of view.
which the representation of            01 Mar 1973                           Related term: angle of view
colours is deliberately altered.                                             01 Dec 1974
Related term: camouflage               feature line overlap / couverture
detection photography.                 de ligne caractéristique du           field of vision / angle de vision
01 Mar 1973                            terrain                               The total solid angle available to
                                       A series of overlapping air           the gunner from his normal
false origin / fausse origine          photographs which follow the line     position.
A fixed point to the south and         of a ground feature, e.g., river,     5 May 1973
west of a grid zone from which         road, railway, etc.
grid distances are measured            01 Mar 1973                           fighter / chasseur
eastward and northward.                                                      A generic term to describe a type
01 Mar 1973                            fiducial mark                         of fast and manoeuvrable fixed
                                       Preferred term: collimating mark.     wing aircraft capable of tactical air
false parallax / parallaxe fausse                                            operations against air and/or
The apparent vertical                  field control / réseau                surface targets.
displacement of an object from its     trigonométrique                       Related terms: all weather air
true position when viewed              A series of points whose relative     defence fighter; clear weather air
stereoscopically, due to               positions and elevations are          defence fighter; day air defence
movement of the object itself as       known. These positions are used       fighter; interceptor; fighter
well as to change in the point of      in basic data in mapping and          interceptor.
observation.                           charting. Normally, these             01 Feb 1989
01 Mar 1981                            positions are established by

                                                 2-F-1
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

fighter cover / couverture             submarines in order to determine      fire; deep supporting fire;
aérienne                               their probable true tracks and,       destruction fire mission; direct fire;
The maintenance of a number of         where applicable, heights or          direct supporting fire; distributed
fighter aircraft over a specified      depths.                               fire; grazing fire; harassing fire;
area or force for the purpose of       01 Mar 1973                           indirect fire; interdiction fire;
repelling hostile air activities.                                            neutralization fire; observed fire;
Related terms: airborne alert;         final approach / approche finale      preparation fire; radar fire;
column cover; concealment;             That part of an instrument            registration fire; searching fire;
coverage; screen.                      approach procedure in which           suppression fire;supporting fire;
01 Jul 1993                            alignment and descent for landing     unobserved fire.
                                       are accomplished.                     01 Nov 1975
fighter direction aircraft /           a. In a non-precision approach it
aéronef directeur d'avions de          normally begins at the final          fireball / boule de feu
combat                                 approach fix or point and ends at     The luminous sphere of hot gases
An aircraft equipped and manned        the missed approach point or fix.     which forms a few millionths of a
for directing fighter aircraft.        b. In a precision approach the        second after detonation of a
01 Jul 1993                            final approach is deemed to           nuclear weapon and immediately
                                       commence at the glide path            starts expanding and cooling.
fighter engagement zone                intercept point and ends at the       01 Sep 2003
FEZ                                    decision height/altitude.
Preferred term: weapon                 01 Nov 1983                           fire capabilities chart / carte
engagement zone.                                                             des possibilités de tir
                                       final disposal procedures /           A chart, usually in the form of an
fighter interceptor                    procédé de destruction                overlay, showing the areas which
Preferred term: interceptor.           définitive                            can be reached by the fire of the
                                       Related term: explosive ordnance      bulk of the weapons of a unit.
fighter sweep / sweep                  disposal procedures.                  Related term: chart.
An offensive mission by fighter        01 Nov 1974                           01 Aug 1973
aircraft to seek out and destroy
enemy aircraft or targets of           final plan / plan final               fire control / conduite de tir
opportunity in an allotted area of     A plan for which drafts have been     FC
operations.                            coordinated and approved and          The control of all operations in
01 Mar 1973                            which has been signed by or on        connection with the application of
                                       behalf of a competent authority.      fire on a target.
fighting patrol                        Related terms: coordinated draft      01 Mar 1977
Preferred term: combat patrol.         plan; draft plan; embarkation
                                       order; initial draft plan; movement   fire-control radar / radar de
filler point                           order; notice to move; operational    conduite de tir
Preferred term: charging point.        readines; operation order;            FCR
                                       operation plan; order to move;        Radar used to provide target
film badge / dosiphote                 readiness; readiness state;           information inputs to a weapon
A photographic film packet to be       readiness time; warning order.        fire control system.
carried by personnel, in the form      01 Jul 1980                           02 Mar 2007
of a badge, for measuring and
permanently recording (usually)        final protective fire / tir d'arrêt   fire-control system / système
gamma-ray dosage.                      FPF                                   de conduite de tir
01 Mar 1973                            An immediately available              FCS
                                       prearranged barrier of fire           A group of interrelated fire control
filter / filtre                        designed to impede enemy              equipment and/or instruments
In electronics, a device which         movement across defensive lines       designed for use with a weapon or
transmits only part of the incident    or areas.                             group of weapons.
energy and may thereby change          01 Dec 1979                           06 Jan 2006
the spectral distribution of energy:
a. high pass filters transmit          fire1 / feu                           fire coordination
energy above a certain frequency;      The command given to discharge        Preferred term: fire support
b. low pass filters transmit energy    a weapon(s).                          coordination.
below a certain frequency;             01 Nov 1975
c. band pass filters transmit                                                fire coordination area / zone de
energy of a certain bandwidth;         fire2 / tirer                         coordination des feux
d. band stop filters transmit          To detonate the main explosive        An area with specified restraints
energy outside a specific              charge by means of a firing           into which fires in excess of those
frequency band.                        system.                               restraints will not be delivered
01 Mar 1977                            01 Nov 1975                           without approval of the authority
                                                                             establishing the restraints.
filtering / filtrage                   fire3 / tir                           01 Aug 1974
The process of interpreting            Related terms: barrage fire; close
reported information on                supporting fire; concentrated         fire direction centre / poste
                                           1,2
movements of aircraft, ships, and      fire ; counterfire;                   central de tir
                                       counterpreparation fire; covering

                                                 2-F-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

That element of a command post,        01 Mar 1973                             against surface or ground targets.
consisting of gunnery and                                                      The establishment of the fire
communication personnel and            firestorm / tempête de feu              support coordination line must be
equipment, by means of which the       Stationary mass fire, generally in      coordinated with the appropriate
commander exercises fire               built-up urban areas, generating        commanders and supporting
direction and/or fire control. The     strong, inrushing winds from all        elements. Attacks against surface
fire direction centre receives         sides; the winds keep the fires         or ground targets short of the fire
target intelligence and requests       from spreading while adding fresh       support coordination line must be
for fire, and translates them into     oxygen to increase their intensity.     conducted under the positive
appropriate fire direction.            01 Mar 1981                             control or procedural clearance of
01 Aug 1976                                                                    the associated land or amphibious
                                       fire support / appui-feu                force commander. Unless in
fire for effect1 / tir d'efficacité1   FS                                      exceptional circumstances,
FFE                                    The application of fire,                commanders of forces attacking
Fire which is delivered after the      coordinated with the manoeuvre          targets beyond the fire support
mean point of impact or burst is       of forces, to destroy, neutralize or    coordination line must coordinate
within the desired distance of the     suppress the enemy.                     with all affected commanders in
target or adjusting/ranging point.     Related term: naval fire support.       order to avoid fratricide and to
01 Mar 1973                            01 Nov 1994                             harmonize joint objectives.
                                                                               Note: In the context of this
fire for effect2 / tir d'efficacité2   fire support area / zone de tirs        definition the term "surface
FFE                                    d'appui                                 targets" applies to those in littoral
Term in a call for fire to indicate    FSA                                     or inland waters within the
the adjustment/ranging is              An appropriate manoeuvre area           designated area of operations.
satisfactory and fire for effect is    assigned to fire support ships          04 Oct 2000
desired.                               from which to deliver gun-fire
01 Mar 1973                            support of an amphibious                fire support group /
                                       operation.                              groupement de tirs d'appui
fire mission1 / mission de tir1        Related term: naval support area        A temporary grouping of ships
Specific assignment given to a fire    01 Mar 1973                             under a single commander
unit as part of a definite plan.                                               charged with supporting troop
01 Mar 1973                            fire support coordination /             operations ashore by naval fire. A
                                       coordination des tirs d'appui           fire support group may be further
fire mission2 / mission de tir2        fire coordination                       subdivided into fire support units
Order used to alert the                FSC                                     and fire support elements.
weapon/battery area and indicate       The planning and executing of fire      01 Mar 1973
that the message following is a        so that targets are adequately
call for fire.                         covered by a suitable weapon or         fire unit / unité de tir
01 Mar 1973                            group of weapons.                       The smallest artillery or mortar
                                       01 Mar 1973                             organization, consisting of one or
fire plan / plan d'emploi des                                                  more weapon systems, capable of
feux                                   fire support coordination centre        being employed to execute a fire
A tactical plan for using the          / centre de coordination des            mission.
weapons of a unit or formation so      feux d'appui                            20 Nov 1996
that their fire will be coordinated.   supporting arms coordination
01 Mar 1973                            centre                                  firing / mise à feu
                                       A single location in which are          Actuation of the firing system.
firepower1 / puissance de feu1         centralized communication               Related term: firing system.
The amount of fire which may be        facilities and personnel incident to    25 Sep 1998
delivered by a position, unit, or      the coordination of all forms of fire
weapon system.                         support.                                firing area / aire d'explosion
01 Mar 1973                            01 Aug 1979                             In a sweeper - sweep
                                                                               combination, the horizontal area
firepower2 / puissance de feu2         fire support coordination line /        at the depth of a particular mine in
Ability to deliver fire.               ligne de coordination des feux          which the mine will detonate. The
01 Mar 1973                            d'appui                                 firing area has exactly the same
                                       FSCL                                    dimensions as the interception
fire-power umbrella / zone de tir      Within an assigned area of              area but will lie astern of it unless
contre-avions                          operations, a line established by a     the mine detonates immediately
An area of specified dimensions        land or amphibious force                when actuated.
defining the boundaries of the         commander to denote coordination        01 Dec 1976
airspace over a naval force at sea     requirements for fires by other
within which the fire of ships anti-   force elements which may affect         firing circuit1 / circuit de mise
                                                                                       1
aircraft weapons can endanger          the commander’s current and             de feu
aircraft, and within which special     planned operations. The fire            firing mechanism
procedures have been                   support coordination line applies to    In land operations, an electrical
established for the identification     fires of air, ground or sea weapons     circuit and/or pyrotechnic loop
and operation of friendly aircraft.    using any type of ammunition            designed to detonate connected


                                                 2-F-3
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

charges from a firing point.             fixed ammunition / munition            The change in the flight path of an
01 Jul 1980                              encartouchée                           aircraft so as to reduce the rate of
                                         Ammunition in which the cartridge      descent for touchdown.
firing circuit2/ circuit de mise de      case is permanently attached to        01 Mar 1973
    2
feu                                      the projectile.
firing mechanism                         Related term: munition.                flash blindness / aveuglement
In naval mine warfare, that part of      01 Mar 1973                            par l'éclair
a mine circuit which either                                                     Impairment of vision resulting
completes the detonator circuit or       fixed medical treatment facility /     from an intense flash of light. It
operates a ship counter.                 installation fixe du service de        includes temporary or permanent
01 Jul 1980                              santé                                  loss of visual functions and may
                                         A medical treatment facility which     be associated with retinal burns.
firing mechanism                         is designed to operate for an          01 Nov 1983
Preferred term: firing circuit1,2.       extended period of time at a
                                         specific site.                         flash burn / brûlure par l'éclair
firing point / point de mise de          01 Mar 1973                            A burn caused by excessive
feu                                                                             exposure (of bare skin) to thermal
That point in the firing circuit         fixed station patrol / barrage         radiation.
where the device employed to             fixe                                   01 Mar 1973
initiate the detonation of the           One in which each scout
charges is located.                      maintains station relative to an       flash suppressor / cache-
01 Mar 1979                              assigned point on a barrier line       flamme
                                         while searching the surrounding        Device attached to the muzzle of
firing system / mise de feu              area. Scouts are not stationary        the weapon which reduces the
System designed to actuate an            but remain underway and patrol         amount of visible light or flash
explosive, electric or other train, in   near the centre of their assigned      created by burning propellant
order to cause the explosion of a        stations. A scout is a surface ship,   gases.
charge.                                  submarine, or aircraft.                01 Mar 1973
Related term: firing.                    01 Mar 1973
25 Sep 1998                                                                     flash-to-bang time / intervalle
                                         fixer network / réseau de              éclair-son
fission / fission                        détermination de position              The time from light being first
The process whereby the nucleus          fixer system                           observed until the sound of the
of a heavy element splits into           A combination of radio or radar        nuclear detonation is heard.
(generally) two nuclei of lighter        direction-finding installations        01 Jul 1988
elements, with the release of            which, operating in conjunction,
substantial amounts of energy.           are capable of plotting the            flat / non contrasté
01 Nov 1975                              position relative to the ground of     In photography, lacking in
                                         an aircraft in flight.                 contrast.
fission products / produits de           01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1977
fission
A general term for the complex           fixer system                           flight following / contrôle en vol
mixture of substances produced           Preferred term: fixer network.         The task of maintaining contact
as a result of nuclear fission.                                                 with specified aircraft for the
01 Mar 1973                              flame-thrower / lance-flammes          purpose of determining en route
                                         A weapon that projects incendiary      progress and/or flight termination.
fission to yield ratio / rapport         fuel and has provision for ignition    01 Mar 1973
"fission/puissance"                      of this fuel.
The ratio of the yield derived from      01 Mar 1973                            flight information centre /
nuclear fission to the total yield; it                                          centre d'information de vol
is frequently expressed in percent.      flank guard / flanc-garde              A unit established to provide flight
01 Mar 1973                              A security element operating to        information service and alerting
                                         the flank of a moving or stationary    service.
fitted mine / mine disponible            force to protect it from enemy         01 Mar 1973
In naval mine warfare, a mine            ground observation, direct fire,
containing an explosive charge, a        and surprise attack.                   flight information region /
primer, detonator and firing             Related terms: guard; screen.          région d'information de vol
system.                                  01 Aug 1976                            FIR
Related terms: exercise filled                                                  An airspace of defined
mine; explosive filled mine.             flanking attack / attaque de           dimensions within which flight
01 Nov 1975                              flanc                                  information service and alerting
                                         An offensive manoeuvre directed        service are provided.
fix / point                              at the flank of an enemy.              Related terms: air tarffic control
A position determined from               Related term: frontal attack.          centre; area control centre.
terrestrial, electronic, or              01 Jul 1983                            01 Mar 1973
astronomical data.
01 Mar 1973                              flare / arrondi                        flight information service /
                                         roundout                               service d'information de vol


                                                   2-F-4
                                                                                            AAP-6(2008)

FIS                                       01 Mar 1973                             focal length / distance focale
A service provided for the                                                        Related terms: calibrated focal
purpose of giving advice and              floating base support /                 length; equivalent focal length;
information useful for the safe and       bâtiment de soutien logistique          nominal focal length.
efficient conduct of flights.             A form of logistic support in which     01 Mar 1973
01 Feb 1988                               supplies, repairs, maintenance
                                          and other services are provided in      focal plane / plan focal
flight levels / niveaux de vol            harbour or at an anchorage for          The plane, perpendicular to the
Surfaces of constant atmospheric          operating forces from ships.            optical axis of the lens, in which
pressure which are related to a           01 Dec 1974                             images of points in the object field
specific pressure datum, 1013.2                                                   of the lens are focused.
mb (29.92 in), and are separated          floating lines / ligne flottante        01 Mar 1973
by specific pressure intervals.           In photogrammetry, lines
(Flight levels are expressed in           connecting the same two points of       folded optics / système à trajet
three digits that represent               detail on each print of a stereo        optique replié
hundreds of feet; e.g. flight level       pair, used to determine whether or      Any optical system containing
250 represents a barometric               not the points are intervisible. The    reflecting components for the
altimeter indication of 25,000 feet       lines may be drawn directly on to       purpose of reducing the physical
and flight level 255 is an                the prints or superimposed by           length of the system or for the
indication of 25,500 feet.).              means of strips of transparent          purpose of changing the path of
01 Mar 1973                               material.                               the optical axis.
                                          01 Mar 1973                             01 Jun 1978
flight path / trajectoire de vol
The line connecting the                   floating mark or dot / marque           follow-on echelon / échelon de
successive positions occupied, or         repère                                  premier renfort
to be occupied, by an aircraft,           A mark seen as occupying a              In amphibious operations, that
missile or space vehicle as it            position in the three dimensional       echelon of the assault troops,
moves through air or space.               space formed by the stereoscopic        vehicles, aircraft equipment, and
01 Oct 1980                               fusion of a pair of photographs,        supplies which, though not
                                          used as a reference mark in             needed to initiate the assault, is
flight plan / plan de vol                 examining or measuring a                required to support and sustain
Specified information provided to         stereoscopic model.                     the assault.
air traffic services units, relative to   01 Mar 1973                             Related terms: assault2;
an intended flight or portion of a                                                amphibious assault; amphibious
                                                                                                           1
flight of an aircraft.                    floating mine / mine flottante          operation; assault phase ; follow-
01 Mar 1973                               In naval mine warfare, a mine           up.
                                          visible on the surface.                 01 Mar 1982
flight readiness firing / essai au        Related terms: drifting mine; free
point fixe                                mine; mine2; watching mine.             follow-on mine
Short duration tests relating to a        01 Nov 1975                             countermeasures / opérations
rocket system, carried out with the                                               ultérieures de lutte contre les
propulsion device in operation,           floating reserve / réserve non          mines
the rocket being fixed on the             débarquée                               Mine countermeasures operations
launcher. Such tests are carried          In an amphibious operation,             carried out after the initial
out in order to define the state of       reserve troops which remain             amphibious landing during the
preparation of the rocket system          embarked until needed.                  amphibious assault and post-
and of the launching facilities           01 Mar 1973                             assault phases in order to expand
before the flight test.                                                           the areas cleared during the pre-
01 Mar 1973                               flooder / dispositif de                 assault mine countermeasures
                                          sabordage                               operations.
flight surgeon / médecin de l'air         In naval mine warfare, a device         01 Oct 2001
A physician who is specially              fitted to a buoyant mine which, on
trained and holds a current               operation after a pre-set time,         follow-up / renfort-soutien
qualification in aviation medicine.       floods the mine case and causes         In amphibious operations, the
15 Jan 2008                               it to sink to the bottom.               landing of reinforcements and
                                          01 Nov 1975                             stores after the assault and
flight test / essai en vol                                                        follow-on echelons have been
Test of an aircraft, rocket, missile,     fluxgate / fluxmètre                    landed.
or other vehicle by actual flight or      fluxvalve                               Related terms: assault2;
launching. Flight tests are               A detector which gives an               amphibious assault; amphibious
                                                                                                            1
planned to achieve specific test          electrical signal proportional to the   operation; assault phase ; follow-
objectives and gain operational           intensity of the external magnetic      on echelon.
information.                              field acting along its axis.            01 Mar 1982
01 Mar 1973                               01 Jan 1980
                                                                                  follow-up echelon / échelon de
floatation / flottabilité                 fluxvalve                               renforcement
The capability of a vehicle to float      Preferred term: fluxgate.               In air transport operations,
in water.                                                                         elements moved into the objective


                                                    2-F-5
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

area after the assault echelon.         Those forces made available to        form lines / courbe figurative
01 Jul 1983                             NATO by a nation under the            Lines resembling contours, but
                                        categories of:                        representing no actual elevations,
force interoperability /                a. NATO command forces;               which have been sketched from
interopérabilité des forces             b. NATO assigned forces;              visual observation or from
The ability of the forces of two or     c. NATO earmarked forces;             inadequate or unreliable map
more nations to train, exercise         d. other forces for NATO.             sources, to show collectively the
and operate effectively together in     Related term: force(s).               configuration of the terrain.
the execution of assigned               01 Aug 1979                           01 Mar 1973
missions and tasks.
Related terms: commonality;             forces in being / forces              form overlay / cadre de
common user item; compatibility;        constituées                           surimpression
interchangeability; interoperability;   Forces classified as being in state   A pattern, such as a report form,
military interoperability;              of readiness "A" or "B" as            grid or map, used as background
standardization.                        prescribed in the appropriate         image.
06 Jan 2006                             Military Committee document.          05 Sep 2000
                                        01 Mar 1985
force protection / protection des                                             forward aeromedical
forces                                  format1 / format1                     evacuation / évacuation
FP                                      In photography, the size and/or       sanitaire aérienne de l'avant
All measures and means to               shape of a negative or of the print   That phase of evacuation which
minimize the vulnerability of           therefrom.                            provides airlift for patients
personnel, facilities, equipment        01 Mar 1973                           between points within the
and operations to any threat and                                              battlefield, from the battlefield to
in all situations, to preserve          format2 / format2                     the initial point of treatment, and
freedom of action and the               In cartography, the shape and         to subsequent points of treatment
operational effectiveness of the        size of a map or chart.               within the combat zone.
force.                                  01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1973
22 Jun 2004
                                        formation1 / formation1               forward air controller /
force ratio / rapport de forces         An ordered arrangement of troops      contrôleur air avancé
The qualitative and quantitative        and/or vehicles for a specific        FAC
ratio between friendly and hostile      purpose.                              A qualified individual who, from a
forces at a specific time and           01 Oct 1980                           forward position on the ground or
location.                                                                     in the air, directs the action of
01 Oct 2001                             formation2 / formation2               combat aircraft engaged in close
                                        An ordered arrangement of two or      air support of land forces.
force rendezvous / point de             more ships, units, or aircraft        01 Aug 1982
rendez-vous des forces                  proceeding together under a
group rendezvous                        commander.                            forward edge of the battle area /
A checkpoint at which formations        01 Oct 1980                           limite avant de la zone de
of aircraft or ships join and                                                 bataille
become part of the main force.          formatted message text / texte        FEBA
01 Mar 1981                             de message formaté                    The foremost limits of a series of
                                        A message text composed of            areas in which ground combat
force(s) / force(s)                     several sets ordered in a specified   units are deployed, excluding the
Related terms: airborne force;          sequence, each set characterized      areas in which the covering or
airborne operation; air portable;       by an identifier and containing       screening forces are operating,
air transportable unit; air             information of a specified type,      designated to coordinate fire
transported force; blue forces;         coded and arranged in an ordered      support, the positioning of forces,
combined force; covering force;         sequence of character fields in       or the manoeuvre of units.
forces allocated to NATO;               accordance with the NATO              01 Jul 1983
garrison force; national forces for     message text formatting rules. It
the defence of the NATO area;           is designed to permit both manual     forward line of own troops /
NATO assigned forces; NATO              and automated handling and            ligne avant des forces amies
command forces; NATO                    processing.                           FLOT
earmarked forces; Nato forces;          Related terms: free form message      A line which indicates the most
opposing forces; other forces for       text; structured message text.        forward positions of friendly forces
NATO; purple forces; task force;        01 Jul 1987                           in any kind of military operation at
underway replenishment force;                                                 a specific time.
white forces.                           forming-up place / zone de            01 Mar 1991
01 Jul 1994                             démarrage
                                        attack position
forces allocated to NATO /              The last position occupied by the
forces allouées à l'OTAN                assault echelon before crossing
                                        the start line/line of departure.
                                        01 Mar 1973




                                                  2-F-6
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

forward observer / observateur                                                  01 Mar 1973
avancé                                free fall / saut en commandé
An observer with forward troops       A parachute manoeuvre in which            front3 / front3
trained to call for and adjust        the parachute is opened, either           The line of contact of two
supporting fire and pass              manually or automatically, at a           opposing forces.
battlefield information.              predetermined altitude.                   01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1981                           Related terms: air landed; airdrop;
                                      air movement; air trooping;               front4 / front4
forward overlap                       extraction drop; extraction               When a combat situation does not
Related term: overlap1.               parachute; free drop; gravity             exist or is not assumed, the
                                      extraction; high velocity drop; low       direction toward which the
forward slope / glacis                velocity drop; landing area2;             command is faced.
                                                   1
Any slope which descends              landing site ; landing zone;              01 Mar 1973
towards the enemy.                    platform drop.
01 Mar 1973                           01 Mar 1971                               frontal attack / attaque frontale
                                                                                An offensive manoeuvre in which
forward tell / transfert              free form message text / texte            the main action is directed against
ascendant                             de message libre                          the front of the enemy forces.
Related term: track telling.          A message text without                    Related term: flanking attack.
01 Mar 1973                           prescribed format arrangements.           01 Dec 1977
                                      It is intended for fast drafting as
found shipment / marchandise          well as manual handling and               full beam spread / faisceau
non manifestée                        processing.                               ouvert
Freight received but not listed or    Related terms: formatted                  Related term: indirect illumination.
manifested.                           message text; structured                  01 Nov 1975
01 Mar 1973                           message text.
                                      01 Jul 1987                               full command / commandement
fragmentary order / ordre                                                       intégral
simplifié                             free mine / mine dérivante2               The military authority and
FRAGO                                 In naval mine warfare, a moored           responsibility of a commander to
An abbreviated form of an             mine whose mooring has parted             issue orders to subordinates. It
operation order, issued as            or been cut.                              covers every aspect of military
required, that eliminates the need    Related terms: floating mine;             operations and administration and
for restating information contained   mine2.                                    exists only within national
in a basic operation order. It may    01 Nov 1975                               services.
be issued in sections.                                                          Note: The term"command"as
01 Mar 1991                           free play exercise / exercice à           used internationally, implies a
                                      libre action                              lesser degree of authority than
frame / cliché                        An exercise to test the capabilities      when it is used in a purely
In photography, any single            of forces under simulated                 national sense. No NATO or
exposure contained within a           contingency and/or wartime                coalition commander has full
continuous sequence of                conditions, limited only by those         command over the forces
photographs.                          artificialities or restrictions           assigned to him since, in
01 Mar 1973                           required by peacetime safety              assigning forces to NATO, nations
                                      regulations.                              will delegate only operational
free air overpressure /               Related term: controlled exercise.        command or operational control.
surpression incidente                 01 Jun 1984                               Related terms: administrative
The unreflected pressure, in                                                    control; command; full command;
excess of the ambient                 friend / ami                              functional command; national
atmospheric pressure, created in      In identification, the designation        command; operational command;
the air by the blast wave from an     given to a track, object or entity        operational control.
explosion.                            belonging to a declared, presumed         04 Oct 2000
01 Mar 1973                           or recognized friendly nation,
                                      faction or group.                         fully planned movement /
free drop / largage en chute          Related terms: detection; hostile;        mouvement entièrement
libre                                 identification2; identification friend-   planifié
The dropping of equipment or          or-foe; neutral; recognition;             A movement which is prepared in
supplies from an aircraft without     unknown.                                  detail, based on definite data and
the use of parachutes.                01 Oct 2003                               for which all necessary movement
Related terms: air landed; airdrop;                                             and transportation support will be
                                           1        1
air movement; air trooping;           front / front                             arranged as required or agreed.
extraction drop; extraction           The lateral space occupied by an          This type of movement can be
parachute; free fall; gravity         element measured from the                 executed on declaration of alert
extraction; high velocity drop; low   extremity of one flank to the             measures or on call.
velocity drop; landing area2;         extremity of the other flank.             Related terms: ad hoc movement;
            1
landing site ; landing zone;          01 Mar 1973                               partially planned movement.
platform drop.                                                                  01 Nov 1990
01 Mar 1973                           front2 / front2
                                      The direction of the enemy.

                                                 2-F-7
                                              AAP-6(2008)

functional command /
commandement fonctionnel
A command organization based
on military functions rather than
geographic areas.
Related terms: administrative
control; command; full command;
operational command; operational
control; tactical control.
01 Mar 1973
       1
fusion / fusion
The process whereby the nuclei of
light elements combine to form
the nucleus of a heavier element,
with the release of tremendous
amounts of energy.
01 Nov 1991

fusion2 / fusionnement
In intelligence usage, the blending
of intelligence and/or information
from multiple sources or agencies
into a coherent picture. The origin
of the initial individual items
should then no longer be
apparent.
01 Nov 1991

fuze / fusée
A device which initiates an
explosive train.
Related terms: base fuze;
boresafe fuze; direct action fuze;
fuze; impact action fuze; proximity
fuze; safety fuze; self-destroying
fuze; shuttered fuze; time fuze.
01 Oct 1980

fuze cavity / alvéole d'amorçage
A recess in a charge for receiving
a fuze.
01 Dec 1979




                                      2-F-8
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

                                                      G

gap-filler radar / radar de              01 Aug 1976
couverture complémentaire                                                        geomatics / géomatique
A radar used to supplement the           general support reinforcing /           The science and technology of
coverage of the principal radar in       action d'ensemble et                    geospatial information
areas where coverage is                  renforcement                            management, including the
inadequate.                              A tactical task in which an artillery   acquisition, storage, analysis and
01 Dec 1974                              unit fires in support of the force as   processing, display and
                                         a whole and, on a secondary             dissemination of georeferenced
gap marker / marqueur                    basis, provides reinforcing fire for    information.
d'extrémité de couloir                   another artillery unit.                 Related term: geospatial.
In land mine warfare, markers            30 Jun 2005                             16 Jul 1999
used to indicate a minefield gap.
Gap markers at the entrance to,          general unloading period /              georef / géoref
and exit from, the gap will be           phase de déchargement                   A worldwide position reference
referenced to a landmark or              général                                 system that may be applied to any
immediate marker.                        In amphibious operations, that          map or chart graduated in latitude
Related terms: lane marker;              part of the ship-to-shore               and longitude regardless of
minefield lane; row marker; strip        movement in which unloading is          projection. It is a method of
marker.                                  primarily logistic in character, and    expressing latitude and longitude
01 Mar 1981                              emphasizes speed and volume of          in a form suitable for rapid
                                         unloading operations. It                reporting and plotting. (This term
garnishing / garnissage de               encompasses the unloading of            is derived from the words "The
camouflage                               units and cargo from the ships as       World Geographic Reference
In surveillance, natural or artificial   rapidly as facilities on the beach      System".)
material applied to an object to         permit. It proceeds without regard      Related term: coordinates.
achieve or assist camouflage.            to class, type, or priority of cargo,   01 Mar 1973
01 Dec 1974                              as permitted by cargo handling
                                         facilities ashore.                      georeferenced image / image
garrison force / garnison                Related term: initial unloading         géoréférencée
All units assigned to a base or          period.                                 In photogrammetry, an image
area for defence, development,           01 Mar 1982                             which has been processed such
operation, and maintenance of                                                    that its pixels are assigned map
facilities.                              generic plan / plan générique           coordinates, and then resampled
Related term: force(s).                  GEP                                     to conform to a map projection
01 Mar 1973                              A basic plan which is developed for     system.
                                         possible operations where some          Related terms: geocoded image;
G-day / jour G                           planning factors have not yet been      projection.
Related terms: designation of            fully identified or cannot be           14 Oct 2002
days and hours; commander's              assumed. It identifies at this stage
required date; D-day; E-day; H-          the general capabilities required.      geospatial / géospatial
hour; K-day; latest arrival date.        25 Sep 1998                             Of or related to any entity whose
01 Feb 1989                                                                      position is referenced to the Earth.
                                         geocoded image / image                  Related term: geomatics.
general air cargo / cargaison            géocodée                                13 Dec 1999
aérienne ordinaire                       In photogrammetry, an
Cargo without hazardous or               orthorectified image encoded with       go around
dangerous properties and not             grid or geographical coordinates        Preferred term: overshoot.
requiring extra precautions for air      so as to define the position of its
transport.                               pixels in relation to the surface of    go no-go / go no-go
Related term: cargo.                     the earth.                              The condition or state of
01 Jul 1987                              Related terms: geographic               operability of a component or
                                         coordinates; georeferenced              system: "go", functioning
general stopping power /                 image; grid coordinate system;          properly; or "no-go", not
pouvoir d'arrêt général                  mosaic; orthorectification.             functioning properly.
The percentage of a group of             14 Oct 2002                             01 Mar 1982
vehicles in battle formation likely
to be stopped by mines when              geographic coordinates /                government off-the-shelf /
attempting to cross a minefield.         coordonnées géographiques               gouvernemental sur étagère
01 Sep 1981                              The quantities of latitude and          GOTS
                                         longitude which define the              Pertaining to a product developed
general support / action                 position of a point on the surface      for a national government and
d'ensemble                               of the earth with respect to the        made available for authorized
That support which is given to the       reference spheroid.                     use, normally without
supported force as a whole and           Related terms: coordinates;             modification.
not to any particular subdivision        georeferenced image.                    Related terms: commercial off-the-
thereof.                                 01 Mar 1973                             shelf; NATO off-the-shelf.

                                                   2-G-1
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

01 Oct 2001                           Fire approximately parallel to the    the ordinary method of plane
                                      ground where the centre of the        surveying.
gradient circuit / mise de feu à      cone of fire does not rise above      Related terms: coordinates;
gradient                              one metre from the ground.            georeferenced image.
In mine warfare, a circuit which is   Related term: fire3.                  01 Mar 1973
actuated when the rate of change,     01 Mar 1973
with time, of the magnitude of the                                          grid interval / intervalle d'un
influence is within predetermined     great circle route / orthodromie      quadrillage
limits.                               The route which follows the           The distance represented
01 Nov 1975                           shortest arc of a great circle        between the lines of a grid.
                                      between two points.                   01 Mar 1973
graphic / document graphique          01 Mar 1973
Any and all products of the                                                 grid magnetic angle /
cartographic and                      grid                                  déclinaison magnétique du
photogrammetric art. A graphic        Preferred term: military grid.        carroyage
may be either a map, chart, or                                              grid variation
mosaic or even a film-strip that      grid bearing / azimut grille          grivation
was produced using cartographic       Bearing measured with reference       Angular difference in direction
techniques.                           to grid north.                        between grid north and magnetic
01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: magnetic bearing;      north. It is measured east or west
                                      relative bearing; true bearing.       from grid north.
graphic scale / échelle               09 Jan 1996                           Related term: isogriv.
graphique                                                                   01 Mar 1973
bar scale                             grid convergence /
linear scale                          convergence de la grille              grid navigation / navigation-
A graduated line by means of          The horizontal angle at a point       grille
which distances on the map,           between true north and grid north.    A method of navigation using a
chart, or photograph may be           Related terms: convergence;           grid overlay for direction
measured in terms of ground           convergence factor; grid              reference.
distance.                             convergence factor; map               Related term: navigational grid.
Related term: scale.                  convergence; true convergence         01 Dec 1974
01 Feb 1974                           01 Mar 1973
                                                                            grid north / nord de la grille
grapnel / grappin                     grid convergence factor /             The northerly or zero direction
In naval mine warfare, a device       facteur de convergence de la          indicated by the grid datum of
fitted to a mine mooring designed     grille                                directional reference.
to grapple the sweep wire when        The ratio of the grid convergence     01 Mar 1973
the mooring is cut.                   angle to the longitude difference.
01 Nov 1975                           In the Lambert Conical                grid ticks / amorce d'un
                                      Orthomorphic projection this ratio    quadrillage
graticule1 / graticule1               is constant for all charts based on   Small marks on the neatline of a
In cartography, a network of lines    the same two standard parallels.      map or chart indicating additional
representing the earth's parallels    Related terms: constant of the        grid reference systems included
of latitude and meridians of          cone; convergence; convergence        on that sheet. Grid ticks are
longitude.                            factor; grid convergence; map         sometimes shown on the interior
Related terms: image map;             convergence; true convergence         grid lines of some maps for ease
neatlines.                            01 Mar 1973                           of referencing.
01 Nov 1977                                                                 01 Mar 1973
                                      grid coordinate / coordonnées
graticule2 / graticule2               de carroyage                          grid variation
Preferred term: reticle.              Coordinates of a grid coordinate      Preferred term: grid magnetic
                                      system to which numbers and           angle.
graticule ticks / amorce de           letters are assigned for use in
réseau géographique                   designating a point on a gridded      gripper edge / bord
In cartography, short lines           map, photograph, or chart.            d'entraînement
indicating where selected             Related term: coordinates.            The edge by which paper or other
meridians and parallels intersect.    01 Dec 1974                           printing material is drawn into the
01 Mar 1973                                                                 printing machine.
                                      grid coordinate system /              01 Mar 1973
gravity extraction / largage par      système de carroyage
gravité                               A plane-rectangular coordinate        grivation
The extraction of cargoes from        system usually based on, and          Preferred term: grid magnetic
the aircraft by influence of their    mathematically adjusted to, a map     angle.
own weight.                           projection in order that geographic
Related term: extraction drop.        positions (latitudes and              gross weight1 / poids total en
01 Mar 1973                           longitudes) may be readily            charge
                                                                                   1

                                      transformed into plane                Weight of a vehicle, fully equipped
grazing fire / tir rasant             coordinates and the computations      and serviced for operation,
                                      relating to them may be made by

                                                2-G-2
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

including the weight of the fuel,      object or vehicle structure to         the air.
lubricants, coolant, vehicle tools     ensure a common potential.             Related term: signal area.
and spares, crew, personal             Related terms: bonding; earthing.      01 Mar 1973
equipment and load.                    01 Jul 1980
Related term: net weight1.                                                    ground speed / vitesse sol
01 Mar 1982                            ground liaison officer / officier      The horizontal component of the
                                       de liaison de l'armée de terre         speed of an aircraft relative to the
gross weight2 / poids total en         An officer especially trained in air   earth's surface.
        2
charge                                 reconnaissance and/or offensive        01 Nov 1975
Weight of a container or pallet        air support activities. These
including freight and binding.         officers are normally organized        ground zero / point zéro
Related term: net weight2.             into teams under the control of the    surface zero
01 Mar 1982                            appropriate ground force               GZ
                                       commander to provide liaison to        SZ
ground alert / alerte au sol           air force and navy units engaged       The point on the surface of the
That status in which aircraft on       in training and combat operations.     earth at, or vertically below or
the ground/deck are fully serviced     Related term: air liaison officer.     above, the centre of a planned or
and armed, with combat crews in        01 Mar 1973                            actual nuclear detonation.
readiness to take off within a                                                Related terms: actual ground
specified short period of time         ground liaison section / section       zero; desired ground zero.
(usually 15 minutes) after receipt     de liaison des forces terrestres       01 Sep 1981
of a mission order.                    A ground unit responsible for
01 Apr 1974                            ground-air liaison under control of    group of targets / groupe
                                       the ground headquarters.               d'objectifs
ground control / cheminement           01 Mar 1982                            Two or more targets on which fire
par triangulation                                                             is desired simultaneously. A group
A system of accurate                   ground mine                            of targets is designated by a
measurements used to determine         Preferred term: bottom mine.           letter/number combination or a
the distances and directions or                                               nickname.
differences in elevation between       ground nadir / nadir au sol            01 Aug 1976
points on the earth.                   The point on the ground vertically
Related terms: control point1; field   beneath the perspective centre of      group rendezvous
                 2
control; traverse .                    the camera lens. On a true             Preferred term: force rendezvous.
01 Mar 1973                            vertical photograph this coincides
                                       with the principal point.              guard / élément de protection
ground-controlled approach             01 Mar 1973                            A security element whose primary
procedure / procédure                                                         task is to protect the main force
d'approche contrôlée du sol            ground observer organization /         by fighting to gain time, while also
The technique for talking down,        corps d'observateurs terrestres        observing and reporting
through the use of both                A corps of ground watchers             information.
surveillance and precision             deployed at suitable points            Related terms: flank guard;
approach radar, an aircraft during     throughout an air defence system       screen.
its approach so as to place it in a    to provide visual and aural            01 Mar 1981
position for landing.                  information of aircraft movements.
13 Dec 1999                            01 Mar 1973                            guarded frequency / fréquence
                                                                              gardée
ground-controlled interception         ground position / point sol            An enemy frequency used as a
/ interception contrôlée du sol        The position on the earth              source of information, on which
GCI                                    vertically below an aircraft.          jamming is therefore controlled.
A technique which permits control      01 Mar 1973                            09 Jan 1996
of friendly aircraft or guided
missiles for the purpose of            ground position indicator /            guard-ship / bâtiment de garde
effecting interception.                indicateur de position-sol             A ship detailed for a specific duty
01 Aug 1973                            An instrument which determines         for the purpose of enabling other
                                       and displays automatically the         ships in company to assume a
ground-effect machine /                ground position of an aircraft.        lower degree of readiness.
appareil à effet de sol                01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
GEM
A machine which normally               ground return / écho de sol            guerilla warfare / guérilla
manoeuvres within the zone of the      The radar reflection from the          Military and paramilitary
ground effect or on an air cushion.    terrain as displayed and/or            operations conducted in enemy
Related terms: air cushion             recorded as an image.                  held or hostile territory by
vehicle; vehicle.                      09 May 2000                            irregular, predominantly
01 Nov 1994                                                                   indigenous forces.
                                       ground signal / signal de trafic       01 Mar 1973
grounding / mise à la masse            A visual signal displayed on an
The bonding of an equipment            aerodrome to give local air traffic    guidance coverage / zone de
case, frame or chassis, to an          rules information to flight crews in   guidage


                                                 2-G-3
                                                                             AAP-6(2008)

That volume of space in which         gun carriage / affût de canon
guidance information (azimuth         carriage
and/or elevation and/or distance)     A mobile or fixed support for a
is provided to aircraft to the        gun. It sometimes includes the
specified performance and             elevating and traversing
accuracy. This may be specified       mechanisms.
either with relation to               01 Mar 1973
aerodrome/airstrip geometry,
making assumptions about              gun clear
deployment of ground equipment        Preferred term: gun empty.
or with relation to the coverage
provided by individual ground         gun direction / direction de tir
units.                                The distribution and direction of
01 Sep 1981                           the gun-fire of a ship.
                                      01 Mar 1973
guidance station equipment /
équipement de guidage au sol          gun empty / pièce vide
The ground-based portion of a         gun clear
missile guidance system               In artillery and naval fire support,
necessary to provide guidance         the procedural term used to
during missile flight.                indicate that a gun is empty as
01 Mar 1973                           ordered.
                                      16 Jul 1996
guided missile / missile
An unmanned self-propelled            gun-target line / ligne pièce-but
vehicle whose trajectory or           An imaginary straight line from
course, while in flight, is           gun to target.
controlled.                           Related terms: observer-target
Related terms: aerodynamic            line; spotting line.
missile; air-to-air guided missile;   02 May 1995
air-to-surface guided missile;
antiradiation missile; sea            gun-type weapon / arme
skimmer; surface-to-air guided        nucléaire type canon
missile; surface-to-surface guided    A device in which two or more
missile.                              pieces of fissionable material,
01 Aug 1982                           each less than a critical mass, are
                                      brought together very rapidly so
guide signs / signal indicateur       as to form a supercritical mass
Signs used to indicate locations,     which can explode as the result of
distances, directions, routes, and    a rapidly expanding fission chain.
similar information.                  01 Mar 1979
01 Mar 1973
                                      gyromagnetic compass /
guide specification /                 compas gyromagnétique
spécification-type                    A directional gyroscope whose
Minimum requirements to be used       azimuth scale is maintained in
as a basis for the evaluation of a    alignment with the magnetic
national specification covering a     meridian by a magnetic detector
fuel, lubricant or associated         unit.
product proposed for                  01 Dec 1979
standardization action.
01 Oct 1984

guinea-pig / cobaye
In naval mine warfare, a ship used
to determine whether an area can
be considered safe from influence
mines under certain conditions,
or, specifically, to detonate
pressure mines.
01 Nov 1975

gull / leurre flottant
In electronic warfare, a floating
radar reflector used to simulate a
surface target at sea for deceptive
purposes.
01 Dec 1973


                                                 2-G-4
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

                                                      H

hachuring / hachures                     handover line / ligne de recueil       hard stand1 / aire de
A method of representing relief          A control feature, preferably          stationnement
upon a map or chart by shading in        following easily defined terrain       A paved or stabilized area where
short disconnected lines drawn in        features, at which responsibility      vehicles are parked.
the direction of the slopes.             for the conduct of combat              01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                              operations is passed from one
                                         force to another.                      hard stand2 / aire de stockage
half-life / période radioactive          01 Jul 1985                            Open ground area having a
The time required for the activity                                              prepared surface and used for the
of a given radioactive species to        hang fire / long feu                   storage of material.
decrease to half of its initial value    An undesired delay in the              01 Mar 1973
due to radioactive decay. The            functioning of a firing system.
half-life is a characteristic property   01 Oct 1978                            hasty attack / attaque
of each radioactive species and is                                              improvisée
independent of its amount or             harassing fire / tir de                In land operations, an attack in
condition. The effective half-life of    harcèlement                            which preparation time is traded
a given isotope is the time in           Fire designed to disturb the rest of   for speed in order to exploit an
which the quantity in the body will      the enemy troops, to curtail           opportunity.
decrease to half as a result of          movement and, by threat of             Related term: deliberate attack.
both radioactive decay and               losses, to lower morale.               01 Jul 1983
biological elimination.                  Related term: fire3.
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973                            hasty breaching / ouverture de
                                                                                brèche rapide
half-residence time / demi-vie           harassment / harcèlement               The rapid creation of a route
des produits contaminants                Repeated, deliberate and               through a minefield, barrier or
dans l'atmosphère                        intimidating activities intended to    fortification by any expedient
As applied to delayed fallout, it is     discourage, impede and disrupt.        method.
the time required for the amount         14 Oct 2002                            01 Jul 1980
of weapon debris deposited in a
particular part of the atmosphere,       harbour defence / défense              hasty crossing /
to decrease to half of its initial       portuaire                              franchissement dans la foulée
value.                                   The defence of a harbour or            The crossing of an inland water
01 Mar 1973                              anchorage and its water                obstacle using the crossing
                                         approaches against external            means at hand or those readily
half thickness / demi-épaisseur          threats such as:                       available, and made without
Thickness of absorbing material          a. submarine, submarine borne,         pausing for elaborate
necessary to reduce by one-half          or small surface craft attack;         preparations.
the intensity of radiation which         b. enemy minelaying operations;        Related term: deliberate crossing.
passes through it.                       and                                    01 Jan 1991
01 Mar 1973                              c. sabotage.
                                         The defence of a harbour from          hasty defence / défense
half-tone / demi-teinte                  guided or dropped missiles while       improvisée
Any photomechanical printing             such missiles are airborne is          A defence normally organized
surface or the impression                considered to be a part of air         while in contact with the enemy or
therefrom in which detail and tone       defence.                               when contact is imminent and
values are represented by a              Related term: port security.           time available for the organization
series of evenly spaced dots of          01 Dec 1974                            is limited. It is characterized by
varying size and shape, varying in                                              improvement of the natural
direct proportion to the intensity of    hardened site / site durci             defensive strength of the terrain
the tones they represent.                A site, normally constructed under     by utilization of foxholes,
Related term: half-tone screen.          rock or concrete cover, designed       emplacements, and obstacles.
01 Mar 1973                              to provide protection against the      Related term: deliberate defence.
                                         effects of conventional weapons.       01 Mar 1973
half-tone screen / trame de              It may also be equipped to
demi-teinte                              provide protection against the         heading / cap
A series of regular spaced               side-effects of a nuclear attack       The direction in which the
opaque lines on glass, crossing at       and against a chemical or a            longitudinal axis of an aircraft or
right angles, producing                  biological attack.                     ship is pointed, usually expressed
transparent apertures between            01 Mar 1981                            in degrees clockwise from north
intersections. Used in a process                                                (true, magnetic, compass or grid).
camera to break up a solid or            hard missile base / base durcie        01 Mar 1973
continuous tone image into a             pour missiles
pattern of small dots.                   A launching base that is protected     heading indicator / répétiteur
Related terms: half-tone; screen2.       against a nuclear explosion.           de cap
01 Mar 1973                              01 Jul 1985                            An instrument which displays
                                                                                heading transmitted electrically

                                                   2-H-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

from a remote compass system.          [ICAO]                                01 Mar 1973
01 Nov 1980                            01 Mar 1973
                                                                             helicopter retirement route /
headroom / hauteur libre2              height2/ hauteur2                     itinéraire de sortie
The vertical distance between the      The vertical dimension of an          d'hélicoptères
top of the superstructure of a         object.                               The track or series of tracks along
vehicle or the head of a person and    01 Mar 1973                           which helicopters move from a
any obstruction above them.                                                  specific landing site or landing
Related terms: air draught;            height of burst / hauteur             zone.
overhead clearance.                    d'explosion                           Related terms: helicopter
04 Oct 2000                            HOB                                   approach route; helicopter lane.
                                       The vertical distance from the        01 Oct 1980
head-up display / présentation         earth's surface or target to the
tête haute                             point of burst.                       helicopter support team /
A display of flight, navigation,       Related terms: optimum height of      groupe de soutien des
attack, or other information           burst; safe burst height.             hélicoptères
superimposed upon the pilot's          01 Mar 1973                           A task organization formed and
forward field of view.                                                       equipped for employment in a
Related term: horizontal situation     helicopter approach route /           landing zone to facilitate the
display.                               itinéraire d'accès d'hélicoptères     landing and movement of
01 Nov 1980                            The track or series of tracks along   helicopter-borne troops,
                                       which helicopters move to a           equipment and supplies, and to
health and medical support /           specific landing site or landing      evacuate selected casualties and
soutien sanitaire                      zone.                                 prisoners of war.
A set of actions which contribute      Related terms: helicopter lane;       01 Aug 1979
to the preparation and                 helicopter retirement route.
preservation of the human              01 Oct 1980                           helicopter wave / vague
potential by full and coherent                                               d'hélicoptères
care.                                  helicopter assault force / force      Related term: wave.
30 Jun 2005                            d'assaut d'hélicoptères               01 Mar 1973
                                       A task organization combining
heavy replenishment at sea /           helicopters, supporting units, and    helipad / aire de manœuvre
ravitaillement lourd à la mer          helicopter-borne troop units for      d'hélicoptères
heavy RAS                              use in helicopter-borne assault       A prepared area, including landing
Replenishment at sea involving the     operations.                           and hover points, designated and
transfer of solid cargo weighing       01 Mar 1973                           used for take-off and landing of
more than 2,000 kg (4,410 lb) and                                            helicopters.
up to 6,000 kg (13,216 lb) including   helicopterborne operation /           Related terms: aerodrome.
the container.                         opération héliportée                  30 Jun 2005
Related term: replenishment at         An operation in which helicopters
sea.                                   act in support of a formation, unit   heliport / héliport
05 Sep 2007                            or organization to accomplish the     A facility designated for operating,
                                       movement of troops, supplies          basing, servicing, and maintaining
health service support / soutien       and/or equipment.                     helicopters.
santé                                  Related term: airmobile operation.    01 Mar 1973
All services provided directly or      20 Nov 1996
indirectly to contribute to the                                              Hertz-Horn
health and well-being of patients      helicopter direction centre /         Preferred term: chemical horn.
or a population.                       centre de direction des
13 Dec 1999                            hélicoptères                          H-hour / heure H
                                       HDC                                   Related terms: designation of
heavy-lift-ship / bâtiment             In amphibious operations, the         days and hours; commander's
transporteur de charges                primary direct control agency for     required date; D-day; E-day; G-
lourdes                                the helicopter group/unit             day; K-day; latest arrival date.
A ship specially designed and          commander operating under the         01 Aug 1982
capable of loading and unloading       overall control of the tactical air
heavy and bulky items. It has          control centre.                       high altitude / haute altitude
booms of sufficient capacity to        01 Mar 1982                           Conventionally, an altitude above
accommodate a single lift of 100                                             10,000 metres (33,000 feet).
tons.                                  helicopter lane / couloir             Related terms: altitude; altitude
01 Mar 1973                            d'hélicoptères                        datum; barometric altitude;
                                       A safety air corridor in which        calibrated altitude; critical altitude;
height1 / hauteur1                     helicopters fly to or from their      cruising altitude; cruising level;
The vertical distance of a level, a    destination during helicopter         datum level; drop altitude; drop
point, or an object considered as      operations.                           height; elevation; height1;
a point, measured from a               Related terms: helicopter             minimum safe altitude; pressure-
specified datum.                       approach route; helicopter            altitude; transition altitude;
Related terms: altitude; elevation.    retirement route.                     transition level.


                                                 2-H-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

01 Mar 1973                            hold1 / cale
                                       A cargo stowage compartment             holding point / point d'attente
high altitude burst / explosion        aboard ship.                            A geographically or electronically
nucléaire à haute altitude             01 Mar 1973                             defined location used in stationing
The explosion of a nuclear                                                     aircraft in flight in a predetermined
weapon which takes place at a          hold2 / tenir                           pattern in accordance with air
height in excess of 100,000 feet       In land operations, to maintain         traffic control clearances.
(30,000 metres).                       possession of a position or area        Related term: orbit point.
Related terms: airburst; low           by force.                               01 Oct 1984
airburst; nuclear airburst; nuclear    01 Oct 2001
surface burst; nuclear                                                         holding position / position
underground.                           hold3 / fixer                           d'attente1
01 Mar 1973                            In an attack, to exert sufficient       A specified location on the
                                       pressure to prevent movement or         aerodrome, close to the active
high angle / tir vertical              redisposition of enemy forces.          runway and identified by visual
In artillery and naval fire support,   01 Mar 1973                             means, at which the position of a
an order or request to obtain high                                             taxiing aircraft is maintained in
angle fire (superior to 45°).          hold4 / maintenir en attente            accordance with air traffic control
01 Sep 1974                            As applied to air traffic, to keep an   instructions.
                                       aircraft within a specified space or    01 Mar 1979
high angle fire / tir vertical (ou     location which is identified by
courbe)                                visual or other means in                holiday / blanc
Fire delivered at angles of            accordance with Air Traffic             In naval mine warfare, a gap left
elevation greater than the             Control instructions.                   unintentionally during sweeping or
elevation that corresponds to the      01 Mar 1973                             minehunting arising from errors in
maximum range of the gun and                                                   navigation, station-keeping, dan
ammunition concerned; fire, the        holdee                                  laying, breakdowns or other
range of which decreases as the        Preferred term: transient.              causes.
angle of elevation is increased.                                               01 Nov 1975
01 Aug 1979                            hold fire / halte au feu
                                       In air defence, an emergency            hollow charge / charge
high density airspace control          order to stop firing. Missiles          perforante
zone / zone de contrôle de             already in flight must be               A shaped charge producing a
l'espace aérien à haute densité        prevented from intercepting, if         deep cylindrical hole of relatively
Airspace of defined dimensions,        technically possible.                   small diameter in the direction of
designated by the airspace control     Related terms: cease                    its axis of rotation.
authority, in which there is a         engagement; engage.                     01 Dec 1977
concentrated employment of             01 Jul 1983
numerous and varied                                                            homing / processus de
weapons/airspace users.                holding anchorage / mouillage           ralliement
01 Sep 1981                            d'attente1                              The technique whereby a mobile
                                       An anchorage where ships may            station directs itself, or is directed,
high-velocity drop / largage à         lie:                                    towards a source of primary or
vitesse de descente élevée             a. if the assembly or working           reflected energy, or to a specified
A drop procedure in which the          anchorage, or port, to which they       point.
drop velocity is greater than 30       have been assigned is full;             01 Mar 1979
feet per second (low-velocity          b. when delayed by enemy threats
drop) and lower than free-drop         or other factors from proceeding        homing adaptor / adaptateur de
velocity.                              immediately on their next voyage;       radioralliement
Related terms: airdrop; air            c. when dispersed from a port to        A device which, when used with
movement; free drop; release.          avoid the effects of a nuclear          an aircraft radio receiver,
01 Mar 1973                            attack.                                 produces aural and/or visual
                                       Related terms: assembly                 signals which indicate the
hill shading / estompage               anchorage; dispersal; emergency         direction of a transmitting radio
A method of representing relief on     anchorage; working anchorage.           station with respect to the heading
a map by depicting the shadows         01 Jun 1978                             of the aircraft.
that would be cast by high ground                                              01 Mar 1973
if light were shining from a certain   holding attack / action de
direction.                             fixation                                homing guidance / guidage de
Related term: shaded relief.           An attack designed to hold the          collision
01 Mar 1973                            enemy in position, to deceive him       A system by which a missile
                                       as to where the main attack is          steers itself towards a target by
hoist / treuil                         being made, to prevent him from         means of a self-contained
In helicopters, the mechanism by       reinforcing the elements opposing       mechanism which is activated by
which external loads may be            the main attack and/or to cause         some distinguishing
raised or lowered vertically.          him to commit his reserves              characteristics of the target.
01 Mar 1982                            prematurely at an indecisive            Related terms: active homing
                                       location.                               guidance; passive homing
                                       01 Mar 1973

                                                 2-H-3
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

guidance; semi-active homing                                                   rendered in peace, crisis or war
guidance.                             horizontal situation indicator /         by a host nation to NATO and/or
01 Mar 1973                           plateau de route                         other forces and NATO
                                      An instrument which may display          organizations which are located
homing mine / mine à tête             bearing and distance to a                on, operating on/from, or in transit
chercheuse                            navigation aid, magnetic heading,        through the host nation’s territory.
In naval mine warfare, a mine         track/course and track/course            Related term: host nation.
fitted with propulsion equipment      deviation.                               04 Oct 2000
which homes on to a target.           01 Nov 1973
Related terms: mine2.                                                          hot spot / point chaud
01 Nov 1975                           horn / corne                             Region in a contaminated area in
                                      In naval mine warfare, a                 which the level of radioactive
hook operation / transport sous       projection from the mine shell of        contamination is considerably
élingue                               some contact mines which, when           greater than in neighbouring
In helicopter operations, any         broken or bent by contact, causes        regions in the area.
transport of underslung loads.        the mine to fire.                        01 Mar 1973
Related term: underslung load.        Related term: switch horn.
01 Jul 1988                           01 Nov 1975                              hovering / plongée statique
                                                                               A self-sustaining manoeuvre
horizontal action mine / mine à       horse collar                             whereby a fixed, or nearly fixed,
action horizontale                    Preferred term: rescue strop.            position is maintained relative to a
In land mine warfare, a mine                                                   spot on the surface of the earth or
designed to produce a destructive     hostile / hostile                        underwater.
effect in a plane approximately       In identification, the designation       01 Mar 1973
parallel to the ground.               given to a track, object or entity
Related term: mine1.                  whose characteristics, behaviour         hovering ceiling / plafond de
01 Jan 1991                           or origin indicate that it is a threat   vol stationnaire
                                      to friendly forces. Designation as       The highest altitude at which the
horizontal error / écart probable     hostile does not necessarily imply       helicopter is capable of hovering
horizontal                            clearance to engage.                     in standard atmosphere. It is
probable error                        Related terms: friend;                   usually stated in two figures:
The error in range, deflection, or    identification1,2; neutral; unknown.     hovering in ground effect and
in radius, which a weapon may be      01 Oct 2003                              hovering out of ground effect.
expected to exceed as often as                                                 01 Mar 1973
not. Horizontal error of weapons      hostile track / piste hostile
making a nearly vertical approach     A track determined to be a threat        human intelligence /
to the target is described in terms   in accordance with established           renseignement humain
of circular error probable.           criteria.                                HUMINT
Horizontal error of weapons           04 Oct 2000                              A category of intelligence derived
producing elliptical dispersion                                                from information collected and
pattern is expressed in terms of      host nation / pays hôte                  provided by human sources.
probable error.                       HN                                       01 Jan 1983
Related terms: circular error         A nation which, by agreement:
probable; delivery error;             a. receives forces and materiel of       humanitarian aid / aide
deviation2; dispersion error.         NATO or other nations operating          humanitaire
01 Mar 1973                           on/from or transiting through its        The resources needed to directly
                                      territory;                               alleviate human suffering.
horizontal loading / chargement       b. allows materiel and/or NATO           Related terms: humanitarian
à l'horizontale                       organizations to be located on its       assistance; humanitarian
Loading of items of like character    territory; and/or                        operation.
in horizontal layers throughout the   c. provides support for these            22 Jun 2004
holds of a ship.                      purposes.
Related term: loading.                Related term: host-nation support.       humanitarian assistance /
01 Mar 1973                           04 Oct 2000                              assistance humanitaire
                                                                               HA
horizontal situation display /        host nation post / poste tenu            As part of an operation, the use of
visualisation de la situation         par un ressortissant local               available military resources to
horizontale                           A post which has been agreed by          assist or complement the efforts
An electronically generated           the local national authorities and       of responsible civil actors in the
display on which navigation           should be permanently filled by          operational area or specialized
information and stored mission        them in view of its                      civil humanitarian organizations in
and procedural data can be            administrative/national nature.          fulfilling their primary responsibility
presented. Radar information and      01 Nov 1975                              to alleviate human suffering.
television picture can also be                                                 Related terms: humanitarian aid;
displayed either as a map overlay     host-nation support / soutien            humanitarian operation.
or as a separate image.               fourni par le pays hôte                  22 Jun 2004
Related term: head-up display.        HNS
01 Nov 1980                           Civil and military assistance            humanitarian


                                                2-H-4
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

operation / opération                  (admitted)                               would occur in ascending to
humanitaire                            A chamber used to induce an              altitude.
An operation specifically mounted      increase in ambient pressure as          Note: This type of chamber is
to alleviate human suffering where     would occur in descending below          primarily used for training and
responsible civil actors in an area    sea level, in a water or air             experimental purposes.
are unable or unwilling to             environment.                             05 Sep 2007
adequately support a population.       Note: It is the only type of
It may precede, parallel, or           chamber suitable for use in the          hypsometric tinting / coloriage
complement the activity of             treatment of decompression               hypsométrique
specialized civil humanitarian         sickness in flying or diving.            altitude tint
organizations.                         05 Sep 2007                              elevation tint
Related terms: humanitarian aid;                                                layer tint
humanitarian assistance.               hyperbolic navigation system /           A method of showing relief on
22 Jun 2004                            système de navigation                    maps and charts by colouring in
                                       hyperbolique                             different shades those parts which
hung store / charge                    A radio navigation system which          lie between selected levels.
d’armement suspendue                   enables the position of an aircraft      01 Mar 1973
An aircraft store that has failed to   equipped with a suitable receiver
separate from an aircraft or a         to be fixed by two or more
launcher although actuated for         intersecting hyperbolic position
employment or jettison.                lines. The system employs either
20 Jun 2006                            a time difference measurement of
                                       pulse transmissions or a phase
hunter-killer group                    difference measurement of
Preferred term: antisubmarine          phase-locked continuous wave
carrier group.                         transmissions.
                                       Related term: decca.
hunter track / route du                01 Dec 1974
chasseur
sweeper track                          hyperfocal distance / distance
In naval mine warfare, the track to    hyperfocale
be followed by the hunter (or          The distance from the lens to the
sweeper) to ensure that the            nearest object in focus when the
hunting (or sweeping) gear             lens is focused at infinity.
passes over the lap track.             01 Mar 1973
01 Nov 1975
                                       hypergolic fuel / carburant
hydrogen bomb                          hypergolique
Preferred term: thermonuclear          Fuel which will spontaneously
weapon.                                ignite with an oxidizer, such as
                                       aniline with fuming nitric acid. It is
hydrographic chart / carte             used as the propulsion agent in
hydrographique                         certain missile systems.
nautical chart                         01 Mar 1973
A nautical chart showing depths of
water, nature of bottom, contours      hypersonic / hypersonique
of bottom and coastline, and tides     Of or pertaining to speeds equal
and currents in a given sea or sea     to, or in excess of, 5 times the
and land area.                         speed of sound.
Related term: chart.                   Related term: speed of sound.
01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973

hydrography / hydrographie             hyperstereoscopy /
The science which deals with the       hyperstéréoscopie
measurements and description of        exaggerated stereoscopy
the physical features of the           Stereoscopic viewing in which the
oceans, seas, lakes, rivers, and       relief effect is noticeably
their adjoining coastal areas, with    exaggerated, caused by the
particular reference to their use      extension of the camera base.
for navigational purposes.             01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973
                                       hypobaric chamber / caisson
hyperbaric chamber / caisson           hypobare
hyperbare                              altitude chamber (admitted)
compression chamber                    decompression chamber
(admitted)                             (admitted)
diving chamber (admitted)              A chamber used to induce a
recompression chamber                  decrease in ambient pressure as


                                                  2-H-5
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

                                                      I

identification1 / identification1        affaiblissement de l'image              signified.
The indication by any act or             The reduction of the inherent           01 Nov 1975
means of one's own friendly              optimum potential of individual
character or individuality.              sensor systems caused by error in       imagery data recording /
15 Jul 2000                              sensor operations, processing           enregistrement des données de
                                         procedures or incorrect film            représentation
identification2/ identification2         handling. Reduction in quality          The transposing of information
The process of attaining an              caused by unavoidable factors not       relating to the airborne vehicle,
accurate characterization of a           associated with the sensor              and sensor, such as speed,
detected entity by any act or            system, i.e. atmospherics, snow,        height, tilt, position and time, to
means so that high confidence            cover, etc., are not associated         the matrix block on the sensor
real-time decisions, including           with the term.                          record at the moment of image
weapons engagement, can be               01 Nov 1975                             acquisition.
made.                                                                            01 Dec 1976
Related terms: detection; friend;        image displacement /
hostile; identification friend or foe;   déformation de l'image                  imagery exploitation /
neutral; recognition; unknown.           In a photograph, any dimensional        exploitation photographique
01 Oct 2003                              or positional error.                    The cycle of processing and
                                         01 Mar 1973                             printing imagery to the positive or
identification3 / identification3                                                negative state, assembly into
identity                                 image map / iconocarte                  imagery packs, identification,
In imagery interpretation, the           In photogrammetry, a map made           interpretation, mensuration,
discrimination between objects           from an image or image mosaic,          information extraction, the
within a particular type or class.       usually overlaid with a grid or         preparation of reports and the
15 Jul 2000                              graticule, and cartographically         dissemination of information.
                                         enhanced to aid interpretation.         01 Sep 1974
identification, friend-or-foe /          Note: It may be in hard or soft
identification ami/ennemi                copy format and be capable of           imagery interpretation1 /
IFF                                      substituting a conventional map         interprétation d'une
A system using electromagnetic           product.                                représentation
transmissions to which equipment         Related terms: graticule1,2; military   The process of location,
carried by friendly forces               grid; mosaic; photomap.                 recognition, identification, and
automatically responds, for              14 Oct 2002                             description of objects, activities,
example, by emitting pulses,                                                     and terrain represented on
thereby distinguishing themselves        image motion compensation /             imagery.
from enemy forces.                       compensation de filé                    01 Dec 1974
Related terms: detection; friend;        Movement intentionally imparted
hostile; identification2; neutral;       to film at such a rate as to            imagery interpretation2 /
recognition; unknown.                    compensate for the forward              interprétation photographique
01 Aug 1982                              motion of an air or space vehicle       photographic interpretation
                                         when photographing ground               The extraction of information from
identity                                 objects.                                photographs or other recorded
                              3
Preferred term: identification .         01 Mar 1973                             images.
                                                                                 01 Dec 1974
igniter / allumeur                       imagery / imagerie
A device designed to produce a           Collectively, the representations       imagery interpretation key / clé
flame or a spark to initiate an          of objects reproduced                   d'interprétation
explosive train.                         electronically or by optical means      photo interpretation key
18 Dec 1997                              on film, electronic display devices,    Any diagram, chart, table, list, or
                                         or other media.                         set of examples, etc., which is
illumination by diffusion /              01 Mar 1973                             used to aid imagery interpreters in
éclairage par diffusion                                                          the rapid identification of objects
Related term: indirect illumination.     imagery collateral / documents          visible on imagery.
01 Nov 1975                              d'interprétation                        01 Mar 1973
                                         The reference materials which
illumination by reflection /             support the imagery interpretation      imagery pack / dossier de
éclairage par réflexion                  function.                               représentation d'objectif
Related term: indirect illumination.     01 Jun 1978                             An assembly of the records from
01 Nov 1975                                                                      different imagery sensors
                                         imagery correlation /                   covering a common target area.
illumination fire / tir éclairant        corrélation de représentation           01 Dec 1974
Fire designed to illuminate an           The mutual relationship between
area.                                    the different signatures on             imagery sortie / sortie de
01 Mar 1973                              imagery from different types of         reconnaissance
                                         sensors in terms of position and        photographique
image degradation /                      the physical characteristics


                                                    2-I-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

photographic sortie                                                            ravitaillement improvisé
One flight by one aircraft for the      impact action fuze / fusée             The onward movement of
purpose of recording air imagery.       percutante                             commodities which are available
01 Mar 1973                             direct action fuze                     on land and which can be readily
                                        A fuze that is set in action by the    loaded into ships.
immediate air support / appui           striking of a projectile or bomb       Related terms: early resupply;
aérien immédiat                         against an object, e.g., percussion    element of resupply; initial early
Air support to meet specific            fuze, contact fuze.                    resupply; planned resupply;
requests which arise during the         Related term: fuze.                    resupply of Europe.
course of a battle and which by         01 Mar 1973                            01 Mar 1973
their nature cannot be planned in
advance.                                impact area / zone d'impact            improvised explosive device /
Related terms: close air support;       An area having designated              dispositif explosif de
indirect air support; on call           boundaries within the limits of        circonstance
mission; preplanned air support;        which all ordnance is to make          IED
tactical air support.                   contact with the ground.               A device placed or fabricated in
01 Mar 1973                             01 Mar 1973                            an improvised manner
                                                                               incorporating destructive, lethal,
immediate decontamination /             impact point                           noxious, pyrotechnic or incendiary
décontamination immédiate               Preferred term: point of impact2.      chemicals and designed to
Decontamination carried out by an                                              destroy, incapacitate, harass or
individual upon becoming                impact pressure / pression             distract. It may incorporate
contaminated, to save life and          d'impact                               military stores, but is normally
minimize casualties. This may           The difference between pitot           devised from non-military
include decontamination of some         pressure and static pressure.          components.
personal clothing and/or                01 Aug 1979                            Related terms: area clearance;
equipment.                                                                     demining; proofing.
Related terms: decontamination;         implementation / mise en               01 Oct 1992
operational decontamination;            application
thorough decontamination.               In NATO standardization, the           incapacitating agent / agent
01 Nov 1991                             performance of an obligation laid      incapacitant
                                        down in a NATO standardizaton          A chemical agent which produces
immediate destination /                 agreement.                             temporary disabling conditions
destination immédiate                   Related terms: NATO                    which (unlike those caused by riot
The next destination of a ship or       standardization agreement;             control agents) can be physical or
convoy, irrespective of whether or      ratification; reservation.             mental and persist for hours or
not onward routing instructions         [Approving authority(ies): NCS]        days after exposure to the agent
have been issued to it.                 20 May 2005                            has ceased. Medical treatment,
01 Mar 1973                                                                    while not usually required,
                                        implosion weapon / arme à              facilitates a more rapid recovery.
immediately vital cargo /               implosion                              Related terms: chemical agent;
cargaison immédiatement vitale          A device in which a quantity of        riot control agent.
IVC                                     fissionable material, less than a      01 Mar 1982
A cargo already loaded which the        critical mass, has its volume
consignee country regards as            suddenly decreased by                  inclination angle
immediately vital for the               compression, so that it becomes        Preferred term: pitch angle.
prosecution of the war or for           supercritical and an explosion can
national survival, notwithstanding      take place. The compression is         indefinite call sign / indicatif
the risk to the ship. If the cargo is   achieved by means of a spherical       d'appel indéfini
carried in a ship of another nation,    arrangement of specially               A call sign which does not
then that nation must agree to the      fabricated shapes of ordinary high     represent a specific facility,
delivery of the cargo. The use of       explosive which produce an             command, authority, activity, or
this term is limited to the period of   inwardly-directed implosion wave,      unit, but which may represent any
implementation of the shipping          the fissionable material being at      one or any group of these.
movement policy.                        the centre of the sphere.              Related terms: call sign; collective
Related term: cargo.                    01 Nov 1985                            call sign; international call sign;
01 Mar 1973                                                                    net call sign; tactical call sign;
                                        imprint / référence de                 visual call sign; voice call sign.
immediate operational                   publication                            01 Mar 1973
readiness / situation paré à            Brief note in the margin of a map
combattre                               giving all or some of the following:   independent / indépendant
The state in which an armed force       date of publication, printing, name    A merchant ship under naval
is ready in all respects for instant    of publisher, printer, place of        control sailed singly and
combat.                                 publication, number of copies          unescorted by a warship.
Related terms: nuclear weapon           printed, and related information.      Related term: military
exercise; nuclear weapon                01 Mar 1973                            independent.
manoeuvre.                                                                     01 Jun 1978
01 Mar 1981                             improvised early resupply /


                                                   2-I-2
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

independent ejection system /           and to the flank of a slightly           the same weight as the explosive
système d'éjection indépendant          elevated searchlight or of               filling.
Related terms: command ejection         pyrotechnic illuminants, by the          Related term: charge2.
system; ejection system;                light scattered from atmospheric         01 Nov 1975
sequenced ejection system.              particles.
01 Mar 1981                             b. Illumination by reflection:           inertial navigation system /
                                        illumination of an area by               système de navigation à inertie
independent mine / mine                 reflecting light from low cloud.         A self-contained navigation
autonome                                Either or both of these effects are      system using inertial detectors,
A mine which is not controlled by       present when a searchlight is            which automatically provides
the user after laying.                  used in defilade or with its beam        vehicle position, heading and
                    2
Related term: mine .                    spread to maximum width.                 velocity.
01 Nov 1994                             Related term: battlefield                01 Oct 1980
                                        illumination.
index contour line / courbe             01 Nov 1975                              inert mine / mine inerte2
maîtresse                                                                        A mine or replica of a mine
A contour line accentuated by a         individual nuclear, biological           incapable of producing an
heavier line weight to distinguish it   and chemical protection /                explosion.
from intermediate contour lines.        protection nucléaire,                    Related terms: disarmed mine;
Index contours are usually shown        biologique et chimique                   drill mine; instructional mine;
as every fifth contour with their       individuelle                             mine2; practice mine1,2.
assigned values, to facilitate          Protection provided to the               01 Nov 1986
reading elevations.                     individual in a nuclear, biological
Related term: intermediate contour      and chemical environment by              infill / teinte de remplissage
line.                                   protective clothing and/or               In cartography, the filling of an
01 Mar 1973                             personal equipment.                      area or feature with colour, e.g.,
                                        01 Apr 1982                              roads, town shapes, lakes, etc.
index to adjoining sheets                                                        01 Mar 1973
Preferred term: inter-chart             individual protective equipment
relationship diagram.                   / équipement individuel de               infiltration / infiltration
                                        protection                               A technique and process in which
indicator / indice                      In nuclear, biological and               a force moves as individuals or
In intelligence usage, an item of       chemical warfare, the personal           small groups over, through or
information which reflects the          clothing and equipment required          around enemy positions without
intention or capability of a            to protect an individual from            detection.
potential enemy to adopt or reject      biological and chemical hazards          01 Aug 1982
a course of action.                     and some nuclear effects.
01 Mar 1981                             01 Jul 1993                              in-flight report / compte rendu
                                                                                 en vol
indirect air support / appui            induced precession /                     A standard form of message
aérien indirect                         précession induite                       whereby air crews report mission
Support given to land or sea            A precession resulting from a            results while in flight. It is also
forces by air action against            torque, deliberately applied to a        used for reporting any other
objectives other than enemy             gyroscope.                               tactical information sighted of
forces engaged in tactical battle. It   Related term: precession.                such importance and urgency that
includes the gaining and                01 Aug 1976                              the delay, if reported by normal
maintaining of air superiority                                                   debriefing, would negate the
interdiction, and harassing.            induced radiation / radiation            usefulness of the information.
Related terms: close air support;       induite                                  01 Mar 1973
immediate air support; on call          Radiation produced as a result of
mission; preplanned air support;        exposure to radioactive materials,       influence field / champ
tactical air support                    particularly the capture of              d'influence
01 Mar 1973                             neutrons.                                The distribution in space of the
                                        Related terms: contamination;            influence of a ship or
indirect fire / tir indirect            initial radiation; residual radiation.   minesweeping equipment.
Fire delivered at a target which        01 Mar 1973                              01 Dec 1976
cannot be seen by the aimer.
Related term: fire3.                    induction circuit / mise de feu à        influence mine / mine à
01 Mar 1973                             induction                                influence
                                        In naval mine warfare, a circuit         A mine actuated by the effect of a
indirect illumination / éclairage       actuated by the rate of change in        target on some physical condition
indirect                                a magnetic field due to the              in the vicinity of the mine or on
Battlefield illumination provided by    movement of the ship or the              radiations emanating from the
employing searchlight or                changing current in the sweep.           mine.
pyrotechnic illuminants using           01 Nov 1975                              Related term: mine2.
diffusion or reflection.                                                         01 Nov 1994
a. Illumination by diffusion:           inert filling / charge inerte
illumination of an area beneath         A prepared non-explosive filling of      influence release sinker /


                                                   2-I-3
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

crapaud à largage à influence          infrared portion of the                 initial
In naval mine warfare, a sinker        electromagnetic spectrum.               A plan which has been drafted
which holds a moored or rising         01 Nov 1977                             and coordinated by the originating
mine at the seabed and releases it                                             headquarters, and is ready for
when actuated by a suitable target     infrared linescan system /              external coordination with other
influence.                             analyseur infrarouge à                  military headquarters. It cannot be
Related term: sinker.                  balayage linéaire                       directly implemented by the
04 Oct 2000                            IRLS                                    issuing commander, but it may
                                       A passive airborne infrared             form the basis for an operation
influence sweep / drague à             recording system which scans            order issued by the commander in
influence                              across the ground beneath the           the event of an emergency.
In naval mine warfare, a sweep         flight path, adding successive          Related terms: coordinated draft
designed to produce an influence       lines to the record as the vehicle      plan; draft plan; final plan;
similar to that produced by a ship     advances along the flight path.         operation plan.
and thus actuate mines.                Related term: laser linescan            01 Mar 1979
04 Oct 2000                            system.
                                       01 Dec 1979                             initial early resupply /
information / renseignement                                                    ravitaillement initial
brut                                   infrastructure / infrastructure         The onward movement of ships
Unprocessed data of every              A term generally applicable for all     which are already loaded with
description which may be used in       fixed and permanent installations,      cargoes which will serve the
the production of intelligence.        fabrications, or facilities for the     requirements after D-day. This
Related terms: basic intelligence;     support and control of military         includes such shipping evacuation
collection plan; intelligence cycle.   forces.                                 from major ports/major water
01 Nov 1991                            Related terms: bilateral                terminals and subsequently
                                       infrastructure; common                  dispersed to secondary
information box / cadre                infrastructure; national                ports/alternate water terminals
d'informations                         infrastructure.                         and anchorages.
A space on an annotated overlay,       01 Mar 1973                             Related terms: early resupply;
mosaic, map, etc., which is used                                               element of resupply; improvised
for identification, reference, and     initial approach / approche             early resupply; planned resupply;
scale information.                     initiale                                resupply of Europe.
Related terms: compilation             a. That part of an instrument           01 Mar 1973
diagram; reference box; reliability    approach procedure in which the
diagram.                               aircraft has departed an initial        initial path sweeping / dragage
01 Jul 1988                            approach fix or point and is            d'une bande initiale
                                       manoeuvring to enter the                In naval mine warfare, initial
information requirements /             intermediate or final approach. It      sweeping to clear a path through
besoins en information                 ends at the intermediate fix or         a mined area dangerous to the
IR                                     point or, where no intermediate         following minesweepers.
Those items of information             segment is established, at the          Related term: precursor sweeping.
regarding the enemy and his            final approach fix or point.            01 Nov 1975
environment which need to be           b. That part of a visual approach
collected and processed in order       of an aircraft immediately prior to     initial point1 / point initial1
to meet the intelligence               arrival over the aerodrome of           IP
requirements of a commander.           destination, or over the reporting      A well-defined point, easily
Related terms: collection plan;        point from which the final              distinguishable visually and/or
priority intelligence requirements.    approach to the aerodrome is            electronically, used as a starting
01 Jul 1980                            commenced.                              point for the run to the target.
                                       01 Jun 1984                             01 Sep 1974
information system / système
d'information                          initial approach area / aire            initial point2 / point initial2
IS                                     d'approche initiale                     IP
An assembly of equipment,              An area of defined width lying          A pre-selected point on the
methods and procedures and, if         between the last preceding              surface of the earth which is used
necessary, personnel, organized to     navigational fix or dead reckoning      as a reference.
accomplish information processing      position and either the facility to     Related term: target approach
functions.                             be used for making an instrument        point.
Related terms: command and             approach or a point associated          01 Sep 1974
control systems; communication         with such a facility that is used for
and information system;                demarcating the termination of          initial point3 / trace origine
communication system; NATO             initial approach.                       IP
consultation.                          01 Mar 1973                             The first point at which a moving
14 Oct 2002                                                                    target is located on a plotting
                                       initial contact report                  board.
infrared film / film infrarouge        Preferred term: contact report.         01 Sep 1974
Film carrying an emulsion
especially sensitive to the near       initial draft plan / projet de plan     initial point4 / point


                                                  2-I-4
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

d'orientation (air)                     off a chain reaction in a fissile     attitude of the aircraft are
IP                                      mass which has reached the            controlled solely by reference to
In air transport operations, a          critical state (generally by the      instruments.
navigational checkpoint over            emission of a "spurt" of neutrons).   01 Mar 1973
which the final turn into the drop      01 Sep 1981
zone/landing zone is made.                                                    instrument landing system /
01 Sep 1974                             in-place force / force en place       système d'atterrissage aux
                                        IPF                                   instruments
initial point5 / point de contrôle      A NATO assigned force which, in       ILS
IP                                      peacetime, is principally stationed   A system of radio navigation
An air control point in the vicinity    in the designated combat zone of      intended to assist aircraft in
of the landing zone from which          the NATO Command to which it is       landing which provides lateral and
individual flights of helicopters are   committed.                            vertical guidance, which may
directed to their prescribed            01 Jul 1985                           include indications of distance
landing sites.                                                                from the optimum point of landing.
01 Sep 1974                             inset / carton intérieur              Related term: localizer.
                                        In cartography, a separate map        01 Jan 1980
initial programmed                      positioned within the neatline of a
interpretation report / compte          larger map. Three forms are           instrument recording
rendu initial d'interprétation          recognized:                           photography / enregistrement
IPIR                                    a. an area geographically outside     photographique des
A standardized imagery                  a sheet but included therein for      instruments
interpretation report providing         convenience of publication,           Photography of the presentation
information on programmed               usually at the same scale;            of instrument data.
mission objectives or other vital       b. a portion of the map or chart at   01 Mar 1973
intelligence information which can      an enlarged scale;
be readily identified near these        c. a smaller scale map or chart of    in support of / en appui de
objectives, and which has not           surrounding areas, included for       Term designating the support
been reported elsewhere.                location purposes.                    provided to another unit, formation
01 Sep 1981                             01 Mar 1973                           or organization while remaining
                                                                              under the initial command.
initial radiation / rayonnement         inshore patrol / défense littorale    Related terms: direct support1,2,3;
initial                                 A naval defence patrol operating      support.
The radiation, essentially              generally within a defence coastal    22 Jun 2004
neutrons and gamma rays,                area and comprising all elements
resulting from a nuclear burst and      of harbour defences, the coastal      insurgency / sédition
emitted from the fireball within one    lookout system, patrol craft          An organized movement aimed at
minute after burst.                     supporting bases, aircraft, and       the overthrow of a constituted
Related terms: contamination;           Coast Guard stations.                 government through use of
induced radiation; residual             01 Mar 1973                           subversion and armed conflict.
radiation.                                                                    01 Jul 1980
01 Mar 1973                             instructional mine / mine
                                        d'instruction2                        integrated logistic support /
initial unloading period / phase        An inert mine used for instruction    soutien logistique intégré
de déchargement initial                 and normally sectionalized for this   ILS
In amphibious operations, that          purpose.                              The management and technical
part of the ship-to-shore               Related terms: dead mine; drill       process through which
movement in which unloading is          mine; inert mine; practice mine1.     supportability and logistic support
primarily tactical in character and     01 Oct 1984                           considerations are integrated into
must be instantly responsive to                                               the design and taken into account
landing force requirements. All         instrument approach procedure         throughout the life cycle of
elements intended to land during        / procédure d'approche aux            systems/equipment and by which
this period are serialized.             instruments                           all elements of logistic support are
Related term: general unloading         IAP                                   planned, acquired, tested and
period.                                 A series of predetermined             provided in a timely and cost-
01 Jun 1981                             manoeuvres for the orderly            effective manner.
                                        transfer of an aircraft under         Related term: combined logistic
initiation1 / amorçage1                 instrument flight conditions from     support.
The action of a device used as          the beginning of the initial          01 Nov 1994
the first element of an explosive       approach to a landing or to a point
train which, upon receipt of the        from which a landing may be           integrated staff / état-major
proper impulse, causes the              made visually or the missed           intégré
detonation or burning of an             approach procedure is initiated.      A staff in which one officer only is
explosive item.                         01 Sep 1981                           appointed to each post on the
01 Sep 1981                                                                   establishment of the
                                        instrument flight / vol aux           headquarters, irrespective of
initiation2 / amorçage2                 instruments                           nationality and service.
(nuclear) The action which sets         Flight in which the path and          Related terms: joint staff; staff.


                                                  2-I-5
                                                                                            AAP-6(2008)

01 Oct 2003                             intelligence requirements,                pre-set minimum from that
                                        planning the collection effort,           experienced by the mine when no
integrating circuit / mise de feu       issuance of orders and requests           ships are in the vicinity.
à intégration                           to collection agencies and                01 Nov 1975
A circuit whose actuation is            maintenance of a continuous
dependent on the time integral of       check on the productivity of such         intercepting search / recherche
a function of the influence.            agencies.                                 d'interception
01 Nov 1975                             b. Collection - The exploitation of       A type of search designed to
                                        sources by collection agencies            intercept an enemy whose
integration1 / superposition            and the delivery of the information       previous position is known and
In photography, a process by            obtained to the appropriate               the limits of whose subsequent
which the average radar picture         processing unit for use in the            course and speed can be
seen on several scans of the time       production of intelligence.               assumed.
base may be obtained on a print,        c. Processing - The conversion of         01 Mar 1973
or the process by which several         information into intelligence
photographic images are                 through collation, evaluation,            interceptor /intercepteur
combined into a single image.           analysis, integration and                 fighter interceptor
01 Jul 1994                             interpretation.                           A manned aircraft utilized for
                                        d. Dissemination - The timely             identification and/or engagement
integration2 / synthèse                 conveyance of intelligence, in an         of airborne objects.
In intelligence usage, a step in        appropriate form and by any               Related terms: all weather air
processing phase of the                 suitable means, to those who              defence fighter; clear weather air
intelligence cycle whereby              need it.                                  defence fighter; day air defence
analyzed information and/or             Related terms: agency; all-source         fighter; interceptor; fighter.
intelligence is selected and            intelligence; analysis2; agent;           01 Apr 1973
combined into a pattern in the          basic intelligence; collation;
course of the production of further     collection; collection                    interceptor controller /
intelligence.                           management; current intelligence;         contrôleur d'interception
                                                   2
Related term: intelligence cycle.       direction ; dissemination;                aérienne
                                                     2
01 Jul 1994                             evaluation ; information;                 An officer who controls fighter
                                        information requirements;                 aircraft allotted to him for
                                                     2
intelligence / renseignement            integration ; intelligence;               interception purposes.
Int.                                    interpretation; operational               Related term: air control.
INTEL (admitted)                        intelligence; operational level;          01 Apr 1973
The product resulting from the          priority intelligence requirements;
processing of information               processing; source; strategic             intercept point / point
concerning foreign nations, hostile     intelligence; strategic level; tactical   d'interception
or potentially hostile forces or        intelligence.                             The point to which an airborne
elements, or areas of actual or         01 Sep 1981                               vehicle is vectored or guided to
potential operations. The term is                                                 complete an interception.
also applied to the activity which      intelligence estimate /                   01 Apr 1973
results in the product and to the       appréciation renseignement
organizations engaged in such           The appraisal, expressed in               intercept receiver / détecteur
activity.                               writing or orally, of available           d'interception radioélectrique
Related terms: agency; all-source       intelligence relating to a specific       A receiver designed to detect and
intelligence;analysis2; agent; basic    situation or condition with a view        provide visual and/or aural
intelligence; collation; collection;    to determining the courses of             indication of electromagnetic
collection management; current          action open to the enemy or               emissions occurring within the
intelligence; direction ;
                          2             potential enemy and the order of          particular portion of the
dissemination; evaluation ;
                              2         probability of their adoption.            electromagnetic spectrum to
information; information                01 Jul 1983                               which it is tuned.
                              2
requirements; integration ;                                                       01 Apr 1973
intelligence cycle; interpretation;     intensity factor / coefficient
operational intelligence; operational   d'intensité                               interchangeability /
level; priority intelligence            A multiplying factor used in              interchangeabilité
requirements; processing; source;       planning activities to evaluate the       The ability of one product,
strategic intelligence; strategic       foreseeable intensity or the              process or service to be used in
level; tactical intelligence.           specific nature of an operation in        place of another to fulfil the same
01 Mar 1981                             a given area for a given period. It       requirements.
                                        is applied to the standard day of         Related terms: commonality;
intelligence cycle / cycle du           supply in order to calculate the          common user item; compatibility;
renseignement                           combat day of supply.                     force interoperability;
The sequence of activities              01 Sep 1981                               interoperability; military
whereby information is obtained,                                                  interoperability; standardization.
assembled, converted into               intensity mine circuit / mise de          [ISO/IEC Guide 2:1996]
intelligence and made available to      feu à intensité                           [Approving authority(ies): NCS]
users. This sequence comprises          A circuit whose actuation is              04 Oct 2000
the following four phases:              dependent on the field strength
a. Direction - Determination of         reaching a level differing by some

                                                   2-I-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

inter-chart relationship diagram      the bulk of division artillery          rayonnement interne
/ carton index                        weapons (about 10,000 metres).          Nuclear radiation (alpha and beta
index to adjoining sheets             01 Apr 1973                             particles and gamma radiation)
A diagram on a map or chart                                                   resulting from radioactive
showing names and/or numbers          intermediate contour line /             substances in the body.
of adjacent sheets in the same (or    courbe de niveau normale                01 Apr 1973
related) series.                      A contour line drawn between
Related term: map.                    index contours. Depending on the        international actual strength /
01 Dec 1974                           contour interval there are three or     effectif international réel
                                      four intermediate contours              The total number of military and
inter-command exercise /              between the index contours.             civilian personnel currently filling
exercice inter-commandements          Related term: index contour line.       international posts.
An exercise involving the two         01 Apr 1973                             01 Dec 1976
NATO strategic commands and/or
their subordinate commands.           intermediate marker / marqueur          international call sign / indicatif
Related terms: extent of a military   intermédiaire                           d'appel international
exercise; intra-command               In land mine warfare, a marker,         signal letters
exercise; NATO-wide exercise;         natural, artificial or specially        A call sign assigned in
scale of an exercise.                 installed, which is used as a point     accordance with the provisions of
04 Oct 2000                           of reference between the                the International
                                      landmark and the minefield.             Telecommunications Union to
intercount dormant period /           Related terms: gap marker; lane         identify a radio station. The
période d'insensibilisation           marker; marker1,2; minefield lane;      nationality of the radio station is
après avance                          minefield breaching; row marker;        identified by the first or the first
In naval mine warfare, the period     strip marker.                           two characters. (When used in
after the actuation of a ship         01 Apr 1973                             visual signalling, international call
counter before it is ready to                                                 signs are referred to as signal
receive another actuation.            intermediate objective / objectif       letters.)
01 Aug 1976                           intermédiaire                           Related term: call sign.
                                      In land warfare, an area or feature     01 Apr 1973
interdiction fire / tir               between the line of departure and
d'interdiction1                       an objective which must be seized       international civilian personnel
Fire placed on an area or point to    and/or held.                            with NATO status / personnel
prevent the enemy from using the      01 Feb 1988                             civil international à statut OTAN
area or point.                                                                Civilian persons assigned or
01 Apr 1973                           intermittent arming device /            appointed to authorized NATO
                                      dispositif de réceptivité               international civilian posts.
inter-look dormant period /           intermittente                           01 Oct 1978
période d'insensibilisation           A device included in a mine so
entre impulsions                      that it will be armed only at set       international cooperative
ILDP                                  times.                                  logistics / coopération
In mine warfare, the time interval    01 Nov 1975                             logistique internationale
after each look in a multi-look                                               Cooperation and mutual support
mine, during which the firing         intermittent illumination /             in the field of logistics through the
mechanism will not register.          éclairage intermittent                  coordination of policies, plans,
01 Dec 1976                           A type of fire in which illuminating    procedures, development
                                      projectiles are fired at irregular      activities and the common supply
intermediate approach /               intervals.                              and exchange of goods and
approche intermédiaire                01 Mar 1974                             services arranged on the basis of
That part of an instrument                                                    bilateral and multilateral
approach procedure in which           internally displaced person /           agreements with appropriate cost
aircraft configuration, speed and     personne déplacée                       reimbursement provisions.
positioning adjustments are           A person who, as part of a mass         01 Jul 1985
made. It blends the initial           movement, has been forced to
approach segment into the final       flee his or her home or place of        international date line / ligne
approach segment. It begins at        habitual residence suddenly or          internationale de changement
the intermediate fix or point and     unexpectedly as a result of armed       de date
ends at the final approach fix or     conflict, internal strife, systematic   date line
point.                                violation of human rights, fear of      The line coinciding approximately
01 Jun 1984                           such violation, or natural or man-      with the antimeridian of
                                      made disasters, and who has not         Greenwich, modified to avoid
intermediate area illumination /      crossed an internationally              certain habitable land. In crossing
éclairage de la zone                  recognized State border.                this line there is a date change of
intermédiaire                         Related terms: asylum seeker;           one day.
Illumination in the area, extending   evacuee; refugee.                       01 Apr 1973
in depth from the far boundary of     04 Oct 2000
the close-in (about 2,000 metres)                                             international identification code
to the maximum effective range of     internal radiation /                    / indice international


                                                 2-I-7
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

d'identification                       be filled by a military person          the current body of knowledge.
In railway terminology, a code         whose pay and allowances                Related term: intelligence cycle.
which identifies a military train      remain the responsibility of the        01 Jul 1994
from point of origin to final          parent nation.
destination. The code consists of      01 Aug 1976                             interrupted line / ligne
a series of figures, letters, or                                               discontinue
symbols indicating the priority,       international personnel /               A broken, dashed, or pecked line
country of origin, day of departure,   personnel international                 usually used to indicate the
national identification code           Military and civilian persons           indefinite alignment or area of a
number and country of destination      assigned or appointed to                feature on the chart.
of the train.                          authorized international posts.         01 Apr 1973
01 Mar 1981                            01 Nov 1975
                                                                               interval1 / intervalle1
international job description /        international post / poste              The space between adjacent
fiche de poste international           international                           groups of ships or boats
A delineation of the specific          A post, position, job or billet,        measured in any direction
duties, responsibilities and           authorized in a peacetime               between the corresponding ships
qualification pertaining to a          establishment or emergency              or boats in each group.
specific international post.           establishment which carries a           01 Apr 1973
01 Nov 1975                            specific international job
                                       description, whose incumbent is         interval2 / intervalle2
international loading gauge /          responsible to international            The space between adjacent
gabarit international de               authority.                              individuals, ground vehicles, or
chargement                             01 Nov 1975                             units in a formation that are
PPI gauge                                                                      placed side by side, measured
GIC                                    interoperability /                      abreast.
PPI (obsolete)                         interopérabilité                        01 Apr 1973
The loading gauge upon which           The ability to operate in synergy in
international railway agreements       the execution of assigned tasks.        interval3 / intervalle3
are based. A load whose                Related terms: commonality;             The space between adjacent
dimensions fall within the limits of   common user item; compatibility;        aircraft measured from front to
this gauge may move without            force interoperability;                 rear in units of time or distance.
restriction on most of the railways    interchangeability; military            01 Apr 1973
of Continental Western Europe.         interoperability; standardization.
GIC is an abbreviation for "gabarit    [Approving authority(ies): NCS]         interval4 / intervalle4
international de chargement".          22 Jun 2004                             The time lapse between
01 Jul 1985                                                                    photographic exposures.
                                       interpretability / possibilité          01 Apr 1973
international manpower ceiling         d'interprétation
/ maximum autorisé en effectifs        Suitability of imagery for              interval5 / intervalle5
internationaux                         interpretation with respect to          At battery right or left, an interval
The total number of international      answering adequately                    ordered in seconds is the time
posts, military and civilian, which    requirements on a given type of         between one gun firing and the
has been authorized for each           target in terms of quality and          next gun firing. Five seconds is
international organization.            scale.                                  the standard interval.
01 Nov 1975                            a. Poor - Imagery is unsuitable for     01 Apr 1973
                                       interpretation to answer
international map of the world /       adequately requirements on a            interval6 / intervalle6
carte internationale du monde          given type of target.                   At rounds of fire for effect the
PPI gauge                              b. Fair - Imagery is suitable for       interval is the time in seconds
A map series at 1: 1,000.000           interpretation to answer                between successive rounds from
scale published by a number of         requirements on a given type of         each gun.
countries to common                    target but with only average detail.    01 Apr 1973
internationally agreed                 c. Good - Imagery is suitable for
specifications.                        interpretation to answer                intervention / intervention
01 Aug 1974                            requirements on a given type of         Action taken to exert influence
                                       target in considerable detail.          over, modify or control a specific
international military personnel       d. Excellent - Imagery is suitable      activity.
/ personnel militaire                  for interpretation to answer            01 Oct 2001
international                          requirements on a given type of
Military persons assigned or           target in complete detail.              intra-command exercise /
appointed to authorized                01 Dec 1979                             exercice intra-commandement
international military posts.                                                  An exercise which involves part of
01 Nov 1977                            interpretation / interprétation         a NATO strategic command or
                                       In intelligence usage, the final        subordinate command.
international military post /          step in the processing phase of         Related terms: extent of a military
poste militaire international          the intelligence cycle in which the     exercise; inter-command
An international post authorized to    significance of information and/or      exercise; NATO-wide exercise;
                                       intelligence is judged in relation to

                                                  2-I-8
                                                                             AAP-6(2008)

scale of an exercise.                  de mines
04 Oct 2000                            In land mine warfare, short mine
                                       rows or strips laid in an irregular
in-transit evacuation                  manner in front of a minefield
facility / centre de transit pour      facing the enemy, to deceive the
évacuation sanitaire                   enemy as to the type or extent of
IEF                                    the mine field. Generally, the
A medical facility that has all the    irregular outer edge will only be
functions of a casualty staging        used in minefields with buried
unit, but with an expandable           mines.
holding capacity for national          01 Jan 1991
medical evacuation.
Related term: casualty staging         isocentre / isocentre
unit.                                  The point on a photograph
22 Jun 2004                            intersected by the bisector of the
                                       angle between the plumb-line and
intruder / intrus                      the photograph perpendicular.
An individual, unit, weapon            01 Aug 1974
system or tactical track in or near
an operational or exercise area,       isodose rate line
which presents a threat of             Preferred term: dose rate contour
intelligence gathering or disruptive   line.
activity.
09 Jan 1996                            isogriv / isogrille
                                       A line on a map or chart which
intruder operation / opération         joins points of equal angular
d'intruder                             difference between grid north and
An offensive operation by day or       magnetic north.
night over enemy territory with the    Related term: grid magnetic angle.
primary object of destroying           01 Aug 1974
enemy aircraft in the vicinity of
their bases.
01 Apr 1973

inventory control / gestion et
administration du matériel
inventory management
materiel control
materiel management
supply management
That phase of military logistics
which includes managing,
cataloguing, requirements
determination, procurement,
distribution, overhaul, and
disposal of materiel.
Related term: stock control
01 Apr 1973

inventory management
Preferred term: inventory control.

inverter / onduleur
In electrical engineering, a device
for converting direct current into
alternating current.
Related term: rectifier.
01 Jul 1983

ionization / ionisation
The process of producing ions by
the removal of electrons from, or
the addition of electrons to, atoms
or molecules.
01 Apr 1973

irregular outer edge / contour
extérieur irrégulier du champ


                                                  2-I-9
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                                     J

jamming / brouillage                    opportunity. Joint air attack team     b. it assumes subregional
Related terms: barrage jamming;         operations are coordinated and         responsibilities for training and
electronic countermeasures;             conducted to support the ground        exercises; and
electronic jamming; spot jamming;       commander's scheme of                  c. it provides a permanent
sweep jamming.                          manoeuvre.                             planning and command and
01 Mar 1973                             Note: The joint air attack team        control capability for the conduct
                                        normally operates as a                 of joint operations, allowing it to
jettison / délestage                    coordinated effort supported by        undertake or contribute to all
Deliberate release of an aircraft       fire support, air defence artillery,   Alliance missions as directed by
store from an aircraft to effect        naval surface fire support,            the NATO regional commander.
aircraft safety or prepare for air      intelligence, surveillance, and        04 Oct 2000
combat.                                 reconnaissance systems,
01 Jul 1983                             electronic warfare systems, and        join up / rassemblement
                                        ground manoeuvre forces.               To form separate aircraft or
jettisoned mines / mines                17 Jan 2005                            groups of aircraft into a specific
rejetées à la mer                                                              formation.
Mines which are laid as quickly as      joint fires / tirs interarmées         01 Aug 1976
possible in order to empty the          Fires applied during the
minelayer of mines, without             employment of forces from two or       jump speed / vitesse de largage
regard to their condition or relative   more components, in coordinated        The airspeed at which parachute
positions.                              action toward a common                 troops can jump with comparative
Related term: mine2.                    objective.                             safety from an aircraft.
01 Oct 1978                             15 Jan 2008                            01 Apr 1974

joiner / navire ralliant un convoi      joint operations area / zone
convoy joiner                           d'opérations interarmées
An independent merchant ship            JOA
sailed to join a convoy.                A temporary area defined by the
Related terms: joiner convoy;           Supreme Allied Commander
joiner section.                         Europe, in which a designated
01 Jun 1978                             joint commander plans and
                                        executes a specific mission at the
joiner convoy / convoi ralliant         operational level of war. A joint
A convoy sailed to join the main        operations area and its defining
convoy.                                 parameters, such as time, scope
Related terms: joiner; joiner           of the mission and geographical
section.                                area, are contingency- or mission-
01 Oct 1978                             specific and are normally
                                        associated with combined joint
joiner section / section ralliant       task force operations.
un convoi                               Related terms: area of operations;
A joiner or joiner convoy, after        area of responsibility1,2;
rendezvous, and while                   operational level.
manoeuvring to integrate with the       17 Jan 2005
main convoy.
Related terms: joiner; joiner           joint staff / état-major
convoy.                                 interarmées
01 Jun 1978                             J
                                        A staff formed of two or more of
joint / interarmées                     the services of the same country.
multiservice                            Related terms: integrated staff;
Adjective used to describe              staff.
activities, operations and              01 Oct 2003
organizations in which elements of
at least two services participate.      joint subregional command /
Related terms: allied joint             commandement interarmées
operation; combined.                    sous-régional
16 Jul 1999                             A subregional command
                                        organization at the third level of
joint air attack team / groupe          the NATO military command
d’attaque aérienne interarmées          structure with no permanently
A combination of attack and/or          allocated area of responsibilities.
reconnaissance rotary-wing              This command is characterized as
aircraft and fixed-wing close air       follows:
support aircraft, operating             a. it contains a combination of
together to locate and attack high-     appropriate specific tri-service
priority targets and targets of         capabilities;
                                                       2-J-1
                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

                                                        K

K-day / jour K                           01 Apr 1973
Related terms: designation of days
and hours; commander's required          kite / plongeur
date; D-day; E-day; G-day; H-hour;       In naval mine warfare, a device
latest arrival date.                     which when towed, submerges and
01 Aug 1982                              planes at a predetermined level
                                         without sideways displacement.
key / clé                                01 Nov 1975
In cartography, a term sometimes
loosely used as a synonym for
"legend".
Related terms: blue key; drawing
key; legend.
01 Apr 1973

key point / point sensible
A concentrated site or installation,
the destruction or capture of which
would seriously affect the war effort
or the success of operations.
01 Apr 1973

key symbol / symbole clé
In psychological operations, a
simple, suggestive, repetitive
element (rhythm, sign, colour, etc.)
which has an immediate impact on a
target audience and which creates a
favourable environment for the
acceptance of a psychological
theme.
01 Apr 1973

key terrain / position clé
Any locality, or area, the seizure or
retention of which affords a marked
advantage to either combatant.
01 Apr 1973

killed in action / tué au combat
KIA
A battle casualty who is killed
outright or who dies as a result of
wounds or other injuries before
reaching a medical treatment facility.
Related terms: casualty; died of
wounds received in action; non-
battle casualty; wounded in action.
01 Dec 1979

kill probability / probabilité de
destruction
Pk
A measure of the probability of
destroying a target.
01 Apr 1973

kiloton weapon / arme
kilotonnique
A nuclear weapon, the yield of which
is measured in terms of thousands of
tons of trinitrotoluene explosive
equivalents, producing yields from 1
to 999 kilotons.
Related terms: megaton weapon;
nominal weapon; subkiloton weapon.


                                                  2-K-1
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

                                                    L

laid life / durée d'activation         landing craft / engin de               landing ship / bâtiment de
In land mine warfare, the period of    débarquement                           débarquement
time throughout which the fuzing       A craft employed in amphibious         An assault ship which is designed
system of a mine may be activated.     operations, specifically designed      for long sea voyages and for rapid
16 Jul 1999                            for carrying troops and their          unloading over and on to a beach.
                                       equipment and for beaching,            01 Apr 1973
land effect                            unloading and retracting. It is also
Preferred term: coastal refraction.    used for resupply operations.          landing ship dock / bâtiment de
                                       Related terms: amphibious              transport de chalands de
landing aid / aide à                   vehicle; resupply.                     débarquement
l'atterrissage                         04 Oct 2000                            A ship designed to transport and
Any illuminating light, radio                                                 launch loaded amphibious craft
beacon, radar device,                  landing diagram / présentation         and/or amphibian vehicles with
communicating device, or any           graphique du plan de mise à            their crews and embarked
system of such devices for aiding      terre                                  personnel and/or equipment and
aircraft in an approach and            A graphic means of illustrating the    to render limited docking and
landing.                               plan for the ship-to-shore             repair services to small ships and
01 Apr 1973                            movement.                              craft.
                                       Related term: plan for landing.        01 Apr 1973
landing approach / approche            01 Apr 1973
d'atterrissage                                                                landing site1 / site
The continuously changing              landing force / force de               d’atterrissage
position of an aircraft in space       débarquement                           A site within a landing zone
directed toward effecting a landing    LF                                     containing one or more landing
on a predetermined area.               The task organization of ground        points.
01 Apr 1973                            and aviation units assigned to an      Related terms: aerodrome;
                                       amphibious operation.                  landing point; landing zone.
landing area1 / zone de mise à         Related term: amphibious force2.       30 Jun 2005
      1
terre                                  01 Oct 2001
amphibious assault area                                                       landing site2 / site de
The part of the objective area         landing group / groupe de              débarquement
within which the landing               débarquement                           In amphibious operations, a
operations of an amphibious force      A subordinate task organization of     continuous segment of coastline
are conducted.                         the landing force capable of           over which troops, equipment and
Note: It includes the beach, the       conducting landing operations,         supplies can be landed by surface
approaches to the beach, the           under a single tactical command,       means.
transport areas, the fire support      against a position or group of         Related terms: aerodrome;
areas, the airspace occupied by        positions.                             landing point; landing zone.
aircraft in close support and the      01 Jul 1980                            30 Jun 2005
land included in the advance
inland to the initial objective.       landing mat / grille                   landing zone / zone
Related terms: amphibious force1;      d'atterrissage (ou de                  d’amerrissage
                                 2
fire support area; landing site ;      débarquement)                          A specified zone used for the
objective area.                        A prefabricated, portable mat so       landing of aircraft on land, water
30 Jun 2005                            designed that any number of            or deck.
                                       planks (sections) may be rapidly       Note: In French, the equivalent of
             2
landing area / zone de mise à          fastened together to form              landing zone is “zone
     2
terre                                  surfacing for emergency runways,       d’atterrissage”, “zone
The area used for air landing of       landing beaches, etc.                  d’amerrissage”, or “zone
troops and materiel.                   01 Apr 1973                            d’appontage”, depending on
Related terms: aerodrome; air                                                 whether the landing takes place
landed; landing zone.                  landing point / point                  on land, water or deck
30 Jun 2005                            d'atterrissage2                        respectively.
                                       A point within a landing site where    Related term: aerodrome.
landing beach / plage de               one helicopter or vertical take-off    30 Jun 2005
débarquement                           and landing aircraft can land.
The portion of a shoreline required    01 Oct 1980                            landing zone control party /
for landing a battalion landing                                               groupe de contrôle de zone de
team, which can also be used as a      landing roll / course à                débarquement
tactical locality over which a force   l'atterrissage                         Personnel specially trained and
larger or smaller than a battalion     The movement of an aircraft from       equipped to establish and operate
landing team may be landed.            touchdown through deceleration         communication devices from the
01 Oct 2001                            to taxi speed or full stop.            ground for traffic control of
                                       01 Jul 1980                            aircraft/helicopters for a specific
                                                                              landing zone.
                                                                              1 Sep 1981

                                                  2-L-1
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

                                       laser designator / marqueur           laser seeker / chercheur laser
landmark / repère terrestre            laser                                 A device based on a direction
A feature, either natural or           laser illuminator                     sensitive receiver which detects
artificial, that can be accurately     laser target marker                   the energy reflected from a laser
determined on the ground from a        A device that emits a beam of         designated target and defines the
grid reference.                        laser energy which is used to         direction of the target relative to
01 Apr 1973                            mark a specific place or object.      the receiver.
                                       31 May 2000                           Related terms: infrared linescan
land mine warfare                                                            system; laser guided weapon;
Preferred term: mine warfare.          laser guidance unit / dispositif      laser linescan system.
                                       de guidage par laser                  01 Aug 1979
lane marker / marqueur de              A system fitted with a laser seeker
cheminement                            to compute trajectory data for use    laser target designating system
In land mine warfare, sign used to     by the control system of a missile,   / système marqueur d'objectif à
mark a minefield lane. Lane            projectile or bomb.                   laser
markers, at the entrance to and        Related term: laser seeker.           laser target marking system
exit from the lane, may be             04 Oct 2000                           A system which is used to direct
referenced to a landmark or                                                  (aim or point) laser energy at a
intermediate marker.                   laser guided weapon / arme            target. The system consists of the
Related terms: gap marker; lane        guidée par laser                      laser designator or laser target
marker; minefield lane; row            A weapon which utilizes a seeker      marker with its display and control
marker; strip marker.                  to detect laser energy reflected      components necessary to acquire
01 Jun 1984                            from a laser marked/designated        the target and direct the beam of
                                       target and through signal             laser energy thereon.
lap / bande                            processing provides guidance          01 Nov 1975
In naval mine warfare, that            commands to a control system
section or strip of an area            which guides the weapon to the        laser target marker
assigned to a single sweeper or        point from which the laser energy     Preferred term: laser designator.
formation of sweepers for a run        is being reflected.
through the area.                      Related terms: infrared linescan      laser target marking system
1 Nov 1975                             system; laser linescan system;        Preferred term: laser target
                                       laser seeker.                         designating system.
lap course / route de dragage          1 Dec 1979
In naval mine warfare, the true                                              laser tracker / appareil de
course desired to be made good         laser illuminator                     poursuite laser
during a run along a lap.              Preferred term: laser designator.     A device which locks on to the
01 Nov 1975                                                                  reflected energy from a laser
                                       laser linescan system /               marked/designated target and
lap track / rail                       analyseur laser à balayage            defines the direction of the target
In naval mine warfare, the centre      linéaire                              relative to itself.
line of a lap; ideally, the track to   An active airborne imagery            01 Jul 1980
be followed by the sweep or            recording system which uses a
detecting gear.                        laser as the primary source of        lashing
01 Aug 1976                            illumination to scan the ground       Preferred term: tie down.
                                       beneath the flight path, adding
lap turn / retournement                successive across-track lines to      lashing point
In naval mine warfare, the             the record as the vehicle             Preferred term: tie down point.
manoeuvre a minesweeper                advances.
carries out during the period          Related terms: infrared linescan      late / retard
between the completion of one          system; laser guided weapon;          In artillery and naval fire support,
run and the commencement of            laser seeker.                         a report made to the observer or
the run immediately following.         1 Mar 1981                            spotter, whenever there is a delay
1 Jun 1978                                                                   in reporting "shot" by coupling a
                                       laser pulse duration / durée          time in seconds with the report.
lap width / largeur de bande           d'impulsion laser                     01 Aug 1974
interceptée                            The time during which the laser
In naval mine warfare, the swept       output pulse power remains            lateral gain / gain latéral
path of the ship or formation          continuously above half its           The amount of new ground
divided by the percentage              maximum value.                        covered laterally by successive
coverage being swept to.               01 Jan 1980                           photographic runs over an area.
01 Nov 1975                                                                  01 Apr 1973
                                       laser range-finder / télémètre
large ship / grand bâtiment            laser                                 lateral route / rocade
A ship of over 137 metres (or 450      A device that uses a laser to         A route generally parallel to the
feet) in length.                       determine the distance from the       forward edge of the battle area,
Related term: small ship.              device to a place or object.          which crosses, or feeds into, axial
01 Nov 1975                            4 Nov 2005                            routes.
                                                                             Related term: route.


                                                 2-L-2
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

01 Apr 1973                            Any suitable position where naval     proceeding to a different
                                       units can berth, camouflage and       destination.
latest arrival date / date limite      replenish in preparation for          Related terms: leaver; leaver
d'arrivée                              forthcoming operations.               section.
In movement planning, the latest       Related terms: advanced fleet         01 Jun 1978
date, calculated from G-day, on        anchorage; assembly anchorage;
which an organization or unit is       emergency anchorage; holding          leaver section / section à
required to arrive at the designated   hanchorage; waiting position;         détacher d'un convoi
ports of debarkation.                  working anchorage.                    LS
Related terms: designation of          01 Oct 1984                           A group of ships forming part of
days and hours; commander's                                                  the main convoy which will
required date; D-day; E-day; G-        lay reference number / numéro         subsequently break off to become
day; H-hour; K-day.                    de référence de mouillage             leavers or a leaver convoy.
01 Oct 2001                            LRN                                   Related terms: leaver; leaver
                                       In naval mine warfare, a number       convoy.
latitude band / zone de latitude       allocated to an individual mine by    01 Jun 1978
latitudinal band                       the minefield planning authority to
Any latitudinal strip, designated by   provide a simple means of             left (or right)1 / gauche (ou
                                                                                     1
accepted units of linear or angular    referring to it.                      droite)
measurement, which                     01 Nov 1975                           Terms used to establish the
circumscribes the earth.                                                     relative position of a body of
01 Apr 1973                            lead aircraft1 / avion leader1        troops. The person using the
                                       An airborne aircraft designated to    terms left or right is assumed to
latitudinal band                       provide certain command and air       be facing in the direction of the
Preferred term: latitude band.         control functions.                    enemy regardless of whether the
                                       01 Apr 1973                           troops are advancing towards or
lattice / canevas                                                            withdrawing from the enemy.
A network of intersecting              lead aircraft2 / avion leader2        01 Aug 1973
positional lines printed on a map      An aircraft in the van of two or
or chart from which a fix may be       more aircraft.                        left (or right) / gauche (ou
obtained.                              01 Apr 1973                           droite)2
01 Apr 1973                                                                  right (or left)
                                       lead collision course / cap de        Correction used in adjusting fire to
launcher / rampe de lancement          collision                             indicate that a lateral shift of the
A structural device designed to        A vector which, if maintained,        mean point of impact
support and hold a missile in          would result in a collision between   perpendicular to the reference line
position for firing.                   an interceptor and a target.          or spotting line is desired.
01 Apr 1973                            01 Oct 2001                           01 Aug 1973

launching site / site de               lead pursuit / cap de poursuite       legend / légende1
lancement                              An interceptor vector designed to     An explanation of symbols used
Any site or installation with the      maintain a course of flight at a      on a map, chart, sketch, etc.,
capacity of launching missiles         predetermined point ahead of a        commonly printed in tabular form
from surface to air or surface to      target.                               at the side of the map, etc..
surface.                               01 Dec 1974                           Related term: key.
01 Apr 1973                                                                  01 Dec 1993
                                       leapfrog / progression par
launch pad / aire de lancement         bonds                                 lens coating / couche antireflet
A concrete or other hard surface       Form of movement in which like        A thin transparent coating applied
area on which a missile launcher       supporting elements are moved         to a surface of a lens element.
is positioned.                         successively through or by one        01 Jul 1970
01 Apr 1973                            another along the axis of
                                       movement of supported forces.         lens distortion / distorsion
laydown bombing /                      01 Apr 1973                           Image displacement caused by
bombardement en vol rasant                                                   lens irregularities and aberrations.
A very low level bombing               leaver / navire quittant              01 Jul 1970
technique wherein delay fuses          convoy leaver
and/or devices are used to allow       A merchant ship which breaks off      lethal weapon / arme létale
the attacker to escape the             from a convoy to proceed to a         A weapon that can be used to
effects of his bomb.                   different destination and becomes     cause death or serious bodily
01 Apr 1973                            independent.                          injury.
                                       Related terms: leaver convoy;         22 Jun 2004
layer tint                             leaver section.
Preferred term: hypsometric            01 Sep 1989                           level-of-effort munitions /
tinting.                                                                     stocks de soutien en munitions
                                       leaver convoy / convoi détaché        In stockpile planning, munitions
laying-up position / mouillage         A convoy which has broken off         stocked on the basis of expected
d'attente2                             from the main convoy and is           daily expenditure rate, the number


                                                 2-L-3
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

of combat days and the attrition
rate assumed, to counter targets         limit of fire1 / limite de tir1       lines of communications /
the number of which is unknown.          The boundary marking off the          lignes de communications
Related term: threat-oriented            area on which gun-fire can be         All the land, water, and air routes
munitions.                               delivered.                            that connect an operating military
01 Feb 1988                              01 Feb 1974                           force with one or more bases of
                                                                               operations, and along which
level of supply / niveau des             limit of fire2 / limite de tir2       supplies and reinforcements
approvisionnements                       Safe angular limits for firing at     move.
The quantity of supplies or              aerial targets.                       01 Jun 1981
materiel authorized or directed to       01 Feb 1974
be held in anticipation of future                                              link1 / liaison2
demands.                                 linear scale                          In communications, a general
01 Apr 1973                              Preferred term: graphic scale.        term used to indicate the
                                                                               existence of communication
liaison / liaison1                       line astern                           facilities between two points.
That contact or                          Preferred term: trail formation.      01 Nov 1975
intercommunication maintained
between elements of military             line gauge / largeur de ligne         link2 / bretelle
forces to ensure mutual                  A measurement of line width.          A maritime route, other than a
understanding and unity of               01 Feb 1974                           coastal or transit route, which
purpose and action.                                                            links any two or more routes.
01 Apr 1971                              line of arrival                       01 Nov 1975
                                         Preferred term: line of impact.
liberated territory / territoire                                               liquid explosive / explosif
libéré                                   line of departure1 / ligne de         liquide
                                                1
Any area, domestic, neutral or           départ                                Explosive which is fluid at normal
friendly, which, having been             In land warfare, a line designated    temperatures.
occupied by an enemy, is retaken         to coordinate the departure of        01 Dec 1977
by friendly forces.                      attack elements.
01 Apr 1973                              01 Nov 1985                           list of targets
                                                                               Preferred term: target list.
light damage / dégât léger               line of departure2 / ligne de
                                                2
Related term: nuclear damage.            départ                                live exercise / exercice réel
01 Nov 1975                              In amphibious warfare, a suitably     LIVEX
                                         marked offshore coordinating line     An exercise using real forces and
lightening / allégement                  to assist assault craft to land on    units.
The operation (normally carried          designated beaches at scheduled       01 Aug 1974
out at anchor) of transferring           times.
crude oil cargo from a large             01 Nov 1985                           load /charge3
tanker to a smaller tanker, so                                                 The total weight of passengers or
reducing the draught of the larger       line of impact / ligne                cargo transported.
tanker to enable it to enter port.       d'incidence                           Related terms: aircraft store; airlift
01 Mar 1979                              line of arrival                       requirement; airlift capability;
                                                                                                      1
                                         A line tangent to the trajectory at   combat load; payload ; standard
light filter / filtre optique            the point of impact or burst          load; transport capacity.
An optical element such as a             01 Mar 1982                           22 Jun 2004
sheet of glass, gelatine or plastic
dyed in a specific manner to             line of operation / ligne             load control group / équipe de
absorb selectively light of certain      d’opération                           contrôle du chargement
colours.                                 In a campaign or operation, a line    Personnel who are concerned
01 Oct 1980                              linking decisive points in time and   with organization and control of
                                         space on the path to the centre of    loading within the pick-up zone.
light line / ligne d'éclairage           gravity.                              01 Dec 1976
réduit                                   01 Oct 2001
A designated line forward of which                                             loaded weapon / arme
vehicles are required to use             line overlap                          approvisionnée
blackout lights at night.                Related term: overlap1.               A weapon to which the ammunition
01 Apr 1973                              01 Mar 1981                           is joined, but which is not charged
                                                                               and remains unable to fire.
limited access route / itinéraire        line search / reconnaissance          Related terms: charged weapon;
à accès réglementé                       sur itinéraire                        uncharged weapon; unloaded
A oneway route with one or more          Reconnaissance along a specific       weapon.
restrictions which preclude its use      line of communications, such as a     01 Oct 2001
by the full range of military traffic.   road, railway or waterway, to
Related terms: double flow route;        detect fleeting targets and           loading / chargement
route; single flow route.                activities in general.                The process of putting personnel,
01 Jan 1980                              01 Aug 1979                           matériel, supplies and other


                                                    2-L-4
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

freight on board ships, aircraft,        indication of its lateral position     c. acquisition or construction,
trains, road vehicles or other           relative to a predetermined final      maintenance, operation, and
means of conveyance.                     approach course.                       disposition of facilities;
Note: In French, the word                Related terms: beacon; crash           d. acquisition or furnishing of
chargement excludes personnel.           locator beacon; emergency              services; and
Related terms: allowable load;           locator beacon; fan marker             e. medical and health service
block stowage loading; combat            beacon; localizer; meaconing;          support.
loading; commodity loading;              personal locator beacon; radio         10 Dec 1993
convoy loading; embarkation;             beacon; submarine locator
horizontal loading; selective            acoustic beacon; Z marker              logistic sustainment / maintien
loading; selective unloading; unit       beacon.                                en puissance logistique
loading; vertical loading.               01 Nov 1980                            The process and mechanism by
01 Oct 1992                                                                     which sustainability is achieved
                                         location diagram / carton de           and which consists of supplying a
loading plan / plan de                   localisation                           force with consumables and
chargement                               On a map or chart, a diagram           replacing combat losses and non-
All of the individually prepared         shown in the margin to indicate        combat attrition of equipment in
documents which, taken together,         the position of the sheet in           order to maintain the force’s
present in detail all instructions for   relation to the surrounding            combat power for the duration
the arrangement of personnel,            country, or to adjoining sheets of     required to meet its objectives.
and the loading of equipment for         the same or adjacent map series.       Related term: sustainability.
one or more units or other special       Related term: chart index.             02 Mar 2007
grouping of personnel or material        01 Mar 1973
moving by highway, water, rail, or                                              long-range transport aircraft /
air transportation.                      lock-on / verrouillage                 aéronef de transport à long
Related term: ocean manifest.            The state of a tracking system or      rayon d'action
01 Feb 1974                              target acquisition system which is     Related term: transport aircraft.
                                         continuously and automatically         01 Feb 1974
loading point / point de                 tracking a target, using one or
chargement                               more parameters.                       look / période de réceptivité
A point where one aircraft can be        Related term: track (to)2.             In mine warfare, a period during
loaded or unloaded.                      04 Oct 2000                            which a mine circuit is receptive of
01 Dec 1976                                                                     an influence.
                                         logistic assessment /                  01 Nov 1975
loading site / site de                   évaluation logistique
chargement                               An evaluation of the logistic          lost / non vu
An area containing a number of           support required to conduct a          In artillery and naval fire support,
loading points.                          military operation, compared to        a spotting, of an observation used
09 Jul 1997                              the actual and/or potential logistic   by a spotter or an observer to
                                         support available for that             indicate that rounds fired by a gun
load spreader / répartiteur de           operation.                             or mortar were not observed.
charges                                  04 Oct 2000                            01 Feb 1974
Material used to distribute the
weight of a load over a given area       logistic assistance / aide             low airburst / explosion
to avoid exceeding designed              logistique                             nucléaire à basse altitude
stress.                                  A generic term used to denote          The fallout safe height of burst for
01 Mar 1973                              types of assistance between and        a nuclear weapon which
                                         within military commands both in       maximizes damage to or
local mean time / temps local            peace and war.                         casualties on surface targets.
moyen                                    Related terms: combined logistic       Related terms: airburst; high
The time interval elapsed since          support; mutual aid; reallocation      altitude burst; nuclear airburst;
the mean sun's transit of the            of resources; reallocation             nuclear surface burst; nuclear
observer's antimeridian.                 authority.                             underground.
01 Mar 1973                              01 Mar 1973                            01 Aug 1976

local wage rate NATO civilian            logistics / logistique                 low angle / tir plongeant
employee / employé civil OTAN            Log.                                   In artillery and naval gunfire
rémunéré au tarif local                  The science of planning and            support, an order or request to
Civilian employee who does not           carrying out the movement and          obtain low-angle fire (less than
occupy a NATO international              maintenance of forces. In its most     45).
civilian post and who does not           comprehensive                          01 Sep 1974
enjoy NATO status.                       sense, the aspects of military
01 Oct 1978                              operations which deal with:            low-angle fire / tir plongeant
                                         a. design and development,             Fire delivered at angles of
localizer / radiophare                   acquisition, storage, movement,        elevation below the elevation that
d'alignement                             distribution, maintenance,             corresponds to the maximum
A directional radio beacon which         evacuation, and disposal of            range of the gun and ammunition
provides to an aircraft an               materiel;                              concerned.
                                         b. transport of personnel;             01 Nov 1975

                                                   2-L-5
                                            AAP-6(2008)


low-angle loft bombing /
bombardement en cabré de
faible amplitude
Type of loft bombing of free fall
bombs wherein weapon release
occurs at an angle less than 35
degrees above the horizontal.
01 Mar 1973

low-velocity drop / largage à
faible vitesse de descente
A drop procedure in which the
drop velocity does not exceed 30
feet per second.
Related terms: airdrop; air
movement; free drop; release.
01 Mar 1973




                                    2-L-6
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                                       M

Mach front                            01 Dec 1976                              support of military operations.
Preferred term: Mach stem.
                                      magnetic north / nord                    01 Mar 1973
Mach stem / avant de l’onde de        magnétique
choc                                  The direction indicated by the           maintainability / maintenabilité
Mach front                            north seeking pole of a freely           The ability of an item, under
The shock front formed by the         suspended magnetic needle,               stated conditions of use, to be
fusion of the incident and            influenced only by the earth's           retained in or restored to a state
reflected shock fronts from an        magnetic field.                          in which it can perform its required
explosion. The term is generally      Related term: compass north.             functions, when maintenance is
used with reference to a blast        01 Mar 1973                              performed under stated conditions
wave, propagated in the air,                                                   and using prescribed procedures
reflected at the surface of the       main aerodrome / aérodrome               and resources.
earth. In the ideal case, the Mach    principal                                [IEC]
stem is perpendicular to the          Aerodrome designed for                   01 Mar 1991
reflecting surface and slightly       permanent occupation in
convex (forward).                     peacetime, also suitable for use in      maintenance1 / maintenance1
01 Sep 1971                           wartime and having sufficient            All actions taken to retain
                                      operational facilities for full use of   equipment in or to restore it to a
magnetic bearing / azimut             its combat potential.                    specified condition, including
magnétique                            01 Nov 1994                              inspection, testing, servicing,
Bearing measured with reference                                                classification as to serviceability,
to magnetic north.                    main attack1 / attaque                   repair, rebuilding and reclamation.
                                                 1
Related terms: grid bearing;          principale                               Related terms: coorrective
relative bearing; true bearing.       The principal attack or effort into      maintenance; examination.
09 Jan 1996                           which the commander throws the           04 Oct 2000
                                      full weight of the offensive power
magnetic circuit                      at his disposal.                         maintenance2 / maintenance2
Preferred term: magnetic mine.        20 Nov 1996                              All supply and repair action taken
                                                                               to keep a force in condition to
magnetic compass / compas             main attack2 / attaque                   carry out its mission.
                                                2
magnétique                            principale                               04 Oct 2000
An instrument containing a freely     An attack directed against the
suspended magnetic element            chief objective of the campaign,         maintenance3 / maintenance3
which displays the direction of the   major operation or battle.               The routine recurring work
horizontal component of the           20 Nov 1996                              required to keep a facility (plant,
earth's magnetic field at the point                                            building, structure, ground facility,
of observation.                       main convoy / convoi principal           utility system, or other real
01 Feb 1974                           The convoy as a whole which              property) in such condition that it
                                      sails from the convoy assembly           may be continuously utilized, at its
magnetic equator / équateur           port/anchorage to its destination.       original or designed capacity and
magnétique                            It may be supplemented by joiners        efficiency, for its intended
aclinic line                          or joiner convoys, and leavers or        purpose.
A line drawn on a map or chart        leaver convoys may break off.            Related terms: corrective
connecting all points at which the    Related term: convoy1.                   maintenance; examination.
magnetic inclination (dip) is zero    04 Oct 2000                              01 Mar 1982
for a specified epoch.
01 Jul 1972                           main detonating line / cordeau           major nuclear power /
                                      maître                                   puissance nucléaire importante
magnetic mine / mine                  In demolition, a line of detonating      Any nation that possesses a
magnétique                            cord used to transmit the                nuclear striking force capable of
magnetic circuit                      detonation wave to two or more           posing a serious threat to every
A mine which responds to the          branches.                                other nation.
magnetic field of a target.           01 Jan 1991                              Related terms: military nuclear
Related term: mine2.                                                           power; nuclear nation; nuclear
01 Dec 1976                           mainguard / réserve d'avant-             power.
                                      garde                                    01 Jul 1970
magnetic minehunting / chasse         Element of an advanced guard.
aux mines par détecteurs              Related term: advanced guard.            major port / port principal
magnétiques                           01 Mar 1973                              Any port with two or more berths
The process of using magnetic                                                  and facilities and equipment
detectors to determine the            main supply route / itinéraire           capable of discharging 100,000
presence of mines or minelike         principal de ravitaillement              tons of cargo per month from
objects which may be either on or     The route or routes designated           ocean-going ships. Such ports will
protruding from the sea-bed, or       within an area of operations upon        be designated as probable
buried.                               which the bulk of traffic flows in       nuclear targets.


                                                2-M-1
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

01 Mar 1973                            with his assigned duties. Upper
                                       weight limit: approximately 14          map index / schéma
major water terminal / terminus        kilogrammes (31 pounds);                d'assemblage (topographie)
maritime principal                     b. in land warfare, equipment           chart index
A water terminal with facilities for   which can be carried by one man         Graphic key primarily designed to
berthing numerous ships                over long distance without serious      give the relationship between
simultaneously at wharves and/or       degradation of the performance of       sheets of a series, their coverage,
working anchorages, located            his normal duties.                      availability, and further information
within sheltered coastal waters        01 Oct 1978                             on the series.
adjacent to rail, highway, air                                                 Related terms: chart; location
and/or inland water transportation     manpower management /                   diagram; map.
nets. It covers a relatively large     gestion du personnel                    01 Nov 1990
area, and its scope of operation is    The means of manpower control
such that it is designated as a        to ensure the most efficient and        mapping camera
probable nuclear target.               economical use of available             Preferred term: air cartographic
Related terms: alternate water         manpower.                               camera.
terminal; major water terminal;        01 Nov 1975
port; secondary water terminal                                                 map reference / localisation
water terminal.                        manpower management survey              A means of identifying a point on
01 Mar 1973                            / étude sur la gestion du               the surface of the earth by relating
                                       personnel                               it to information appearing on a
manoeuvre1 / manoeuvre1                Systematic evaluation of a              map, generally the graticule or
A movement to place ships or           functional area, utilizing expert       grid.
aircraft in a position of advantage    knowledge, manpower scaling             01 Aug 1979
over the enemy.                        guides, experience and other
01 Aug 1982                            practical considerations in             map reference code / code à
                                       determining the validity and            référence cartographique
manoeuvre2 / manoeuvre2                managerial efficiency of the            A code used primarily for
A tactical exercise carried out at     function's present or proposed          encoding grid coordinates and
sea, in the air, on the ground, or     manpower establishment                  other information pertaining to
on a map in imitation of war.          01 Nov 1975                             maps. This code may be
01 Aug 1982                                                                    used for other purposes where the
                                       manpower scaling guide /                encryption of numerals is
manoeuvre3 / manoeuvre3                normes d'utilisation du                 required.
The operation of a ship, aircraft,     personnel                               01 Jan 1968
or vehicle, to cause it to perform     Manpower management
desired movements.                     standards or guidelines which           map series / série de cartes
01 Aug 1982                            express a manpower requirement          chart series
                                       as a variable dependant upon            A group of maps or charts usually
manoeuvre4 / manoeuvre4                workload encountered.                   having the same scale and
Employment of forces on the            01 Nov 1975                             cartographic specifications, and
battlefield through movement in                                                with each sheet appropriately
combination with fire, or fire         map / carte                             identified by producing agency as
potential, to achieve a position of    A graphic representation, usually       belonging to the same series.
advantage in respect to the            on a plane surface, and at an           Related terms: chart; map.
enemy in order to accomplish the       established scale, of natural or        01 Aug 1973
mission.                               artificial features on the surface of
01 Aug 1982                            a part or the whole of the earth or     map sheet / carte2
                                       other planetary body. The               chart sheet
manoeuvring area / aire de             features are positioned relative to     An individual map or chart either
manoeuvre                              a coordinate reference system.          complete in itself or part of a
That part of on aerodrome to be        Related terms: aeronautical chart;      series.
used for the take-off and landing      aeronautical plotting chart;            01 Sep 1971
of aircraft and for the surface        aeronautical topographic chart;
movement of aircraft associated        chart; special aeronautical chart.      margin / marge
with take-off and landing,             01 Sep 1971                             In cartography, the area of a map
excluding aprons.                                                              or chart lying outside the border.
Related term: aircraft marshalling     map convergence /                       01 Aug 1979
area.                                  convergence des méridiens sur
01 Sep 1981                            la carte                                marginal data / donnée
                                       The angle at which one meridian         marginale
man portable / portable                is inclined to another on a map or      marginal information
Capable of being carried by one        chart.                                  All explanatory information given
man. Specifically, the term may        Related terms: convergence;             in the margin of a map or chart
be used to qualify:                    convergence factor; grid                which clarifies, defines, illustrates,
a. items designed to be carried as     convergence; grid convergence           and/or supplements the graphic
an integral part of individual, crew   factor; true convergence.               portion of the sheet.
served or team equipment of the        01 Apr 1971                             01 Apr 1971
dismounted soldier in conjunction

                                                 2-M-2
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

                                       may fly identifying flags by day     mass2/ formation concentrée
marginal information                   and show lights to seaward by        The military formation in which
Preferred term: marginal data.         night.                               units are spaced at less than the
                                       01 Mar 1973                          normal distances and intervals.
maritime interdiction operation                                             Related term: mass1.
/ opération d’interdiction             marking error / erreur de            01 Apr 1971
maritime                               balisage
MIO                                    In naval mine warfare, the           mass casualties / pertes
An operation conducted to              distance and bearing of a marker     massives
enforce prohibition on the             from a target.                       MASCAL
maritime movement of specified         01 Nov 1975                          Any number of casualties
persons or material within a                                                produced in a relatively short
defined geographic area.               marking fire / tir de balisage       period of time which overwhelms
01 Jan 2006                            Fire placed on a target for the      the available medical and logistic
                                       purpose of identification.           support capabilities.
maritime operation / opération         01 Aug 1974                          01 Nov 1986
maritime
An action performed by forces on,      marking panel / panneau              master film / film original
under, or over the sea to gain or      A sheet of material displayed for    The earliest generation of imagery
exploit control of the sea or to       visual communication usually         (negative or positive) from which
deny its use to the enemy.             between friendly units.              subsequent copies are produced.
01 Mar 1973                            Related term: panel code.            01 Nov 1975
                                       01 Mar 1973
mark1 / marquer un objectif1                                                master plot / schéma de
In artillery and naval fire support:   marking team / équipe                surface couverte2
a. to call for fire on a specified     d'orienteurs-marqueurs (ou de        sortie plot
location in order to orient the        balisage)                            A portion of a map or overlay on
observer/spotter or to indicate        Personnel landed in the landing      which are drawn the outlines of
targets;                               area with the task of establishing   the areas covered by an air
b. to report the instant of optimum    navigational aids.                   photographic sortie. Latitude and
light on the target produced by        Related term: pathfinder aircraft.   longitude, map, and sortie
illumination shells.                   01 Mar 1973                          information are shown.
Related terms: marker1 ;                                                    01 Dec 1974
shadower; trailer aircraft.            married failure / raté de prise
01 Feb 1989                            d'immersion                          materiel control
                                       In naval mine warfare, a moored      Preferred term: inventory control.
     2                         2
mark / marquer un objectif             mine lying on the sea-bed
                  1
Related term: mark .                   connected to its sinker from which   materiel management
                                       it has failed to release owing to    Preferred term: inventory control.
marker1 / marqueur1                    defective mechanism.
A visual or electronic aid used to     01 Nov 1975                          materials handling /
mark a designated point.                                                    manutention
01 Feb 1989                            marshalling1 / agencement1           The movement of materials (raw
                                       The process by which units           materials, scrap, semi-finished,
marker2 /marqueur2                     participating in an amphibious or    and finished) to, through, and
In land mine warfare:                  airborne operation, group together   from productive processes; in
Related terms: gap marker;             or assemble when feasible or         warehouses and storage; and in
intermediate marker; lane marker;      move to temporary camps in the       receiving and shipping areas.
minefield lane; minefield              vicinity of embarkation points,      01 Mar 1973
breaching; row marker; strip           complete preparations for combat
marker.                                or prepare for loading.              maximum effective range /
01 Feb 1989                            Related term: stage2.                portée efficace maximale
                                       01 Mar 1973                          MER
         3
marker / bâtiment en                                                        The maximum distance at which a
                                                     2               2
marquage serré                         marshalling / agencement             weapon may be expected to be
In naval operations, a maritime        The process of assembling,           accurate and achieve the desired
unit which maintains an                holding, and organizing supplies     result.
immediate offensive or obstructive     and/or equipment, especially         01 Mar 1983
capability against a specified         vehicles of transportation, for
target.                                onward movement.                     maximum elevation figure /
Related terms: mark1,2; shadower;      Related term: staging area1,2.       indication d'élévation maximale
trailer aircraft.                      01 Mar 1973                          A figure, shown in each
01 Feb 1989                                                                 quadrangle bounded by ticked
                                             1
                                       mass / concentration                 graticule lines on aeronautical
marker ship / bâtiment-jalon           The concentration of combat          charts, which represents the
In an amphibious operation, a          power.                               height in thousands and hundreds
ship which takes accurate station      01 Apr 1971                          of feet, above mean sea level, of
on a designated control point. It                                           the highest known natural or man-


                                                 2-M-3
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

made feature in that quadrangle,       first-class highway without            01 Oct 1978
plus suitable factors to allow for     sustaining damage.
inaccuracy and incompleteness of       Related terms: convoy speed;           measured mile / base de
the topographical heighting            critical speed; declared speed;        vitesse
information.                           endurance speed; hypersonic;           In maritime navigation, distance
01 Jul 1987                            pace; pace setter; rate of march;      precisely measured and marked,
                                       scheduled speed; speed of              used by a vessel to calibrate its
maximum landing weight /               advance; speed of sound;               log.
masse maximale à                       transonic.                             02 May1995
l'atterrissage
The maximum gross weight due           maximum take-off weight /              measurement and signature
to design or operational limitations   poids maximal de décollage             intelligence / renseignement
at which an aircraft is permitted to   The maximum gross weight due           mesures et signature
land.                                  to design or operational limitations   MASINT
01 Mar 1973                            at which an aircraft is permitted to   Scientific and technical intelligence
                                       take-off.                              derived from the analysis of data
maximum operating depth /              01 Mar 1973                            obtained from sensing instruments
immersion maximale                                                            for the purpose of identifying any
opérationnelle                         M-day / jour M                         distinctive features associated with
The depth which a submarine is         Related term: designation of days      the source, emitter or sender, to
not to exceed during operations.       and hours.                             facilitate the latter’s measurement
This depth is determined by the        01 Aug 1982                            and identification.
submarines national naval                                                     25 Sep 1998
authority.                             meaconing / transplexion
01 Sep 1981                            A system of receiving radio            measuring magnifier / loupe
                                       beacon signals and                     micrométrique
maximum ordinate / flèche              rebroadcasting them on the same        A magnifying instrument
vertex height                          frequency to confuse navigation.       incorporating a graticule for
In artillery and naval fire support,   The meaconing stations cause           measuring small distances.
the height of the highest point in     inaccurate bearings to be              01 Mar 1973
the trajectory of a projectile above   obtained by aircraft or ground
the horizontal plane passing           stations.                              mechanical sweep / drague
through its origin.                    Related term: beacon.                  mécanique
Related term: vertex.                  01 Mar 1973                            In naval mine warfare, any sweep
01 Dec 1974                                                                   used with the object of physically
                                       mean lethal dose1 / dose létale        contacting the mine or its
                                                  1
maximum permissible                    moyenne                                appendages.
concentration                          The amount of nuclear irradiation      01 Nov 1975
Preferred term: radioactivity          of the whole body which would be
concentration guide.                   fatal to 50 % of the exposed           median incapacitating dose /
                                       personnel in a given period of         dose incapacitante moyenne
maximum permissible dose /             time.                                  The amount or quantity of
dose maximale consentie                01 Jul 1987                            chemical agent which when
That radiation dose which a                                                   introduced into the body will
military commander or other            mean lethal dose2/ dose létale         incapacitate 50 percent of
                                                  2
appropriate authority may              moyenne                                exposed, unprotected personnel.
prescribe as the limiting              The dose of chemical agent that        01 Aug 1974
cumulative radiation dose to be        would kill 50 % of exposed,
received over a specific period of     unprotected and untreated              medical intelligence /
time by members of his                 personnel.                             renseignement médical
command, consistent with current       01 Jul 1987                            Intelligence derived from medical,
operational military                                                          bio-scientific, epidemiological,
considerations.                        mean point of burst                    environmental and other
01 Mar 1973                            Preferred term: mean point of          information related to human or
                                       impact.                                animal health.
maximum range / portée                                                        Note: This intelligence, being of a
maximale                               mean point of impact / point           specific technical nature, requires
The greatest distance a weapon         moyen des impacts                      medical expertise throughout its
can fire without consideration of      centre of burst                        direction and processing within
dispersion.                            mean point of burst                    the intelligence cycle.
01 Aug 1976                            MPI                                    06 Jan 2006
                                       The point whose coordinates are
maximum sustained speed /              the arithmetic means of the            medical officer / médecin
vitesse maximale de croisière          coordinates of the separate points     militaire
In road transport, the highest         of impact/burst of a finite number     Physician with officer rank.
speed at which a vehicle, with its     of projectiles fired or released at    01 Oct 1984
rated payload, can be driven for       the same aiming point under a
an extended period on a level          given set of conditions.               medical preparation / mise en


                                                2-M-4
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

condition sanitaire                     peacetime commercial                   The guidance applied to a missile
All medical and dental measures         organization as a basis but under      between termination of the
taken to ensure that military           an operational control authority,      launching phase and the start of
personnel retain the ability to carry   with the ability to employ the         the terminal phase of flight.
out operational duties, including       broadcast mode to ships when the       01 Nov 1975
during and following any                situation makes radio silence
deployment, unimpeded by                necessary.                             military convoy / convoi
physical or psychological               01 Oct 2001                            militaire
problems.                                                                      A land or maritime convoy that is
Note: Such measures include             merchant ship control zone /           controlled and reported as a
prophylactic and curative               zone de contrôle naval                 military unit. A maritime convoy
treatment, immunizations and            MERZONE                                can consist of any combination of
health education.                       A defined area of sea or ocean         merchant ships, auxiliaries or
06 Jan 2006                             inside which it may be necessary       other military units.
                                        to offer guidance, control and         01 Mar 1984
medium-range transport                  protection to Allied shipping.
aircraft / aéronef de transport à       01 Mar 1979                            military currency / monnaie de
rayon d'action moyen                                                           stationnement
Related term: transport aircraft.       merchant shipping / marine             Currency prepared by a power
01 Feb 1974                             marchande                              and declared by its military
                                        In naval cooperation and               commander to be legal tender for
meeting engagement / combat             guidance for shipping, the             use by civilian and/or military
de rencontre                            complete commercial maritime           personnel as prescribed in the
A combat action that occurs when        industry, including the fishing        areas occupied by its forces. It
a moving force, incompletely            industry.                              should be of distinctive design to
deployed for battle, engages an         Related term: accompaniment;           distinguish it from the official
enemy at an unexpected time and         merchant ship; naval cooperation       currency of the countries
place.                                  and guidance for shipping; naval       concerned, but may be
01 Aug 1973                             supervision of merchant ships;         denominated in the monetary unit
                                        participating merchant ships;          of either.
megaton weapon / arme                   shipping cooperation point.            01 Mar 1973
mégatonnique                            02 Mar 2007
A nuclear weapon, the yield of                                                 military geographic
which is measured in terms of           merchant ship reporting and            documentation /
millions of tons of trinitrotoluene     control message system /               documentation géographique
explosive equivalents.                  système de messages du                 militaire
Related terms: kiloton weapon;          contrôle naval                         Military geographic information
nominal weapon; subkiloton              A world-wide message system for        which has been evaluated,
weapon.                                 reporting the movements of and         processed, summarized and
 01 Mar 1973                            information relating to the control    published in standardized format
                                        of merchant ships.                     in order to meet a military
member nation / pays membre             01 Mar 1979                            requirement.
A signatory to the North Atlantic                                              01 Aug 1982
Treaty.                                 mercomm system
09 Jan 1996                             Preferred term: merchant ship          military geographic information
                                        communication system.                  / renseignement géographique
merchant ship / navire                                                         militaire
marchand                                message / message                      Geographic information which is
A vessel engaged in mercantile          Msg                                    necessary for planning and
trade except river craft, estuarial     Any thought or idea expressed          operations.
craft, or craft which operate solely    briefly in a plain, coded, or secret   01 Aug 1982
within harbour limits.                  language, prepared in a form
Related terms: accompaniment;           suitable for transmission by any       military governor / gouverneur
communication reporting gate;           means of communication.                militaire
designated merchant ship; naval         01 Mar 1973                            The military commander or other
supervision of merchant ships;                                                 designated person who, in an
participating merchant ship;            microform / microformat                occupied territory, exercises
shipping cooperation point.             A generic term for any form,           supreme authority over the civil
01 Oct 1978                             whether film, videotape, paper or      population subject to the laws and
                                        other medium, containing               usages of war and to any directive
merchant ship communication             miniaturized or otherwise              received from his government or
system / système de                     compressed images which cannot         his superior.
télécommunication pour                  be read without special display        01 Mar 1973
navires marchands                       devices.
mercomm system                          01 Jun 1981                            military grid / carroyage
A worldwide system of                                                          militaire
communication to and from               midcourse guidance / guidage           grid
merchant ships using the                en vol


                                                  2-M-5
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

Two sets of parallel lines              Related term: route classification.     mine; influence mine; instructional
intersecting at right angles and        01 Dec 1979                             mine; jettisoned mines; magnetic
                                                                                            2
forming squares; the grid is                                                    mine; mine ; mine row; mine strip;
superimposed on maps, charts,           military necessity / nécessité          mobile mine; moored mine;
and other similar representations       militaire                               oscillating mine; poised mine;
                                                                                              1,2               1
of the surface of the earth in an       The principle whereby a                 practice mine ; pressure mine ;
                                                                                               2
accurate and consistent manner          belligerent has the right to apply      pressure mine ; remotely
to permit identification of ground      any measures which are required         delivered mine; rising mine;
locations with respect to other         to bring about the successful           scatterable mine; snagline mine;
locations and the computation of        conclusion of a military operation      watching mine.
direction and distance to other         and which are not forbidden by          01 Oct 2001
points.                                 the laws of war.
                                                                                     2       2
Related terms: image map;               01 Mar 1973                             mine / mine
military grid reference system;                                                 In naval mine warfare, an
navigational grid.                      military nuclear power /                explosive device laid in the water
01 Mar 1973                             puissance nucléaire militaire           with the intention of damaging or
                                        nuclear-weapons state                   sinking ships or of deterring
military grid reference system /        NWS                                     shipping from entering an area.
système de référence de                 A nation which has nuclear              The term does not include
carroyage militaire                     weapons and the capability for          devices attached to the bottoms
MGRS                                    their employment.                       of ships or to harbour installations
A system which uses a standard-         Related terms: major nuclear            by personnel operating
scaled grid square, based on a          power; nuclear nation; nuclear          underwater, nor does it include
point of origin on a map projection     power.                                  devices which explode
of the surface of the earth in an       01 Apr 1971                             immediately on expiration of a
accurate and consistent manner                                                  predetermined time after laying.
to permit either position               military strategy / stratégie           Related terms: acoustic circuit;
referencing or the computation of       militaire                               acoustic mine; antenna mine;
direction and distance between          That component of national or           antisweeper mine; antitank mine;
grid positions.                         multinational strategy, presenting      antiwatching device; armed mine;
Related term: military grid.            the manner in which military            bottom mine; bouquet mine;
01 Mar 1973                             power should be developed and           chemical mine; coarse mine;
                                        applied to achieve national             contact mine; controllable mine;
military independent /                  objectives or those of a group of       countermine; creeping mine; dead
indépendant à statut militaire          nations.                                mine; drifting mine; drill mine;
A merchant ship or auxiliary sailed     01 Mar 1982                             exercise filled mine; exercise
singly but controlled and reported                                              mine;explosive filled mine; fitted
as a military unit.                     military symbol / signe                 mine; free mine;ground mine;
Related term: independent.              conventionnel militaire                 homing mine;horizontal action
01 Jun 1978                             A graphic sign used, usually on         mine;independent mine; inert
                                        map, display or diagram, to             mine; influence mine; instructional
military interoperability /             represent a particular military unit,   mine; jettisoned mines; magnetic
                                                                                             1
interopérabilité militaire              installation, activity or other item    mine; mine ; mine row; mine strip;
The ability of military forces to       of military interest.                   mobile mine; moored mine;
train, exercise and operate             01 Jun 1984                             oscillating mine; poised mine;
                                                                                               1,2                1
effectively together in the                                                     practice mine ; pressure mine ;
                                                                                                2
                                                                                pressure mine ; remotely
execution of assigned missions          mine1 / mine1
and tasks.                                                                      delivered mine; rising mine;
                                        In land mine warfare, an explosive
Related terms: commonality;                                                     scatterable mine; snagline mine;
                                        munition designed to be placed
common user item; compatibility;                                                watching mine.
                                        under, on or near the ground or
force interoperability;                                                         01 Oct 2003
                                        other surface area and to be
interchangeability; interoperability;   actuated by the presence,
standardization.                                                                mineable waters / eaux
                                        proximity or contact of a person,
30 Jun 2005                             land vehicle, aircraft or boat,         susceptibles d'être minées
                                        including landing craft.                Waters where naval mines of any
military load classification /          Related terms: acoustic circuit;        given type may be effective
classement militaire                    acoustic mine; antenna mine;            against any given target.
classification of bridges and           antisweeper mine; antitank mine;        01 Nov 1975
vehicles                                antiwatching device; armed mine;                                      2
MLC                                     bottom mine; bouquet mine;              mine clearance / déminage
                                        chemical mine; coarse mine;             The process of removing all
A standard system in which a
                                        contact mine; controllable mine;        mines from a route or area.
route, bridge or raft is assigned
                                        countermine; creeping mine; dead        01 Feb 1988
class number(s) representing the
load it can carry. Vehicles are         mine; drifting mine; drill mine;
also assigned number(s)                 exercise filled mine; exercise          mine countermeasures pouncer
indicating the minimum class of         mine;explosive filled mine; fitted      procedure / procédure de
route, bridge or raft they are          mine; free mine;ground mine;            parachèvement du déminage
authorized to use.                      homing mine;horizontal action           pouncer procedure
                                        mine;independent mine; inert

                                                  2-M-6
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

The delivery of explosive             intermediate marker; lane marker;
                                             1,2
ordnance disposal divers, by          marker ; minefield lane; row           minesweeping / dragage des
helicopters or, occasionally, small   marker; strip marker.                  mines
surface vessels, to previously        01 Jul 1988                            The technique of searching for, or
swept drifting mines or shallow                                              clearing mines using mechanical
moored mines to carry out             minefield density / densité d'un       or explosion gear, which
disposal operations.                  champ de mines                         physically removes or destroys
Related terms: explosive              In land mine warfare, the average      the mine, or produces, in the
ordnance disposal; antisubmarine      number of mines per meter of           area, the influence fields
warfare pouncer operation.            minefield front, or the average        necessary to actuate it.
04 Oct 2000                           number of mines per square             01 Mar 1973
                                      meter of minefield.
mined area / zone minée               01 Nov 1985                            mine warfare / guerre des
An area which is dangerous                                                   mines
because of the presence or            minefield lane / passage à             land mine warfare
suspected presence of mines.          travers un champ de mines              MW
01 Oct 2001                           In land mine warfare, a marked         The strategic and tactical use of
                                      passage leading through a              mines and their counter-
mine defence / emploi défensif        minefield, free of obstacles and not   measures.
des mines                             directly exposed to the effects of     01 Mar 1973
The defence of a position, area,      mines.
etc., by land or underwater mines.    Related terms: gap marker; lane        mine warfare chart / carte pour
A mine defence system includes        marker; minefield lane; row            la guerre des mines
the personnel and equipment           marker; strip marker.                  A special naval chart, at a scale of
needed to plant, operate,             16 Jul 1999                            1:50,000 or larger (preferably
maintain, and protect the                                                    1:25,000 or larger) designed for
minefields that are laid.             minefield marking / marquage           planning and executing mine
01 Mar 1973                           des champs de mines                    warfare operations, either based
                                      A standardized system of marking       on an existing standard nautical
mine disposal / déminage1             to indicate the location and extent    chart, or produced to special
The process of rendering safe,        of a minefield.                        specifications.
neutralizing, recovering, removing    01 Mar 1981                            01 Oct 1980
or destroying mines.
09 May 2005                           minefield record / compte              mine warfare group / groupe de
                                      rendu de mouillage de mines            guerre des mines
minefield1 / champ de mines1          A complete written record of all       A task organization of mine
In land mine warfare, a defined       pertinent information concerning a     warfare units for the conduct of
area in which mines have been         minefield, submitted on a              minelaying and/or mine
emplaced.                             standard form by the officer in        countermeasures in maritime
Related terms:antisubmarine           charge of the laying operations.       operations.
barrier; antisubmarine patrol;        01 Nov 1994                            Related term: dedicated mine
barrier; barrier gap; mixed                                                  countermeasures asset.
minefield; nuisance minefield;        minehunting / chasse aux               01 Mar 1981
phoney minefield; protective          mines
          1
minefield ; tactical minefield.       The employment of ships,               minewatching / guet contre les
01 Jan 2006                           airborne equipment and/or divers       mines
                                      to locate and dispose of individual    In naval mine warfare, the mine
minefield2 / champ de mines2          mines.                                 countermeasures procedure to
In naval warfare, an area of water    01 Oct 1978                            detect, record and, if possible,
containing mines laid with or                                                track potential minelayers and to
without a pattern.                    mine row / rangée de mines             detect, find the position of, and/or
Related terms: antisubmarine          A single row of mines or clusters.     identify mines during the actual
minefield; attrition minefield;       Related term: mine strip.              minelaying.
beach minefield; closure              01 Jul 1972                            01 Nov 1985
minefield; deep minefield;
defensive minefield; dummy            mine spotting / repérage à vue         mine weapons / armes de
minefield; offensive minefield;       des mines                              guerre des mines
phoney minefield; protective          In naval mine warfare, the             The collective term for all
         2
minefield ; sustained tactical        process of visually observing a        weapons which may be used in
minefield.                            mine or minefield.                     mine warfare.
01 May 1977                           01 Nov 1975                            01 Jun 1978
minefield breaching / ouverture       mine strip / rangée double             minimum aircraft operating
d'un champ de mines                   In land mine warfare, two parallel     surface / surface opérationnelle
In land mine warfare, the process     mine rows laid simultaneously six      minimale pour les aéronefs
of clearing a lane through a          metres or six paces apart.             The minimum surface on an
minefield under tactical              Related term: mine row.                aerodrome which is essential for
conditions.                           01 Jul 1983                            the movement of aircraft. It
Related terms: gap marker;

                                                2-M-7
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

includes the aircraft dispersal       minimum quality surveillance /           b. during a visual approach, at the
areas, the minimum operating          contrôle de qualité                      pilot’s initiative if a landing cannot
strip and the taxiways between        The minimum measures to be               be carried out safely; or
them.                                 applied to determine and maintain        c. whenever so directed by air
Related term: minimum operating       the quality of bulk and packaged         traffic control.
strip.                                petroleum products in order that         Related terms: decision altitude;
01 Mar 1982                           these products will be in a              decision height; minimum descent
                                      condition suitable for immediate         altitude; minimum descent height.
minimum descent altitude /            use.                                     04 Oct 2000
altitude minimale de descente         01 Dec 1979
A specified altitude in a non-                                                 missile control system /
precision approach or circling        minimum residual radioactivity           système de commande de
approach below which descent          weapon / arme à radioactivité            missile
may not be made without the           résiduelle minimum                       A system that serves to maintain
required visual reference.            A nuclear weapon designed to             attitude stability and to correct
Related terms: decision altitude;     have optimum reduction of                deflections.
decision height; minimum descent      unwanted effects from fallout,           Related term: missile guidance
height; missed approach.              rainout, and burst site                  system.
procedure.                            radioactivity.                           01 Mar 1973
4/10/2000                             Related term: salted weapon.
                                      01 Jun 1978                              missile destruct / destruction
minimum descent height /                                                       missile
hauteur minimale de descente          minimum safe altitude / altitude         Intentional destruction of a missile
A specified height in a non-          minimale de sécurité                     or similar vehicle for safety or
precision approach or circling        safety height                            other reasons.
approach below which descent          MSA                                      01 Mar 1973
may not be made without the           The altitude below which it is
required visual reference.            hazardous to fly owing to                missile destruct system /
Related terms: decision altitude;     presence of high ground or other         système de destruction missile
decision height; minimum descent      obstacles.                               A system which, when operated
altitude; missed approach             Related term: altitude.                  by external command or preset
procedure.                            01 Mar 1973                              internal means, destroys the
04 Oct 2000                                                                    missile or similar vehicle.
                                      minor port / port mineur                 01 Mar 1973
minimum force / force minimale        A port having facilities for the
Force, up to and including deadly     discharge of cargo from coasters         missile engagement zone
force, limited to the degree,         or lighters only.                        MEZ
intensity and duration necessary to   01 Mar 1973                              Preferred term: weapon
achieve the objective                                                          engagement zone.
01 Oct 2001                           misfire / raté
                                      The failure of a weapon, munition        missile guidance system /
minimum nuclear safe distance         or other device to fire or explode       système de guidage de
/ distance minimale de sécurité       as or when expected due to a             missiles
nucléaire                             fault in the firing system, initiator,   A system which evaluates flight
The sum of the radius of safety       propellant or other charge.              information, correlates it with
and the buffer distance.              05 Sep 2007                              target data, determines the
01 Mar 1973                                                                    desired flight path of a missile and
                                      missed approach / approche               communicates the necessary
minimum nuclear warning time          interrompue                              commands to the missile flight
/ temps minimal d'alerte              An approach which is not                 control system.
nucléaire                             completed by landing.                    Related term: missile control
The sum of system reaction time       01 Aug 1979                              system.
and personnel reaction time.                                                   01 Mar 1973
01 Mar 1973                           missed approach procedure /
                                      procédure d'approche                     mission1 / mission1
minimum operating strip / piste       interrompue                              Msn
opérationnelle minimale               The procedure to be followed if          A clear, concise statement of the
MOS                                   the approach cannot be                   task of the command and its
A runway which meets the              continued.                               purpose.
minimum requirements for              [ICAO]                                   01 Aug 1982
operating assigned and/or             Note: It is carried out:
allocated aircraft types on a         a. during an instrument approach,        mission2 / mission2
particular aerodrome at maximum       at the pilot’s initiative if no visual   Msn
or combat gross weight                contact with the runway                  One or more aircraft ordered to
Related term: minimum aircraft        environment has been                     accomplish one particular task.
operating surface.                    established at the minimum               Related terms: allocation2; sortie.
01 Mar 1982                           descent altitude or height, or at        01 Aug 1982
                                      the decision height or altitude; or


                                                2-M-8
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

mission commander /                   A group which provides logistic         negligible nuclear risk.
commandant de mission                 support to ships at an anchorage;        01 Mar 1973
In air operations, the onboard        in effect, a naval base afloat
person designated by a                although certain of its supporting      modify / modification
competent authority, who has          elements may be located ashore.         In artillery, an order by the person
overall responsibility for the        01 Mar 1982                             authorized to make modifications
successful completion of the                                                  to a fire plan.
mission, using assigned assets.       mobility / mobilité                     01 Aug 1976
Note: The mission commander is        A quality or capability of military
not necessarily the aircraft          forces which permits them to            moment / moment
commander.                            move from place to place while          In air transport, the weight of a
Related term: aircraft commander.     retaining the ability to fulfil their   load multiplied by its distance
14/10/02                              primary mission.                        from a reference point in the
                                      01 Mar 1973                             aircraft.
mission-essential force / force                                               Related terms: balance station
essentielle à la mission              mobilizable reinforcing force /         zero; reference datum.
MEF                                   force de renfort mobilisable            01 Jul 1970
Force and/or asset, the lack of       In reinforcement planning, any
which would likely preclude the       force which is not in being and         monitoring1 / écoute de
                                                                                        1
successful accomplishment of the      which, when mobilized, is NATO          contrôle
commander's mission.                  assigned, NATO earmarked or             The act of listening, carrying out
01 Oct 2001                           otherwise designated to                 surveillance on, and/or recording
                                      strengthen NATO forces.                 the emissions of one's own or
mission report / compte rendu         Related terms: augmentation             Allied forces for the purpose of
de mission                            force; renforcing force.                maintaining and improving
A standard report containing the      01 Nov 1986                             procedural standards and
results of a mission and                                                      security, or for reference, as
significant sightings along the       mobilization1 / mobilisation1           applicable.
flight route.                         The act of preparing for war or         01 Jul 1983
01 Oct 1980                           other emergencies through
                                      assembling and organizing               monitoring2 / écoute de
                                                                                        2
mixed bag / macédoine                 national resources.                     contrôle
In naval mine warfare, a collection   Related term: regeneration              The act of listening, carrying out
of mines of various types, firing     01 Mar 1973                             surveillance on, and/or recording
systems, sensitivities, arming                                                of enemy emissions for
delays and ship counter settings.     mobilization2/ mobilisation2            intelligence purposes.
01 Mar 1987                           The process by which the armed          01 Jul 1983
                                      forces or part of them are brought
mixed minefield / champ de            to a state of readiness for war or      monitoring3 / contrôle de
mines mixte                           other national emergency. This          radioactivité
A minefield containing both           includes assembling and                 radiological monitoring
antitank and anti-personnel           organizing personnel, supplies,         The act of detecting the presence
mines.                                and material for active military        of radiation and the measurement
Related term: minefield1.             service.                                thereof with radiation measuring
01 Aug 1973                           01 Mar 1973                             instruments.
                                                                              01 Jul 1983
mobile air movements team /           mock-up / maquette
équipe mobile des mouvements          A model, built to scale, of a           moored mine / mine à orin
aériens                               machine, apparatus, or weapon,          A contact or influence-operated
An air force team trained for         used in studying the construction       mine of positive buoyancy held
operational deployment on air         of, and in testing a new                below the surface by a mooring
movement/traffic section duties.      development, or in teaching             attached to a sinker or anchor on
01 Jul 1970                           personnel how to operate the            the bottom.
                                      actual machine, apparatus, or           Related term: mine2.
mobile mine / mine                    weapon.                                 01 Nov 1975
autopropulsée                         01 Jul 1980
propelled mine                                                                mopping up / nettoyage
In naval mine warfare, a mine         moderate damage / dégât                 The liquidation of remnants of
designed to be propelled to its       modéré                                  enemy resistance in an area that
proposed laying position by           Related term: nuclear damage.           has been surrounded or isolated,
propulsion equipment like a           01 Nov 1975                             or through which other units have
torpedo. It sinks at the end of its                                           passed without eliminating all
run and then operates like a mine.    moderate nuclear risk / risque          active resistance.
Related term: mine2.                  nucléaire modéré                        01 Mar 1973
01 Nov 1975                           A degree of nuclear risk where
                                      anticipated effects are tolerable,      mosaic / mosaïque
mobile support group / groupe         or at worst a minor nuisance.           An assembly of overlapping
de soutien logistique naval           Related terms: degree of nuclear        photographs that have been
                                      risk; emergency nuclear risk;

                                                 2-M-9
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

matched to form a continuous           movement control post / poste           Occasionally the design of the
photographic representation of a       de contrôle des mouvements              display is such that the map or
portion of the surface of the earth.   The post through which the              chart image remains stationary
Related terms: controlled mosaic;      control of movement is exercised        while the symbol moves across a
geographic coordinates; georef;        by the commander, depending on          screen.
georeferenced image; photomap;         operational requirements.               Related term: projected map
semi-controlled mosaic;                01 Oct 1980                             display
uncontrolled mosaic.                                                           01 Jul 1985
10 Mar 1973                            movement credit / crédit de
                                       mouvement                               moving mine / mine mobile
motorized unit / unité                 The allocation granted to one or        The collective description of
motorisée                              more vehicles in order to move          mines, such as drifting, oscillating,
A unit equipped with complete          over a controlled route in a fixed      creeping, mobile, rising, homing
motor transportation that enables      time according to movement              and bouquet mines
all of its personnel, weapons, and     instructions.                           01 Mar 1982
equipment to be moved at the           01 Apr 1971
same time without assistance                                                   multi-agent munition / munition
from other sources.                    movement order / ordre de               à agents multiples
01 Mar 1973                            mouvement                               A munition that, when activated,
                                       An order issued by a commander          disperses two or more chemical
mounting / préparatifs en vue          covering the details for the            and/or biological agents.
d'une opération                        movement of a unit, personnel           Related terms: binary chemical
All preparations made in areas         and/or materiel.                        munition; chemical ammunition;
designated for the purpose, in         Related terms: movement table;          munition.
anticipation of an operation. It       notice to move; operational             01 Nov 1991
includes the assembly in the           readines; order to move;
mounting area, preparation, and        readiness; readiness state;             multimodal / multimode
maintenance within the mounting        readiness time; warning order.          In transport operations, a term
area, movement to loading points,      06 Jan 2006                             applied to the movement of
and subsequent embarkation into                                                passengers and cargo by more
ships, craft, or aircraft if           movement priority / priorité de         than one method of
applicable.                            mouvement                               transport.
20 Nov 1996                            The relative precedence given to        01 Jul 1980
                                       each movement requirement.
movement control1 /                    01 Mar 1973                             multinational
mouvements et transports                                                       Preferred term: combined.
The planning, routing, scheduling      movement restriction /
and control of personnel and           restriction imposée à la                multiservice
cargo movements over lines of          circulation                             Preferred term: joint.
communication.                         A restriction temporarily placed on
01 Nov 1994                            traffic into and/or out of areas to     multispectral imagery /
                                       permit clearance of, or prevention      représentation à spectres
movement control2 /                    of congestion.                          multiples
organisation des mouvements            01 Mar 1973                             The image of an object obtained
et transports                                                                  simultaneously in a number of
movement control centre                movement table / tableau des            discrete special bands.
An organization responsible for        mouvements et transports                01 Jan 1980
the planning, routing, scheduling      A table giving detailed instructions
and control of personnel and           or data for a move. When                munition / munition
cargo movements.                       necessary it will be qualified by       ammunition
01 Nov 1994                            the words road, rail, sea, air, etc.,   A complete device charged with
                                       to signify the type of movement.        explosives, propellants,
movement control centre                Normally issued as an annex to a        pyrotechnics, initiating
MCC                                    movement order or instruction.          composition, or nuclear, biological
Preferred term: movement               Related terms: embarkation order;       or chemical material for use in
       2
control .                              movement order; order to move.          military operations, including
                                       01 Mar 1973                             demolitions. Certain suitably
movement control officer /                                                     modified munitions can be used
officier chargé du contrôle des        moving map display /                    for training, ceremonial or non-
mouvements                             visualisation cartographique            operational purposes.
An officer of the movement             mobile                                  Note: In common usage,
control organization responsible       A display in which a symbol,            munitions (plural) can be military
for the executive control of           representing the vehicle, remains       weapons, ammunition and
movement of military personnel         stationary while the map or chart       equipment.
and cargo by all means of              image moves beneath the symbol          Related terms: ammunition lot;
transport.                             so that the display simulates the       binary chemical munition;
01 Jul 1970                            horizontal movement of the              explosive ordnance; fixed
                                       vehicle in which it is installed.       ammunition; multi-agent munition;


                                                2-M-10
                                             AAP-6(2008)

semi-fixed ammunition; separate
loading ammunition.
01 Oct 1992

mutual aid / aide mutuelle
Arrangements made at
government level between one
nation and one or more other
nations to assist each other.
Related terms: combined logistic
support; logistic assistance;
reallocation of resources;
reallocation authority
01 Mar 1973

mutual support / appui
réciproque
That support which units render
each other against an enemy,
because of their assigned tasks,
their position relative to each
other and to the enemy, and their
inherent capabilities.
Related terms: cross-servicing;
close support; support.
01 Mar 1973




                                    2-M-11
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

                                                        N
named area of interest / zone          its own territory solely for its own   Forces/HQs which nations agree
d’intérêt désignée                     forces (including those forces         to place under the operational
NAI                                    assigned to or designated for          command or operational control of
A geographical area where              NATO).                                 a NATO commander in
information is gathered to satisfy     Related terms: bilateral               accordance with the NATO Crisis
specific intelligence requirements.    infrastructure; common                 Response System, or as specified
02 Mar 2007                            infrastructure; infrastructure.        in special agreements such as a
                                       01 Mar 1973                            MOU or when requested by a
national command /                                                            Strategic Commander through an
commandement national                  nationality undetermined post /        Activation Order on the basis of a
A command that is organized by,        poste de nationalité non fixée         North Atlantic Council-agreed
and functions under the authority      An international military post         OPLAN and Execution Directive.
of, a specific nation. It may or may   which has not been accepted by         Related term: force(s).
not be placed under a NATO             any nation.                            15 Jan 2008
commander.                             01 Nov 1975
Related terms: commander;                                                     NATO code number / numéro
executing commander; exercise          national military authority /          de code OTAN
commander; national force              autorité nationale militaire           An identifying letter and number
commander; national territorial        NMA                                    allocated to a product when it
commander; releasing                   The government agency, such as         meets a specification which has
commander.                             Ministry of Defence or Service         been accepted under a NATO
01 Mar 1973                            Ministry, empowered to make            Standardization Agreement.
                                       decisions on military matters on       01 Mar 1982
national commander /                   behalf of its country. This
commandant national                    authority may be delegated to a        NATO commander /
A national commander, territorial      military or civilian group or          commandant OTAN
or functional, who is normally not     individual at any level appropriate    Allied commander
in the Allied chain of command.        for dealing with Allied                A military commander in the
01 Mar 1973                            commanders or their                    NATO chain of command.
                                       subordinates.                          01 Mars 1984
national component /                   01 Mar 1973
contingent national                                                           NATO command forces / forces
Any national forces of one or          national shipping authority /          sous commandement OTAN
more services under the                autorité nationale chargée de la       Forces in being which nations
command of a single national           marine marchande                       have placed under the operational
commander, assigned to any             NSA                                    command or operational control of
NATO commander.                        The organization within each           a NATO commander.
01 Mar 1973                            Allied government responsible in       Related term: force(s).
                                       time of war for the direction of its   01 Jul 1980
national force commander /             own merchant shipping.
commandant des forces                  01 Dec 1979                            NATO consultation, command
nationales intégrées                                                          and control systems / systèmes
Commander of national forces           national territorial commander /       OTAN de consultation, de
assigned as separate elements of       autorité territoriale nationale        commandement et de contrôle
subordinate Allied commands.           A national commander who is            consultation, command and
Related terms: commander;              responsible for the execution of       control systems
executing commander; exercise          purely national functions in a         Communication and information
commander; national command;           specific geographical area. He         systems, sensor systems and
national territorial commander;        remains a national territorial         facilities which enable NATO
releasing commander.                   commander regardless of any            authorities and commands to carry
01 Mar 1973                            Allied status which may be             out consultation, command and
                                       assigned to him.                       control.
national forces for the defence        Related terms: commander;              Related terms: command and
of the NATO area / forces              executing commander; exercise          control systems; communication
nationales de défense de la            commander; national command;           and information system;
zone OTAN                              national force commander;              communication system; information
Non-allocated forces whose             releasing commander.                   system.
mission involves the defence of        01 Mar 1973                            01 Oct 2001
an area within the NATO area of
responsibility                         NATO airspace / espace aérien          NATO earmarked forces /
Related term: force(s).                OTAN                                   forces réservées pour
01 Mar 1973                            The airspace above any NATO            affectation à l'OTAN
                                       nation and its territorial waters.     Forces and/or headquarters that
national infrastructure /              01 Nov 1975                            nations agree to place under the
infrastructure nationale                                                      operational command or the
Infrastructure provided and            NATO assigned forces / forces          operational control of a NATO
financed by a NATO member in           affectées à l’OTAN                     commander at some future time.


                                                 2-N-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

Related term: force(s).                 A normative document, recording         coordinated series.
15 Jan 2008                             an agreement among several or
                                        all NATO member nations, that
NATO forces / forces de l'OTAN          has been ratified at the authorized     Related term: chart.
Related term: force(s).                 national level, to implement a          01 Oct 1984
01 Mar 1973                             standard, in whole or in part, with
                                        or without reservation.                 naval advanced logistic
NATO intelligence subject code          Note: NATO member nations may           support site / site avancé de
/ répertoire analytique du              ratify a STANAG without                 soutien logistique naval
renseignement de l'OTAN                 implementation in their own             NALSS
A numerical framework developed         country, if the prerequisites for the   A location used as the primary
for indexing the subject matter of      implementation are not met.             transshipment point in the theatre
intelligence documents. In              Related terms: implementation;          of operations for fleet logistic
addition to the subject outline, it     ratification; reservation.              support
includes a system of alphabetical       [Approving authority(ies): NCS]         Related term: naval forward
or numerical symbols for                20 May 2005                             logistic site.
geographic areas which are used                                                 01 Dec 1993
with the subject classification.        NATO strategic commander /
01 Mar 1973                             commandant stratégique de               naval augmentation group /
                                        l'OTAN                                  groupe de renfort d'escorte
NATO international civilian post        A commander at the highest level        A formed group of escort ships
/ emploi civil international            of the NATO military command            employed to augment the through
OTAN                                    structure.                              escort of convoys when passing
A permanent international post of       Related terms: area of                  through areas known or
NATO grade A, L, B or C                 responsibility1; command;               suspected to be threatened by
authorized to be filled by a civilian   component command1;                     enemy forces.
                                                               1
whose pay and allowances are            component commander ; strategic         Related term: convoy through
established by the North Atlantic       command; Supreme Allied                 escort.
Council and provided from the           Commander, Europe; Supreme              01 Mar 1973
international budget.                   Allied Commander
01 Nov 1977                             Transformation.                         naval beach group /
                                        30 Jun 2005                             groupement naval de plage
NATO military authority /                                                       naval beach unit
autorité militaire de l'OTAN            NATO warning time / délai               A permanently organized naval
NMA                                     avant attaque                           command, within an amphibious
Any international military              The time between recognition by         force, comprised of a commander,
headquarters or organization            a NATO strategic commander, or          his staff, a beachmaster unit, an
covered by the Protocol on the          higher NATO authority that an           amphibious construction battalion,
Status of International Military        attack is impending and the start       and an assault craft unit,
Headquarters set up pursuant to         of the attack.                          designed to provide an
the North Atlantic Treaty, (called      20 Jul 2000                             administrative group from which
the Paris Protocol) and any other                                               required naval tactical
military authority to which the         NATO-wide exercise / exercice           components may be made
NATO Council has applied the            à l'échelle de l'OTAN                   available to the attack force
provisions of the Agreement on          An exercise involving the NATO          commander and to the
the Status of the North Atlantic        strategic commands and the              amphibious landing force
Treaty Organization, National           majority of subordinate                 commander to support the landing
Representatives and International       commands and national defence           of one division (reinforced).
Staff (called the Ottawa                staffs.                                 Related term: shore party.
Agreement) by virtue of the said        Related terms: extent of a military     01 Aug 1974
Agreement.                              exercise; inter-command
01 Aug 1979                             exercise; intra-command                 naval beach unit
                                        exercise; scale of an exercise.         Preferred term: naval beach
NATO off-the-shelf / OTAN sur           09 May 2000                             group.
étagère
NOTS                                    nautical chart                          naval campaign / campagne
Pertaining to a product developed       Preferred term: hydrographic            navale
for a NATO organization and made        chart.                                  An operation or a connected
available for authorized use,                                                   series of operations conducted
normally without modification.          nautical plotting chart / carte de      essentially by naval forces
Related terms: commercial off-the-      tracé de route maritime                 including all surface, subsurface,
shelf; government off-the-shelf.        An outline chart, devoid of             air and amphibious troops, for the
01 Oct 2001                             hydrographic information, of a          purpose of gaining, extending, or
                                        specific scale and projection,          maintaining control of the sea.
NATO standardization                    usually portraying a graticule and      01 Mar 1973
agreement / accord de                   compass rose, designed to be
normalisation OTAN                      ancillary to standard nautical          naval cooperation and
STANAG                                  charts, and produced either as an       guidance for shipping /
                                        individual chart or a part of a

                                                  2-N-2
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

coopération navale avec la            lubricants, medical supplies, and          The avoiding or minimizing of the
marine marchande                      ammunition.                                immediate and residual effects of
NCAGS                                 01 Mar 1973                                NBC contamination through the
The provision of NATO military                                                   implementation of policy, doctrine,
cooperation, guidance, advice,        naval supervision of merchant              procedures and equipment used
assistance and supervision to         ships / supervision navale des             to detect, identify, predict, warn
merchant shipping to enhance the      navires marchands                          and report NBC contamination
safety of participating merchant      In naval cooperation and                   hazards.
ships and to support military         guidance for shipping, the                 09 May 2000
operations.                           mandatory routeing of merchant
Related terms: accompaniment;         ships, control of their movements          NBC release other than attack /
communication reporting gate;         and/or convoy organization by              contamination NBC
designated merchant ship;             naval authorities.                         involontaire
dispersal; emergency movement;        Related terms: convoy1;                    The accidental dispersion of
merchant shipping; naval              designated merchant ship;                  nuclear, biological or chemical
supervision of merchant ships;        merchant ship; merchant                    contaminants, resulting from
participating merchant ship;          shipping; naval cooperation and            causes other than attacks by NBC
shipping cooperation point;           guidance for shipping.                     weapons, excluding friendly
standard route.                       02 Mar 2007                                attacks on adversary NBC
02 Mar 2007                                                                      weapons or adversary facilities
                                      naval support area / zone de               containing NBC weapons.
naval fire support / appui-feu        soutien naval                              09 May 2000
naval                                 A sea area assigned to naval
In naval operations, fire support     ships detailed to support an               near miss / quasi collision
provided from warships.               amphibious operation                       airmiss
Related term: fire support.           Related term: fire support area.           Any circumstance in flight when
01 Nov 1994                           01 Mar 1973                                the degree of separation between
                                                                                 two aircraft might constitute a
naval fire liaison team / équipe      navigational grid / grille de              hazardous situation.
de liaison d'appui naval              navigation                                 01 Aug 1982
Personnel and equipment               A series of straight lines,
required to coordinate and advise     superimposed over a conformal              near real time / temps quasi
ground/landing forces on naval        projection and indicating grid             réel (en)
fire employment.                      north, used as an aid to                   NRT
01 Mar 1973                           navigation. The interval of the grid       Pertaining to the timeliness of
                                      lines is generally a multiple of 60        data or information which has
naval fire operations centre /        or 100 nautical miles.                     been delayed by the time required
centre d'opérations d'appui           Related terms: grid navigation;            for electronic communication and
naval                                 military grid.                             automatic data processing. This
The agency established in a ship      01 Apr 1971                                implies that there are no
to control the execution of plans                                                significant delays.
for the employment of naval fire,     navigation head / point de                 01 Nov 1991
process requests for naval fire       transbordement
support, and to allot ships to        A point alongside a waterway               neatlines / limite de coupure
forward observers. Ideally located    where loads are transferred                The lines that bound the body of a
in the same ship as the               between water carriers and land            map, usually parallels and
supporting arms coordination          carriers. It is similar in function to a   meridians.
centre.                               railhead or truckhead.                     Related term: graticule1.
01 Mar 1973                           Related terms: railhead; trans-            01 Sep 1974
                                      shipment point.
naval forward logistic site / site    04 Oct 2000                                negative photo plane / plan du
logistique naval de l'avant                                                      négatif
NFLS                                  NBC contamination control /                The plane in which a film or plate
A location, with port and             lutte contre la contamination              lies at the moment of exposure.
aerodrome facilities nearby, which    NBC                                        01 Jul 1970
provides logistic support to naval    The implementation of policy,
forces within the theatre of          doctrine and procedures, and the           negligible nuclear risk / risque
operations.                           use of equipment to prevent or             nucléaire négligeable
Related term: naval advanced          limit the spread of NBC                    A degree of nuclear risk where
logistic support site.                contaminants; this includes                personnel are reasonably safe
01 Dec 1993                           decontamination and avoidance              from a nuclear burst, with the
                                      of contaminated areas.                     exception of dazzle or temporary
naval stores /                        04 Oct 2000                                loss of night vision.
approvisionnements navals                                                        Related terms: degree of nuclear
Any articles or commodities used      NBC hazard avoidance /                     risk; emergency nuclear risk;
by a naval ship or station, such as   prévention des dangers NBC                 moderate nuclear risk.
equipment, consumable supplies,                                                  01 Jul 1980
clothing, petroleum, oils and


                                                 2-N-3
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

nerve agent / agent                      unusable.                               casualty, but who is lost to his
neurotoxique                             Related terms: suppression fire;        organization by reason of disease
A potentially lethal chemical agent      fire3.                                  or injury, including persons dying
which interferes with the                17 Jan 2005                             from disease or injury, or by
transmission of nerve impulses.                                                  reason of being missing where the
01 Nov 1985                              neutron induced activity /              absence does not appear to be
                                         activité induite par les neutrons       voluntary or due to enemy action
net call sign / indicatif d'appel        Radioactivity induced in the            or to being interned.
de réseau                                ground or an object as a result of      Related terms: battle casualty;
A call sign which represents all         direct irradiation by neutrons.         casualty; died of wounds received
stations within a net.                   01 Mar 1973                             in action; killed in action; wounded
Related terms: call sign; collective                                             in action.
call sign; indefinite call sign;         nickname / nom conventionnel            01 Sep 2003
international call sign; tactical call   Two short separate words which
sign; visual call sign; voice call       may be formally or informally           non-combatant evacuation
sign.                                    assigned by any appropriate             operation / opération
01 Mar 1973                              authority to an event project,          d'évacuation de non-
                                         activity, place name,                   combattants
net sweep / drague à filet               topographical feature, or item of       NEO
In naval mine warfare, a two-ship        equipment for convenience of            An operation conducted to relocate
sweep, using a net like device,          reference but not for the security      designated non-combatants
designed to collect drifting mines       of information.                         threatened in a foreign country to a
or scoop them up from the sea            01 Jul 1980                             place of safety.
bottom.                                                                          14 Oct 2002
01 Aug 1976                              night effect / effet de nuit
                                         An effect mainly caused by              non-deadly force / force non
net weight1 / poids net à vide1          variations in the state of              létale
Weight of a vehicle, fully equipped      polarization of reflected waves,        Force not intended or likely to
and serviced for operation,              which sometimes result in errors        cause death, or serious injury
including the weight of the fuel,        in direction finding bearings. The      resulting in death
lubricants, coolant, vehicle tools       effect is most frequent at night-       Related term: deadly force.
and spares, but not including the        fall.                                   01 Oct 2001
weight of the crew, personal             01 Mar 1973
equipment and load.                                                              non-disabling fire / tir
Related term: gross weight1.             nominal filter / filtre nominal         d’interdiction2
01 Mar 1982                              A filter capable of cutting off a       Fire directed at a non-vital part of
                                         nominated minimum percentage            a vessel so as not to impair its
net weight2 / poids net à vide2          by weight of solid particles greater    seaworthiness and
Weight of a container or pallet          than a stated micron size.              manoeuvrability.
without freight and binding.             01 Mar 1979                             01 Oct 2001
Related term: gross weight2.
01 Mar 1982                              nominal focal length / distance         non-expendable supplies and
                                         focale nominale                         materiel / matériel non
neutral / neutre                         An approximate value of the focal       consommable
In identification, the designation       length, rounded off to some             durable materiel
given to a track, object or entity       standard figure, used for the           Items which are not consumed in
whose characteristics, behaviour,        classification of lenses, mirrors, or   use and which retain their original
origin or nationality indicate that it   cameras.                                identity during the period of use,
is neither supporting nor opposing       Related terms: calibrated focal         such as weapons, and which
friendly forces                          length; equivalent focal length;        normally require further
Related terms: detection; friend;        focal length.                           accounting.
hostile; identification2;                01 Apr 1971                             01 Mar 1973
identification friend or foe;
recognition; unknown.                    nominal scale                           non-lethal weapon / arme non
01 Oct 2003                              Preferred term: principal scale.        létale
                                                                                 NLW
neutralization / neutralisation          nominal weapon / arme de                A weapon that is explicitly
In mine warfare, a mine is said to       puissance nominale                      designed and primarily employed
be neutralized when it has been          A nuclear weapon producing a            to incapacitate or repel persons or
rendered, by external means,             yield of approximately 20 kilotons.     to disable equipment, while
incapable of firing on passage of        Related terms: kiloton weapon;          minimizing fatalities, permanent
a target, although it may remain         megaton weapon; subkiloton              injury and damage to property and
dangerous to handle.                     weapon.                                 the environment.
01 Aug 1976                              01 Mar 1973                             17 Jan 2005

neutralization fire / tir de             non-battle casualty / perte hors        non-linear approach / approche
neutralisation                           combat                                  non rectiligne
Fire delivered to render a target        A person who is not a battle            In approach and landing systems,
temporarily ineffective or

                                                   2-N-4
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

a final approach in which the           In accordance with Article 6 of the      The agency responsible for
nominal flight path is not a straight   North Atlantic Treaty, the area          coordinating the activities of all
line.                                   including the territory of the           nuclear, biological and chemical
01 Jan 1980                             Parties in Europe and North              collection centres in a given area
                                        America and the territory of             of observation. This agency may
non-quota post / poste hors             Turkey, the Mediterranean Sea            also assume the function of a
quota                                   and the North Atlantic area north        collection centre for the area in
An international post which is          of the Tropic of Cancer.                 which it is located.
open to all nations and which is        01 Oct 2001                              01 Mar 1981
filled by an individual who is
selected by a defined process           northing / vers le nord                  nuclear bonus effects / effets
from among nominees from                Northward, that is, from bottom to       nucléaires favorables non
nations.                                top, reading of grid values on a         prévisibles
01 Nov 1975                             map.                                     Desirable damage or casualties
                                        01 Mar 1973                              produced by the effects from
non-registered publication /                                                     friendly nuclear weapons that
publication non enregistrée             notice to airmen / avis aux              cannot be accurately calculated in
A publication which bears no            navigants                                targeting as the uncertainties
register number and for which           NOTAM                                    involved preclude depending on
periodic accounting is not              A notice distributed by means of         them for a militarily significant
required.                               telecommunication containing             result.
01 Mar 1971                             information concerning the               01 Jul 1980
                                        establishment, condition or change
non-sub contact chart                   in any aeronautical facility, service,   nuclear certifiable / apte à
Preferred term: non-submarine           procedure or hazard, the timely          l'homologation nucléaire
contact chart                           knowledge of which is essential to       Indicates a unit or vehicle
                                        personnel concerned with flight          possessing the potential of
non-submarine contact chart /           operations.                              passing functional tests and
carte des faux échos                    [ICAO]                                   inspections of all normal and
non-sub contact chart                   04 Oct 2000                              emergency systems affecting the
A special naval chart, at a scale of                                             nuclear weapons.
1:100,000 to 1:1,000,000,               notice to move / préavis de              01 Nov 1986
showing bathymetry, bottom              mouvement
characteristics, wreck data and         A warning order that specifies the       nuclear certified / homologué
non-submarine contact data for          time given to a unit or                  nucléaire
coastal and off-shore waters. It is     headquarters to be ready to              Related terms: nuclear certified
designed for use in conducting          deploy.                                  delivery unit; nuclear certified
submarine and anti-submarine            Note: This order normally                delivery vehicle; nuclear delivery
warfare operations.                     precedes an order to move and            unit; nuclear delivery veichle.
Related terms: aeronautical             may increase or decrease the             01 Nov 1985
plotting chart; aeronautical            time to prepare.
topographic chart; amphibious           Related terms: movement order;           nuclear certified delivery unit /
chart;chart; chart base; combat         order to move; readiness;                unité de vecteurs homologués
chart; fire capabilities chart;         readiness time; warning order.           nucléaire
hydrographic chart; inter-chart         01 Oct 2003                              Any level of organization and
relationship diagram; location                                                   support elements which are
diagram;map;map index; map              no-wind position                         capable of executing nuclear
series; map sheet; mine warfare         Preferred term: air position.            missions in accordance with
chart; nautical plotting chart;                                                  appropriate bilateral
special aeronautical chart.             nuclear airburst / explosion             arrangements and NATO
01 Oct 1980                             nucléaire aérienne                       directives.
                                        The explosion of a nuclear               Related terms: nuclear certified;
normal impact effect                    weapon in the air, at a height           nuclear certified delivery vehicle;
Preferred term: cardinal point          greater than the maximum radius          nuclear delivery unit; nuclear
effect.                                 of the fireball.                         delivery veichle.
                                        Related terms: airburst; high            01 Nov 1985
normal lighting / éclairage             altitude burst; low airburst;
normal                                  nuclear surface burst; nuclear           nuclear certified delivery
Lighting of vehicles as prescribed      underground                              vehicle / vecteur homologué
or authorized by the law of a given     01 Mar 1973                              nucléaire
country without restrictions for                                                 A delivery vehicle whose
military reasons.                       nuclear, biological, chemical            compatibility with a nuclear
Related term: reduced lighting.         control centre / centre de               weapon has been certified by the
01 Jan 1980                             coordination nucléaire,                  applicable nuclear power through
                                        biologique et chimique                   formal procedures.
North Atlantic Treaty area /            NBC CC                                   Related terms: nuclear certified;
zone du Traité de l'Atlantique                                                   nuclear certified delivery unit;
Nord                                                                             nuclear delivery unit; nuclear


                                                  2-N-5
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

delivery vehicle.                       actual nuclear attack. It is          nuclear logistic movement /
01 Nov 1985                             performed during and after an         transport nucléaire
                                        attack. The operational               The transport of nuclear weapons
nuclear cloud / nuage nucléaire         significance of the damage is not     or components of nuclear
An all-inclusive term for the           evaluated in this assessment.         weapons in connection with
volume of hot gases, smoke, dust,       01 Jul 1980                           supply or maintenance
and other particulate matter from                                             operations.
the nuclear bomb itself and from        nuclear defence / défense             01 Mar 1973
its environment, which are carried      nucléaire
aloft in conjunction with the rise of   The methods, plans, and               nuclear nation / nation
the fireball produced by the            procedures involved in                nucléaire
detonation of the nuclear weapon.       establishing and exercising           Military nuclear powers and civil
01 Mar 1973                             defensive measures against the        nuclear powers.
                                        effects of an attack by nuclear       Related terms: major nuclear
nuclear collateral effects /            weapons or radiological warfare       power; military nuclear power;
effets nucléaires subsidiaires          agents. It encompasses both the       nuclear power.
Undesired damage or casualties          training for, and the                 01 Apr 1971
resulting from the detonation of        implementation of, these
friendly nuclear weapons.               methods, plans, and procedures.       nuclear power / puissance
09 Jan 1996                             Related term: radiological            nucléaire
                                        defence.                              Not to be used without
nuclear column / colonne                01 Mar 1973                           appropriate modifier.
nucléaire                                                                     Related terms: major nuclear
A hollow cylinder of water and          nuclear delivery unit / unité de      power; military nuclear power;
spray thrown up from an                 vecteurs à capacité nucléaire         nuclear nation.
underwater burst of a nuclear           Any level of organization capable     01 Apr 1971
weapon, through which the hot,          of employing a nuclear weapon
high-pressure gases formed in the       system or systems when the            nuclear radiation / rayonnement
explosion are vented to the             weapon or weapons have been           nucléaire
atmosphere. A somewhat similar          released by proper authority.         Particulate and electromagnetic
column of dirt is formed in an          Related terms: nuclear certified;     radiation emitted from atomic
underground explosion.                  nuclear certified delivery unit;      nuclei in various nuclear
01 Mar 1973                             nuclear certified delivery vehicle;   processes. The important nuclear
                                        nuclear delivery veichle.             radiations, from the weapon
nuclear commitment /                    01 Oct 1984                           standpoint, are alpha and beta
engagement nucléaire                                                          particles, gamma rays, and
A statement by a NATO member            nuclear delivery vehicle /            neutrons. All nuclear radiations
that specific forces have been          vecteur à capacité nucléaire          are ionizing radiations, but the
committed or will be committed to       That portion of the weapon            reverse is not true; X-rays for
NATO in a nuclear only or dual          system which provides the means       example, are included among
capable role.                           of delivery of a nuclear weapon to    ionizing radiations, but they are
01 Oct 1984                             the target.                           not nuclear radiations since they
                                        Related terms: nuclear certified;     do not originate from atomic
nuclear damage / dégât                  nuclear certified delivery unit;      nuclei.
nucléaire                               nuclear certified delivery vehicle;   01 Sep 1971
1. Light Damage. Damage which           nuclear delivery unit.
does not prevent the immediate          01 Oct 1984                           nuclear safety line / ligne de
use of equipment or installations                                             sécurité nucléaire
for which it was                        nuclear detonation, detection         A line selected, if possible, to
intended. Some repair by the user       and reporting system / système        follow well-defined topographical
may be required red to make full        de détection et de compte             features and used to delineate
use of the equipment or                 rendu d'explosion nucléaire           levels of protective measures,
installations.                          A system deployed to provide          degrees of damage or risk to
2. Moderate Damage. Damage              surveillance coverage of critical     friendly troops, and/or prescribe
which prevents the use of               friendly target areas, and indicate   limits to which the effects of
equipment or installations until        place, height of burst, yield, and    friendly weapons may be
extensive repairs are made.             ground zero of nuclear                permitted to extend.
3. Severe Damage. Damage                detonations.                          01 Apr 1971
which prevents use of equipment         01 Mar 1973
or installations permanently.                                                 nuclear strike warning / préavis
01 Mar 1973                             nuclear incident / incident           d'attaque nucléaire
                                        nucléaire                             A warning of impending friendly or
nuclear damage assessment /             An unexpected event involving a       suspected enemy nuclear attack.
évaluation de dommages                  nuclear weapon, facility, or          01 Aug 1976
nucléaires                              component, but not constituting a
The determination of the damage         nuclear weapon(s) accident.           nuclear surface burst /
effect to the population, forces        01 Mar 1973                           explosion nucléaire de surface
and resources resulting from


                                                  2-N-6
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

An explosion of a nuclear weapon      A complete assembly (i.e.               combat aircraft, but does not
at the surface of land or water; or   implosion type, gun type, or            include expenditure of the
above the surface, at a height        thermonuclear type), in its             weapon. Typical manoeuvres
less than the maximum radius of       intended ultimate configuration         include nuclear operational
the fireball.                         which, upon completion of the           readiness manoeuvres and
Related terms: airburst; high         prescribed arming, fusing and           tactical air operations.
altitude burst; low airburst;         firing sequence, is capable of          Related terms: immediate
nuclear airburst; nuclear             producing the intended nuclear          operational readiness; nuclear
underground.                          reaction and release of energy.         weapon exercise.
01 Jul 1970                           01 Nov 1983                             01 Sep 1981

nuclear target response / effet       nuclear weapon debris / résidu          nuclear weapon(s) accident /
sur l'objectif nucléaire              d'arme nucléaire                        accident d'arme(s) nucléaire(s)
The effect on men, material, and      The residue of a nuclear weapon         Any unplanned occurrence
equipment of blast, heat, light,      after it has exploded; that is,         involving loss or destruction of, or
and nuclear radiation resulting       materials used for the casing and       serious damage to, nuclear
from the explosion of a nuclear       other components of the weapon,         weapons or their components
weapon.                               plus unexpended plutonium or            which results in an actual or
01 May 1983                           uranium, together with fission          potential hazard to life or property.
                                      products.                               01 Mar 1973
nuclear underground burst /           01 Nov 1983
explosion nucléaire souterraine                                               nuclear-weapons state
The explosion of a nuclear            nuclear weapon employment               NWS
weapon in which the centre of the     time / délai d'emploi de l'arme         Preferred term: military nuclear
detonation lies at a point beneath    nucléaire                               power.
the surface of the ground.            The time required for delivery of a
Related terms: airburst; high         nuclear weapon after the decision       nuclear yield / puissance d'une
altitude burst; low airburst;         to fire has been made.                  arme nucléaire
nuclear airburst; nuclear surface     01 Mar 1973                             The energy released in the
burst.                                                                        detonation of a nuclear weapon,
01 Mar 1973                           nuclear weapon exercise /               measured in terms of the kilotons
                                      exercice de préparation d'une           or megatons of trinitrotoluene
nuclear underwater burst /            arme nucléaire                          required to produce the same
explosion nucléaire sous-             An operation not directly related       energy release.
marine                                to immediate operational                01 Jul 1970
The explosion of a nuclear            readiness. It includes removal of a
weapon in which the centre of the     weapon from its normal storage          nuisance minefield / champ de
detonation lies at a point beneath    location, prepared for use,             mines de harcèlement
the surface of the water.             delivery to an employment unit,         A minefield laid to delay and
Related terms: nuclear airburst;      the movement in a ground training       disorganize the enemy and to
nuclear surface burst; nuclear        exercise to include loading aboard      hinder his use of an area or route.
underground burst.                    an aircraft or missile and return to    01 Dec 1976
01 Mar 1973                           storage. It may include any or all
                                      of the operations listed above, but     numbered reference position
nuclear vulnerability                 does not include launching or           system / positions de référence
assessment / évaluation de la         flying operations. Typical              repérées
vulnérabilité nucléaire               exercises include aircraft              A system for maritime use based
The estimation of the probable        generation exercises, ground            upon predetermined geographical
effect on population, forces, and     readiness exercises, ground             positions through which a desired
resources from a hypothetical         tactical exercises, and various         route is drawn.
nuclear attack. It is performed       categories of inspections               03 Aug 1998
predominantly in the pre-attack       designed to evaluate the
period; however, it may be            capability of the unit to perform its   numbered wave / vague
extended to the trans-attack or       prescribed mission.                     numérotée
post-attack periods.                  Related terms: immediate                Related term: wave.
01 Jul 1970                           operational readiness; nuclear          01 Mar 1973
                                      weapon manoeuvre.
nuclear warfare / guerre              01 Mar 1973                             number ... in (out) / énième
nucléaire                                                                     pièce reprend le tir (incident de
NW                                    nuclear weapon manoeuvre /              tir)
Warfare involving the employment      exercice d'emploi d'une arme            In artillery, term used to indicate a
of nuclear weapons.                   nucléaire                               change in status of weapon
01 Mar 1973                           An operation not directly related       number.
                                      to immediate operational                01 Aug 1976
nuclear weapon / arme                 readiness. It may consist of all
nucléaire                             those operations listed for a           numerical scale
atomic weapon                         nuclear weapon exercise and is          Preferred term: scale.
                                      extended to include fly-away in


                                                2-N-7
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)


                                                    O

objective / objectif1                 Related term: fire3.                      shelf.
Obj                                   01 Mar 1973                               Related terms: convoy1; coastal
A clearly defined and attainable                                                convoy; dangerously exposed
goal for a military operation, for    observed fire procedure /                 waters; evacuation convoy;
example seizing a terrain feature,    réglage de tir par observation            evacuation of dangerously
neutralizing an adversary’s force     A standardized procedure for use          exposed waters; severely
or capability or achieving some       in adjusting indirect fire on a           threatened coastline.
other desired outcome that is         target.                                   01 Dec 1977
essential to a commander’s plan       01 Mar 1973
and towards which the operation is                                              ocean manifest / manifeste
directed.                             observer identification /                 A detailed listing of the entire
06 Jan 2006                           identification de l'observateur           cargo loaded into any one ship
                                      In artillery and naval fire support,      showing all pertinent data which
objective area / zone de              the first element of a call for fire to   will readily identify such cargo and
l'objectif                            establish communication and to            where and how the cargo is
OA                                    identify the observer/spotter.            stowed.
A defined geographical area within    01 Sep 1974                               Related term: loading plan.
which is located an objective to be                                             01 Mar 1981
captured or reached by the military   observer-target distance /
forces. This area is defined by       distance d'observation                    ocean station ship / navire
competent authority for purposes      The distance along an imaginary           stationnaire océanique
of command and control.               straight line from the spotter or         A ship assigned to operate within
Related terms: air defence area;      observer to the target.                   a specified area to provide several
bridgehead line; combat air patrol;   01 Nov 1975                               services including search and
combat patrol; objective; offshore                                              rescue, meteorological
patrol; patrol; reconnaissance        observer-target line / ligne              information, navigational aid, and
patrol; standing patroltarget.        d'observation                             communication facilities.
01 Mar 1973                           An imaginary straight line from the       01 Mar 1973
                                      observer/spotter to the target.
oblique air photograph /              Related terms: gun target line;           offensive counter-air operation /
photographie aérienne oblique         spotting line.                            opération offensive contre le
An air photograph taken with the      01 Sep 1974                               potentiel aérien
camera axis directed between the                                                OCA
horizontal and vertical planes.       obstruction1 / obstacle1                  An operation mounted to destroy,
Commonly referred to as an            Any object which rises far enough         disrupt or limit enemy air power as
"oblique".                            above the surrounding surface or          close to its source as possible.
a. High Oblique - One in which the    above a specified height to create        01 Mar 1982
apparent horizon appears, and         a hazard to aircraft in flight.
b. Low Oblique - One in which the     01 Aug 1982                               offensive mine
apparent horizon does not appear.                                               countermeasures / mesures
01 Jul 1970                           obstruction2 / obstacle2                  offensives antimines
                                      Any object which rises far enough         Measures intended to prevent the
observation helicopter /              above the surrounding sea bed to          enemy from successfully laying
hélicoptère d'observation             create a hazard to navigation.            mines.
Helicopter used primarily for         01 Aug 1982                               01 Dec 1976
observation and reconnaissance
but which may be used for other       obstructor / obstructeur                  offensive minefield / champ de
roles.                                In naval mine warfare, a device           mines offensif
01 Dec 1974                           laid with the sole object of              In naval mine warfare, a minefield
                                      obstructing or damaging                   laid in enemy territorial water or
observation post / observatoire       mechanical minesweeping                   waters under enemy control.
air observation post                  equipment.                                Related term: minefield2.
A position from which military        01 Mar 1977                               01 Dec 1976
observations are made, or fire
directed and adjusted, and which      occupation of position /                  officer conducting the exercise /
possesses appropriate                 occupation d'une position                 officier directeur de l'exercice
communications; may be airborne.      Movement into and proper                  OCE
01 Mar 1973                           organization of an area to be used        The officer responsible for the
                                      as a battle position.                     conduct of an allocated part of the
observed fire / tir observé           01 Mar 1973                               exercise from the Blue, Orange
Fire for which the point of impact                                              and Purple aspects. He will issue
or burst can be seen by an            ocean convoy / convoi                     necessary supplementary
observer. The fire can be             océanique                                 instructions. In addition, he may
controlled and adjusted on the        A convoy whose voyage lies, in            be an exercise commander.
basis of observation.                 general, outside the continental          11 Nov 1983

                                                 2-O-1
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

                                        be within or outside the                 also be expressed in terms of a
officer conducting the serial /         organization receiving the new           factor, e.g., rounds of ammunition
officier responsable d'une              post.                                    per weapon per day.
phase de l'exercice                     01 Aug 1976                              Related terms: combat day of
OCS                                                                              supply; standard day of supply.
The officer designated to exercise      offshore patrol / patrouille du          01 Sep 1971
tactical control over assigned          large
forces for a specific exercise          A naval defence patrol operating         one-look circuit / mise de feu à
serial.                                 in the outer area of navigable           impulsion unique
01 Sep 1974                             coastal waters. It is a part of the      A mine circuit which requires
                                        naval local defence forces               actuation by a given influence
officer in tactical command /           consisting of naval ships and            once only.
officier assurant le                    aircraft and operates outside those      01 Nov 1975
commandement tactique                   areas assigned to the inshore
OTC                                     patrol.                                  open route / itinéraire libre
In maritime usage, the senior           Related term: patrol.                    A route not subject to traffic or
officer present eligible to assume      01 Mar 1973                              movement control restrictions.
command, or the officer to whom                                                  Related term: route.
he has delegated tactical               oiler / pétrolier                        01 Jan 1980
command.                                A naval or merchant tanker
01 Jun 1981                             specially equipped and rigged for        open source intelligence /
                                        replenishing other ships at sea.         renseignement de source
officer scheduling the exercise /       01 Mar 1973                              ouverte
officier chargé de la mise sur                                                   OSINT
pied de l’exercice                      on call / à la demande                   Intelligence derived from publicly
OSE                                     A term used to signify that a            available information, as well as
The officer who originates the          prearranged concentration, air           other unclassified information that
exercise and the orders it to take      strike, or final protective fire may     has limited public distribution or
place. He will issue basic              be called for.                           access.
instructions which will include the     Related terms: call for fire; on call    25 Sep 1998
designation of exercise areas, the      mission.
allocation of forces, and the           01 Sep 1971                              operation / opération
necessary coordinating                                                           Op
instructions. He will also designate    on-call mission / mission sur            OP (admitted)
the officers conducting the             demande                                  A military action or the carrying out
exercise.                               A type of air support mission which      of a strategic, tactical, service,
01 Mar 1973                             is not requested sufficiently in         training, or administrative military
                                        advance of the desired time of           mission; the process of carrying
offset bombing / bombardement           execution to permit detailed             on combat, including movement,
en déport                               planning and briefing of pilots prior    supply, attack, defence and
Any bombing procedure which             to take-off. Aircraft scheduled for      manoeuvres needed to gain the
employs a reference or aiming           this type of mission are on air,         objectives of any battle or
point other than the actual target.     ground, or carrier alert, and are        campaign.
01 Jan 1973                             armed with a prescribed load.            Related term: airborne1.
                                        Related terms: close air support;        01 Mar 1973
offset distance / distance de           immediate air support; indirect air
décentrement                            support; preplanned air support;         operational aircraft cross-
In nuclear warfare, the distance        tactical air support.                    servicing requirement / besoin
the desired ground zero or actual       04 Oct 2000                              opérationnel de services
ground zero is offset from the                                                   mutuels pour aéronefs
centre of an area target or from a      on-call target / tir à la demande        A military requirement, established
point target.                           In artillery and naval fire support, a   by a NATO commander, for a
01 Mar 1973                             planned target other than a              designated airfield or ship to
                                        scheduled target on which fire is        provide stage A or stage B cross-
offset point / point futur              delivered when requested.                servicing to aircraft not assigned
In air interception, a point in space   01 Aug 1976                              to that airfield or ship.
relative to a target's flight path                                               Related terms: aircraft cross-
toward which an interceptor is          on-call wave / vague sur                 servicing; aircraft transient
vectored and from which the final       demande                                  servicing.
or a preliminary turn to attack         Related term: wave.                      01 Nov 1986
heading is made.                        01 Mar 1973
01 Sep 1974                                                                      operational art / art opérationnel
                                        one day's supply / jour de               The employment of forces to
offset post / poste à reporter          ravitaillement                           attain strategic and/or operational
A post identified for elimination or    A unit or quantity of supplies           objectives through the design,
disestablishment when                   adopted as a standard of                 organization, integration and
establishing a newly authorized         measurement, used in estimating          conduct of strategies, campaigns,
post. The disestablished post may       the average daily expenditure            major operations and battles.
                                        under stated conditions. It may

                                                   2-O-2
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

15 Jan 2008                            opérationnel                            01 Oct 2003
                                       OCA
operational chain of command /         The naval commander responsible         operational procedures /
chaîne de commandement                 within a specified geographical         procédures opérationnelles
opérationnel                           area for the naval control of all       The detailed methods by which
The chain of command                   merchant shipping under Allied          headquarters and units carry out
established for a particular           naval control.                          their operational tasks.
operation or series of continuing      01 Nov 1994                             01 Aug 1982
operations.
Related terms: administrative          operational decontamination /           operational readiness / état de
chain of command; chain of             décontamination opérationnelle          préparation opérationnelle
command.                               Decontamination carried out by an       The capability of a unit/formation,
01 Mar 1973                            individual and/or a unit, restricted    ship, weapon system or
                                       to specific parts of operationally      equipment to perform the missions
operational characteristics /          essential equipment, matériel           or functions for which it is
caractéristiques opérationnelles       and/or working areas, in order to       organized or designed. May be
The specific military qualities        minimize contact and transfer           used in a general sense or to
required of an item of equipment       hazards and to sustain operations.      express a level or degree of
to enable it to meet an agreed         This may include decontamination        readiness.
operational need.                      of the individual beyond the scope      Related terms: coordinated draft
Related term: technical                of immediate decontamination, as        plan; draft plan; final plan; initial
specification.                         well as decontamination of              draft plan; movement order;
01 Aug 1982                            mission-essential spares and            movement table; notice to move;
                                       limited terrain decontamination.        operation order; opeeration plan;
operational command /                  Related terms: decontamination;         order to move; readiness;
commandement opérationnel              immediate decontamination;              readiness state; readiness time;
OPCOM                                  thorough decontamination.               warning order.
The authority granted to a             01 Oct 1992                             01 Aug 1976
commander to assign missions or
tasks to subordinate commanders,       operational intelligence /              operational readiness
to deploy units, to reassign forces,   renseignement opérationnel              evaluation / évaluation de l’état
and to retain or delegate              OPINTEL                                 de préparation opérationnelle
operational and/or tactical control    Intelligence required for the           An evaluation of the operational
as the commander deems                 planning and conduct of campaigns       capability and effectiveness of a
necessary.                             at the operational level.               unit or any portion thereof.
Note: It does not include              Related terms: operational level;       Related terms: defence readiness
responsibility for administration.     strategic intelligence; tactical        condition; readiness state;
Related terms: administrative          intelligence.                           readiness time.
control; command; full command;        01 Oct 2001                             14 Oct 2002
functional command; operational
control; tactical control.             operational interchangeability /        operational requirement /
01 Oct 2001                            interchangeabilité                      besoin opérationnel
                                       opérationnelle                          OR
operational control / contrôle         Ability to substitute one item for      An established need justifying the
opérationnel                           another of different composition or     timely allocation of resources to
OPCON                                  origin without loss in effectiveness,   achieve a capability to accomplish
The authority delegated to a           accuracy, and safety of                 approved military or civil
commander to direct forces             performance.                            objectives, operations, missions or
assigned so that the commander         01 Mar 1973                             actions.
may accomplish specific missions                                               01 Oct 2001
or tasks which are usually limited     operational level / niveau
by function, time, or location; to     opératif                                operational route / itinéraire
deploy units concerned, and to         The level at which campaigns and        opérationnel
retain or assign tactical control of   major operations are planned,           Land route allocated to a
those units. It does not include       conducted and sustained to              command for the conduct of a
authority to assign separate           accomplish strategic objectives         specific operation, derived from
employment of components of the        within theatres or areas of             the corresponding basic military
units concerned. Neither does it,      operations.                             route network.
of itself, include administrative or   15 Jan 2008                             01 Sep 1981
logistic control.
Related terms: administrative          operational performance                 operational stocks / stocks
control; command; full command;        standard / norme de                     opérationnels
functional command; operational        performance opérationnelle              Level of stock necessary to meet
command; tactical control.             OPS                                     possible operational requirements
01 Oct 2001                            A performance standard that an          over and above
                                       individual or unit must achieve to      holdings/allowances.
operational control authority /        be able to execute a mission            Related terms: basic stocks;
autorité de contrôle                   effectively.                            sustaining stocks; theatre


                                                 2-O-3
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

operational stocks; stocks.             opposing forces / forces               subordinate.
01 Aug 1973                             d'opposition                           01 Mar 1973
                                        OPFOR
operational training /                  Those forces used in an enemy          order of battle / ordre de bataille
entraînement opérationnel               role during NATO exercises.            ORBAT
Training that develops, maintains       Related term: force(s).                The identification, strength,
or improves the operational             01 Jul 1994                            command structure, and
readiness of individuals or units.                                             disposition of the personnel, units,
01 Apr 1974                             opposing forces commander /            and equipment of any military
                                        commandant des forces                  force.
operation order / ordre                 d'opposition                           01 Mar 1973
d'opération                             The officer designated to exercise
OPORD                                   operational control over opposing      order to move / ordre de
A directive, usually formal, issued     forces for a specific period during    déplacement
by a commander to subordinate           NATO exercises.                        An order given by a commander to
commanders for the purpose of           01 Jul 1994                            execute a movement.
effecting the coordinated                                                      Related terms: movement order;
execution of an operation               optical axis / axe optique             notice to move; operation order;
Related terms: movement order;          In a lens element, the straight line   operation plan; readiness;
operation plan; order to move.          which passes through the centres       readiness state; readiness time;
01 Mar 1973                             of curvature of the lens surfaces.     warning order.
                                        In an optical system, the line         06 Jan 2006
operation plan / plan                   formed by the coinciding principal
d'opération                             axes of the series of optical          ordinary transport / transport
OPLAN                                   elements.                              ordinaire
A plan for a single or series of        01 Jul 1970                            In railway terminology, transport of
connected operations to be carried                                             a load whose size, weight or
out simultaneously or in                optical minehunting / chasse           preparation does not entail special
succession. It is usually based         aux mines à vue                        difficulties vis-à-vis the facilities or
upon stated assumptions and is          The use of an optical system (e.g.     equipment of the railway systems
the form of directive employed by       television or towed diver) to detect   to be used.
higher authority to permit              and classify mines or mine-like        Related term: exceptional
subordinate commanders to               objects on or protruding from the      transport.
prepare supporting plans and            sea-bed.                               01 Nov 1994
orders. The designation "plan" is       01 Nov 1975
usually used instead of "order" in                                             organic / organique
preparing for operations well in        optimum height / hauteur type          Forming an integral part of a
advance. An operation plan may          The height of an explosion which       military organization.
be put into effect at a prescribed      will produce the maximum effect        01 Mar 1981
time, or on signal, and then            against a given target.
becomes the operation order.            01 Mar 1973                            organizational strength /
Related terms: coordinated draft                                               potentiel organisationnel
plan; draft plan; final plan; initial   optimum height of burst /              The number of trained personnel,
draft plan; operation order.            hauteur type d'explosion               facilities and the amount of
01 Mar 1973                             For nuclear weapons and for a          materiel required to perform a
                                        particular target (or area), the       unit’s assigned mission.
operations security / sécurité          height at which it is estimated a      Note: The organizational strength
des opérations                          weapon of a specified energy yield     of a unit may change in response
OPSEC                                   will produce a certain desired         to changing situations and mission
The process which gives a military      effect over the maximum possible       requirements.
operation or exercise appropriate       area.                                  22 Jun 2004
security, using passive or active       Related terms: height of burst; safe
means, to deny the enemy                burst height.                          organization of the ground /
knowledge of the dispositions,          01 Nov 1986                            organisation du terrain
capabilities and intentions of                                                 The development of a defensive
friendly forces.                        orbit point / point d'orbite           position by strengthening the
Related terms: counter-                 A geographically or electronically     natural defences of the terrain and
intelligence; countersurveillance;      defined location used in stationing    by assignment of the occupying
electronic warfare; physical            aircraft in flight during tactical     troops to specific localities.
security; port security; protective     operations when a predetermined        01 Mar 1973
security; security1,2,3; tactical       pattern is not established.
security.                               Related term: holding point.           originating medical facility /
01 Oct 1992                             01 Jun 1984                            échelon sanitaire initial
                                                                               OMF
opportunity target                      order / ordre                          A medical facility that initially
Preferred term: target of               A communication, written, oral, or     transfers a patient to another
opportunity.                            by signal, which conveys               medical facility.
                                        instructions from a superior to a      01 Mar 1973


                                                  2-O-4
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                       A map which represents just
oropesa sweep / drague                 sufficient geographic information       overprint / surimpression
mécanique divergente                   to permit the correlation of            Information printed or stamped
In naval mine warfare, a form of       additional data placed upon it.         upon a map or chart, in addition to
sweep in which a length of sweep       01 Apr 1971                             that originally printed, to show
wire is towed by a single ship,                                                data of importance or special use.
lateral displacement being caused      outline plan / avant-projet             01 Jul 1972
by an otter and depth being            A preliminary plan which outlines
controlled at the ship end by a kite   the salient features or principles of   overrun control / commande de
and at the other end by a float and    a course of action prior to the         prolongation de fonctionnement
float wire.                            initiation of detailed planning.        Equipment enabling a camera to
01 Nov 1975                            01 Mar 1973                             continue operating for a
                                                                               predetermined number of frames
orthomorphic projection /              overhead clearance / hauteur            or seconds after normal cut-off
projection orthomorphique              libre1                                  01 Jul 1970
A projection in which the scale,       The minimum vertical distance
although varying throughout the        between a ground or water surface       overshoot / remise de gaz
map, is the same in all directions     and any obstruction above it.           go around
at any point, so that very small       Related term: air draught.              A phase of flight wherein a landing
areas are represented by correct       04 Oct 2000                             approach of an aircraft is not
shape and bearings are correct.                                                continued to touchdown.
01 Mar 1973                            overlap1/ recouvrement1                 01 Jan 1973
                                       In photography, the amount by
orthorectification /                   which one photograph includes
orthorectification                     the same area covered by
In photogrammetry, the process of      another, customarily expressed as
removing geometric distortions in      a percentage. The overlap
an image caused by sensor tilt         between successive air
and terrain relief, and projecting     photographs on a track is called
the resulting image onto a map         forward overlap. The overlap
projection system.                     between photographs in adjacent
Related terms: geocoded image;         parallel flight lines is called side
projection; rectification.             overlap. The overlap of
14 Oct 2002                            successive lines of a linescan is
                                       called line overlap.
oscillating mine / mine ludion         01 Mar 1981
A mine, hydrostatically controlled,
which maintains a pre-set depth        overlap2/ recouvrement2
below the surface of the water         In cartography, that portion of a
independently of the rise and fall     map or chart which overlaps the
of the tide.                           area covered by another of the
Related term: mine2.                   same series.
01 Aug 1976                            01 Mar 1981

other forces for NATO / autres         overlap3/ recouvrement3
forces pour l'OTAN                     In naval mine warfare, the width of
OFN                                    that part of the swept path of a
Forces not assigned or earmarked       ship or formation which is also
for a NATO command, but which          swept by an adjacent sweeper or
might co-operate with NATO             formation or is re-swept on the
forces or be placed under the          next adjacent lap.
operational command or                 01 Mar 1981
operational control of a NATO
commander in certain                   overlap tell / transfert de
circumstances which should be          recoupement
specified.                             Related term: track telling.
Related term: force(s).                01 Aug 1973
01 Oct 1980
                                       overpressure / surpression
otter / divergent                      The pressure resulting from the
In naval mine warfare, a device        blast wave of an explosion. It is
which, when towed, displaces           referred to as positive when it
itself sideways to a predetermined     exceeds atmospheric pressure
distance                               and negative during the passage
 01 Aug 1976                           of the wave when resulting
                                       pressures are less than
outline map / carte à grandes          atmospheric pressure.
lignes                                 01 Mar 1973


                                                 2-O-5
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)


                                                    P

pace / vitesse de marche               wide area of the terrain, usually      the main characteristics of those
For ground forces, the speed of a      from horizon to horizon. The           vehicles and equipment and of
column or element regulated to         camera may be mounted vertically       those of the ordinary flat wagons
maintain a prescribed average          or obliquely within the aircraft, to   of a corresponding category onto
speed.                                 scan across or along the line of       which they can be loaded
Related terms: pace setter; rate of    flight.                                01 Mar 1981
march.                                 01 Sep 1971
01 Jul 1973                                                                   part / pièce
                                       panoramic camera2 / appareil           piece part
                                                                         2
pace setter / guide                    photographique panoramique             In logistics, an item of an
An individual, selected by the         In ground photography, a camera        assembly or sub-assembly, which
column commander, who travels          which photographs a wide               is not normally further broken
in the lead vehicle or element to      expanse of terrain by rotating         down.
regulate the column speed and          horizontally about the vertical axis   Related terms: assembly;
establish the pace necessary to        through the centre of the camera       component; equipment; sub-
meet the required movement             lens.                                  assembly.
order.                                 01 Sep 1971                            01 Mar 1992
Related term: pace.
01 Jul 1972                            parachute deployment height /          partially planned movement /
                                       hauteur d'ouverture de                 mouvement partiellement
packaged petroleum product /           parachute                              planifié
produit pétrolier conditionné          The height above the intended          A movement which is prepared as
A petroleum product, generally a       impact point at which the              far as possible or as appropriate,
lubricant, oil, grease or speciality   parachute or parachutes are fully      based on data available and for
item, normally packaged by the         deployed.                              which provision of movement and
manufacturer and subsequently          01 Mar 1973                            transport support has been
stored, transported, and issued in                                            arranged, adequate to the
containers having an individual fill   paradrop / parachutage                 information available. Prior to the
capacity of 250 litres or less.        Delivery by parachute of               execution, this movement will be
01 Aug 1982                            personnel or cargo from an             fully planned as soon as all
                                       aircraft in flight.                    necessary complementary
pallet / palette                       Related term: airborne1.               information has been provided.
A flat base for combining stores or    01 Jul 1970                            Related terms: ad hoc movement;
carrying a single item to form a                                              fully planned movement.
unit load for handling,                parallactic angle / angle              11 Nov 1990
transportation, and storage by         parallactique
materials handling equipment.          Angle formed by the optical axes       participating merchant ship /
01 Sep 1971                            of two instruments, for example, a     navire marchand participant
                                       telescope and its viewfinder           A merchant ship taking part in a
palletized unit load / charge          seeing the same object.                naval cooperation and guidance
palettisée                             01 Jul 1970                            for shipping operation.
Quantity of any item, packaged or                                             Related terms: merchant ship;
unpackaged, which is arranged on       parallax / parallaxe                   merchant shipping; naval
a pallet in a specified manner and     In photography, the apparent           cooperation and guidance for
securely strapped or fastened          displacement of the position of an     shipping.
thereto so that the whole is           object in relation to a reference      02 Mar 2007
handled as a unit.                     point, due to a change in the point
Related terms: aircraft flat pallet;   of observation.                        pass time / durée d'écoulement
binding.                               01 Jul 1970                            In road transport, the time that
01 Mar 1973                                                                   elapses between the moment
                                       parallax difference / différence       when the leading vehicle of a
panel code / code de panneaux          de parallaxe                           column passes a given point and
surface code                           The difference in displacement of      the moment when the last vehicle
A prearranged code designed for        the top of an object in relation to    passes the same point.
visual communications, usually         its base, as measured on the two       01 Jul 1970
between friendly units, by making      images of the object on a stereo
use of marking panels.                 pair of photographs.                   passage of lines / passage de
Related term: marking panel.           01 Jul 1970                            lignes
01 Jan 1968                                                                   An operation in which a force
                                       parallel classification /              moves forward or rearward
panoramic camera1 / appareil           classification parallèle               through another force's combat
                                1
photographique panoramique             In railway terminology, the            positions with the intention of
In aerial photography, a camera        classification of ordinary transport   moving into or out of contact with
which, through a system of             military vehicles and equipment,       the enemy.
moving optics or mirrors, scans a      based on a comparative study of        01 Nov 1985


                                                 2-P-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

                                       target.                                In land mine warfare, the laying of
passive / passif                       Related term: active mine.             mines in a fixed relationship to
In surveillance, an adjective          01 Nov 1994                            each other.
applied to actions or equipments                                              01 Jul 1972
which emit no energy capable of        passive public information
being detected.                        policy / attitude passive en           payload1 / charge
01 Dec 1976                            matière d'information publique         The sum of the weight of
                                       A policy which dictates that no        passengers and cargo that an
passive air defence / défense          attempts will be made to generate      aircraft can carry.
aérienne passive                       media/public interest in an issue      Related terms: aircraft store; airlift
Passive measures taken for the         or activity. However, when the         capability; combat load; load.
physical defence and protection of     passive policy is in effect,           01 Nov 1985
personnel, essential installations     authorities must be prepared to
and equipment in order to              respond to media queries about         payload2 / charge utile2
minimize the effectiveness of air      the issue or activity, or to make      The warhead, its container, and
and/or missile attack.                 brief statements to avoid              activating devices in a military
Related terms: active air defence;     confusion, speculation,                missile.
air defence; air superiority; air      misunderstanding or false              01 Nov 1985
supremacy; counter-air operation;      information that may prevail if
defensive counter-air operation;       media queries go unanswered.           payload3 / charge utile
offensive counter-air operation.       Related term: active public            The satellite or research vehicle
20 Jun 2006                            information policy.                    of a space probe or research
                                       01 Mar 1991                            missile.
passive defence / défense                                                     01 Nov 1985
passive                                password / mot de passe
Passive measures taken for the         A secret word or distinctive sound     payload4 / charge utile1
physical defence and protection of     used to reply to a challenge.          The load (expressed in tons of
personnel, essential installations     Related terms: challenge;              cargo or equipment, gallons of
and equipment in order to              countersign; reply                     liquid, or number of passengers)
minimize the effectiveness of          01 Mar 1973                            which the vehicle is designed to
hostile action.                                                               transport under specified
Related term: active defence.          pathfinder aircraft / aéronef          conditions of operation, in addition
17 Jan 2005                            marqueur                               to its unladen weight.
                                       An aircraft with a specially trained   Related terms: loading; transport
passive electronic protective          crew carrying drop zone/landing        capacity.
measures / mesures de                  zone marking teams, target             01 Nov 1985
protection électronique passives       markers, or navigational aids,
Undetectable measures, such as         which precedes the main force to       peacebuilding / consolidation
those in operating procedures and      the drop zone/landing zone or          de la paix
technical features of equipment, to    target.                                A peace support operation
ensure effective friendly use of the   Related term: marking team.            employing complementary
electromagnetic spectrum.              01 Aug 1980                            diplomatic, civil and - when
Related terms: active electronic                                              necessary - military means, to
protective measures; electronic        pathfinder team / équipe               address the underlying causes of
protective measures.                   d'orienteurs-marqueurs                 conflict and the longer-term needs
20 Nov 1996                            A team dropped or air landed at        of the people. It requires a
                                       an objective to establish and          commitment to a long-term
passive homing guidance /              operate navigational aids for the      process and may run concurrently
guidage passif                         purpose of guiding aircraft to drop    with other types of peace support
A system of homing guidance            and landing zones.                     operations.
wherein the receiver in the missile    01 Jul 1970                            Related terms: conflict prevention;
utilizes radiation from the target.                                           peace enforcement;
Related terms: active homing           patrol / patrouille                    peacekeeping; peacemaking;
guidance; homing guidance; semi-       A detachment of ground, sea, or        peace support operation; peace
active homing guidance.                air forces sent out for the purpose    support force
01 Jan 1973                            of gathering information or            14 Oct 2002
                                       carrying out a destructive,
passive mine1 / mine passive1          harassing, mopping up, or              peace enforcement / imposition
A mine whose anticountermining         security mission.                      de la paix
device has been operated               Related terms: air defence area;       PE
preventing the firing mechanism        bridgehead line; combat air patrol;    A peace support operation
from being actuated. The mine          combat patrol; objective; objective    conducted to maintain a ceasefire
will usually remain passive for a      area; offshore patrol;                 or peace agreement where the
comparatively short time.              reconnaissance patrol; standing        level of consent and compliance
01 Nov 1994                            patrol.                                is uncertain and the threat of
                                       01 Jul 1970                            disruption is high. The peace
passive mine2 / mine passive2                                                 support force must be capable of
A mine which does not emit a           pattern laying / pose de mines         applying credible coercive force
signal to detect the presence of a     suivant schéma                         and must apply the provisions of

                                                 2-P-2
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

the ceasefire or peace agreement      Related terms: conflict prevention;     01 Aug 1982
impartially.                          peacebuilding; peace
                                      enforcement; peacekeeping;              percentage clearance /
Related terms: conflict prevention;   peacemaking; peace support              pourcentage de déblaiement
peacebuilding; peacekeeping;          force.                                  In mine warfare, the estimated
peacemaking; peace support forc;      14 Oct 2002                             percentage of mines of specified
peace support operation                                                       characteristics which have been
21 Jan 2004                           peace support psychological             cleared from an area or channel.
                                      activities / activités                  01 Nov 1975
peacekeeping / maintien de la         psychologiques de soutien de la
paix                                  paix                                    permanent echo / écho
PK                                    Planned psychological activities        permanent
A peace support operation             conducted as an integral part of        Any dense and fixed radar return
following an agreement or             peace support operations,               caused by reflection of energy
ceasefire that has established a      designed to create a supportive         from the earth's surface.
permissive environment where the      atmosphere and a willingness to         Distinguished from ground clutter
level of consent and compliance       cooperate among the parties in          by being from definable locations
is high, and the threat of            conflict and the civilian population    rather than large areas.
disruption is low. The use of force   in the area of operations, to protect   01 Jul 1972
by a peace support force is           the peace support force and to
normally limited to self-defence.     assist in the achievement of            persistency / persistance
Related terms: conflict prevention;   mission objectives.                     In biological or chemical warfare,
peacebuilding; peace enforcement;     Related terms: battlefield              the characteristic of an agent
peacemaking; peace support            psychological activities;               which pertains to the duration of
operation; peace support force.       psychological operation;                its effectiveness under
17 Jan 2005                           psychological consolidation             determined conditions after its
                                      activities; strategic psychological     dispersal.
peacemaking / rétablissement          activities.                             01 Feb 1988
de la paix                            04 Oct 2000
A peace support operation,                                                    personal locator beacon /
conducted after the initiation of a   peacetime complement                    radiobalise individuelle de
conflict to secure a ceasefire or     Preferred term: peacetime               repérage
peaceful settlement, that involves    establishment.                          An emergency radio locator
primarily diplomatic action                                                   beacon with a two-way speech
supported, when necessary, by         peacetime establishment /               facility carried by crew members,
direct or indirect use of military    tableau d'effectifs du temps de         either on their person or in their
assets.                               paix                                    survival equipment, and capable
Related terms: conflict prevention;   peacetime complement                    of providing homing signals to
peacebuilding; peace enforcement;     A table setting out the authorized      assist search and rescue
peacekeeping; peace support           peacetime manpower requirement          operations.
operation; peace support force.       for a unit, formation or                Related terms: beacon; crash
14 Oct 2002                           headquarters.                           locator beacon; emergency
                                      01 Aug 1974                             locator beacon; fan marker
peace support force / force de                                                beacon; localizer; meaconing;
soutien de la paix                    peak overpressure /                     radio beacon; submarine locator
PSF                                   surpression de crête                    acoustic beacon; Z marker
A military force assigned to a        The maximum value of                    beacon.
peace support operation.              overpressure at a given location        01 Jul 1987
Related terms: conflict prevention;   which is generally experienced at
peacebuilding; peace enforcement;     the instant the shock (or blast)        personnel reaction time / temps
peacekeeping; peacemaking;            wave reaches that location.             de réaction du personnel
peace support operation.              01 Jul 1970                             The time required by personnel to
17 Jan 2005                                                                   take prescribed protective
                                      pecked line / tiretés                   measures after receipt of a
peace support operation /             A symbol consisting of a line           nuclear strike warning.
opération de soutien de la paix       broken at regular intervals.            01 Jul 1970
PSO                                   01 Apr 1971
An operation that impartially                                                 perspective grid / réseau
makes use of diplomatic, civil and    pencil beam / pinceau lumineux          perspectif
military means, normally in pursuit   A searchlight beam reduced to, or       A network of lines, drawn or
of United Nations Charter             set at, its minimum width.              superimposed on a photograph,
purposes and principles, to           01 Sep 1974                             to represent the perspective of a
restore or maintain peace. Such                                               systematic network of lines on the
operations may include conflict       penetration / attaque de rupture        ground or datum plane.
prevention, peacemaking, peace        In land operations, a form of           01 Mar 1973
enforcement, peacekeeping,            offensive which seeks to break
peacebuilding and/or                  through the enemy's defence and
humanitarian operations.              disrupt the defensive system.


                                                2-P-3
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

petroleum intersectional               The science or art of obtaining        photographie
service / direction des                reliable measurements from             camera nadir
essences inter-sections                photographic images.                   The point at which a vertical line
An intersectional or interzonal        01 Jul 1970                            through the perspective centre of
service in a theatre of operations                                            the camera lens intersects the
that operates pipelines and            photographic filter / filtre           photo plane.
related facilities for the supply of   photographique                         01 Sep 1969
bulk petroleum products to theatre     A layer of glass, gelatine, or other
Army elements and other forces         material used to modify the            physical security / sécurité
as directed.                           spectrum of the incidental light.      physique
01 Jul 1970                            01 Jul 1970                            That part of security concerned
                                                                              with physical measures designed
petroleum, oils, and lubricants /      photographic interpretation            to safeguard personnel, to
carburants et lubrifiants              Preferred term: imagery                prevent unauthorized access to
A broad term which includes all        interpretation.                        equipment, installations, material
petroleum and associated                                                      and documents, and to safeguard
products used by the armed             photographic reading / lecture         them against espionage,
forces.                                photographique                         sabotage, damage, and theft.
01 Jul 1970                            The simple recognition of natural      01 Aug 1979
                                       or man-made features from
phase line / ligne d'objectifs         photographs not involving imagery      pictorial symbolization /
intermédiaires                         interpretation techniques.             représentation conventionnelle
PL                                     01 Jul 1980                            The use of symbols which convey
A line utilized for control and                                               the visual character of the
coordination of military operations,   photographic scale / échelle           features they represent.
usually a terrain feature extending    photographique                         01 Aug 1971
across the zone of action.             The ratio of a distance measured
Related term: report line.             on a photograph or mosaic to the       piece part
01 Aug 1976                            corresponding distance on the          Preferred term: part.
                                       ground, classified as follows:
phoney minefield / faux champ          a. very large scale 1:4,999 and        pillbox / emplacement de tir
de mines                               larger;                                abrité
An area free of live mines used to     b. large scale 1:5,000 to 1:9,999;     A small, low fortification that
simulate a minefield, or section of    c. medium scale 1:10,000 to            houses machine guns, antitank
a minefield, with the object of        1:24,999;                              weapons, etc.. A pillbox is usually
deceiving the enemy.                   d. small scale 1:25,000 to             made of concrete, steel, or filled
Related terms: barrier gap;            1:49,999;                              sandbags.
minefield1,2.                          e. very small scale 1:50,000 and       01 Jul 1970
01 Dec 1979                            smaller.
                                       Related terms: bar scale;              pilot's trace / tracé du pilote
photoflash bomb / bombe                conversion scale; graphic scale;       A rough overlay to a map made
photo-éclair                           principal scale; scale.                by the pilot of a photographic
A bomb designed to produce a           01 Mar 1979                            reconnaissance aircraft during or
brief and intense illumination for                                            immediately after a sortie. It
medium altitude night                  photographic sortie                    shows the location, direction,
photography.                           Preferred term: imagery sortie.        number, and order of
01 Jul 1970                                                                   photographic runs made, together
                                       photographic strip / bande de          with the camera(s) used on each
photoflash cartridge /                 photographies                          run.
cartouche photo-éclair                 Series of successive overlapping       01 Jul 1970
A pyrotechnic cartridge designed       photographs taken along a
to produce a brief and intense         selected course or direction.          pinpoint1 / repère1
illumination for low altitude night    01 Sep 1969                            A precisely identified point,
photography.                                                                  especially on the ground, that
01 May 1973                            photo interpretation key               locates a very small target, a
                                       Preferred term: imagery                reference point for rendezvous or
photogrammetric control /              interpretation key.                    for other purposes; the
cheminement                                                                   coordinates that define this point.
photogrammétrique                      photomap / photocarte                  Related term: datum point.
Control established by                 A reproduction of a photograph or      01 Jul 1970
photogrammetric methods as             photomosaic upon which the grid
distinguished from control             lines, marginal data, contours,        pinpoint2 / repère2
established by ground methods.         place names, boundaries, and           The ground position of aircraft
Sometimes called minor control.        other data may be added.               determined by direct observation
01 Dec 1974                            Related term: image map.               of the ground.
                                       01 Aug 1970                            Related term: datum point.
photogrammetry /                                                              01 Jul 1970
photogrammétrie                        photo nadir / nadir de la


                                                 2-P-4
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

pinpoint photograph /                   Related terms: early resupply;         In cartography:
photographie d'un objectif              element of resupply; improvised        a. a printing plate of zinc,
ponctuel                                early resupply; initial early          aluminium, or engraved copper;
A single photograph or a stereo         resupply; resupply of Europe.          b. collective term for all "states" of
pair of a specific object or target.    01 Jul 1970                            an engraved map reproduced
01 May 1973                                                                    from the same engraved printing
                                        planned target / objectif prévu        plate;
pipeline / ligne de ravitaillement      In artillery and naval fire support,   c. all details to appear on a map
In logistics, the channel of support    a target on which fire is              or chart which will be reproduced
or a specific portion thereof by        prearranged.                           from a single printing plate (e.g.
means of which materiel or              01 Aug 1976                            the " blue plate"
personnel flow from sources of                                                 or the "contour plate").
procurement to their point of use.      planning factor / facteur de           Related term: diapositive;
01 Jul 1970                             planification                          transparency.
                                        A multiplier used in planning to       01 Apr 1971
pitch1 / tangage                        estimate the amount and type of
The movement of an aircraft or          effort involved in a contemplated      plate2 / plaque
ship about its transverse axis.         operation. Planning factors are        In photography, a transparent
18 Dec 1997                             often expressed as rates, ratios,      medium, usually glass, coated
                                        or lengths of time.                    with a photographic emulsion.
pitch2 / inclinaison                    01 Nov 1985                            Related terms: diapositive;
tip                                                                            transparency.
In air photography, the camera          planning staff                         01 Apr 1971
rotation about the transverse axis      Preferred term: central planning
of the aircraft.                        team.                                  platform drop / largage lourd
18 Dec 1997                                                                    The airdrop of loaded platforms
                                        plan range / distance                  from rear loading aircraft with
pitch angle / assiette                  horizontale                            roller conveyors.
longitudinale                           In air photographic                    Related terms: airdrop; airdrop
inclination angle                       reconnaissance, the horizontal         platrform.
The angle between the aircraft's        distance from the point below the      01 Sep 1969
longitudinal axis and the               aircraft to an object on the
horizontal plane.                       ground.                                plot1 / schéma
01 Dec 1979                             01 Jul 1970                            Map, chart, or graph representing
                                                                               data of any sort.
plan for landing / plan général         plastic explosive / explosif           01 Jul 1972
de débarquement                         plastique
In amphibious operations, a             Explosive which is malleable at        plot2 / position graphique
collective term referring to all        normal temperatures.                   Representation on a diagram or
individually prepared naval and         01 Dec 1977                            chart of the position or course of a
landing force documents which,                                                 target in terms of angles and
taken together, present in detail       plastic range / champ                  distances from positions; location
all instructions for execution of the   d'élasticité                           of a position on a map or a chart.
ship-to-shore movement.                 The stress range in which a            01 Jul 1972
Related terms: landing diagram;         material will not fail when
ship-to-shore movement.                 subjected to the action of a force,    plot3 / position visualisée
01 Mar 1982                             but will not recover completely so     The visual display of a single
                                        that a permanent deformation           location of an airborne object at a
planned maintenance /                   results when the force is              particular instant of time.
maintenance périodique                  removed.                               01 Jul 1972
Preventive maintenance carried          01 Jul 1970
out systematically according to                                                point designation grid / grille
the degree of use of the                plastic spray packaging                de désignation des points
equipment.                              Preferred term: cocooning.             A system of lines, having no
Related terms: corrective                                                      relation to the actual scale, or
maintenance; examination;               plastic zone / zone plastique          orientation, drawn on a map,
maintenance1,2,3; prevenntive           The region beyond the rupture          chart, or air photograph dividing it
maintenance.                            zone associated with crater            into squares so that points can be
01 Oct 2001                             formation resulting from an            more readily located.
                                        explosion in which there is no         01 Aug 1973
planned resupply /                      visible rupture, but in which the
ravitaillement préorganisé              soil is permanently deformed and       point of impact1 / point
                                                                                               1
The shipping of supplies in a           compressed to a high density.          d'atterrissage
regular flow as envisaged by            Related term: rupture zone.            The point on the drop zone where
existing preplanned schedules           01 Jul 1970                            the first parachutist or air dropped
and organizations, which will                                                  cargo item lands or is expected to
usually include some form of            plate1 / planche                       land.
planned procurement.                                                           01 Dec 1974


                                                  2-P-5
                                                                                        AAP-6(2008)

point of impact2 / point               Related term: beach capacity.          The safeguarding of vessels,
d'impact                               01 Sep 1969                            harbours, ports, waterfront
impact point                                                                  facilities and cargo from internal
The point at which a projectile,       port complex / complexe                threats such as: destruction, loss,
bomb, or re-entry vehicle impacts      portuaire                              or injury from sabotage or other
or is expected to impact.              A port complex comprises one or        subversive acts; accidents; thefts;
01 Dec 1974                            more port areas of varying             or other causes of similar nature.
                                       importance whose activities are        Related terms: harbour defence;
point of no return / point de          geographically linked either           physical security; protective
non-retour                             because these areas are                security; security; tactical security.
A point along an aircraft track        dependent on a common inland           01 Dec 1974
beyond which its endurance will        transport system or because they
not permit return to its own or        constitute a common initial            positional defence
some other associated base on its      destination for convoys.               Preferred term: position defence.
own fuel supply.                       01 Sep 1969
01 Sep 1969                                                                   position defence / défense
                                       port designator / repère de port       ferme
point target / objectif ponctuel       A group of letters identifying ports   positional defence
A target which requires the            in convoy titles or messages.          The type of defence in which the
accurate placement of bombs or         01 Jun 1978                            bulk of the defending force is
fire.                                                                         disposed in selected tactical
01 Sep 1969                            port evacuation of cargoes /           localities where the decisive battle
                                       évacuation portuaire des               is to be fought. Principal reliance
poised mine / mine mûre                cargaisons                             is placed on the ability of the
A mine in which the ship counter       The removal of cargoes from a          forces in the defended localities to
setting has been run down to           threatened port to alternative         maintain their positions and to
"one" and which is ready to            storage sites.                         control the terrain between them.
detonate at the next actuation.        Related term: emergency                The reserve is used to add depth,
Related term: mine2.                   movement.                              to block, or restore the battle
01 Oct 1978                            01 Jul 1973                            position by counterattack.
                                                                              01 Oct 1980
                  1
polar coordinates /                    port evacuation of shipping /
                       1
coordonnées polaires                   évacuation de port par des             positive control / contrôle
Coordinates derived from the           navires marchands                      intégral
distance and angular                   The movement of merchant ships         In air traffic control within NATO,
measurements from a fixed point        from a threatened port for their       a method of regulation of all
(pole).                                own protection.                        identified air traffic within a
01 Sep 1974                            Related term: emergency                designated airspace, conducted
                                       movement.                              with electronic means by an air
polar coordinates2 /                   01 Jul 1980                            traffic control agency having the
                           2
coordonnées polaires                                                          authority and responsibility
In artillery and naval fire support,   port of debarkation / port de          therein.
the direction, distance, and           débarquement                           01 Feb 1989
vertical correction from the           port of disembarkation
observer/spotter position to the       A seaport, airport or railhead         post-flight inspection
target.                                where personnel, equipment             Preferred term: after-flight
01 Sep 1974                            and/or stocks are unloaded from a      inspection.
                                       means of transport.
polar plot / désignation en            Related terms: debarkation;            post-strike damage estimation /
coordonnées polaires                   embarkation; port of embarkation       estimation indirecte des
The method of locating a target or     4 Nov 2005                             dommages
point on the map by means of                                                  A revised target analysis based
polar coordinates.                     port of disembarkation                 on new data such as actual
01 Jul 1972                            Preferred term: port of                weapon yield, burst height, and
                                       debarkation.                           ground zero obtained by means
port / port                                                                   other than direct assessment.
Related terms: major water             port of embarkation / port             01 Apr 1970
terminal; secondary water              d’embarquement
terminal major port; minor port;       A seaport, airport or railhead         pouncer operation
secondary port; water terminal.        where personnel, equipment             Preferred term: antisubmarine
01 Jun 1978                            and/or stocks are loaded onto a        warfare pouncer operation.
                                       means of transport.
port capacity / capacité               Related terms: debarkation;            pouncer procedure
portuaire                              embarkation; port of debarkation.      Preferred term: mine
The estimated capacity of a port       4 Nov 2005                             countermeasures pouncer
or an anchorage to clear cargo in                                             procedure.
24 hours usually expressed in          port security / sécurité
tons.                                  portuaire                              PPI gauge


                                                 2-P-6
                                                                                     AAP-6(2008)

Preferred term: international         height over a heat-absorbing (or     aérien à temps
loading gauge.                        dusty) surface. The pressure at      Air support in accordance with a
                                      the precursor front increases        programme, planned in advance
               1
practice mine / mine                  more gradually than in a true (or    of operations.
                  2
d'entraînement                        ideal) shock wave, so that the       Related terms: close air support;
In land mine warfare, an inert        behaviour in the precursor region    immediate air support; indirect air
mine to which is fitted a fuze and    is said to be non-ideal.             support; on call mission; tactical
a device to indicate, in a non-       01 Aug 1979                          air support.
lethal fashion, that the fuze has                                          01 Sep 1969
been activated.                       precursor sweeping / dragage
01 Nov 1975                           précurseur                           pre-position / prépositionner
                                      The sweeping of an area by           To place military units, equipment,
practice mine2 / mine                 relatively safe means in order to    or supplies at or near the point of
               1
d'instruction                         reduce the risk to mine              planned use or at a designated
In naval mine warfare, an inert-      countermeasures vessels in           location to reduce reaction time,
filled mine but complete with         subsequent operations.               and to ensure timely support of a
assembly, suitable for instruction    Related term: initial path           specific force during initial phases
and for practice in preparation.      sweeping.                            of an operation.
Related terms: drill mine; exercise   01 Nov 1975                          20 Nov 1996
mine; inert mine; instructional
mine; mine2.                          predicted fire / tir d'efficacité    prescribed nuclear load /
01 Nov 1975                           d'emblée                             dotation nucléaire
                                      Fire that is delivered without       A specified quantity of nuclear
prearranged fire / tir préparé        adjustment.                          weapons to be carried by a
Fire that is formally planned and     01 Jan 1983                          delivery unit. The establishment
executed against targets or target                                         and replenishment of this load
areas of known location. Such fire    predominant height / hauteur         after each expenditure is a
is usually planned well in advance    prédominante                         command decision and is
and is executed at a                  In air reconnaissance, the height    dependent upon the tactical
predetermined time or during a        of 51 % or more of the structures    situation, the nuclear logistical
predetermined period of time.         within an area of similar surface    situation, and the capability of the
01 Aug 1976                           material.                            unit to transport and utilize the
                                      01 Nov 1975                          load. It may vary from day to day
pre-assault operation / opération                                          among similar delivery units.
avant l'assaut                        preflight inspection                 16 Jul 1999
In amphibious operations, an          Preferred term: before-flight
operation conducted prior to the      inspection.                          prescribed nuclear stockage /
assault, which includes amongst                                            stockage nucléaire prescrit
others: reconnaissance, mine          preliminary demolition target /      A specified quantity of nuclear
countermeasures operations,           ouvrage à destruction                weapons, components of nuclear
naval fire support, bombing,          préliminaire                         weapons, and warhead test
underwater demolition and             A target, other than a reserved      equipment to be stocked in
destruction of beach obstacles.       demolition target, which is          special ammunition supply points
01 Oct 2001                           earmarked for demolition and         or other logistical installations.
                                      which can be executed                The establishment and
precedence / priorité                 immediately after preparation,       replenishment of this stockage is
A designation assigned to a           provided that prior authority has    a command decision and is
message by the originator to          been granted.                        dependent upon the tactical
indicate to communication             Related term: reserved demolition    situation, the allocation, the
personnel the relative order of       target.                              capability of the logistical support
handling and to the addressee the     01 Mar 1982                          unit to store and maintain the
order in which the message is to                                           nuclear weapons, and the nuclear
be noted.                             preload loading / chargement         logistical situation. The prescribed
01 Sep 1969                           précurseur                           stockage may vary from time to
                                      The loading of selected items        time and among similar logistical
precession / précession               aboard ship at one port prior to     support units.
Related terms: apparent               the main loading of the ship at      01 Sep 1969
precession; induced precession;       another.
real precession.                      01 Sep1969                           press information centre /
01 Aug 1976                                                                centre d'information de la
                                      preparation fire / tir de            presse
precursor front / front de            préparation                          PIC
pression précurseur                   Fire delivered before an attack to   A facility established by national
An air pressure wave which            weaken the enemy position.           headquarters/organizations to
moves ahead of the main blast         Related term: fire3.                 provide the media with timely and
wave for some distance as a           18 Dec 1997                          accurate information on national
result of a nuclear explosion of                                           and Allied issues, events and
appropriate yield and low burst       preplanned air support / appui       operations, and to provide other


                                                2-P-7
                                                                                      AAP-6(2008)

support, advice and assistance         interference between friendly        principal parallel / horizontale
including escorts for war              forces and units.                    principale
correspondents.                        05 Sep 2007                          On an oblique photograph, a line
Related term: allied press                                                  parallel to the true horizon and
information centre.                    prevention of mutual                 passing through the principal
                                                     2
01 Nov 1991                            interference / mesures pour          point.
                                       éviter une interférence              01 Sep 1969
                                                 1
pressure-altitude / altitude-          mutuelle
pression                               Procedures to prevent                principal plane / plan principal
An atmospheric pressure                interferences between active or      A vertical plane which contains
expressed in terms of altitude         between active and passive           the principal point of an oblique
which corresponds to that              electromagnetic or acoustic          photograph, the perspective
pressure in the standard               sensors of friendly forces.          centre of the lens and the ground
atmosphere.                            25 Sep 1998                          nadir.
Related term: altitude.                                                     01 Sep 1969
01 Mar 1985                            prevention of mutual
                                       interference3 / mesures pour         principal point / point principal
pressure breathing /                   éviter une interférence              The foot of the perpendicular to
                                                 2                          the photo plane through the
alimentation en oxygène sous           mutuelle
pression                               In submarine operations, a           perspective centre. Generally
The technique of breathing which       system of procedures to prevent,     determined by intersection of the
is required when oxygen is             on the one hand, submerged           lines joining opposite collimating
supplied direct to an individual at    collisions between friendly          or fiducial marks.
a pressure higher than the             submarines, between submerged        01 Oct 1969
ambient barometric pressure.           submarines and friendly ship
01 Jul 1970                            towed bodies or between              principal scale / échelle
                                       submerged submarines and any         principale
pressure front                         other underwater object, and, on     nominal scale
Preferred term: shock front.           the other hand, interferences with   In cartography, the scale of a
                                       any underwater event.                reduced or generating globe
pressure mine1 / mine à                Related term: submarine patrol       representing the sphere or
pression                               area.                                spheroid, defined by the fractional
In land mine warfare, a mine           25 Sep 1998                          relation of their respective radii.
whose fuze responds to the direct                                           Related terms: bar scale;
pressure of a target.                  prevention of stripping              conversion scale; graphic scale;
Related term: mine1.                   equipment                            photographic scale; scale.
01 Dec 1976                            Preferred term: antirecovery         01 Aug 1970
                                       device.
pressure mine2 / mine à                                                     principal vertical / ligne de plus
dépression                             preventive maintenance /             grande pente
pressure mine circuit                  maintenance préventive               On an oblique photograph, a line
In naval mine circuit.                 PM                                   perpendicular to the true horizon
                   2
Related term: mine .                   Systematic and/or prescribed         and passing through the principal
01 Dec 1976                            maintenance intended to reduce       point.
                                       the probability of failure.          01 Sep 1969
pressure mine circuit                  Related terms: corrective
Preferred term: pressure mine2.        maintenance; examination;            printing size of a map or chart /
                                       maintenance1,2,3; planned            format de carte
pressure suit / vêtement de            maintenance.                         The dimensions of the smallest
pressurisation                         01 Oct 2001                          rectangle which will contain a map
a. Partial - A skin tight suit which                                        or chart including all the printed
does not completely enclose the        primed charge / charge               material in its margin.
body but which is capable of           amorcée                              01 Sep 1969
exerting pressure on the major         A charge ready in all aspects for
portion of the body in order to        ignition.                            print reference / référence
counteract an increased                Related terms: charge1; priming      d'une épreuve
intrapulmonary oxygen pressure.        charge; shaperd charge.              A reference to an individual print
b. Full - A suit which completely      01 Jun 1978                          in an air photographic sortie.
encloses the body and in which a                                            01 Sep 1969
gas pressure, sufficiently above       priming charge / charge
ambient pressure for maintenance       d'amorçage                           priority intelligence
of function may be sustained.          An initial charge which transmits    requirements / besoins
01 Sep 1969                            the detonation wave to the whole     prioritaires en renseignement
                                       of the charge.                       PIR
                                                             1
prevention of mutual                   Related terms: charge ; primed       Those intelligence requirements
interference1 / prévention des         charge; shaped charge.               for which a commander has an
interférences mutuelles                01 Jan 1991                          anticipated and stated priority in
Procedures designed to prevent                                              his task of planning and decision


                                                 2-P-8
                                                                                           AAP-6(2008)

making.                                  01 Sep 1969                            A standard form.
                                                                                01 Oct 1984
Related terms: information               probability of damage / dégâts
requirements; intelligence cycle.        probables                              programme of nuclear
01 Jul 1980                              The probability that damage will       cooperation / programme de
                                         occur to a target expressed as a       coopération nucléaire
prior permission / autorisation          percentage or as a decimal.            Presidentially approved bilateral
préalable                                01 Nov 1968                            proposals for the United States to
Permission granted by the                                                       provide nuclear weapons, and
appropriate authority prior to the       probable error                         specified support to user nations
commencement of a flight or a            PE                                     who desire to commit delivery
series of flights landing in or flying   Preferred term: horizontal error.      units to NATO in nuclear only or
over the territory of the nation                                                dual capable roles. After
concerned.                               probably destroyed /                   presidential approval in principle,
01 Sep 1969                                                                     negotiations will be initiated with
                                         probablement détruit
                                         In air operations, a damage            the user nation to develop
prisoner of war branch camp /            assessment on an enemy aircraft        detailed support arrangements.
dépôt auxiliaire de prisonniers          seen to break off combat in            01 Oct 1984
de guerre                                circumstances which lead to the
A subsidiary camp under the              conclusion that it must be a loss      prohibited area1 / zone
supervision and administration of        although it is not actually seen to    interdite
                                                                                           1
a prisoner of war camp.                  crash.                                 An airspace of defined
01 Nov 1977                              01 Nov 1968                            dimensions, above the land area
                                                                                or territorial waters of a state,
prisoner of war camp / camp de           procedural control / contrôle          within which the flight of aircraft is
prisonniers de guerre                    aux procédures                         prohibited.
A camp of a semi-permanent               A method of airspace control           01 Jun 1981
nature established in the                which relies on a combination of
communication zone or zone of            previously agreed and                  prohibited area2 / zone
interior (home country) for the          promulgated orders and                 interdite
                                                                                          2
internment and complete                  procedures.                             An area shown on charts within
administration of prisoners of war.      01 Mar 1981                            which navigation and/or anchoring
It may be located on, or                                                        is prohibited except as authorized
independent of, other military           procedure turn / virage                by appropriate authority.
installations.                           conventionnel                          Related terms: air surface zone;
01 Sep 1969                              An aircraft manoeuvre in which a       closed area; danger area;
                                         turn is made away from a               restricted area2,3.
prisoner of war collecting point         designated track followed by a         01 Jun 1981
/ point de rassemblement pour            turn in the opposite direction, both
prisonniers de guerre                    turns being executed at a              projected map display / carte
A designated locality in a forward       constant rate so as to permit the      projetée
battle area where prisoners are          aircraft to intercept and proceed      The displayed image of a map or
assembled pending local                  along the reciprocal of the            chart projected through an optical
examination for information of           designated track.                      or electro-optical system on to a
immediate tactical value and             01 Jul 1972                            viewing surface.
subsequent evacuation.                                                          Related term: moving map display.
01 Sep 1969                              processing1 / traitement               01 Oct 1980
                                         In photography, the operations
prisoner of a war compound /             necessary to produce negatives,        projectile / projectile
bloc de prisonniers de guerre            diapositives, or prints from           An object capable of being
A subdivision of a prisoner of war       exposed films, plates or paper.        propelled by a force normally from
enclosure.                               01 Oct 1980                            a gun, and continuing in motion by
01 Sep 1969                                                                     virtue of its kinetic energy.
                                         processing2                            01 Aug 1982
prisoner of war enclosure /              Preferred term: exploitation2.
enclos de prisonniers de guerre                                                 projection / projection
A subdivision of a prisoner of war       production logistics / logistique      In cartography, any systematic
camp.                                    de production                          arrangement of meridians and
01 Sep 1969                              That part of logistics concerning      parallels portraying the curved
                                         the process and procedures of          surface of the sphere or spheroid
prisoner of war personnel                research, design, development,         upon a plane.
record / fiche d'identité de             manufacture and acceptance of          Related terms: georeferenced
prisonniers de guerre                    materiel.                              image; orthorectification.
A form for recording photograph,         Related terms: acceptance trial;       01 Aug 1970
fingerprints, and other pertinent        consumer logistics.
personal data concerning the             22 Jun 2004                            projection print / épreuve par
prisoner of war, including that                                                 projection
required by the Geneva                   proforma / formulaire                  A photographic print obtained by
Convention.

                                                   2-P-9
                                                                                          AAP-6(2008)

projection of the image of a           physical environment, dangerous          psychological activities; peace
negative or a transparency on to a     working conditions, or enemy             support psychological activities;
sensitized surface.                    action.                                  psichological operation; strategic
01 Mar 1981                            01 Jul 1970                              psychological activities.
                                                                                16 July 1999
proofing / vérification de             protective minefield1 / champ
                                                                  1
dépollution                            de mines de protection                   psychological media / moyens
In land operations, the process        In land mine warfare, a minefield        psychologiques
following breaching, route or area     employed to assist a unit in its         The media, technical or non-
clearance to further reduce the        local, close-in protection.              technical, which establish any
risk from mines or other explosive     Related term: minefield1.                kind of communication with a
ordnance, improvised explosive         01 Nov 1975                              target audience
devices and booby traps in a                                                    01 Aug 1972
                                                                 2
defined area.                          protective minefield / champ
                                                                     2
Related terms: area clearance;         de mines de protection                   psychological operation /
booby trap; countermine                In naval mine warfare, a minefield       opération psychologique
operation; improvised explosive        laid in friendly territorial waters to   PsyOp
device; multi-agent munition;          protect ports, harbours,                 Planned psychological activities
munition; semi-fixed ammunition;       anchorages, coasts and coastal           designed to influence attitudes and
separate loading ammunition;           routes.                                  behaviour affecting the
unexploded explosive ordnance.         Related term: minefield2.                achievement of political and
14 Oct 2002                            01 Nov 1975                              military objectives.
                                                                                Related terms: battlefield
                                                                       1
propaganda / propagande                protective security / sûreté             psychological activities; peace
Any information, ideas, doctrines,     The organized system of                  support psychological activities;
or special appeals disseminated        defensive measures instituted and        psychological consolidation
to influence the opinion, emotions,    maintained at all levels of              activities; strategic psychological
att itudes, or behaviour of any        command with the aim of                  activities.
specified group in order to benefit    achieving and maintaining                13 Dec 1999
the sponsor either directly or         security.
indirectly.                            Related terms: counter-                  psychological operations
a. Black - Propaganda which            intelligence; operations security;       approach / forme d'opérations
purports to emanate from a             physical security; security1,2,3.        psychologiques
source other than the true one.        01 Mar 1981                              The technique adopted to induce
b. Grey - Propaganda which does                                                 a desired reaction on the part of
not specifically identify any          proximity fuze / fusée de                the target audience.
source.                                proximité                                01 Aug 1972
c. White - Propaganda                  A fuze wherein primary initiation
disseminated and acknowledged          occurs by remotely sensing the           psychological situation /
by the sponsor or by an                presence, distance, and/or               situation psychologique
accredited agency thereof.             direction of a target or its             The current emotional state,
01 Jul 1970                            associated environment by means          mental disposition or other
                                       of a signal generated by the fuze        behavioral motivation of a target
propelled mine                         or emitted by the target, or by          audience, basically founded on its
Preferred term: mobile mine.           detecting a disturbance of a             national political, social,
                                       natural field surrounding the            economic, and psychological
protected frequency /                  target.                                  peculiarities but also subject to
fréquence protégée                     Related terms: base fuze;                the influence of circumstances
A friendly frequency on which          boresafe fuze;direct action fuze;        and events.
interference must be minimized.        fuze; impact action fuze; safety         01 Aug 1972
02 May1995                             fuze; self-destroying fuze;
                                       shuttered fuze; time fuze.               psychological theme / thème
protected site / site protégé          01 Aug 1976                              psychologique
A facility which is protected by the                                            An idea or topic on which a
use of camouflage or                   psychological consolidation              psychological operation is based.
concealment, selective siting,         activities / activités                   01 Aug 1972
construction of facilities designed    psychologiques de
to prevent damage from                 consolidation                            public information / information
fragments caused by conventional       PCA                                      publique
weapons, or a combination of           Planned psychological activities in      PI
such measures.                         crisis and war directed at the           Information which is released or
01 Jul 1987                            civilian population located in areas     published for the primary purpose
                                       under friendly control in order to       of keeping the public fully
protective clothing / vêtement         achieve a desired behaviour which        informed, thereby gaining their
protecteur                             supports the military objectives and     understanding and support.
Clothing especially designed,          the operational freedom of the           01 Aug 1972
fabricated, or treated to protect      supported commanders.
personnel against hazards              Related terms: battlefield               pull-up point / point de cabré
caused by extreme changes in

                                                 2-P-10
                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

The point at which an aircraft        of its known burning time. The
must start to climb from a low-       term excludes propellants and
level approach in order to gain       explosives.
sufficient height from which to       04 Oct 2000
execute the attack or retirement.
Related terms: contact point; turn-
in point.
01 Aug 1970

pulsejet / pulsoréacteur
A jet-propulsion engine containing
neither compressor nor turbine.
Equipped with valves in the front
which open and shut, it takes in
air to create thrust in rapid
periodic bursts rather than
continuously.
01 Nov 1968

pulsing / impulsion
In naval mine warfare, a method
of operating magnetic and
acoustic sweeps in which the
sweep is energized by current
which varies or is intermittent in
accordance with a predetermined
schedule.
01 Nov 1975

purple commander /
commandant pourpre
The officer designated to exercise
operational control over purple
forces for a specific period during
an exercise.
01 Jul 1985

purple forces / forces pourpres
In NATO exercises, forces used
to oppose both blue and opposing
forces. This term is most usually
applicable to submarines and
aircraft.
09 Jan 1996

pursuit / poursuite1
An offensive operation designed
to catch or cut off a hostile force
attempting to escape, with the aim
of destroying it
01 Aug 1979

pyrotechnic delay / retard
pyrotechnique
A pyrotechnic device added to a
firing system which transmits the
ignition flame after a
predetermined delay.
01 Jun 1978

pyrotechnics / composition
pyrotechnique
A mixture of chemicals which,
when ignited, is capable of
reacting exothermically to produce
light, heat, smoke, sound or gas,
and may be used to introduce a
delay into a firing system because


                                               2-P-11
                                             AAP-6(2008)

                                      Q

q-message / message q
A classified message relating to
navigational dangers, navigational
aids, mined areas, and searched
or swept channels.
01 Jun 1978

Q-ship
Preferred term: decoy ship.

quadrant elevation / angle au
niveau
The angle between the horizontal
plane and the axis of the bore
when the weapon is laid.
01 Aug 1976

quick search procedure /
méthode de recherche rapide
A method of search done as
quickly as possible by searching
the entire area on the outbound
leg and by using twice as many
aircraft as are normally used.
01 Nov 1968

quota post / poste permanent
An international post which a
particular nation has accepted to
fill indefinitely.
 01 Nov 1975




                                     2-Q-1
                                                                                       AAP-6(2008)

                                                       R

radar altimeter / altimètre radar     The linking of several radars to a     or from the isocentre on a vertical
A type of absolute altimeter which    single centre to provide integrated    photograph distorted by tip or tilt.
measures vertical distance to the     target information.                    01 Nov 1975
surface below using radar             Related term: radar netting
technology.                           station.                               radiation dose / dose
01 Dec 1993                           01 Jul 1970                            d'irradiation
                                                                             The total amount of ionizing
radar altimetry area / zone de        radar netting station / centre de      radiation absorbed by material or
référence altimétrique radar          réseau radar                           tissues, expressed in centigrays.
A large and comparatively level       A centre which can receive data        Related terms: acute radiation
terrain area with a defined           from radar tracking stations and       dose; chronic radiation dose;
elevation which can be used in        exchange this data among other         radiation dose rate.
determining the altitude of           radar tracking stations, thus          01 Jul 1985
airborne equipment by the use of      forming a radar netting system.
radar.                                Related term: radar netting.           radiation dose rate / débit de
01 Apr 1971                           01 Jul 1970                            dose de rayonnement
                                                                             The radiation dose (dosage)
radar camouflage / camouflage         radar picket / piquet radar            absorbed per unit of time.
radar                                 Any ship, aircraft, or vehicle,        Related terms: acute radiation
The use of radar absorbent or         stationed at a distance from the       dose; chronic radiation dose;
reflecting materials to change the    force protected, for the purpose of    radiation dose.
radar echoing properties of a         increasing the radar detection         01 Nov 1986
surface of an object.                 range.
01 Aug 1973                           01 Nov 1968                            radiation exposure state /
                                                                             condition d'exposition aux
radar coverage / couverture           radarscope overlay / calque            radiations
radar                                 pour écran radar                       RES
The limits within which objects       A transparent overlay for placing      The condition of a unit, or
can be detected by one or more        on the radarscope for comparison       exceptionally an individual,
radar stations.                       and identification of radar returns.   deduced from the cumulative
01 Nov 1968                           01 Sep 1969                            whole body radiation dose(s)
                                                                             received. It is expressed as a
radar danning / navigation            radarscope photography /               symbol which indicates the
radar sur bouée dan                   photographie d'écran radar             potential for future operations and
In naval mine warfare, a method       A film record of the returns shown     the degree of risk if exposed to
of navigating by using radar to       by a radar screen.                     additional nuclear radiation.
keep the required distance from a     01 Sep 1969                            01 Jul 1980
line of dan buoys.
01 Nov 1975                           radar silence / silence radar          radiation intensity / intensité
                                      An imposed discipline prohibiting      d'irradiation
radar fire / tir au radar             the transmission by radar of           The radiation dose rate at a given
Gun-fire aimed at a target which      electromagnetic signals on some        time and place. It may be used,
is tracked by radar.                  or all frequencies.                    coupled with a figure, to denote
Related term: fire3.                  01 Nov 1968                            the radiation intensity at a given
01 Nov 1968                                                                  number of hours after a nuclear
                                      radiac / radiac                        burst, e.g., RI-3 is the radiation
radar guard-ship / bâtiment de        An acronym derived from the            intensity 3 hours after the time of
veille radar                          words "radioactivity, detection,       burst.
Any ship which has been               indication and computation" and        01 Nov 1968
assigned the task by the officer in   used as an all-encompassing
tactical command of maintaining       term to designate various types of     radiation scattering / diffusion
the radar watch.                      radiological measuring                 du rayonnement
20 Nov 1996                           instruments or equipment. (This        The diversion of radiation
                                      word isnormally used as an             (thermal, electromagnetic, or
radar horizon / horizon radar         adjective.)                            nuclear) from its original path as a
The locus of points at which the      01 Mar 1981                            result of interaction or collisions
rays from a radar antenna                                                    with atoms, molecules, or larger
become tangential to the earth's      radial displacement /                  particles in the atmosphere or
surface. On the open sea this         déformation radiale                    other media between the source
locus is horizontal but on land it    On vertical photographs, the           of the radiation (e.g., a nuclear
varies according to the               apparent "leaning out", or the         explosion) and a point at some
topographical features of the         apparent displacement of the top       distance away. As a result of
terrain.                              of any object having height in         scattering, radiation (especially
01 Jun 1978                           relation to its base. The direction    gamma rays and neutrons) will be
                                      of displacement is radial from the     received at such a point from
radar netting / réseau radar          principal point on a true vertical,    many directions instead of only


                                                2-R-1
                                                                                         AAP-6(2008)

from the direction of the source.      air and water for continuous             resulting from the employment of
                                       consumption.                             nuclear and radiological weapons.
01 Nov 1968                            01 Nov 1968                              Related term: nuclear defence.
                                                                                01 Sep 1969
radiation sickness / maladie           radio approach aids / aides
des rayons                             radio d'approche                         radiological environment /
An illness resulting from              Equipment making use of radio to         environnement radiologique
excessive exposure to ionizing         determine the position of an             Conditions found in an area
radiation. The earliest symptoms       aircraft with considerable               resulting from the presence of a
are nausea, vomiting, and              accuracy from the time it is in the      radiological hazard.
diarrhoea, which may be followed       vicinity of an aerodrome or carrier      01 Nov 1990
by loss of hair, haemorrhage,          until it reaches a position from
inflammation of the mouth and          which landing can be carried out.        radiological monitoring
throat, and general loss of energy.    01 Nov 1968                              Preferred term: monitoring3.
01 Jul 1970
                                       radio beacon / radiophare                radiological operation /
radiation situation map / carte        A radio transmitter which emits a        opération radiologique
de situation du rayonnement            distinctive, or characteristic, signal   The employment of radioactive
nucléaire                              used for the determination of            materials or radiation producing
A map showing the actual and/or        bearings, courses, or location.          devices to cause casualties or
predicted radiation situation in the   Related terms: beacon; crash             restrict the use of terrain. It
area of interest.                      locator beacon; emergency                includes the intentional
01 Nov 1968                            locator beacon; fan marker               employment of fallout from
                                       beacon; localizer; meaconing;            nuclear weapons.
radioactive decay /                    personal locator beacon;                 01 Nov 1968
décroissance de la radioactivité       submarine locator acoustic
The decrease in the radiation          beacon; Z marker beacon.                 radiological survey /
intensity of any radioactive